2021 LEAF
®
2021 NISSAN LEAF® ZE1-D
ZE1-D
Printing : September 2020
Publication No.:
Printed in the U.S.A.
OM21EA 0ZE1U0
‘20
For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.
OWNER’S MANUAL
and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
This manual was prepared to help you un-
derstand the operation and maintenance
of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many
miles (kilometers) of driving pleasure.
Please read through this manual before
operating your vehicle.
A separate Warranty Information Book-
let explains details about the warranties
covering your vehicle. The “Maintenance
and schedules” section of this manual
explains details about maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Additionally, a
separate Customer Care/Lemon Law
Booklet (U.S. only) will explain how to re-
solve any concerns you may have with
your vehicle, and clarify your rights un-
der your state's lemon law.
In addition to factory installed options, your
vehicle may also be equipped with addi-
tional accessories installed prior to deliv-
ery. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for details
concerning the particular accessories with
which your vehicle is equipped. It is impor-
tant that you familiarize yourself with all
disclosures, warnings, cautions and in-
structions concerning proper use of such
accessories prior to operating the vehicle
and/or accessory. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
details concerning the particular accesso-
ries with which your vehicle is equipped.
A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer knows your
vehicle best. When you require any service
or have any questions, we will be glad to
assist you with the extensive resources
available to us.
Before driving your vehicle, read your Own-
er’s Manual carefully. This will ensure famil-
iarity with controls and maintenance re-
quirements, assisting you in the safe
operation of your vehicle.
WARNING
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION
REMINDERS!
Follow these important driving rules to
help ensure a safe and comfortable trip
for you and your passengers!
• NEVER drive under the influence of
alcohol or drugs.
•
ALWAYS observe posted speed limits
and never drive too fast for conditions.
• ALWAYS give your full attention to
driving and avoid using vehicle fea-
tures or taking other ac tions that
could distract you.
• ALWAYS use your seat belts and ap-
propriate child restraint systems.
Pre-teen children should be seated in
the rear seat.
• ALWAYS provide information about
the proper use of vehicle safety fea-
tures to all occupants of the vehicle.
• ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual
for important safety information.
FOREWORD READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELY
MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification could affect its perfor-
mance, safety or durability, and may
even violate governmental regulations.
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from modification
may not be covered under NISSAN
warranties.
WARNING
Installing an aftermarket On-Board Di-
agnostic (OBD) plug-in device that uses
the port during normal driving, for ex-
ample remote insurance company
monitoring, remote vehicle diagnos-
tics, telematics or EV system, may
cause interference or damage to ve-
hicle systems. We do not recommend
or endorse the use of any aftermarket
OBD plug-in devices, unless specifically
approved by NISSAN. The vehicle war-
ranty may not cover damage caused by
any aftermarket plug-in device.
This manual includes information for all
features and equipment available on this
model. Features and equipment in your ve-
hicle may vary depending on model, trim
level, options selected, order, date of pro-
duction, region or availability. Therefore,
you may find information about features or
equipment that are not included or in-
stalled on your vehicle.
All information, specifications and illustra-
tions in this manual are those in effect at
the time of printing. NISSAN reserves the
right to change specifications, perfor-
mance, design or component suppliers
without notice and without obligation.
From time to time, NISSAN may update or
revise this manual to provide Owners with
the most accurate information currently
available. Please carefully read and retain
with this manual all revision updates sent
to you by NISSAN to ensure you have ac-
cess to accurate and up-to-date informa-
tion regarding your vehicle. Current ver-
sions of vehicle Owner's Manuals and any
updates can also be found in the Owner
section of the NISSAN website at https://
owners.nissanusa.com/nowners/
navigation/manualsGuide. If you have
questions concerning any information in
your Owner's Manual, contact NISSAN Con-
sumer Affairs. For contact information, re-
fer to the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PRO-
GRAM page in this Owner’s Manual.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT
THIS MANUAL
You will see various symbols in this manual.
They are used in the following ways:
WARNING
This is used to indicate the presence of
a hazard that could cause death or se-
rious personal injury. To avoid or re-
duce the risk, the procedures must be
followed precisely.
CAUTION
This is used to indicate the presence of
a hazard that could cause minor or
moderate personal injury or damage to
your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,
the procedures must be followed
car efully.
WHEN READING THE MANUAL
If you see this symbol, it means “Do not do
this” or “Do not let this happen.”
If you see a symbol similar to these in an
illustration,it means the arrow points to the
front of the vehicle.
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to
these indicate movement or action.
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to
these call attention to an item in the
illustration.
[ ]: Indicates a key/item displayed on the
screen.
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE
ADVISORY
Some vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-
teries, may contain perchlorate material.
The following advisory is provided: “Per-
chlorate Material – special handling may
apply. For additional information, refer
to www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate/”.
© 2020 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.
All rights reserved. No part of this Owner's
Manual may be reproduced or stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any
form, or by any means, electronic, me-
chanical, photocopying, recording or oth-
erwise, without the prior written permis-
sion of Nissan North America, Inc.
APD1005
NISSAN CARES ...
Both NISSAN and your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle
and your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer is always available to assist you with
all your automobile sales and ser vice needs.
However, if there is something that your
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer cannot assist
you with or you would like to provide
NISSAN directly with comments or ques-
tions, please contact the NISSAN Con-
sumer Affairs Department using our toll-
free number:
For U.S. customers
1-877-NOGASEV
(1-877-664-2738)
For Canadian customers
1-800-387-0122
The Consumer Affairs Department will ask
for the following information:
– Your name, address, and telephone
number
– Vehicle identification number (attached
to the top of the instrument panel on the
driver's side)
– Date of purchase
– Current odometer reading
– Your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer’s
name
– Your comments or questions
OR
You can write to NISSAN with the informa-
tion at:
For U.S. customers
Nissan North America, Inc.
Consumer Affairs Department
P.O. Box 685003
Franklin, TN 37068-5003
or via e-mail at:
nnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa.com
For Canadian customers
Nissan Canada Inc.
5290 Orbitor Drive
Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5
or via e-mail at:
information.centre@nissancanada.com
If you prefer, visit us at:
www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers)
or
www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)
We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.
NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM
Table of
contents
Illustrated table of contents
EV Overview
Charging
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Instruments and controls
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Starting and driving
In case of emergency
Appearance and care
Do-it yourself
Maintenance and schedules
Technical and consumer information
Index
0
EV
CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
0 Illustrated table of contents
Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) ....................................0-2
Ex terior front ....................................0-3
Ex terior rear .....................................0-4
Passenger Compartment .......................0-5
Cockpit .........................................0-6
Instrument Panel ................................0-8
Meters and Gauges .............................0-9
Motor compartment ...........................0-10
Warning and indicator lights.....................0-11
1. Rear head restraints/headrests (P. 1-7)
2. Child restraint anchor points (for top
tether strap child restraint) (P. 1-22)
3. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover air bags (P. 1-45)
4. Rear-outboard seat belt with
pretensioner(s) (P. 1-11)
5. Rear-outboard seat-mounted
side-impact supplemental air bags
(P. 1-45)
6. Front head restraints/headrests (P. 1-7)
7. Front seat belt with pretensioner(s) and
shoulder height adjuster
(front passenger side similar)
(P. 1-11, 1-45)
8. Front seats (P. 1-2)
9. Supplemental front-impact air bags
(P. 1-45)
10. Driver and front passenger
supplemental knee airbags (P. 1-45)
11. Occupant classification sensor
(weight sensor) (P. 1-45)
12. Front seat-mounted side-impact
supplemental air bags (P. 1-45)
13. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren) system (P. 1-22)
LIC4623
SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
(SRS)
0-2 Illustrated table of contents
1. Charge port lid/Charging lid switch
(P. 3-20)
2. Hood (P. 3-18)
3. Wiper and washer switch/Switch
operation (P. 2-45)
Blade replacement (P. 8-12)
Windshield-washer fluid (P. 8-8)
4. Outside mirrors/Switch operation
(P. 3-25)
Side camera (if so equipped) (P. 4-11)
5. Power windows (P. 2-65)
6. Child safety rear door lock (P. 3-6)
7. Doors (P. 3-4)
Keys (P. 3-2)
Door locks (P. 3-4)
NISSAN Intelligent Key® system (P. 3-7)
Security system (P. 2-42)
8. Wheels and tires (P. 8-25, 10-4)
Flat tire (P. 6-3)
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(P. 5-4, 2-20, 6-3)
9. Headlight and turn signal lights/Switch
operation (P. 2-48)
Bulb replacement (P. 8-21)
LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
(if so equipped) (P. 2-52)
10. Fog lights/Switch operation
(if so equipped) (P. 2-54)
Bulb replacement (P. 8-21)
11. License plate installation (P. 10-10)
12. Front view camera (if so equipped)
(P. 4-11)
LIC3856
EXTERIOR FRONT
Illustrated table of contents 0-3
1. Rear wiper and washer switch (P. 2-46)
Windshield-washer fluid (P. 8-8)
2. High-mounted stop light (P. 8-21)
3. Rear window defroster (P. 2-47)
4. Rear combination lights (P. 8-21)
Bulb replacement (P. 8-21)
5. Rear sonar sensors (if so equipped)
(P. 2-40, 5-163)
6. Rear reflex reflector
7. Rear hatch (P. 3-19)
Rear view camera (P. 4-3, 4-11)
LII2622
EXTERIOR REAR
0-4 Illustrated table of contents
1. Emergency tire puncture repair kit
(P. 6-3)
2. Map lights (P. 2-68)
Switch operation (P. 2-68)
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System
microphone*
Sunglasses holder (P. 2-61)
3. Sun visors (P. 3-23)
4. Inside rearview mirror (P. 3-24)
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
(if so equipped) (P. 2-69)
5. Front cup holders (P. 2-61)
6. Console box (P. 2-61)
USB/iPod® charging port (P. 4-40)
7. Cargo area (P. 2-61)
Tonneau cover (if so equipped) (P. 2-61)
EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply
Equipment) (P. CH-5)
*For additional information, refer to the
NissanConnect® Manual
LII2623
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
Illustrated table of contents 0-5
1. TRIP RESET switch for twin trip
odometer (P. 2-5)
Instrument brightness control switch
(P. 2-53)
2. Headlight, fog light (if so equipped) and
turn signal switch (P. 2-48)
3. Steering-wheel-mounted controls
(left side)
Audio control*
Vehicle information display controls
(P. 2-26)
4. Steering wheel (P. 3-22)
Power steering system (P. 5-156)
Horn (P. 2-54)
Driver's supplemental air bag (P. 1-45)
5. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-45)
6. Steering-wheel-mounted controls
(right side)
Cruise control switches (if so equipped)
(P. 5-65)
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) switches
(if so equipped) (P. 5-67)
ProPILOT Assist switch (if so equipped)
(P. 5-91)
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System
control*
7. Shift lever (P. 5-14)
ECO switch (P. 2-55)
e-Pedal switch (P. 5-21)
8. Console box (P. 2-61)
9. Parking brake (switch type)
(if so equipped) (P. 5-18)
10. Tilt and telescopic steering wheel lever
(P. 3-23)
LII2624
COCKPIT
0-6 Illustrated table of contents
11. Lower instrument panel switches
(P. 3-20)
Charge port lid switch (P. 3-20)
Immediate charge switch (P. 2-58)
Heated steering wheel switch
(if so equipped) (P. 2-56)
Steering Assist switch (if so equipped)
(P. 5-91)
Dynamic driver assistance switch
(if so equipped) (P. 5-91, 5-30, 5-46)
12. Fuse box cover (P. 8-15)
*For additional information, refer to the
NissanConnect® Manual
Illustrated table of contents 0-7
1. Vents (P. 4-25)
2. Meters and gauges (P. 2-5)
3. Center multi-function control panel*
4. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)
5. Rear window and outside mirror
(if so equipped) defroster switch (P. 2-47)
6. Front passenger supplemental air bag
(P. 1-45)
7. Glove box (P. 2-61)
8. Front passenger supplemental knee
airbag (P. 1-45)
9. Heater and air conditioner control
(P. 4-26)
10. Power outlet (P. 2-60)
11. Front heated seat switches
(if so equipped) (P. 2-55)
12. USB connection port*
13. Push-button power switch (P. 5-9)
14. Front passenger air bag status light
(P. 1-45)
15. Driver supplemental knee air bag
(P. 1-45)
16. Hood release handle (P. 3-18)
LII2625
INSTRUMENT PANEL
0-8 Illustrated table of contents
1. Vehicle information display (P. 2-26)
Clock (P. 2-33)
Outside air temperature (P. 2-12)
Li-ion battery available charge gauge
(P. 2-9)
Driving range (P. 2-8)
Odometer/twin trip odometer (P. 2-5)
Indicator for timer (P. CH-43)
Power meter (P. 2-7)
2. Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-14)
Turn signal/Hazard indicator light
(P. 2-48)
READY to drive indicator light (P. 2-24)
ECO mode indicator (P. 2-13)
3. Speedometer (P. 2-5)
LIC3861
METERS AND GAUGES
Illustrated table of contents 0-9
Warning/
Indicator
light (red)
Name Page
12-volt battery
charge warning
light
2-15
or Brake warning
light
2-16
Electric shift con-
trol system warn-
ing light
2-17
or
Electronic parking
brake indicator
light (if so
equipped)
2-17
Warning/
Indicator
light (red)
Name Page
Master warning
light
2-18
Seat belt warning
light
2-18
Security indicator
light
2-18
Supplemental air
bag warning light
2-18
Warning/
Indicator
light
(yellow)
Name Page
or
Anti-lock Braking
System (ABS)
warning light
2-19
Approaching Ve-
hicle Sound for
Pedestrians (VSP)
OFF system
warning light
2-19
Automatic Emer-
gency Braking
(AEB) with Pedes-
trian Detection
system warning
light
2-19
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
Illustrated table of contents 0-11
Warning/
Indicator
light
(yellow)
Name Page
or
Brake system
warning light
2-19
Electric Vehicle
(EV ) system warn-
ing light
2-20
or
Electronic parking
brake system
warning light (if so
equipped)
2-20
Front passenger
air bag status
light
2-20
Warning/
Indicator
light
(yellow)
Name Page
Low tire pressure
warning light
2-20
Master warning
light
2-22
Power limitation
indicator light
2-22
Power steering
warning light
2-23
Rear Automatic
Braking (RAB)
warning light
2-23
Slip indicator light 2-23
Warning/
Indicator
light
(yellow)
Name Page
Vehicle Dynamic
Control (VDC) OFF
indicator light
2-24
Warning/
Indicator
light
(other)
Name Page
Ex terior light indi-
cator light (green)
2-24
Front fog light in-
dicator light
(green) (if so
equipped)
2-24
High Beam Assist
indicator light
(green)
2-24
0-12 Illustrated table of contents
MEMO
0-14 Illustrated table of contents
EV Overview
The EV (Electric Vehicle) system ................EV-2
Li-ion battery ...................................EV-2
Driving with a discharged Li-ion battery .....EV-3
Charging the 12-volt battery .................EV-5
Li-ion battery warmer .......................EV-5
High voltage precautions .......................EV-8
High-voltage components ..................EV-8
Road accident precautions .....................EV-9
Emergency shut-off system ................EV-10
EV characteristics .............................EV-11
Noise and vibration ........................EV-12
Life with an EV (scene guide) ..................EV-12
Charging the Li-ion battery .................EV-12
Before driving your vehicle
(models with Navigation System) ...........EV-14
Checking Li-ion battery charging
status ......................................EV-15
Operating the climate control system
before driving ..............................EV-16
Starting your vehicle .......................EV-17
Driving the vehicle ..........................EV-18
Charging after driving ......................EV-21
Efficient use of your vehicle ................... EV-22
Range ..................................... EV-22
Improve driving range ..................... EV-22
Li-ion battery life ...........................EV-23
Li-ion battery maintenance ................EV-23
EV unique information ....................... EV-24
Meters and indicators ..................... EV-24
Approaching Vehicle Sound for
Pedestrians (VSP) system ................. EV-26
Electric shift control system ................EV-27
LED headlight (low beam)
(if so equipped) .............................EV-27
Driving range ...............................EV-27
The LEAF is an electric vehicle. Some of the
vehicle’s systems operate differently and
have different operating characteristics
than vehicles equipped with an internal
combustion engine. It is important to care-
fully review the entire Owner's Manual for
this reason. The main difference is the LEAF
is powered by electricity. The LEAF does not
require and it is not capable of using gaso-
line like a vehicle powered by a traditional
internal combustion engine. The LEAF uses
electricity stored in the lithium ion (Li-ion)
battery. The vehicle’s Li-ion battery must
be charged with electricity before the ve-
hicle can be driven. As the vehicle operates,
the Li-ion battery gradually discharges. If
the Li-ion battery becomes completely dis-
charged, the vehicle will not operate until it
is re-charged.
This vehicle uses two types of batteries.
One is the 12-volt battery that is the same
as the battery in vehicles powered by
gasoline engines, the other is the Li-ion
battery (high voltage).
The 12-volt battery provides power to the
vehicle systems and features such as the
audio system, supplemental restraint sys-
tems, headlights and windshield wipers.
The Li-ion battery provides power to the
electric motor (traction motor) that moves
the vehicle.
The Li-ion battery also charges the 12-volt
battery.
The vehicle must be plugged in for the Li-
ion battery to be charged. Additionally, the
vehicle system can extend the vehicle
range by converting driving force into elec-
tricity that is stored in the Li-ion battery
while the vehicle is decelerating or being
driven downhill. This is called regenerative
braking. This vehicle is considered to be an
environmentally friendly vehicle because it
does not emit exhaust gases, such as car-
bon dioxide and nitrogen oxide.
WARNING
Your vehicle contains a sealed Li-ion
high voltage battery. If the Li-ion bat-
tery is disposed of improperly, there is a
risk of severe burns and electrical
shock that may result in serious injury
or death and there is also a risk of envi-
ronmental damage.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the Li-ion
battery:
• Do not expose the vehicle to extreme
ambient temperatures for extended
periods.
• Do not store the vehicle in tempera-
tures below −13°F (−25°C) for more
than seven days.
• Do not leave the vehicle for more
than 14 days where the Li-ion battery
available charge gauge reaches a
zero or near zero.
• Do not use the Li-ion battery for any
other purpose.
THE EV (Electric Vehicle) SYSTEM LI-ION BATTERY
EV-2 EV Overview
NOTE:
• If the outside temperature is −13°F
(−25°C) or less, the Li-ion battery may
freeze and it cannot be charged or pro-
vide power to run the vehicle. Move the
vehicle to a warm location.
• The capacity of the Li-ion battery in
your vehicle to hold a charge will, like
all such batteries, decrease with time
and usage. As the battery ages and ca-
pacity decreases, this will result in a
decrease from the vehicle’s initial mile-
age range. This is normal, expected,
and not indicative of any defect in your
Li-ion battery.
• The Li-ion battery has limited ser vice
life, and when its charging capacity
falls below a specific level, the EV sys-
tem warning light will illuminate. Own-
ers should bring their vehicle in for in-
spection and possible battery
replacement.
• It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for infor-
mation about recycling or disposal of
the Li-ion battery. Do not attempt to
recycle or dispose of the Li-ion battery
yourself.
DRIVING WITH A DISCHARGED
LI-ION BATTERY
When a destination is set in the navigation
system (if so equipped) that exceeds the
available vehicle range, the navigation sys-
tem automatically searches the location of
nearby charging stations. When the nearby
charging station locations are displayed,
charge the Li-ion battery as soon as
possible.
Warning lights illuminate on the instru-
ment panel and messages are displayed
on the vehicle information display to in-
form you that the Li-ion battery charge is
low. Instructions are also displayed on the
navigation system screen (if so equipped)
to direct you to nearby charging stations.
The vehicle's range is very limited when
these warning lights illuminate and mes-
sages are displayed. Follow the instruc-
tions on the navigation system screen (if so
equipped) and immediately charge the ve-
hicle at the nearest charging station.
There are three levels of information that
will be displayed as the Li-ion battery be-
comes discharged:
1. The following warning lights illuminate
on the instrument panel and messages
are displayed on the vehicle information
display at the same time to indicate low
Li-ion battery charge:
• The low battery charge indicator
• The master warning light
LEV2062
EV Overview EV-3
• The “Battery charge is low, Charge
now” warning message is displayed
on the vehicle information display.
• Messages are displayed on the navi-
gation system screen (if so equipped).
• For additional information, see “Low
battery charge indicator” (P. 2-36).
• The driving range flashes
O
1
.
NOTE:
Due to traffic conditions, it may be dif-
ficult to get to the charging station
suggested by the navigation system
(if so equipped). If the Li-ion battery is
almost completely discharged, drive
directly to the nearest charging
station.
2. If the vehicle is driven and the Li-ion bat-
tery continues to discharge, the driving
range on the instrument panel changes
to “— — —”
O
2
.
Messages are displayed on the naviga-
tion system screen (if so equipped). For
additional information, see “Li-ion bat-
tery available charge gauge” (P. 2-9).
LEV2063 LEV2064
EV-4 EV Overview
3. When the power limitation indicator
light
illuminates, traction motor
output is limited resulting in reduced ve-
hicle speed. Stop the vehicle in a safe
location before the Li-ion battery be-
comes completely discharged and
there is no power available to drive the
vehicle. Contact Roadside Assistance
Service shown in your NISSAN Warranty
Information Booklet. For additional in-
formation, see “If the Li-ion battery be-
comes completely discharged” (P. 6-12).
CHARGING THE 12-VOLT BATTERY
The 12-volt battery is charged automati-
cally using electricity stored in the Li-ion
battery.
When the 12-volt battery is being charged,
the charge status indicator light on the in-
strument panel flashes (except when
charging the Li-ion battery or the power
switch is in the READY to drive position). For
additional information, see “Charging sta-
tus indicator lights” (P. CH-49).
While vehicle is driven
The Li-ion battery charges the 12-volt bat-
tery as necessary when the power switch
is in the READY to drive position.
The 12-volt battery is not charged in the
following conditions.
• When the power switch is in the ACC
position.
• When the power switch is in the ON posi-
tion and the shift position is in the N (Neu-
tral) position.
While the vehicle is not in use
When the EV system is off for an extended
time, the 12-volt battery may be automati-
cally charged for a short period of time on a
regular basis.
LI-ION BATTERY WARMER
For models with 40 kWh battery
CAUTION
The Li-ion battery warmer does not op-
erate if the available Li-ion battery
charge is less than approximately 15%
and the charger is not connected to the
vehicle. To help prevent the Li-ion bat-
tery from freezing, do not leave the ve-
hicle in an environment if temperatures
may go below -1°F (-17°C) unless the ve-
hicle is connected to a charger.
The Li-ion battery warmer helps to prevent
the Li-ion battery from freezing and helps
to prevent significant reductions in the Li-
ion battery output when the temperature
is cold. The Li-ion battery warmer auto-
matically turns on when the Li-ion battery
temperature is approximately -1°F (-17°C) or
colder. The Li-ion battery warmer auto-
matically turns off when the Li-ion battery
temperature is approximately 14°F (-10°C)
or higher.
The Li-ion battery warmer uses electrical
power from an external source when a
charger is connected to the vehicle. The
Li-ion battery warmer uses electrical
power from the Li-ion battery when the
charger is not connected to the vehicle.
NOTE:
• Connect the charger to the vehicle and
place the power switch in the OFF po-
sition when parking the vehicle if tem-
peratures may go below -1°F (-17°C).
This provides external power to the Li-
ion battery warmer when it operates
and does not discharge the Li-ion
battery.
EV Overview EV-5
• The charging status indicator lights il-
luminate in a specific pattern when the
Li-ion battery warmer operates. The
charging status indicator lights use the
same pattern to indicate 12-volt bat-
tery charging, Climate Ctrl. Timer op-
eration or Remote Climate Control op-
eration (models with Navigation
System). The charging status indicator
lights do not change if the Li-ion bat-
tery warmer operates at the same time
as the above features. For additional
information, see “Charging status indi-
cator lights” (P. CH-49).
• The Li-ion battery warmer uses Li-ion
battery power to operate, even if the
vehicle is connected to a charger when:
– The vehicle's power switch is in the
ON position.
– There is no electrical power being
supplied to the charging equipment.
• When the Li-ion battery warmer is al-
ready in operation using an external
power source,it will continue to use the
external power even if the power
switch is placed in the ON position.
• Vehicle driving range is reduced if the
Li-ion battery warmer operates (Li-ion
battery temperature approximately
-1°F (-17°C) or colder) while driving the
vehicle. You may need to charge the
Li-ion battery sooner than in warmer
temperatures.
• The Li-ion battery requires more time
to charge when the Li-ion battery
warmer operates.
• The predicted charging time displayed
on the meter and navigation system (if
so equipped) increases when the Li-ion
battery warmer operates.
• Climate control performance is re-
duced when using the Climate Ctrl.
Timer or Remote Climate Control
(models with Navigation System) while
the Li-ion battery warmer operates.
• The Li-ion battery may not charge to
the expected level using the charging
timer while the Li-ion battery warmer
operates.
For models with 62 kWh battery
CAUTION
The Li-ion battery warmer does not op-
erate if the normal charger is not con-
nected to the vehicle. To help prevent
the Li-ion battery from freezing, do not
leave the vehicle in an environment if
temperatures may go below -4°F
(-20°C) unless the vehicle is connected
to a charger.
The Li-ion battery warmer helps to prevent
the Li-ion battery from freezing when the
temperature is cold. The Li-ion battery
warmer automatically turns on when the
Li-ion battery temperature is approxi-
mately -4°F (-20°C) or colder and outside
temperature is approximately -11°F (-24°C)
or colder. The Li-ion battery warmer auto-
matically turns off when the Li-ion battery
temperature is approximately 0°F (-18°C) or
higher, or outside temperature is approxi-
mately -8°F (-22°C) or higher.
The Li-ion battery warmer operates when
the normal charger is connected to the
vehicle, and it automatically uses electrical
power from either the external source or
from the Li-ion battery.
EV-6 EV Overview
NOTE:
• Connect the charger to the vehicle and
place the power switch in the OFF po-
sition when parking the vehicle if tem-
peratures may go below -4°F (-20°C).
The Li-ion battery warmer automati-
cally uses electrical power from either
the external source or from the Li-ion
battery, based on the amount of re-
maining Li-ion battery.
• The charging status indicator lights il-
luminate in a specific pattern when the
Li-ion battery warmer operates. The
charging status indicator lights use the
same pattern to indicate 12–volt bat-
tery charging, Climate Ctrl. Timer op-
eration or Remote Climate Control op-
eration (models with Navigation
System). The charging status indicator
lights do not change if the Li-ion bat-
tery warmer operates at the same time
as the above features. For additional
information, see “Charging status indi-
cator lights” (P. CH-49).
• The automatic climate control auto-
matically turns on when the Li-ion bat-
tery warmer uses electrical power
from the Li-ion battery. This is not a
malfunction. When the Li-ion battery
warmer operates, the temperature in-
side the vehicle may be warmed up.
• The Li-ion battery will be automatically
charged when the Li-ion battery
warmer uses electrical power from an
extended source. When outside tem-
perature goes below -4°F (-20°C) for
many days, frequent Li-ion battery
warmer operation may occur, and
more electric power will be charged
from an external source. Do not con-
nect the normal charger to the vehicle
if you do not want to turn on the Li-ion
battery warmer. In this case, do not
leave the vehicle in an environment if
temperatures may go below -4°F
(-20°C).
• When the Li-ion battery warmer is al-
ready in operation using an external
source, it will continue to use the exter-
nal power even if the power switch is
placed in the ON position.
• The Li-ion battery warmer will stop if
the power switch is placed in the ON
position while the Li-ion battery
warmer is using electrical power from
the Li-ion battery. To turn on the Li-ion
battery warmer again, place the power
switch in the OFF position.
• The Li-ion battery warmer will stop if
the charging connector is removed
from the normal charger while the Li-
ion battery warmer is operating. To
turn on the Li-ion battery warmer
again, connect the charging connector
to the vehicle. The Li-ion battery
warmer will operate again after about
1 hour.
• The Li-ion battery warmer will stop if
the charging connector of the quick
charger is connected to the vehicle
while the Li-ion battery warmer is op-
erating. To turn on the Li-ion battery
warmer again, remove the charging
connector of the quick charger from
the vehicle.
• The Li-ion battery requires more time
to charge to the expected level when
the Li-ion battery warmer operates.
EV Overview EV-7
• The predicted charging time displayed
on the meter increases when the Li-ion
battery warmer uses electrical power
from the Li-ion battery.
• The Climate Ctrl. Timer or Remote Cli-
mate Control (models with Navigation
System) does not turn on while the Li-
ion battery warmer operates. This is
not a malfunction.
• The charging timer or remote charge
(models with Navigation System) does
not turn on while the Li-ion battery
warmer operates. This is not a
malfunction.
• The Li-ion battery may not be charged
to the expected level using the charg-
ing timer while the Li-ion battery
warmer operates.
• If the Li-ion battery warmer automati-
cally stops because of the Li-ion bat-
tery temperature or outside tempera-
ture change, charging will continue
until the Li-ion battery is fully charged.
HIGH-VOLTAGE COMPONENTS
WARNING
• The EV system uses high voltage up
to approximately DC 400 volt. The
system can be hot during and after
starting and when the vehicle is shut
off. Be careful of both the high volt-
age and the high temperature. Fol-
low the warning labels that are at-
tached to the vehicle.
• Never disassemble, remove or re-
place high-voltage parts and cables
as well as their connectors because
they can cause severe burns or elec-
tric shock that may result in serious
injury or death. High-voltage cables
are colored orange. The vehicle high
voltage system has no user service-
able parts. It is recommended that
you take your vehicle to a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for any neces-
sary maintenance.
HIGH VOLTAGE PRECAUTIONS
EV-8 EV Overview
1. Traction motor and reduction gear
2. Traction motor inverter
3. Power delivery module (PDM) (Charger,
DC/DC converter, junction box)
4. High-voltage wire harnesses (colored
orange)
5. Li-ion battery
6. Service plug
WARNING
In case of a collision:
• If your vehicle is drivable, pull your
vehicle off the road, push the P (Park)
position switch on the shift lever, ap-
ply the parking brake and turn the EV
system off.
• Check your vehicle to see if there are
exposed high-voltage parts or
cables. For their locations, see “High
voltage components” (P. EV-8). To
avoid personal injury, never touch
high-voltage wiring, connectors, and
other high-voltage parts, such as in-
verter unit and Li-ion battery. An
electric shock may occur if exposed
electric wires are visible when viewed
from inside or outside of your ve-
hicle. Therefore, never touch ex-
posed electric wires.
• If the vehicle receives a strong im-
pact to the floor while driving, stop
the vehicle in a safe location and
check the floor.
LEV2092
ROAD ACCIDENT PRECAUTIONS
EV Overview EV-9
• Leaks or damage to the Li-ion bat-
tery may result in a fire. If you dis-
cover them, contact emergency ser-
vices immediately. Since the fluid
leak may be lithium manganate from
the Li-ion battery, never touch the
fluid leak inside or outside the ve-
hicle. If the fluid contacts your skin or
eyes, wash it off immediately with a
large amount of water and receive
immediate medical attention to help
avoid serious injury.
• If a fire occurs in the EV, leave the
vehicle as soon as possible. Only use
a type ABC, BC or C fire extinguisher
that is meant for use on electrical
fires. Using a small amount of water
or the incorrect fire extinguisher can
result in serious injury or death from
electrical shock.
• If your vehicle needs to be towed, do
it with the front wheels raised. If the
front wheels are on the ground when
towing, the trac tion motor may gen-
erate electricity. This may damage
the components of the EV system
and cause a fire.
• If you are not able to safely assess
the vehicle due to vehicle damage, do
not touch the vehicle. Leave the ve-
hicle and contact emergency ser-
vices. Advise first responders that
this is an electric vehicle.
• In the event of an accident that re-
quires body repair and painting, the
Li-ion battery pack and high voltage
parts such as the inverter, including
the wire harness, should be removed
prior to painting. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for this service. Li-ion battery
packs exposed to heat in the paint
booth will experience capacity loss.
Damaged Li-ion battery packs may
also pose safety risks to untrained
mechanics and repair personnel.
EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF SYSTEM
The emergency shut-off system is acti-
vated and the high-voltage system auto-
matically turns off in the following
conditions:
- Front and side collisions in which the air
bags are deployed.
- Certain rear collisions.
- Certain EV system malfunctions.
For the above collisions and certain other
EV system malfunctions, the READYto drive
indicator light will turn off. For additional
information, see “Warning lights, indicator
lights and audible reminders” (P. 2-14).
The emergency shut-off activates for the
above collisions to minimize risk of an
event that could cause injury or an acci-
dent. If the emergency shut-off system ac-
tivates, the EV system may not be switched
to the READY to drive position; it is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer. Even if the power switch is
switched to the READY to drive position, the
system may shut-off suddenly. Therefore,
drive cautiously to the nearest certified re-
pair facility; it is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
service.
EV-10 EV Overview
WARNING
• Pay special attention to pedestrians.
Because there is no engine noise, pe-
destrians may not know the vehicle
is approaching, moving or about to
move, and may step into the path of
vehicle travel.
• When leaving the vehicle, be sure to
turn off the EV system.
• Be sure to push the P (Park) position
switch on the shift lever and apply
the parking brake when parking be-
cause the vehicle can move when the
READY to drive indicator light is ON.
When the READY to drive indicator
light is ON, do not leave your vehicle
in a shift position other than the P
(Park) position.
• Keep the brake pedal depressed until
you are ready to drive. When the ve-
hicle is in the D (Drive) position, B or R
(Reverse) position, if you release the
brake pedal and do not depress the
accelerator, the vehicle will creep and
may start abruptly. This may cause
serious injury or death.
NOTE:
• The vehicle cannot run with a dis-
charged Li-ion bat tery. Repeated ac-
celeration consumes more power from
the Li-ion battery than driving at a
steady speed.
• This vehicle is equipped with a regen-
erative brake system. The primary pur-
pose of the regenerative brake system
is to provide some power to recharge
the Li-ion battery and extend driving
range. A secondary benefit is “engine
braking” that operates based on Li-ion
battery conditions.
• In the D (Drive) position, when the ac-
celerator pedal is released, the regen-
erative brake system provides some
deceleration.
• When you put the shift lever in the B
mode and take your foot off the accel-
erator pedal, more regenerative brake
is applied than in the D (Drive) position.
• Less deceleration is provided by the re-
generative brake system when the Li-
ion battery is fully charged. The regen-
erative brake is automatically reduced
when the Li-ion battery is fully charged
to prevent the Li-ion battery from be-
coming overcharged. The regenerative
brake is also automatically reduced
when the battery temperature is high/
low (indicated by the red/blue zones
on the Li-ion battery temperature
gauge) to prevent Li-ion battery
damage.
• The brake pedal should be used to slow
or stop the vehicle depending on traffic
or road conditions. The vehicle brakes
are not affected by the regenerative
brake system operation.
EV CHARACTERISTICS
EV Overview EV-11
NOISE AND VIBRATION
You might experience the following noise
or vibration as a normal characteristic of
this vehicle:
• Traction motor noise from the motor
compartment.
• Water pump and radiator fan noise while
charging.
• Compressor and radiator fan noise when
the Climate Ctrl. Timer or remote climate
control (models with Navigation System)
is used.
• Relay operation noise and vibration at
start-up and shut-down of the EV system
(power switch placed in the ON and OFF
position).
• Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestri-
ans (VSP).
This section provides a brief explanation
for the most important LEAF functions. For
additional information, refer to the specific
sections of this manual for detailed expla-
nations of the vehicle features and
operation.
CHARGING THE LI-ION BATTERY
WARNING
The EV system uses a high voltage cur-
rent. Failure to follow the proper han-
dling instructions may cause serious
injury or death. Be sure to read the
“Charging” section and follow the pro-
cedures and guidelines described.
LIFE WITH AN EV (scene guide)
EV-12 EV Overview
LTI2429
EV Overview EV-13
*1: V2X (Vehicle to Everything); The EV sup-
plies electric power to a home or a building,
etc. e.g. Vehicle to Home (V2H), Vehicle to
Building (V2B), Vehicle to Grid (V2G), Vehicle
to Load (V2L), Vehicle to Vehicle (V2V).
BEFORE DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE
(models with Navigation System)
The Li-ion battery charging status and the
Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) op-
eration can be checked using an internet
enabled smart phone or personal com-
puter at home. You may also choose to
have SMS messages (text messages) sent
to a cellular phone. Additionally, the vehi-
cle’s heater and air conditioner can be set
to operate using the Climate Ctrl. Timer
function or A/C-heater remote function, if
necessary. For additional information, see
“Remote climate control” (P. 4-38).
LTI2438
EV-14 EV Overview
NOTE:
• To check the Li-ion battery charging
status or to use the remote heater and
air conditioner using an internet en-
abled smart phone or personal com-
puter, the following conditions must be
met:
– The vehicle must be located in a cel-
lular phone or smart phone cover-
age area.
– The internet enabled cellular phone
or smart phone must be located in a
cellular phone or smart phone cov-
erage area.
– The computer must be connected to
the internet.
– A cellular phone must be used to
communicate with the vehicle.
– A cellular phone capable of text mes-
saging must be used to receive text
message regarding vehicle charge
status.
• The remote heater and cooler can ad-
just the in-cabin temperature.
• When the charge connector is discon-
nected from the vehicle, the heater and
air conditioner operates using vehicle
Li-ion battery electric power.
• If the remote heater and air condi-
tioner function and Li-ion battery
charging are performed at the same
time, Li-ion battery charging will take
longer than usual due to the power
used to heat or cool the vehicle.
CHECKING LI-ION BATTERY
CHARGING STATUS
The Li-ion battery charge status can be
checked on the NISSAN Data Center web-
site via an internet enabled smar t phone or
personal computer.
If the Li-ion battery is not sufficiently
charged, you can start charging the Li-ion
battery via the remote charge function. For
additional information, see “Charging re-
lated remote function” (P. CH-48).
LEV2046
EV Overview EV-15
OPERATING THE CLIMATE
CONTROL SYSTEM BEFORE
DRIVING
The vehicle’s heating and air conditioning
system can be turned on via remote con-
trol with an internet enabled smart phone
or personal computer.
This allows the interior of the vehicle to be
heated or cooled while the vehicle is charg-
ing. This reduces the load on the Li-ion bat-
tery while the vehicle is being driven and
can help increase the vehicle driving range.
For additional information, see “Remote cli-
mate control” (P. 4-38).
Notification of the Li-ion battery
warmer operation (if so equipped)
You can be notified with the status of the
Li-ion battery warmer operation on the
NISSAN Data Center website via an internet
enabled smart phone or personal
computer.
When the power switch is in the OFF posi-
tion and the charge connector is not con-
nected, if the Li-ion battery warmer starts
or stops, it notifies you to connect the char-
ger to the vehicle.
For additional information, refer to the
NissanConnect® Manual.
LEV2047 LEV2046
EV-16 EV Overview
STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
1. Depress the brake pedal
O
1
.
2. Push the power switch
O
2
.
3. Check that the READY to drive indicator
light
O
3
illuminates. For additional infor-
mation, see “READY to drive indicator
light” (P. 2-24).
4. For models with Navigation System: If
route guidance is necessary, enter the
destination in the navigation system.
For additional information, refer to the
NissanConnect® Manual.
LEV2066
LEV2093
EV Overview EV-17
5. Check the Li-ion battery level and the
estimated driving range shown on the
meter. For additional information, see
“Driving range” (P. 2-8).
NOTE:
• For additional information, see “Driv-
ing range”(P. 2-8).
• Before driving, compare the driving
distance to the destination displayed
on the navigation system screen (if so
equipped) with the estimated driving
range shown on the meter. Determine
if it will be necessary to charge the Li-
ion battery before or while driving to
your planned destination.
• If it is necessary to charge the Li-ion
battery, use the navigation system (if
so equipped) to search for available
charging stations on your planned
driving route.
DRIVING THE VEHICLE
1. Depress the brake pedal
O
1
.
2. Release the parking brake
O
2
.
3. Move the shift lever
O
3
into the D (Drive)
position. When released, the shift lever
returns to its original center position.
4. Confirm that the vehicle is in the D (Drive)
position. The indicator next to the “D” by
the shift lever illuminates and “D” is dis-
played on the meter.
5. Release the brake pedal.
6. Depress the accelerator pedal and start
driving.
These are the following gear positions for
driving the vehicle forward:
• Use the D (Drive) position for optimum
driving performance.
• Use the B mode for downhill driving.
When the B mode is used, more regen-
erative brake is applied when the accel-
erator pedal is released in comparison to
the D (Drive) position.
For additional information, see “Driving the
vehicle” (P. 5-14).
LEV2067
EV-18 EV Overview
NOTE:
The regenerative brake converts the ve-
hicle's forward motion to electric power
to help slow the vehicle.
Use the ECO mode for maximum vehicle
range and for city driving. The ECO mode
helps reduce power consumption by re-
ducing acceleration when compared to
the same accelerator pedal position in the
D (Drive) position (normal mode).
If the low battery charge indicator
illuminates yellow, the Li-ion battery charge
is too low for travel. For additional informa-
tion, see "Li-ion battery available charge
gauge" (P. 2-9). Charge the Li-ion battery as
soon as possible.
LEV2051 LIC3945
EV Overview EV-19
Parking the vehicle
1. When stopping the vehicle, apply the
foot brake, then push the P (Park) posi-
tion switch
O
1
on the shift lever. Confirm
that the vehicle is in the P (Park) position
by checking the shift indicator located
near the shift lever or on the vehicle in-
formation display.
2. Apply the parking brake
O
2
. For models
with the pedal type, firmly depress the
parking brake. For models with the
switch type, the electronic parking brake
is applied automatically (or for manual
operation, pull the electronic parking
brake switch up).
3. Push the power switch
O
3
to the OFF
position.
4. If a parking lot is equipped with charging
facilities, charge the Li-ion battery as
necessary. For additional information,
see “Charging” (P. CH-2).
LEV2068
EV-20 EV Overview
CHARGING AFTER DRIVING
Charging the Li-ion batter y
When you return home, connect the ve-
hicle to the charging device installed at
your home or the EVSE plugged to outlet
using the normal charge connector.
Charge the vehicle or set the charging
timer function to have the vehicle charge
at a specific time. For additional informa-
tion, see “Charging timer” (P. CH-43).
1. When the power switch is turned off, the
settings of the charging timer, the Cli-
mate Ctrl. Timer and the charge connec-
tor lock functions and the current state
of charge are displayed on the vehicle
information display. For additional infor-
mation, see “Timer display” (P. CH-46).
2. Open the charge port lid and charge
port cap. For additional information, see
“Charge port lid” (P. 3-20).
3. Connect the charge connector to the
vehicle.
4. When the charging timer is turned on,
charging starts at the set time. When the
charging timer is not turned on, charg-
ing starts immediately.
NOTE:
• Charging can be started remotely, even
if the charging timer is set up.
• When you have forgotten to connect
the charge connector at home, there is
a function that can notify you via a text
message capable cellular phone, inter-
net enabled smart phone or personal
computer. For additional information,
see “Charging related remote function”
(P. CH-48) (models with Navigation
System).
• NISSAN recommends that you connec t
the normal charge cable when getting
out of the vehicle, even if it is not going
to be used. By doing this, you can get
the most out of the remote climate
control (models with Navigation Sys-
tem) and Climate Ctrl. Timer functions
the next time you use the vehicle.
LEV2099
EV Overview EV-21
RANGE
The distance you can drive the vehicle
(range) varies considerably depending
upon available charge, weather, tempera-
ture, usage, battery age, topography, and
driving style.
Refer to the Monroney label (window
sticker) for the official EPA range. Your ac-
tual range will vary and could be signifi-
cantly less, either initially or as the battery
ages and with use over time. For additional
information, see “Improve driving range”
(P. EV-22) for information on the factors that
affect vehicle range and how to use the
vehicle to maximize vehicle range.
IMPROVE DRIVING RANGE
Vehicle range depends on a number of
factors.
Actual vehicle range will vary depending
upon:
• Speed,
• Vehicle load,
• Electrical load from vehicle accessories,
• Traffic and road conditions,
• Distance driven without stopping,
• Usage,
• Driving style,
• Battery age,
• Weather or temperature,
• Topography,
• Charging habits.
NISSAN recommends the following driv-
ing habits to help maximize vehicle
range:
Before driving:
• Follow recommended periodic
maintenance.
• Keep tires inflated to correct pressure.
• Keep wheels in correct alignment.
• Pre-heat or pre-cool the interior cabin
while the vehicle is charging.
• Remove unnecessary cargo from the
vehicle.
While driving:
• Drive in ECO mode
–– The ECO mode helps reduce power
consumption by reducing acceleration
when compared to the same accelera-
tor pedal position in the D (Drive) posi-
tion (normal mode).
• Drive at a constant speed. Maintain cruis-
ing speeds with constant accelerator po-
sitions or by using cruise control when
appropriate.
• Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Gently
press and release the accelerator pedal
for acceleration and deceleration.
• Drive at moderate speeds on the
highway.
• Avoid extending highway driving with
multiple quick charges.
• Avoid frequent stopping and braking.
Maintain a safe distance behind other
vehicles.
• Turn off the air conditioner/heater when
it is not necessary.
• Select a moderate temperature setting
for heating or cooling to help reduce
power consumption.
• Use the air conditioner/heater and close
windows to reduce drag when cruising at
highway speed.
• Vehicle range may be substantially re-
duced in extremely cold conditions (for
example, -4°F (-20°C)).
• Using the climate control system to heat
the cabin when the outside temperature
is below 32°F (0°C) uses more electricity
and affects vehicle range more than
when using the heater when the tem-
perature is above 32°F (0°C).
EFFICIENT USE OF YOUR VEHICLE
EV-22 EV Overview
• When it is cold, use the steering wheel
heater in substitution for the heater/air
conditioner. The steering wheel heater
consumes less power than the heater/
air conditioner.
• Release the accelerator pedal to slow
down and do not apply the brakes when
traffic and road conditions allow.
–– This vehicle is equipped with a regen-
erative brake system. The primary pur-
pose of the regenerative brake system
is to provide some power to recharge
the Li-ion battery and extend driving
range. A secondary benefit is “engine
braking” that operates based on Li-ion
battery conditions. In the D (Drive) posi-
tion, when the accelerator is released,
the regenerative brake system pro-
vides some deceleration and some
power to the Li-ion battery.
LI-ION BATTERY LIFE
The Li-ion battery's ability to hold a charge,
like all batteries, decreases with battery
age and usage which results in decreased
vehicle range when compared to the ve-
hicle range when the vehicle was new. This
is normal and expected, and does not indi-
cate a malfunction of the vehicle or Li-ion
battery.
The Li-ion battery's ability to hold a charge
can be affected by how you drive the ve-
hicle, store the vehicle, how you charge the
Li-ion battery and Li-ion battery tempera-
ture during vehicle operation and charging.
To maximize the battery's useful life, use
the following driving and charging habits
where possible:
• Avoid exposing a vehicle to extreme am-
bient temperatures for extended periods.
•
Avoid storing a vehicle in temperatures be-
low −13°F (−25°C) for more than seven days.
• Avoid leaving your vehicle for more than
14 days where the Li-ion battery available
charge gauge reaches a zero or near zero
(state of charge).
• Allow the vehicle and Li-ion battery to
cool down after use before charging.
• Park/store your vehicle in cool locations
out of direct sunlight and away from heat
sources.
• Avoid sustained high battery tempera-
tures (caused, for example, by exposure
to very high ambient temperatures or ex-
tending highway driving with multiple
quick charges [if so equipped]).
• Use the normal charging or trickle charg-
ing methods to charge the Li-ion battery
and minimize the use of public Fast
Charge or Quick Charger.
• Moderate driving.
• Use of ECO mode.
• Do not operate the charging timer re-
peatedly while the charge connector is
connected to the vehicle after the Li-ion
battery charging is completed. Doing so
may discharge the 12-volt battery.
• The power of the Li-ion battery can be
checked on the Li-ion battery available
charge gauge. For additional information,
see “Li-ion battery available charge
gauge” (P. 2-9).
LI-ION BATTERY MAINTENANCE
In addition to the regular maintenance rec-
ommended by NISSAN, the LEAF requires
some special Li-ion battery inspections.
• For additional information, refer to the
NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet for
significant limitations, exclusions and
possible voiding of your warranty result-
ing from failure to have these necessary
inspections, repairs and/or adjustments
performed.
• For a detailed explanation of the Li-ion
battery inspection and intervals, see
“Maintenance and schedules”.
EV Overview EV-23
METERS AND INDICATORS
Various meters and gauges related to the
EV functions are displayed in the vehicle
information display.
Meter
Master warning light
The master warning light (red or yellow)
O
1
illuminates when messages are displayed
on the vehicle information display.
For additional information, see “Master
warning light (red/yellow)” (P. 2-18) (P. 2-22).
Li-ion battery temperature gauge
This gauge
O
2
displays the temperature of
the Li-ion battery.
For additional information, see “Li-ion bat-
tery temperature gauge” (P. 2-7).
LEV2084 LEV2085
EV UNIQUE INFORMATION
EV-24 EV Overview
Power meter
This meter displays the actual traction mo-
tor power consumption and the regenera-
tive brake power provided to the Li-ion
battery.
For additional information, see “Power me-
ter” (P. 2-7).
Driving range
This indicator displays the estimated driv-
ing range (calculated based on a program
that accounts for current driving style and
operational conditions) that can be driven
before recharging is necessary.
For additional information, see “Driving
range” (P. 2-8).
Li-ion battery available charge gauge
This indicator displays the available Li-ion
battery capacity remaining to drive the
vehicle.
For additional information, see “Li-ion bat-
tery available charge gauge” (P. 2-9).
The EV unique information is displayed on
the vehicle information display as well. For
additional information, see “Vehicle infor-
mation display” (P. 2-26).
LEV2055 LIC3937 LIC3938
EV Overview EV-25
Warning and indicator lights
The EV system uses the following EV spe-
cific warning and indicator lights:
1. Master warning light (red)
2. Master warning light (yellow)
3. 12-volt battery charge warning light
4. Plug-in indicator light
5. READY to drive indicator light
6. Power limitation indicator light
7. EV system warning light
8. Electric shift control system warning
light
9. Brake system warning light (yellow)
10. Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedes-
trians (VSP) system OFF warning light
For additional information, see “Warning
lights, indicator lights and audible remind-
ers” (P. 2-14).
APPROACHING VEHICLE SOUND
FOR PEDESTRIANS (VSP) SYSTEM
The Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedes-
trians ( VSP) system is a function that uses
sound to alert pedestrians of the presence
of the vehicle when it is being driven at a
low speed.
When the vehicle starts to move, it pro-
duces a sound.
The sound stops when the vehicle speed is
more than 25 mph (40 km/h) while
accelerating.
LEV2102
LEV2060
EV-26 EV Overview
The sound starts when the vehicle speed is
less than 22 mph (35 km/h) while
decelerating.
WARNING
• If the sound cannot be heard, pedes-
trians may not notice the oncoming
vehicle, which may cause an accident
resulting in serious injury or death. It
is recommended that you immedi-
ately visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for VSP system inspection.
• If the VSP system OFF warning light
illuminates while the power switch is
in the ON position, or in the READY to
drive position, it may indicate the VSP
system is not functioning properly.
Have the VSP system checked. It is
recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service. For additional information,
see “Approaching Vehicle Sound for
Pedestrians (VSP) system OFF warn-
ing light” (P. 2-19).
NOTE:
The volume of the (VSP) sound cannot be
raised or lowered.
ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL
SYSTEM
This vehicle is equipped with an electric
shift control system. This control system
has three features:
• Smooth and easy shift lever operation.
• To place the vehicle in the P (Park) posi-
tion, push the P (Park) position switch on
the shift lever.
• The vehicle automatically applies the P
(Park) position when the power switch is
placed in the OFF position.
For additional information, see “Driving the
vehicle” (P. 5-14).
LED HEADLIGHT (low beam) (if so
equipped)
This vehicle uses an LED headlight for the
headlight low beam. The LED headlight has
the following features:
• Low power consumption
• The shape is very compact.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer to replace the
headlight.
DRIVING RANGE
On the vehicle information display or navi-
gation system screen (if so equipped), you
can check the estimated distance the ve-
hicle may be driven with the available Li-ion
battery charge. For additional information,
refer to the NissanConnect® Manual.
LEV2051
EV Overview EV-27
MEMO
EV-28 EV Overview
Charging
Precautions on charging ......................CH-2
Types of charge and how to charge the Li-ion
battery........................................CH-5
How to normal charge (AC 220–240
volt) by charging device ....................CH-9
How to trickle charge (AC 110–120 volt)
byL1EVSE..................................CH-11
How to trickle charge (AC 110–120 volt)
byL1&L2EVSE............................CH-18
How to normal charge (AC 220–240
volt)byL1&L2EVSE.......................CH-26
How to quick charge (if so equipped) ......CH-35
How to charge/discharge using quick
charge port (if so equipped) ...............CH-38
Charge connector lock system ............CH-41
Charging methods ...........................CH-43
Charging timer ............................CH-43
Timer Display .............................CH-46
Immediate charge ........................CH-48
Charging related remote function
(models with Navigation System) ..........CH-48
Charging related indicator lights .............CH-49
Charging status indicator lights ...........CH-49
EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply
Equipment) control box indicator light .....CH-52
Charging troubleshooting guide .............CH-56
WARNING
• If you use any medical electric de-
vices, such as an implantable cardiac
pacemaker or an implantable cardio-
vascular defibrillator, check with the
electric medical device manufac-
turer concerning the effects that
charging may have on implanted de-
vices before starting the charge op-
eration. Charging may affect the
operation.
• Make sure there is no water or for-
eign materials in the charge port,
charge connector, or electrical plug,
and that they are not damaged or
affected by rust or corrosion. If any of
these conditions are noticeable, do
not charge the Li-ion battery. This
may result in a short circuit or electric
shock and could cause a fire which
may result in serious personal injury
or death.
• To avoid serious personal injury or
death when the Li-ion battery is
charging, be aware of the following
precautions.
– Do not touch the metal contacts of
the charge port, charge connec-
tor, electrical plug or Genuine
NISSAN Adapter.
– Do not touch the vehicle and EVSE
when there is lightning.
– Do not pull, twist, bend, step on, or
drag the cable.
• Make sure the charge connector is
removed from the charge port before
starting your vehicle. If the charge
connector is only partially engaged
and the connector latch is unlocked,
it is possible to place the EV in the
READY to drive position.
• Do not touch the plug or the Genuine
NISSAN Adapter if they are wet or
with wet hands. Do not put the plug
or the Genuine NISSAN Adapter in
water, liquid or snow. This may cause
an electric shock which may result in
serious personal injury or death.
• Do not disassemble or modify the
charge port, the EVSE or the Genuine
NISSAN Adapter. This may cause a
fire or an electric shock which may
result in serious personal injury or
death.
• If you notice an unusual odor, smoke
or abnormal noises coming from the
vehicle, stop charging immediately.
• Be careful not to allow your hands,
hair, jewelry or clothing to come into
contact with, or get caught in, the
traction motor cooling fan. The cool-
ing fan can start at any time during
charging.
• Do not use extension cords or adapt-
ers unless they are Genuine NISSAN
parts.
• Do not use the Genuine NISSAN
Adapter with any devices except the
Genuine NISSAN EVSE.
• Do not allow an unattended child to
handle or use this product.
• Use the EVSE with outlet and wiring
installed according to the
regulations/standards.
• Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
case securely through the fastener
on the bottom of the luggage board.
If the case suddenly becomes loose,
it may cause serious injury or death.
PRECAUTIONS ON CHARGING
CH-2 Charging
CAUTION
• To prevent damage to the charging
equipment:
– Do not close the charge port lid
without closing the charge port
cap.
– Do not subject the charging
equipment to impact.
– Do not store and use charging
equipment in locations where the
temperature is over 185°F (85°C)
• Make sure the charge port cap is
closed on the charge port when
charging is finished. If the charge
port lid is closed when the charge
port cap is open, water or foreign
materials may enter the charge port.
• Do not charge when a vehicle body
cover is in use. This may cause dam-
age to the charge connector.
• Do not attempt to perform a jump
start on the 12-volt battery at the
same time that the Li-ion battery is
being charged. Doing so may dam-
age the vehicle or charging equip-
ment and could cause an injury. For
additional information, see “Jump
starting” (P. 6-10).
• In normal charging (AC 220 - 240 volt)
and trickle charging (AC 110 - 120 volt)
using the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Sup-
ply Equipment) provided with the ve-
hicle, NISSAN recommends using an
AC 220 - 240 volt, 50A and an AC 110-
120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical cir-
cuit and outlet. The dedicated circuit
is used to help prevent circuit dam-
age or the circuit breaker from trip-
ping due to the high draw of charging
the Li-ion battery. If the dedicated
circuit is not used, the circuit may
cause adverse interference on MCB
(Moulded Circuit Board) and house-
hold electrical appliances such as
televisions and audio systems. If the
circuit is shared, and another electri-
cal device is being used at the same
time the vehicle is charging, the
breaker may trip. A qualified electri-
cian should install a dedicated circuit
if one is not already available.
LCH2136
Charging CH-3
NOTE:
• When charging the Li-ion battery, place
the power switch in the OFF position.
When the power switch is in the ON
position, the Li-ion battery will not
start charging.
• For your safety, if the charge connector
is connected to the vehicle while the
power switch is in the READY to drive,
the vehicle will automatically switch to
the ON position. Because charging will
not be started while the power switch
is in this position, be sure to place the
power switch in the OFF position.
• When the ambient temperature is 32°F
(0°C) or less, charging time may be lon-
ger than normal and the level to which
the Li-ion battery can be charged may
be less than at higher temperatures.
• Do not operate the charging timer re-
peatedly while the charge connector is
connected to the vehicle after the Li-
ion battery charging is completed. Do-
ing so may discharge the 12-volt bat-
tery. For additional information, see
“Charging timer” (P. CH-43). If the Li-ion
battery becomes discharged, charge it
immediately.
• The power switch can be set to the ON
position and the climate control and
navigation system (if so equipped) can
be used while the Li-ion battery is
charging. However, because these op-
erations consume Li-ion battery
power, it will take longer for the Li-ion
battery to become fully charged. Place
the power switch in the OFF position to
help reduce Li-ion battery charge time.
• If electrical power is interrupted while
charging, charging restarts automati-
cally when the electrical power is
restored.
• It is recommended to keep the charge
cable connected to save Li-ion battery
power, when the heater and air condi-
tioner are operating with remote op-
eration (models with Navigation
System).
• If the charge port is frozen, melt the ice
using a hair dryer. After the ice has
melted, charge the Li-ion battery. Forc-
ing the charge connector to connect
may cause a malfunction.
• If foreign materials have entered the
charge connector and charge port and
it is not possible to connect it, do not
attempt to force the connection. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer. Forcing the
charge connector to connect may
cause damage to the charging equip-
ment and vehicle.
• There is a hole on the charge port for
water drainage. If the water drainage
hole becomes blocked, or if water gets
trapped inside the charge port, do not
charge. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
CH-4 Charging
LTI2429
TYPES OF CHARGE AND HOW TO
CHARGE THE LI-ION BATTERY
Charging CH-5
*1: V2X (Vehicle to everything); The EV sup-
plies electric power to a home or a building
etc. (e.g. Vehicle to home (V2H), Vehicle to
building (V2B), Vehicle to grid (V2G), Vehicle
to load (V2L), and Vehicle to vehicle (V2V)).
This vehicle is an electric vehicle and it re-
quires electricity to operate. The Li-ion bat-
tery is the only source of power to operate
the vehicle. It is important to conser ve
power and plan your charging needs when
you drive to avoid completely discharging
the Li-ion batter y and being unable to
drive.
There are three methods available to
charge the Li-ion battery:
• Normal charge
• Trickle charge
• Quick charge (if so equipped)
• V2X charge/discharge (if so equipped)
LTI2438
CH-6 Charging
The time to completely charge the vehicle
Li-ion battery varies based on the state of
charge of the Li-ion battery, condition and
age of the Li-ion battery, temperature of
the Li-ion battery, ambient temperature
and condition of the power source con-
nected to the vehicle, and whether the
electric equipment (such as the air condi-
tioner, which consumes electric power) is
used.
Normal charge
NISSAN recommends using normal charg-
ing for usual charging of the vehicle. Use of
quick charge should be minimized in order
to help prolong Li-ion battery life.
Normal charging uses L1 & L2 EVSE (Electric
Vehicle Supply Equipment), or an SAE J1772
compliant charging device connected to a
dedicated AC 220 - 240 volt circuit. L1 & L2
EVSE is provided with the vehicle (if so
equipped). The charging device is a home
charging dock installed in your home by a
qualified electrician. Contact your NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer. For additional infor-
mation, see “How to normal charge”
(P. CH-9).
Trickle charge
Trickle charging is not recommended for
regular use because it takes more time
than normal charging. Trickle charge can
be used when it is necessary to perform an
emergency charge at a destination such
as a friend’s house.
Trickle charge uses the EVSE (Electric Ve-
hicle Supply Equipment) provided with the
vehicle or an SAE J1772 compliant cord set
to connect the vehicle to an AC 110–120 volt,
15A dedicated outlet. The outlet should be
protected by a circuit breaker to avoid
overloading the circuit or other electrical
hazard.
For additional information, see “How to
trickle charge” (P. CH-11) or (P. CH-18).
Quick charge (if so equipped)
Quick charge capability is only available on
vehicles manufactured with the quick
charge option, which includes the quick
charge port. If your vehicle does not have
such a port, quick charging cannot be
used.
A vehicle equipped with a quick charge
port is compatible with most CHAdeMO
(Japanese industry standard) connectors
on charging stations. Charging stations
using this standard are UL certified and
safe to use in the US. While supported by
NISSAN, this connector may not become
the US SAE standard.
Quick charging is possible (even several
times a day). If the battery temperature is
near the red zone, in order to protect the
battery, power of the quick charging will be
limited.
Public charging:
This vehicle is compatible with any public
charging station that is SAE J1772 compli-
ant. If you attempt to charge from a non-
compliant charging station, you may not
receive a complete charge, or you may not
be able to charge at all due to hardware
and software differences. NISSAN is work-
ing with states, municipalities, utility com-
panies and others to assist in the prepara-
tion of markets and infrastructure.
However, NISSAN makes no representa-
tions that public charging stations will be
available in locations where you wish to
operate the vehicle, nor can NISSAN predict
the period of time it may take for public
charging infrastructure to be developed in
your area. Depending on where you live or
drive, there may not be sufficient public
charging stations available to meet your
particular needs for driving range and
charging away from your home. Trip plan-
ning is therefore important, and you should
plan trips with these facts in mind.
Charging CH-7
Quick charge uses public charging sta-
tions (up to 50 kW of power [for 40 kWh
battery models] / 100 kW of power [for 62
kWh battery models]).
The time needed to charge the Li-ion bat-
tery from discharged (low battery charge
indicator light illuminated) to 80% charged
using the quick charger depends on many
factors including the Li-ion battery tem-
perature and the type of quick charger
used.
It may take more time to charge the Li-ion
battery using the quick charger if the ve-
hicle is parked in a cold location for a long
time.
It may take more time to charge the Li-ion
battery using the quick charger if the tem-
perature of the Li-ion battery is high or low.
The Li-ion battery temperature gauge can
be used to estimate the approximate time
needed to charge the Li-ion battery to 80%.
If charging stops mid-charge, you can re-
start charging by pressing the start button
on the quick charger station again. Quick
charging is possible (even several times a
day). If the battery temperature is near the
red zone, in order to protect the battery,
power of the quick charging will be limited.
V2X charge/discharge (if so equipped)
V2X charge/discharge capability is only
available on vehicles manufactured with
the V2X charge/discharge option, which in-
cludes the quick charge port.
A vehicle equipped with a quick charge
port is compatible with most CHAdeMO
(Japanese industry standard) connectors
on charging stations.
LHA5087
For 40 kWh battery models
LHA5184
For 62 kWh battery models*
*Subject to charging equipment
capability to output 100kW
CH-8 Charging
Charging stations or V2X charging/
discharging devices using this standard
are UL certified and safe to use in the US.
While supported by NISSAN, this connector
may not become the US SAE standard. V2X
charging/discharging is possible (even
several times a day). If the battery tempera-
ture is near the red zone, in order to protect
the battery, power of the V2X charging/
discharging will be limited.
For additional information, consult a V2X
device manufacturer or a V2X charging/
discharging service provider.
Power limitation mode
This mode protects the health and opera-
tion of the vehicle's Li-ion battery. This
mode operates in certain extreme condi-
tions (heat, cold, low state of charge). Power
available to vehicle systems, including its
traction motor, is limited resulting in limited
performance, acceleration and top speed.
Charging may be automatically termi-
nated, especially with repeated quick
charging in extreme hot weather.
Checking Li-ion battery charge
The three methods for checking the
amount of charge are as follows:
• Check by using the Li-ion battery avail-
able charge gauge on the vehicle infor-
mation display when the power switch is
placed in the ON position. For additional
information, see “Li-ion battery available
charge gauge” (P. 2-9) and “Low battery
charge indicator” (P. 2-36).
• Check by using an internet enabled
smart phone or personal computer. For
additional information, refer to the
“NissanConnect® Manual”.
• Check by using the charging status indi-
cator light. For additional information, see
“Charging status indicator lights”
(P. CH-49).
NOTE:
• During the charge operation, charge
continues when the power switch is
placed in the ON position.
• The Li-ion battery cannot be charged if
the quick charge connector and the
normal charge connector are con-
nected at the same time. If another
charge connector is connected mid-
charge, charging will stop.
• For safety reasons, it is not possible to
switch to the READY to drive position
while a charge connector is connected.
• During charging, it is possible that the
radio may be inaudible due to noise by
the electromagnetic wave.
HOW TO NORMAL CHARGE (AC
220–240 volt) BY CHARGING
DEVICE
WARNING
• If you use any medical electric de-
vices, such as an implantable cardiac
pacemaker or an implantable cardio-
vascular defibrillator, check with the
electric medical device manufac-
turer concerning the effects that
charging may have on implanted de-
vices before starting the charge op-
eration. Charging may affect the
operation.
• Be sure to follow the precautions for
using the charging device that can be
installed in your home. Failing to do
so could result in serious injury or
death.
Charging CH-9
CAUTION
Do not use any charging equipment
that is not compatible with the LEAF.
Doing so could prevent the Li-ion bat-
tery from charging properly or could
result in damage to the vehicle or Li-ion
battery.
• Normal charge uses the charging device
(AC 220 - 240 volt, 16A or 32A) that can be
installed in your home to charge the Li-
ion battery.
• Immediate charge, charging timer and
remote charge (models with Navigation
System) can be performed in the normal
charge mode. For additional information,
see “Charging methods” (P. CH-43).
• The charging equipment communicates
with the vehicle before Li-ion battery
charging starts. If this communication
does not occur because other equip-
ment is used, the Li-ion battery will not
charge.
• NISSAN recommends that you connect
the charging device when getting out of
the vehicle, even if it is not going to be
used. By doing this, you can get the most
out of the remote climate control (mod-
els with Navigation System) and Climate
Ctrl. Timer functions the next time you
use the vehicle.
To start normal charge:
1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place
the vehicle in the P (Park) position and
apply the parking brake.
2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place
the power switch in the OFF position.
When the power switch is in the ON po-
sition, the Li-ion battery will not start
charging.
3. Open the charge port lid and charge
port cap. For additional information, see
“Charge port lid” (P. 3-20) and “Charge
port cap” (P. 3-22).
4. Connect the charge connector to the
charge port. If it is connected normally, a
beep will sound once.
5. If charging has started or if the battery is
waiting for the charging timer, a beep
will sound twice and the charging status
indicator light display will change. For
additional information, see “Charging
status indicator lights” (P. CH-49).
LCH2104
CH-10 Charging
To stop normal charge:
1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is
not engaged. For additional information,
see “Charge connector lock system”
(P. CH-41).
2. Press the button on the charge connec-
tor, release the lock and remove the
charge connector from the charge port
and properly store it.
3. Close the charge port cap.
4. After closing the charge port cap on the
charge port, close the charge port lid.
NOTE:
To stop charging mid-charge, remove
the charge connector. Charging auto-
matically stops.
HOW TO TRICKLE CHARGE
(AC 110–120 volt) BY L1 EVSE
WARNING
• If you wear a pacemaker or an im-
plantable cardiovascular defibrilla-
tor (ICD), stay at least 6 in (15 cm)
away from the EVSE.
• If you wear a pacemaker or an im-
plantable cardiovascular defibrilla-
tor (ICD), check with the electric
medical device manufacturer con-
cerning the effects that charging
may have on implanted devices be-
fore starting the charge operation.
Charging may affect the operation.
• In order to avoid an electric shock or
fire due to a short circuit, connect to a
GFI (Ground Fault Interrupter) circuit
breaker and use a waterproof electri-
cal ground socket.
• Discontinue EVSE use immediately if
plug or outlet becomes hot to the
touch or if you notice any unusual
odors.
• Never use extension cords or plug
adapters with EVSE.
• Always unplug the EVSE when not in
use.
• The Genuine NISSAN L1 EVSE charg-
ing device draws 12 amps continu-
ously while charging the Li-ion bat-
tery with AC 110–120 volt outlet. Do
not plug in to any electrical circuit
unless it is inspected by a qualified
electrician to confirm that the elec-
trical circuit can accept a 12 amp
draw. Any electrical circuit has a
much higher likelihood of being
compromised in the following condi-
tions listed below.
– Improper use of the EVSE may re-
sult in a fire and serious injury or
death.
– Do not use the EVSE in struc tures
more than 40 years old.
LCH2105
Charging CH-11
– Do not use the EVSE in struc tures
using fuse-based circuit protec-
tion. Use only with electrical cir-
cuits protected by circuit
breakers.
– Do not use the EVSE on electrical
circuits with two-prong outlets.
– Do not use the EVSE if other de-
vices are plugged into the same
circuit.
– When unplugging, be sure to pull
by the plug or the EVSE, not the
cord.
– Do not pull, twist, bend, step on or
drag the cable.
– Do not attach or detach the Genu-
ine NISSAN Adapter while the
Genuine NISSAN Adapter is in-
serted into an outlet.
– Do not use the Genuine NISSAN
Adapter if the plug is not fully in-
serted and not locked.
– If you use the EVSE holder, handle
it with care to avoid injuries due to
contact with its edges or other
parts.
– Do not use the EVSE if the cable or
cord is frayed, has broken insula-
tion, or shows any other indica-
tions of damage.
– Stop using the EVSE immediately
if charging stops before comple-
tion when you move the plug or
cord.
– Do not use the EVSE if the control
box, plug, the EVSE or charge con-
nector is broken, cracked, open,
corroded or shows any other indi-
cations of damage.
– Do not use the EVSE if the plug has
a loose connection with the outlet
or if the outlet is damaged or
rusted.
– Before you connect the EVSE, be
sure to check the rated current
shown on the EVSE to ensure that
the outlet and circuit have enough
current capacity to charge your
vehicle safely. If the capacity of
the outlet and circuit is not
enough, wiring may cause over-
heating or a fire.
– If in any doubt about the outlet
and circuit, consult a qualified
electrician.
– The EVSE has parts that may
spark inside. Do not use it where
gasoline, paint, or flammable liq-
uids are used or stored.
– Do not use if a malfunction occurs
or if the EVSE has been damaged
in any manner. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for replacement.
– The EVSE contains no user ser-
viceable parts. Do not attempt to
repair the EVSE, doing so will void
your warranty.
• Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
case securely through the fastener
on the bottom of the luggage board.
If the case suddenly becomes loose,
it may cause serious injury or death.
CH-12 Charging
CAUTION
• Only charge using a standard AC 110 -
120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical out-
let (for example, do not use an elec-
tric generator). Failure to do so may
cause charging to fail and could
cause damage to the vehicle or the
EVSE equipment due to power
surges.
• NISSAN recommends using Genuine
NISSAN charging equipment to
charge the vehicle. Using non-
NISSAN equipment could cause the
Li-ion battery to not charge correctly
and may damage the vehicle.
Precautions on storage
• Do not store the EVSE in a place exposed
to direct sunlight.
• Do not store the EVSE in a place exposed
to wind or rain.
• Be sure to store the EVSE with the protec-
tive cap on to keep the terminal of the
charge connector away from dirt and
dust.
• Do not store the EVSE with the cable
and/or cord wound around the control
box.
• Do not store the EVSE in a condition in
which the cable and/or cord are twisted.
• The control box will become hot while the
EVSE is charging. This is not a
malfunction.
LCH2136
Charging CH-13
To start trickle charging:
NOTE:
Charging timer, remote charge (models
with navigation system) and immediate
charge can be performed in the trickle
charge mode. For additional informa-
tion, see “Charging methods” (P. CH-43).
1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place
the vehicle in the P (Park) position and
apply the parking brake.
2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place
the power switch in the OFF position.
When the power switch is in the ON po-
sition, the Li-ion battery will not start
charging.
3. Open the charge port lid. For additional
information, see “Charge port lid”
(P. 3-20).
4. Take out the EVSE from the rear hatch.
5. Connect the electrical plug to the AC 110
- 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet.
If it is connected normally, the green light
on the EVSE control box indicator light
illuminates.
NOTE:
You can pass a rope through the holes
O
A
in the control box in order to hang it
up while the Li-ion battery is charging.
Use the EVSE with the plug in an up-
right position (the cord should extend
down from the outlet).
6. Open the charge port cap. For additional
information, see “Charge port cap”
(P. 3-22).
LCH2106
CH-14 Charging
7. Remove the safety cap from the charge
connector.
8. Connect the charge connector to the
charge port. If it is connected normally, a
beep will sound once.
9. If charging has started, or if the Li-ion
battery is waiting for the charging timer,
a beep will sound twice and the charg-
ing status indicator light display will
change. For additional information, see
“Charging status indicator lights”
(P. CH-49).
10. When recharging outside, such as in
your driveway, use a commercially
available padlock attached in position
O
A
to prevent theft.
LCH2200 LCH2107 LCH2108
Charging CH-15
To stop trickle charge:
1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is
not engaged. For additional information,
see “Charge connector lock system”
(P. CH-41).
2. Press the button on the charge connec-
tor, release the lock and remove the
charge connector from the charge port.
3. Close the charge port cap.
4. Attach the safety cap to the EVSE.
5. Remove the electrical plug from the AC
110 - 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical
outlet.
6. Store in its case.
NOTE: Perform the following proce-
dure to store the EVSE in the case:
a. Wind the charge cable into a size that
will allow it to be stored in the case
(approximately 14 in (36 cm) in diam-
eter). Winding the charge cable in the
direction shown below avoids short-
ening of cable life.
b. Place the EVSE into the case.
LCH2105 LCH2138
CH-16 Charging
c. Pass the lower side belt from the case
through the fastener on the bottom of
the luggage board
O
C
.
d. Hang the hook
O
D
from the case to
the ring from the trim.
e. Fix the belt
O
E
with the hook-and-loop
fastener on the side of the case by
pulling the end of the belt.
LCH2110 LCH2139 LCH2137
Charging CH-17
WARNING
Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
case securely through the fastener on
the bottom of the luggage board. If the
case suddenly becomes loose, it may
cause serious injury or death.
1. After closing the cap on the charge port,
close the charge port lid.
NOTE:
To stop charging mid-charge, remove
the charge connector. Charging auto-
matically stops.
HOW TO TRICKLE CHARGE
(AC 110–120 volt) BY L1 & L2 EVSE
WARNING
• If you wear a pacemaker or an im-
plantable cardiovascular defibrilla-
tor (ICD), stay at least 6 in (15 cm)
away from the EVSE.
• If you use any medical electric de-
vices, such as an implantable cardiac
pacemaker or an Implantable Car-
diovascular Defibrillator (ICD), check
with the electric medical device
manufacturer concerning the effects
that charging may have on im-
planted devices before starting the
charge operation. Charging may af-
fect the operation.
• In order to avoid an electric shock or
fire due to a short circuit, connect to a
GFI (Ground Fault Interrupter) circuit
breaker and use a waterproof electri-
cal ground socket.
• Discontinue EVSE use immediately if
plug or outlet becomes hot to the
touch or if you notice any unusual
odors.
• Never use extension cords.
• Never use plug adapters other than
the Genuine NISSAN Adapter for
EVSE.
• Always unplug the EVSE when not in
use.
• The Genuine NISSAN L1 & L2 EVSE
draws 12 amps continuously while
charging the Li-ion battery with AC
110–120 volt outlet. Do not plug in to
any electrical circuit unless it is in-
spected by a qualified electrician to
confirm that the electrical circuit can
accept a 12 amp draw. Any electrical
circuit has a much higher likelihood
of being compromised in the follow-
ing conditions listed below.
– Improper use of the EVSE may re-
sult in a fire and serious injury or
death.
– Do not use the EVSE in struc tures
more than 40 years old.
– Do not use the EVSE in struc tures
using fuse-based circuit protec-
tion. Use only with electrical cir-
cuits protected by circuit
breakers.
– Do not use the EVSE on electrical
circuits with two-prong outlets.
LCH2206
CH-18 Charging
– Do not use the EVSE if other de-
vices are plugged into the same
circuit.
– When unplugging, be sure to pull
by the plug or the Genuine NISSAN
Adapter, not the cord.
– Do not pull, twist, bend, step on or
drag the cable.
– Do not attach or detach the Genu-
ine NISSAN Adapter while the
Genuine NISSAN Adapter is in-
serted into an outlet.
– Do not use the Genuine NISSAN
Adapter if the plug is not fully in-
serted and not locked.
– If you use the EVSE holder, handle
it with care to avoid injuries due to
contact with its edges or other
parts.
– Do not use the EVSE or Genuine
NISSAN Adapter if the cable or
cord is frayed, has broken insula-
tion, or shows any other indica-
tions of damage.
– Stop using the EVSE or Genuine
NISSAN Adapter immediately if
charging stops before completion
when you move the Genuine
NISSAN Adapter, the plug or the
cord.
– Do not use the EVSE or Genuine
NISSAN Adapter if the control box,
plug, Genuine NISSAN Adapter or
charge connector is broken,
cracked, open, corroded or shows
any other indications of damage.
– Do not use the EVSE or Genuine
NISSAN Adapter if the plug or
Genuine NISSAN Adapter has a
loose connection with the outlet
or if the outlet is damaged or
rusted.
– Before connecting the EVSE, be
sure to check the rated current
shown on the EVSE to ensure that
the outlet and circuit have enough
current capacity to charge your
vehicle safely. If the capacity of
the outlet and circuit is not
enough, wiring may cause over-
heating or a fire.
– If in any doubt about the outlet
and circuit, consult a qualified
electrician.
– The device has parts that may
spark inside. Do not use it where
gasoline, paint, or flammable liq-
uids are used or stored.
– Do not use if a malfunction occurs
or if the EVSE or Genuine NISSAN
Adapter has been damaged in any
manner. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for replacement.
– The EVSE or Genuine NISSAN
Adapter contains no user service-
able parts. Do not at tempt to re-
pair the EVSE or Genuine NISSAN
Adapter, doing so will void your
warranty.
• Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
case securely through the fastener
on the bottom of the luggage board.
If the case suddenly becomes loose,
it may cause serious injury or death.
Charging CH-19
CAUTION
• Only charge using a standard AC 110 -
120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical out-
let (for example, do not use an elec-
tric generator). Failure to do so may
cause charging to fail and could
cause damage to the vehicle or the
EVSE due to power surges.
• NISSAN recommends using Genuine
NISSAN charging equipment to
charge the vehicle. Using non-
NISSAN equipment could cause the
Li-ion battery to not charge correctly
and may damage the vehicle.
Precautions on storage
• Do not store the EVSE and Genuine
NISSAN Adapter in a place exposed to
direct sunlight.
• Do not store the EVSE and Genuine
NISSAN Adapter in a place exposed to
wind or rain.
• Be sure to store the EVSE with the protec-
tive cap on to keep the terminal of the
charge connector away from dirt and
dust.
• Do not store the EVSE with the cable
and/or cord wound around the control
box.
• Do not store the EVSE in a condition in
which the cable and/or cord are twisted.
• The control box will become hot while the
EVSE is charging. This is not a
malfunction.
LCH2136
CH-20 Charging
To start trickle charging:
NOTE:
Charging timer, remote charge (models
with navigation system) and immediate
charge can be performed in the trickle
charge mode. For additional informa-
tion, see “Charging methods” (P. CH-43)
1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place
the vehicle in the P (Park) position and
apply the parking brake.
2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place
the power switch in the OFF position.
When the power switch is in the ON po-
sition, the Li-ion battery will not start
charging.
3. Open the charge port lid. For additional
information, see “Charge port lid”
(P. 3-20).
4. Take out the EVSE from the rear hatch.
5. Connect the electrical plug to the AC 110
- 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet
using a Genuine NISSAN Adapter. If it is
connected normally, the green light on
the EVSE control box indicator light
illuminates.
LCH2201
Charging CH-21
NOTE:
You can pass a rope through the holes
O
A
on the control box to the holder in order
to hang it up while the Li-ion battery is
charging.
Use the EVSE with the plug in the upright
position. (The cord should extend down
from the outlet.)
6. Open the charge port cap. For additional
information, see “Charge port cap”
(P. 3-22).
7. Remove the safety cap from the charge
connector.
LCH2202 LCH2200 LCH2107
CH-22 Charging
8. Connect the charge connector to the
charge port. If it is connected normally, a
beep will sound once.
9. If charging has started, or if the Li-ion
battery is waiting for the charging timer,
a beep will sound twice and the charg-
ing status indicator light display will
change. For additional information, see
“Charging status indicator lights”
(P. CH-49).
10. When recharging outside, such as in
your driveway, use a commercially
available padlock attached in position
O
A
to prevent theft.
LCH2114 LCH2104 LCH2108
Charging CH-23
To stop trickle charge:
1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is
not engaged. For additional information,
see “Charge connector lock system”
(P. CH-41).
2. Press the button on the charge connec-
tor, release the lock and remove the
charge connector from the charge port.
3. Attach the safety cap to the EVSE.
4. Remove the electrical plug from the AC
110 - 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical
outlet.
5. Store in its case.
LCH2105 LCH2138 LCH2110
CH-24 Charging
NOTE:
Perform the following procedure to
store the EVSE in the case.
1. Wind the charge cable into a size that will
allow it to be stored in the case (approxi-
mately 14 in (36 cm) in diameter). Winding
the charge cable in the direction shown
above avoids shortening of cable life.
2. Place the EVSE into the case.
3. Pass the lower side belt from the case
through the fastener on the bottom of
the luggage board
O
C
.
4. Hang the hook
O
D
from the case to the
ring from the trim.
5. Fix the belt
O
E
with the hook-and-loop
fastener on the case, pulling the belt
from the case.
WARNING
Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
case securely through the fastener on
the bottom of the luggage board. If the
case suddenly becomes loose, it may
cause serious injury or death.
1. After closing the cap on the charge port,
close the charge port lid.
LCH2139 LCH2137 LCH2206
Charging CH-25
NOTE:
To stop charging mid-charge, remove
the charge connector. Charging auto-
matically stops.
HOW TO NORMAL CHARGE
(AC 220–240 volt) BY L1 & L2 EVSE
WARNING
Please be sure to follow the warnings
below. Failure to do so may result in
serious injury or death.
• If you wear a pacemaker or an im-
plantable cardiovascular defibrilla-
tor (ICD), stay at least 6 in (15 cm)
away from the EVSE.
• If you use a pacemaker or an Im-
plantable Cardiovascular Defibrilla-
tor (ICD), check with the electric
medical device manufacturer con-
cerning the effects that charging
may have on implanted devices be-
fore starting the charge operation.
Charging may affect the operation.
• In order to avoid an electric shock or
fire due to a short circuit, connect to a
GFI (Ground Fault Interrupter) circuit
breaker and use a waterproof electri-
cal ground socket.
• Discontinue EVSE use immediately if
plug or outlet becomes hot to the
touch or if you notice any unusual
odors.
• Never use extension cords or plug
adapters with EVSE.
• Never use plug adapters other than
the Genuine NISSAN Adapter for
EVSE.
• Always unplug the EVSE when not in
use.
• The Genuine NISSAN L1 & L2 EVSE
draws 30 amps continuously while
charging the Li-ion battery with AC
220–240 volt outlet. Do not plug in to
any electrical circuit unless it is in-
spected by a qualified electrician to
confirm that the electrical circuit can
accept a 30 amp draw. Any electrical
circuit has a much higher likelihood
of being compromised in the follow-
ing conditions listed below.
– Improper use of the EVSE may re-
sult in a fire and serious injury or
death.
– Do not use the EVSE in struc tures
more than 40 years old.
– Do not use the EVSE in struc tures
using fuse-based circuit protec-
tion. Use only with electrical cir-
cuits protected by circuit
breakers.
– Do not use the EVSE on electrical
circuits with two-prong outlets.
– Do not use the EVSE if other de-
vices are plugged into the same
circuit.
– When unplugging, be sure to pull
by the plug and not the cord.
– Do not pull, twist, bend, step on or
drag the cable.
– If you use the EVSE holder, handle
it with care to avoid injuries due to
contact with its edges or other
parts.
– Do not use the EVSE if the cable or
cord is frayed, has broken insula-
tion, or shows any other indica-
tions of damage.
– Stop using the EVSE immediately
if charging stops before comple-
tion when you move the plug or
the cord.
CH-26 Charging
– Do not use the EVSE if the control
box, plug, the EVSE or charge con-
nector is broken, cracked, open,
corroded or shows any other indi-
cations of damage.
– Do not use the EVSE if the plug has
a loose connection with the outlet
or if the outlet is damaged or rusted.
– Before you connect the EVSE, be
sure to check the rated current
shown on the EVSE to ensure that
the outlet and circuit have enough
current capacity to charge your
vehicle safely. If the capacity of
the outlet and circuit is not
enough, wiring may cause over-
heating or a fire.
– If in any doubt about the outlet
and circuit, consult a qualified
electrician.
– The EVSE has parts that may
spark inside. Do not use it where
gasoline, paint, or flammable liq-
uids are used or stored.
– Do not use if a malfunction occurs
or if the EVSE has been damaged
in any manner. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for replacement.
– The EVSE contains no user ser-
viceable parts. Do not attempt to
repair the EVSE, doing so will void
your warranty.
• Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
case securely through the fastener
on the bottom of the luggage board.
If the case suddenly becomes loose,
it may cause serious injury or death.
CAUTION
• Only charge using a standard AC 220
- 240 volt, 50A dedicated electrical
outlet (for example, do not use an
electric generator). Failure to do so
may cause charging to fail and could
cause damage to the vehicle or the
EVSE due to power surges.
• NISSAN recommends using Genuine
NISSAN charging equipment to
charge the vehicle. Using non-
NISSAN equipment could cause the
Li-ion battery to not charge correctly
and may damage the vehicle or the
EVSE.
Precautions on storage
• Do not store the EVSE in a place exposed
to direct sunlight.
• Do not store the EVSE in a place exposed
to wind or rain.
• Be sure to store the EVSE with the protec-
tive cap on to keep the terminal of the
charge connector away from dirt and
dust.
• Do not store the EVSE with the cable
and/or cord wound around the control
box.
LCH2136
Charging CH-27
• Do not store the EVSE in a condition in
which the cable and/or cord are twisted.
• The control box will become hot while the
EVSE is charging. This is not a
malfunction.
• Normal charge (AC 220–240 volt) by L1 &
L2 EVSE is performed using an AC 220 —
240 volt, 50A dedicated electrical outlet
using the L1 & L2 EVSE provided with the
vehicle.
LHA5095
NEMA 14–50 outlet and plug
• 120V/240V EVSE (L1/L2) plug must be connected to a NEMA 14–50 outlet that is con
-
nected to a single phase power supply obtained from a delta connection.
• If connected to another type of power supply, EVSE will not work normally.
CH-28 Charging
LHA5096
Correct electric outlet connection
If connected to three phase power supply, EVSE does not work normally.
Charging CH-29
To start normal charging
NOTE:
Charging timer, remote charge (models
with navigation system) and immediate
charge can be performed in the normal
charge mode. For additional informa-
tion, see “Charging methods” (P. CH-43)
1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place
the vehicle in the P (Park) position and
apply the parking brake.
2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place
the power switch in the OFF position.
When the power switch is in the ON po-
sition, the Li-ion battery will not start
charging.
3. Open the charge port lid. For additional
information, see “Charge port lid”
(P. 3-20).
LHA5094
Incorrect electric outlet connection
If EVSE is connected to this miswired outlet, EVSE does not work and the
POWER indicator light (orange) on the EVSE control box will blink.
CH-30 Charging
4. Take out the EVSE from the rear hatch.
5. Connect the electrical plug to the AC 220
- 240 volt, 50A dedicated electrical outlet.
If it is connected normally, the green light
on the EVSE control box indicator light
illuminates.
NOTE:
You can pass a rope through the holes
O
A
on the control box or place the con-
trol box to the holder in order to hang
it up while the Li-ion battery is
charging.Use the EVSE with the plug in
an upright position. (The cord should
extend down from the outlet.)
6. Open the charge port cap. For additional
information, see “Charge port cap”
(P. 3-22).
LCH2201 LCH2202
Charging CH-31
7. Remove the safety cap from the charge
connector.
8. Connect the charge connector to the
charge port. If it is connected normally, a
beep will sound once.
9. If charging has started, or if the Li-ion
battery is waiting for the charging timer,
a beep will sound twice and the charg-
ing status indicator light display will
change. For additional information, see
“Charging status indicator lights”
(P. CH-49).
LCH2114 LCH2107 LCH2104
CH-32 Charging
10. When recharging outside, such as in
your driveway, use a commercially
available padlock attached in position
O
A
to prevent theft.
To stop normal charging:
1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is
not engaged. For additional information,
see “Charge connector lock system”
(P. CH-41).
2. Press the button on the charge connec-
tor, release the lock and remove the
charge connector from the charge port.
3. Attach the safety cap to the EVSE.
4. Remove the electrical plug from the AC
220 - 240 volt, 50A dedicated electrical
outlet.
LCH2108 LCH2138 LCH2105
Charging CH-33
5. Store in its case.
NOTE:
Perform the following procedure to store
the EVSE in the case:
1. Wind the charge cable into a size that will
allow it to be stored in the case (approxi-
mately 14 in (36 cm) in diameter). Winding
the charge cable in the direction shown
above avoids shortening the cable life.
2. Place the EVSE into the case.
3. Pass the ring of the lower side belt from
the case through the fastener on the
bottom of the luggage board
O
C
.
LCH2110 LCH2139 LCH2137
CH-34 Charging
4. Hang the hook
O
D
from the case to the
ring from the trim.
5. Fix the belt
O
E
with the hook-and-loop
fastener on the case, pulling the belt
from the case.
WARNING
Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
case securely through the fastener on
the bottom of the luggage board. If the
case suddenly becomes loose, it may
cause serious injury or death.
6. After closing the cap on the charge por t,
close the charge port lid.
NOTE:
To stop charging mid-charge, remove
the charge connector. Charging auto-
matically stops.
HOW TO QUICK CHARGE (if so
equipped)
Quick charge uses public charging sta-
tions (up to 50 kW of power [for 40 kWh
battery models] / 100 kW of power [for 62
kWh battery models]) to charge the battery
in a short period of time.
WARNING
• Always use a quick charger that is
compatible with the LEAF. Using an
incompatible quick charger may
cause a fire or malfunction resulting
in serious personal injury or death.
• Before starting the quick charge,
carefully read the instructions pro-
vided on the quick charger and make
sure the quick charge connector is
properly connected and locked. Fail-
ure to connect or operate the quick
charger correctly could cause dam-
age to the vehicle or the charging
equipment.
NOTE:
• Quick charging is possible (even sev-
eral times a day) if the battery tem-
perature is not near the red zone. If the
battery temperature reaches the red
zone, in order to protect the battery,
quick charging is not allowed and the
power limitation mode will be trig-
gered. For additional information, see
“Li-ion battery temperature gauge”
(P. 2-7).
• When the Li-ion battery available
charge and the Li-ion battery capacity
are shown on the quick charger unit,
the readings may differ from the Li-ion
battery available charge/capacity
reading shown on the vehicle’s display.
LCH2206
Charging CH-35
To start charging:
1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place
the vehicle in the P (Park) position and
apply the parking brake.
2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place
the power switch in the OFF position.
When the power switch is in the ON po-
sition, the Li-ion battery will not start
charging.
3. Open the charge port lid and charge
port cap. For additional information, see
“Charge port lid” (P. 3-20) and “Charge
port cap” (P. 3-22).
4. Align
O
1
with the groove of the charge
port and insert the charge connector.
CAUTION
Be sure to insert the charge connector
straight into the quick charge port right
up to the base. Failure to do so may
result in the Li-ion battery not charging
or could cause damage to the charging
equipment.
LCH2115 LCH2116 LCH2117
CH-36 Charging
5. Grasp the lock lever and lock the charge
connector.
6. Follow the instructions on the quick
charge equipment. When the equip-
ment is properly installed and ready to
charge a beep sounds twice and the
charging status indicator light will
change. For additional information, see
“Charging status indicator lights”
(P. CH-49).
Charging ends in the following situations:
• When charging is complete
• When the possible charge time set for the
quick charger is exceeded
NOTE:
• Charging may automatically stop even
if it is not completed.
• If charging stops mid-charge, you can
restart charging by pressing the start
button on the quick charger again.
• The charge connector is locked to the
charge port during charging and can-
not be disconnected. Follow the in-
structions on the quick charge equip-
ment to stop charging. Confirm
charging is stopped by looking at the
indicators on the instrument panel.
The charge connector can be discon-
nected from the vehicle when charging
is stopped.
• When quick charging, the Li-ion bat-
tery charging rate is slower as the per-
centage of available battery charge
increases.
To finish charging:
1. Confirm charging is stopped by looking
at the indicators on the instrument
panel. The charge connector can be dis-
connected from the vehicle when charg-
ing is stopped.
2. Unlock the charge connector, remove
from the vehicle and properly store it.
3. Close the quick charge port cap.
4. Shut the charge port lid.
LCH2118 LCH2119
Charging CH-37
CAUTION
As the quick charge connector is
heavier in comparison to the other
charge connectors, allowing it to drop
could cause damage to the vehicle or
charge connector or personal injury.
When removing the connector, be sure
to pull it out straight and as carefully as
possible.
HOW TO CHARGE/DISCHARGE
USING QUICK CHARGE PORT (if so
equipped)
V2X (vehicle to everything) enables the EV
to supply electric power to a home or a
building, etc.
“V2X” includes all of the following:
• Vehicle to home (V2H)
• Vehicle to building (V2B)
• Vehicle to grid (V2G)
• Vehicle to load (V2L)
• Vehicle to vehicle (V2V)
V2X charge/discharge uses a V2X device.
WARNING
• Always use a quick charger/V2X de-
vice that is compatible with the LEAF.
Using an incompatible quick
charger/V2X device may cause a fire
or malfunction resulting in serious
personal injury or death.
• Before starting the quick charge/V2X
charge, carefully read the instruc-
tions provided on the quick charger/
V2X device and make sure the quick
charge connector is properly con-
nected and locked. Failure to connect
or operate the quick charger cor-
rectly could cause damage to the ve-
hicle or the charging equipment.
NOTE:
• Charging/discharging using quick
charge port is possible (even several
times a day) if the battery temperature
is not near the red zone. If the battery
temperature reaches the red zone, in
order to protect the battery, charging/
discharging is not allowed and the
power limitation mode will be trig-
gered. For additional information, see
“Li-ion battery temperature gauge”
(P. 2-7).
• When the Li-ion battery available
charge/discharge and the Li-ion bat-
tery capacity are shown on the quick
charger unit or V2X device, the read-
ings may differ from the Li-ion battery
available charge/discharge/capacity
reading shown on the vehicle’s display.
CH-38 Charging
To start charging/discharging:
1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place
the vehicle in the P (Park) position and
apply the parking brake.
2. When charging/discharging the Li-ion
battery, place the power switch in the
OFF position. When the power switch is
in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will
not start charging/discharging.
3. Open the charge port lid and charge
port cap. For additional information, see
“Charge port lid” (P. 3-20) and “Charge
port cap” (P. 3-22).
4. Align
O
1
with the groove of the charge
port and insert the charge connector.
CAUTION
Be sure to insert the charge connector
straight into the quick charge port right
up to the base. Failure to do so may re-
sult in the Li-ion battery not charging/
discharging or could cause damage to
the charging equipment.
LCH2115 LCH2116 LCH2117
Charging CH-39
5. Grasp the lock lever and lock the charge
connector.
6. Follow the instructions on the quick
charge equipment, or the V2X device, to
start charging. When the equipment or
V2X is properly installed and ready to
charge/discharge, a beep sounds twice
and the charging status indicator light
will change. For additional information,
see “Charging status indicator lights”
(P. CH-49).
Charging/discharging ends in the follow-
ing situations:
• When charging is complete
• When the possible charge time set for the
quick charger is exceeded
NOTE:
• Charging/discharging may automati-
cally stop even if it is not completed.
• If charging stops mid-charge, you can
restart charging by pressing the start
button on the quick charger again.
• The charge connector is locked to the
charge port during charging/
discharging and cannot be discon-
nected. Follow the instructions on the
quick charge equipment or the V2X de-
vice to stop charging/discharging.
Confirm charging/discharging is
stopped by looking at the indicators on
the instrument panel. The charge con-
nector can be disconnected from the
vehicle when charging is stopped.
• When V2X charging, the Li-ion battery
charging rate is slower as the percent-
age of available battery charge
increases.
To finish charging/discharging:
1. Confirm charging/discharging is
stopped by looking at the indicators on
the instrument panel. The charge con-
nector can be disconnected from the
vehicle when charging/discharging is
stopped.
2. Unlock the charge connector, remove
from the vehicle and properly store it.
3. Close the quick charge port cap.
4. Shut the charge port lid.
LCH2118 LCH2119
CH-40 Charging
CHARGE CONNECTOR LOCK
SYSTEM
The normal or trickle charge connector
can be locked to the normal charge port.
Perform the following steps and the
charge connector lock mode can be se-
lected:
1. Press the
button to select “EV
settings” and then press the OK button.
2. Press the
button until “Chg.
Connector Lock” is selected and then
press the OK button.
3. Press the
button until the pre-
ferred mode of AUTO, LOCK or UNLOCK,
is selected and then press the OK
button.
NOTE:
The charge connector lock can be ac ti-
vated when the shift lever is in the P
(Park) position and the charge connector
is connected. The charge connector lock
will not be activated if the charge con-
nector is not properly connected.
AUTO mode
To select AUTO mode, push the up and
down switch until "AUTO" is selected and
then press the OK button. The indicator
light for "AUTO" will illuminate.
When AUTO mode is selected, the charge
connector is locked while charging is in
process. The charge connector will be un-
locked automatically when charging is
complete.
LOCK mode
To select the LOCK mode, push the up and
down switch until "LOCK" is selected and
then press the OK button. The indicator
light for "LOCK" will illuminate.
When LOCK mode is selected, the charge
connector will remain locked. The charge
connector will be unlocked when UNLOCK
mode is selected or temporary unlock op-
eration is performed.
UNLOCK mode
To select UNLOCK mode, push the up and
down switch until "UNLOCK" is selected
and then press the OK button. The indica-
tor light for "UNLOCK" will illuminate.
When UNLOCK mode is selected, the
charge connector will remain unlocked.
Temporary unlock mode
When the charge connector lock system is
in the AUTO or LOCK mode, the charge
connector lock can be unlocked temporar-
ily by using the NISSAN Intelligent Key® or
the charge port lid switch.
LHA5081
Charging CH-41
Unlock operation using Intelligent
Key
1. Press the charge port lid opener button
on the Intelligent Key for more than 1
second.
2. The charging status indicator light
flashes three times and a beep sounds
three times. The charge connector lock
is unlocked for 30 seconds.
3. After 30 seconds, the charge connector
lock is locked.
The charge connector lock can also be un-
locked for 30 seconds when unlocking a
door or the rear hatch (in this case, the
charging status indicator light does not
operate).If the lock is operated again within
30 seconds after unlocking the door/rear
hatch, the charge connector lock is locked
again.
Unlock operation using charge
port lid switch
1. Push the charge port lid switch.
2. The charging status indicator light
flashes three times and a beep sounds
three times. The charge connector lock
is unlocked for 30 seconds.
3. After 30 seconds, the charge connector
lock is locked.
LCH2009 LIC3808
CH-42 Charging
NOTE:
• Depending on the charging station, the
lock mechanism established by local
standards may not be compatible with
your vehicle. It may not be possible for
the charge connector to lock to your
vehicle.
• When the power source is cut off while
charging in AUTO mode, the connector
will be continuously locked for 5 min-
utes, then it will be released.
• When timer charging is set with AUTO
mode, the connector will not lock until
charging is started.
• When the following system(s) are oper-
ated individually or the 12-volt battery
is being charged, the charging connec-
tor lock will not lock:
– Climate Ctrl. Timer
– Remote climate control (if so
equipped)
– Li-ion battery warmer (if so
equipped)
If the charge connector cannot be
unlocked
1. Place power switch in the OFF position.
2. Open the hood.
3. Insert a flat head screwdriver or suitable
tool into the screw that is located on the
front of the hood lock.
4. Turn it clockwise to release the charge
connector lock.
5. Remove the charge connector.
CHARGING TIMER
Use charging timer to schedule when the
Li-ion battery charges. The vehicle auto-
matically begins charging at the scheduled
times when the charge connector is con-
nected to the vehicle. The timers do not
need to be reset each time the Li-ion bat-
tery needs charging.
The charging timer can save two timer set-
tings that include the charging star t time
and end time. The charging timer can be
applied to the timer settings for each day
of the week (models with Navigation
System).
The vehicle automatically begins charging
at the scheduled times when the charge
connector is connected to the vehicle. The
timers do not need to be reset each time
the Li-ion battery needs to be charged.
LCH2143
CHARGING METHODS
Charging CH-43
1. Press the button to select “EV
settings” and then press the OK button.
2. Press the
button to select
“Charge Timer1” or “Charge Timer2” and
then press the OK button.
3. Press the
button to select
“Timer” and then press the OK button.
The indicator light will turn on when the
timer setting is turned on.
4. Press the
button until to select
“Start time” and then press the OK
button.
5. Press the
button to set “Hour”
and then press the OK button.
6. Press the
button to set “Min-
ute” and then press the OK button.
7. Press the
button to select “End
time” and then press the OK button.
8. Press the
button to set “Hour”
and then press the OK button.
9. Press the
button to set “Min-
ute” and then press the OK button.
10. Models with Navigation System: Press
the
button to select the days
of the week you wish to activate the
charging timer and then press the OK
button. Press the Back button to return
to the previous display.
11. After the setting is complete, place the
power switch in the OFF position, and
then connect the charge connector to
the vehicle.
NOTE:
• Always place the power switch in the
OFF position after setting the charging
timers. When the power switch in the
ON position, the Li-ion battery will not
start charging.
• Charging stations that are used to per-
form normal charging may be
equipped with timer functions. If the
charging timer function and the ve-
hicle timer are both set, and the two
timers are not set to operate at the
same time, it is possible that the char-
ger will not start or the battery will not
be charged to the level expected.
• The Li-ion battery may not charge to
the expected level using the charging
timer while the Li-ion battery warmer
(if so equipped) operates.
• Charging timer is performed according
to the current time setting of the clock
on the vehicle information display.
When setting the charging timer func-
tion, be sure to check that the current
time displayed is correct.
• To turn off the charging timer function,
select "Timer" on the charge timer dis-
play (vehicle information display) us-
ing the
button and press the
OK button to turn off the indicator
light. The start and end time settings
are not deleted, even if the charging
timer function is turned off.
LCH2144
CH-44 Charging
• If the day of the week is not selected on
the timer charge setting screen, the
charging timer will not operate on that
day. The system will wait until the nex t
set charging time to perform charging
(models with Navigation System).
Timer Charge setting screen
Chg. Timer Only at HOME (models
with Navigation System)
If you register your home in the navigation
system and turn on “Chg. Timer Only at
HOME,” the timer charging is applied only
when the normal or trickle charge is per-
formed at home. For additional informa-
tion, refer to the NissanConnect® Manual
for the registration. When the charging is
performed at a place other than home, the
charging automatically starts when a nor-
mal or trickle charge connector is con-
nected to the vehicle.
Full charge has priority
If “Full charge has priority” is turned on, the
charge start timer will be advanced if the
fully charged condition of the Li-ion battery
cannot be achieved during the start time
to end time interval. If the fully charged
battery condition cannot be achieved, the
charge continues until the battery is fully
charged.
LCH2144 LHA5085
Charging CH-45
NOTE:
If “Full charge has priority” is turned on, it
is possible that the battery is not
charged fully by the charge end time due
to the operating condition of Climate
Ctrl. Timer and the tolerance of charging
time, etc. In that case, the charging con-
tinues until the Li-ion battery is fully
charged.
TIMER DISPLAY
The timer display appears for approxi-
mately 30 seconds when the power switch
is placed in the OFF position.
O
1
Charging time
The estimated time of charging the Li-ion
battery (start time and end time) is dis-
played.
• When the charging timer is set, the charg-
ing system calculates the estimated time
to charge the Li-ion battery based on the
electrical power supplied in the last
charging using the timer, and the start
time and end time are displayed.
• The estimated time may be recalculated
depending on the actual electrical power
after the charge cable is connected. Al-
though the estimated time may be differ-
ent from the time that was displayed
when the power switch was placed in the
OFF position, this is not a malfunction.
• When the charging timer is set to OFF, the
estimated end time to charge the Li-ion
battery to a full level in the case of per-
forming the immediate charge. The end
time is calculated based on the electrical
power selected in the “Charge Time
Screen”.
• When the Li-ion battery was fully charged,
the charging time will be displayed as
“--:--”.
O
2
Charging timer setting status
When the charging timer is set, the start
time and end time of the charging using
the timer are displayed
O
3
Climate Ctrl. timer setting status
When the Climate Ctrl. timer is set, the de-
parture time (end time) set for the Climate
Ctrl. Timer is displayed.
O
4
Charge connector lock setting status
LHA5086 LCH2210
CH-46 Charging
The current mode of the charge connector
lock (AUTO, LOCK or UNLOCK) is displayed.
For additional information, see “Charge
connector lock system” (P. CH-41).
When the OK button on the steering wheel
is pressed, the display will be switched to
the “EV Settings” menu. In the EV Settings,
the setting of the charging timer, Climate
Ctrl. timer and charge connector lock
mode can be changed. For additional infor-
mation, see “Vehicle information display”
(P. 2-26).
When the
button on the steering
wheel is pressed while the timer display is
shown, the display is switched to the ECO
Drive Report (if the vehicle was driven).
Either display will continue to be displayed
for another 30 seconds when the button is
operated. If the doors are locked after the
power switch was placed in the OFF posi-
tion, the display will turn off before the pre-
set time.
For models with Navigation System, the
day of the week is displayed with the time
(hour and minute) in each information
O
1
–
O
3
.
In addition to the above, note the following
conditions for the charging time
O
1
infor-
mation:
• The charging time is displayed by the 10
minutes. If the estimated charging time is
longer than 24 hours, “Over 24h” is
displayed.
• When the charging is set to start imme-
diately after connecting the charge con-
nector to the vehicle, the start time is
displayed as “Charge Now”.
• While being charged, the time when the
charging has actually started is displayed
as the start time. The end time is dis-
played according to the estimated
charging time that was calculated based
on the electrical power being supplied.
• For models with Li-ion battery warmer,
the charging system calculates the elec-
trical power used by the battery warmer
when the Li-ion battery temperature is
low, and longer charging time will be
displayed.
• When “Chg. Timer Only at HOME” is set to
ON (models with Navigation System) in
the EV Settings, the start time is displayed
only when the power switch is placed in
the OFF position at home. If the power
switch is placed in the OFF position other
than at home, the immediate charge
mode is selected and “Charge Now” will
appear as the start time.
• When “Full charge has priority” is set to ON
in the EV Settings and the Li-ion battery
cannot be charged to a full level within
the hours between the scheduled start
time and end time of the charging timer,
the charging time shows the time that
exceeds the scheduled hours in the
charging timer.
• If you need to confirm the estimated
charging time depending on the avail-
able electrical power (supplied to the
charger), see the Estimated Charge Time
display. For additional information, see
“Meters and gauges” (P. 2-5).
NOTE:
• The displayed end time of charging is
an estimation. The Li-ion battery may
not be charged to a full level by the
estimated end time.
• If the charging timer and the Climate
Ctrl. timer are set to operate at the
same time, longer charging time will be
displayed or the Li-ion battery may not
be charged to a full level at the sched-
uled end time.
Charging CH-47
IMMEDIATE CHARGE
When a charging timer is not turned on,
charging automatically starts when a nor-
mal or trickle charge connector is con-
nected to the vehicle.
Use the immediate charge mode anytime
you want to start charging when a charg-
ing timer is turned on by performing the
following:
1. Place the power switch in the OFF
position.
2. Push the immediate charge switch.
3. Connect the normal or trickle charge
cable when the charging status indica-
tor light changes to display immediate
charge mode. For additional informa-
tion, see “Charging status indicator
lights” (P. CH-49).
NOTE:
• You have 15 minutes to connect a nor-
mal or trickle charge connector to the
vehicle after the immediate charge
switch is pushed. If a charge connector
is not connected to the vehicle within
15 minutes, the vehicle automatically
returns to the previous setting.
•
To cancel immediate charge mode push
the immediate charge switch again.
• If the charge cable is disconnected, the
Li-ion battery automatically switches
to charging timer. To perform an im-
mediate charge again, push the imme-
diate charge switch and connect the
charge cable.
• If the charge cable is already con-
nected, push the immediate charge
switch to start performing an immedi-
ate charge.
CHARGING RELATED REMOTE
FUNCTION (models with
Navigation System)
This vehicle incorporates a communica-
tion device that is called a TCU (Telematics
Communication Unit). The communication
connection between this unit and NISSAN
Data Center allows for various remote
function services.
LCH2125
CH-48 Charging
• Remote battery status check:
The charging status of the Li-ion battery
can be checked using the
“NissanConnect® EV & Services”, or
“NissanConnect®”, or Owners Portal even
if you are not in the vehicle.
• Remote start charge:
The function of starting the Li-ion battery
charge or starting the heater and air con-
ditioner is available using your personal
computer or internet enabled smart
phone.
• Plug-in reminder:
A notification e-mail will be sent to your
personal computer or internet enabled
smart phone if the plug is not connected
at the specific time you selected, after
turning off the power switch.
NOTE:
• Establishing the NissanConnect® EV &
Services, or NissanConnect® is neces-
sary before using this service. For addi-
tional information, refer to the
NissanConnect® Manual.
• To check the Li-ion battery charging
status using an internet enabled smar t
phone or personal computer, the fol-
lowing conditions must be met:
– The vehicle must be located in a cel-
lular phone coverage area.
– The cellular phone must be located
in an area with cellular phone
coverage.
– If using a computer, the computer
must be connected to the internet.
– Some cellular phones are not com-
patible and cannot be used to check
the Li-ion battery charging status.
Please confirm beforehand.
• Certain remote functions require a
compatible smart phone, which is not
included with the vehicle.
• NissanConnec t® EV & Services, or
NissanConnect® information system
features are included through a sub-
scription service which requires owner
consent to activate. The subscription
must be active to use these features.
• NissanConnec t® EV & Services, or
NissanConnect® communications may
be received at a verified e-mail address
or by SMS/text messaging-enabled
mobile phone.
• Standard text rates and/or data usage
may apply depending on your carrier.
CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR
LIGHTS
The charging status indicator lights (1) to (3)
display the charging status, and are visible
from both inside and outside the vehicle.
LCH2146
CHARGING RELATED INDICATOR
LIGHTS
Charging CH-49
When the normal charge connector lock
is unlocked
All of the indicator lights, (1) to (3), will flash
and a beep will sound three times when
the normal charge connector lock switch
on the Intelligent Key or the charge port lid
switch is pushed.
When the normal charge connector is
connected incorrectly
All of the indicator lights, (1) to (3), will flash
and a beep will sound three times within 30
seconds when the charge connector is
connected incorrectly to the normal
charge port.
Ready for charging timer
If the charging timer is set, the indicator
lights illuminate in order from (1) to (3). The
indicator lights turn off after approximately
5 minutes.
Ready for immediate charge
When the power switch is off and if the
immediate charge switch is pushed while
the charge cable is not connected, the in-
dicator light (2) illuminates.
This indicator light (2) illuminates when the
vehicle is ready for immediate charge. You
have 15 minutes to connect the charge
connector to the vehicle. If the charge con-
nector is not connected within 15 minutes,
the indicator light (2) turns off and you
must star t the immediate charge mode
again to charge the Li-ion battery.
LCH2147 LCH2148 LCH2149
CH-50 Charging
When charging
When the Li-ion battery is being charged,
the charging status indicator lights will
change depending on the amount the Li-
ion battery is charged.
* : This value is also displayed by the battery
available charge gauge on the vehicle in-
formation display.
When fully charged
All of the indicator lights (1) to (3) illuminate
when the Li-ion battery is fully charged to
the selected charging mode level.
The indicator lights turn off after approxi-
mately 5 minutes or when the charge con-
nector is removed.
When the indicator light (3) flashes
The indicator light (3) flashes when the 12-
volt battery is being charged. For additional
information, see “Charging the 12-volt bat-
tery” (P. EV-5).
The indicator light will also flash for up to 5
minutes if the electrical power from the
EVSE or charging device is interrupted dur-
ing charging. Charging will restart auto-
matically when the electrical power from
the EVSE or charging device is restored if
the normal charge connector is con-
nected. The charge start beep will not
sound when charging restarts.
LCH2150 LCH2151 LCH2152
Charging CH-51
The indicator will also flash when the fol-
lowing systems are operating:
• Climate Ctrl. Timer
• Remote climate control (if so equipped)
• Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped)
When not charging
None of the lights are illuminated when the
Li-ion battery and 12-volt batter y are not
charging.
EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply
Equipment) CONTROL BOX
INDICATOR LIGHT
When a charge is being performed, the
charging status is shown by the indicator
light that is on the EVSE control box.
An indicator light also indicates if there is
an EVSE malfunction.
LCH2153 LCH2203
CH-52 Charging
Meaning Light ON Blinking Light OFF
Symbol ○
嘷
○
●
LCH2204
Charging CH-53
READY POWER FAULT Status and action to be taken
○○ ○
All LED lamps will light for a 1/2 second check when EVSE is first connected to an
outlet.
○● ●
After initial processing is completed, when the EVSE is not connected to the ve-
hicle, or the EVSE is connected to the vehicle but charging is not being performed.
For additional information, see “Charging troubleshooting guide” (P. CH-56).
○○ ●While the Li-ion battery is being charged
●● ●
If the EVSE control box indicator light does not illuminate after connecting the
plug to the outlet, check the GFCI and circuit breaker for the outlet. If either the
GFCI or breaker has tripped, the circuit may not be suitable for use with EVSE. You
should have a qualified electrician inspect and repair the electrical circuit. If the
GFCI breaker is not tripped, stop using the EVSE. It is recommended that you visit
a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
嘷
○
●●
The EVSE could not detect sufficient grounding at outlet for reliable EV charging.
Consult a qualified electrician to have the outlet checked.
嘷
○
嘷
○
嘷
○
When the temperature of the electrical plug is too hot or the EVSE is unable to de-
tect the temperature of the electrical plug.
The EVSE is restricting the charging current for safety according to the tempera-
ture of the electrical plug.
POWER Lamp status:
○ = No charging current restricted.
嘷
○ = Charge current restricted
● = Charge stopped
This problem may be caused by a failure in the outlet.
Stop using the outlet and consult a qualified electrician.
If the same indication continues after checking an outlet, it is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
嘷
○
● 嘷
○
CH-54 Charging
READY POWER FAULT Status and action to be taken
嘷
○
嘷
○
○
The temperature detection circuit in the plug of the EVSE is malfunctioning.
Power Lamp status:
嘷
○ = Charge current reduced
● = Charge stopped
Since the EVSE is restricting the charging current, it is recommended that you visit
a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
嘷
○
●○
○● ○
This trouble is caused by a malfunction of the EVSE internal circuits.
Stop using the EVSE immediately. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certi-
fied LEAF dealer.
○ 嘷
○
○
ForL1&L2EVSE:
This trouble may be caused by a miswired outlet. Check if the outlet, which the
EVSE is connected to, is correctly wired and installed according to the regulations/
standards. If the same indication continues after checking the outlet wiring, the
EVSE may have a malfunction. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer.
ForL1EVSE:
The EVSE may have a malfunction. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer.
○●嘷
○
The EVSE detected leakage current or PWM signal error
Stop using the EVSE immediately. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certi-
fied LEAF dealer.
Charging CH-55
Symptom Possible cause Possible solution
All types of charging can-
not be performed.
The vehicle power switch is in the ON posi-
tion.
Before charging, place the vehicle power switch in the OFF position.
Both the normal charge connector and the
quick charge connector (if so equipped) are
connected at the same time.
The normal charge connector and the quick charge connector cannot be connected at
the same time.
The Li-ion battery is already fully charged.
Confirm the available Li-ion battery capacity remaining by checking the Li-ion battery
available charge gauge. If the Li-ion battery charge gauge reaches 100%, the Li-ion bat-
tery is already fully charged and cannot be charged. Charging automatically turns off if
the Li-ion battery is fully charged.
The temperature of the Li-ion battery is too
hot or cold to charge.
Confirm the Li-ion battery temperature by checking the Li-ion battery temperature
gauge. If the gauge indicates the Li-ion battery is too hot (red zone) or too cold (blue
zone), charging is not possible. Allow the Li-ion battery to cool or warm up before charg-
ing. For additional information, see “Li-ion battery temperature gauge” (P. 2-7).
The 12-volt battery is discharged.
If the vehicle electrical systems cannot be turned on even when the power switch is
turned on, the 12V battery may be discharged. Charge or replace the 12V battery.
The vehicle has a malfunction.
The vehicle may have a malfunction. Confirm if the warning light on the meter is illumi-
nated. If a warning is displayed, stop charging. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer.
Normal charge or trickle
charge cannot be per-
formed.
There is no electrical power coming from
the outlet.
Confirm that there has not been a power failure. Make sure the breaker is on. If an outlet
with a timer device installed is used, power will only be available at the time set by the
timer.
The EVSE or charging device may h ave a
malfunction.
If Genuine NISSAN EVSE is used, see “Charging troubleshooting guide” (P. CH-56) for the
device.
The charge connector is not connected
correctly.
Confirm the charge connector is connected correctly.
Plug might not be connected correctly. Confirm if the plug is connected correctly.
There is no electric power coming from the
normal charging station.
Confirm operation procedure of charging station.
The outlet (that the EVSE is connected to)
is not connected to the power source cor-
rectly.
Confirm the condition according to the illumination pattern of the indicator light on the
EVSE. For additional information, see "EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) control
box indicator light" (P. CH-52).
CHARGING TROUBLESHOOTING
GUIDE
CH-56 Charging
Symptom Possible cause Possible solution
Immediate charge can-
not be performed.
Charging timer has been set. Turn off the charging timer. For additional information, see “Charging timer” (P. CH-43).
Charging timer cannot be
performed.
The charge cable is not connected. Connect the charge cable.
The time on the clock is wrong.
The charging timer function does not start charging based on the clock located on the
vehicle information display. Adjust the clock. For additional information, see “Clock”
(P. 2-12). If the 12-volt battery is discharged or if the Li-ion battery is disconnected, the
time setting must be updated.
The immediate charge switch has been
pushed.
Charging timer does not operate when immediate charge is selected.
Charging timer has not been set.
Set the charging timer schedule. For additional information, see “Charging timer”
(P. CH-43).
Charging does not start because the
charging timer start time and end time are
set and the current time is before the set
start time.
Confirm when the charging timer time is set to start charging. Change the charging
timer setting to the desired charge time or push the immediate charge switch. For addi-
tional information, see “Charging timer” (P. CH-43).
The charge cable is not connected. Connect the charge cable beforehand.
Normal charge stops in
the middle of charging.
There is no power coming from the outlet.
There may have been an electrical power failure, or the breaker may have failed. Charg-
ing will resume when the power source is reset.
The charge cable has been disconnected. Check that the charge cable has not been disconnected.
Both the normal charge connector and the
quick charge connector were connected at
the same time.
If the normal charge connector and the quick charge connector are connected at the
same time, charging will be stopped.
Charging timer end time has been
reached.
When the charging timer is set and the charge end time is reached, charging will be
stopped, even if the Li-ion battery is not fully charged.
The temperature of the Li-ion battery is too
hot or too cold to charge.
Confirm the Li-ion battery temperature by checking the Li-ion battery temperature
gauge. If the gauge indicates the Li-ion battery is too hot (red zone) or too cold (blue
zone), charging is not possible. Allow the Li-ion battery to cool or warm up before charg-
ing. For additional information, see “Li-ion battery temperature gauge” (P. 2-7).
The electric power supply from the normal
charging station was stopped.
Confirm operation procedure of charging station.
Charging CH-57
Symptom Possible cause Possible solution
Quick charge cannot be
performed.
Incorrect charge connector connection,
not fully inserted or may not be locked.
Check that the charge connector is connected correctly and that it is locked.
The self-diagnostic function of the quick
charge device returns a negative result.
There is a possibility that the vehicle has a malfunction. Stop charging. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
The power switch of the quick charger is
off.
Check the power switch of the quick charger.
Quick charge stops in the
middle of charging.
Charging is stopped by the quick charge
timer.
Charging will stop depending on the timer function setting of the quick charge device. If
you need to charge the Li-ion battery more, start the charging procedure again.
The power supply for the quick charger is
off.
Check whether the power supply for the quick charger is off.
CH-58 Charging
1 Safety–Seats, seat belts and
supplemental restraint system
Seats............................................ 1-2
Front manual seat adjustment
(for passenger’s seat and if so
equipped for driver’s seat) .....................1-3
Front power seat adjustment
(if so equipped for driver’s seat) ............... 1-4
Rearseats ................................... 1-6
Head restraints/headrests .......................1-7
Adjustable head restraint/headrest
components .................................1-8
Non-adjustable head restraint/
headrest components .......................1-8
Remove......................................1-8
Install ........................................ 1-9
Adjust ........................................ 1-9
Seatbelts .......................................1-11
Precautions on seat belt usage ...............1-11
Seat belt warning light and chime ............1-14
Pregnant women ............................1-15
Injured persons ..............................1-15
Three-point type seat belt with
retractor .....................................1-15
Seat belt extenders ..........................1-18
Seat belt maintenance .......................1-19
Child safety .....................................1-19
Infants ......................................1-20
Small children ...............................1-20
Larger children ..............................1-20
Child restraints .................................1-22
Precautions on child restraints ..............1-22
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren) system ............................1-24
Rear-facing child restraint installation
using LATCH ................................1-28
Rear-facing child restraint installation
using the seat belts .........................1-30
Forward-facing child restraint
installation using LATCH ..................... 1-33
Forward-facing child restraint
installation using the seat belts .............1-36
Booster seats ................................1-41
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ..........1-45
Precautions on SRS .........................1-45
Supplemental air bag warning labels ........1-66
Supplemental air bag warning light .........1-66
WARNING
• Do not ride in a moving vehicle when
the seatback is reclined. This can be
dangerous. The shoulder belt will not
be against your body. In an accident,
you could be thrown into it and re-
ceive neck or other serious injuries.
You could also slide under the lap belt
and receive serious internal injuries.
• For the most effective protection
when the vehicle is in motion, the
seat should be upright. Always sit
well back and upright in the seat with
both feet on the floor and adjust the
seat properly. For additional infor-
mation, see “Precautions on seat belt
usage” (P. 1-11).
• After adjustment, gently rock in the
seat to make sure it is securely
locked.
• Do not leave children unattended in-
side the vehicle. They could unknow-
ingly activate switches or controls or
make the vehicle move. Unattended
children could become involved in
serious accidents.
• To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the
vehicle and/or its systems, do not
leave children, people who require
the assistance of others or pets unat-
tended in your vehicle. Additionally,
the temperature inside a closed ve-
hicle on a warm day can quickly be-
come high enough to cause a signifi-
cant risk of injury or death to people
and pets.
• Do not adjust the driver’s seat while
driving so full attention may be given
to vehicle operation. The seat may
move suddenly and could cause loss
of control of the vehicle.
• The seatback should not be reclined
any more than needed for comfort.
Seat belts are most effective when
the passenger sits well back and
straight up in the seat. If the seatback
is reclined, the risk of sliding under
the lap belt and being injured is
increased.
SSS0133
SEATS
1-2 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
CAUTION
When adjusting the seat positions, be
sure not to contact any moving parts to
avoid possible injuries and/or damage.
FRONT MANUAL SEAT
ADJUSTMENT (for passenger’s
seat and if so equipped for
driver’s seat)
Your vehicle seats can be adjusted manu-
ally. For additional information about ad-
justing the seats, refer to the steps outlined
in this section.
Forward and backward
Pull the bar up and hold it while sliding the
seat forward or backward to the preferred
position. Release the bar to lock the seat in
position.
Reclining
To recline the seatback, pull the lever up
and lean back. To bring the seatback for-
ward, pull the lever up and lean your body
forward. Release the lever to lock the seat-
back in position.
The reclining feature allows adjustment of
the seatback for occupants of different sizes
for added comfort and to help obtain proper
seat belt fit. For additional information, see
“Precautions on seat belt usage” (P. 1-11). Also,
the seatback can be reclined to allow occu-
pants to rest when the vehicle is stopped
and the vehicle is in the P (Park) position.
LRS2229 LRS2231
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3
Seat lifter (driver’s seat)
Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to
adjust the seat height to the preferred
position.
FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT
(if so equipped for driver’s seat)
Operating tips
• The power seat motor has an auto-reset
overload protection circuit. If the motor
stops during operation, wait 30 seconds
then reactivate the switch.
• Do not operate the power seat switch for
a long period of time when the system is
not in the READY mode. This will dis-
charge the battery.
Forward and backward
Moving the switch as shown will slide the
seat forward or backward to the desired
position.
Reclining
Move the recline switch as shown until the
desired angle is obtained.
LRS2965 LRS2966
1-4 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
The reclining feature allows adjustment of
the seatback for occupants of different
sizes for added comfort and to help obtain
proper seat belt fit. For additional informa-
tion, see “Precautions on seat belt usage”
(P. 1-11). Also,the seatback can be reclined to
allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is
stopped and the shift lever is in P (Park).
Seat lifter
Move the switch as shown to adjust the
angle and height of the seat cushion.
Lumbar support
The lumbar support feature provides ad-
justable lower back support to the driver.
Move the switch as shown to adjust the
seat lumbar area.
LRS2967 LRS2968
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5
REAR SEATS
Folding
To fold down the seatback, pull the release
knob.
To return the seatback to the seating posi-
tion, lift up each seatback and push it to the
upright position until it is latched.
WARNING
• Do not fold down the rear seats when
occupants are in the rear seat area or
any objects are on the rear seats.
• Never allow anyone to ride in the
cargo area or on the rear seats when
they are in the folded-down position.
Use of these areas by passengers
without proper restraints could re-
sult in serious injury or death in an
accident or sudden stop.
• Properly secure all cargo with ropes
or straps to help prevent it from slid-
ing or shifting. Do not place cargo
higher than the seatbacks. In a sud-
den stop or collision, unsecured
cargo could cause personal injury.
• When returning the seatbacks to the
upright position, be certain they are
completely secured in the latched
position. If they are not completely
secured, passengers may be injured
in an accident or sudden stop.
LRS3233
1-6 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
WARNING
Head restraints/headrests supplement
the other vehicle safety systems. They
may provide additional protection
against injury in certain rear end colli-
sions. Adjustable head restraints/
headrests must be adjusted properly,
as specified in this section. Check the
adjustment after someone else uses
the seat. Do not attach anything to the
head restraint/headrest stalks or re-
move the head restraints/headrests.
Do not use the seat if the head
restraint/headrest has been removed.
If the head restraint/headrest was re-
moved, reinstall and properly adjust
the head restraint/headrest before an
occupant uses the seating position.
Failure to follow these instruc tions can
reduce the effectiveness of the head
restraint/headrest. This may increase
the risk of serious injury or death in a
collision.
The illustration shows the seating posi-
tions equipped with head
restraints/headrests.
䉱 Indicates the seating position is
equipped with a head restraint.
쮿 Indicates the seating position is
equipped with a headrest.
+ Indicates the seating position is not
equipped with a head restraint or headrest
(if applicable).
• Your vehicle is equipped with a head
restraint/headrest that may be inte-
grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.
• Adjustable head restraints/headrests
have multiple notches along the stalks to
lock them in a desired adjustment
position.
• The non-adjustable head restraints/
headrests have a single locking notch to
secure them to the seat frame.
• Proper Adjustment:
–– For the adjustable type, align the head
restraint/headrest so the center of
your ear is approximately level with the
center of the head restraint/headrest.
–– If your ear position is still higher than
the recommended alignment, place
the head restraint/headrest at the
highest position.
• If the head restraint/headrest has been
removed, ensure that it is reinstalled and
locked in place before riding in that des-
ignated seating position.
LRS2695
HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7
ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/
HEADREST COMPONENTS
1. Removable head restraint/headrest
2. Multiple notches
3. Lock knob
4. Stalks
NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD
RESTRAINT/HEADREST
COMPONENTS
1. Removable head restraint/headrest
2. Single notch
3. Lock knob
4. Stalks
REMOVE
Use the following procedure to remove the
head restraint/headrest.
1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to
the highest position.
2. Push and hold the lock knob.
3. Remove the head restraint/headrest
from the seat.
4. Store the head restraint/headrest prop-
erly in a secure place so it is not loose in
the vehicle.
LRS2300 LRS2299 LRS2302
1-8 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head
restraint/headrest before an occupant
uses the seating position.
INSTALL
1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalks
with the holes in the seat. Make sure the
head restraint/headrest is facing the
correct direction. The stalk with the
notch (notches)
O
1
must be installed in
the hole with the lock knob
O
2
.
2. Push and hold the lock knob and push
the head restraint/headrest down.
3. Properly adjust the head restraint/
headrest before an occupant uses the
seating position.
ADJUST
For adjustable head restraint/headrest
Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the
center is level with the center of your ears. If
your ear position is still higher than the
recommended alignment, place the head
restraint/headrest at the highest position.
For non-adjustable head restraint/headrest
LRS2303 SSS0997
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is
positioned so the lock knob is engaged in
the notch before riding in that designated
seating position.
Raise
To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull it
up.
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is
positioned so the lock knob is engaged in
the notch before riding in that designated
seating position.
Lower
To lower, push and hold the lock knob and
push the head restraint/headrest down
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is
positioned so the lock knob is engaged in
the notch before riding in that designated
seating position.
LRS2304 LRS2305 LRS2306
1-10 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT
USAGE
If you are wearing your seat belt properly
adjusted, and you are sitting upright and
well back in your seat with both feet on the
floor, your chances of being injured or killed
in an accident and/or the severity of injury
may be greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly
encourages you and all of your passengers
to buckle up every time you drive, even if
your seating position includes a supple-
mental air bag.
Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces
or territories specify that seat belts be
worn at all times when a vehicle is being
driven.
SSS0136
SEAT BELTS
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11
SSS0134 SSS0016
1-12 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
WARNING
• Every person who drives or rides in
this vehicle should use a seat belt at
all times. Children should be in the
rear seats and in an appropriate
restraint.
• The seat belt should be properly ad-
justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so
may reduce the effectiveness of the
entire restraint system and increase
the chance or severity of injury in an
accident. Serious injury or death can
occur if the seat belt is not worn
properly.
• Always route the shoulder belt over
your shoulder and across your chest.
Never put the belt behind your back,
under your arm or across your neck.
The belt should be away from your
face and neck, but not falling off your
shoulder.
• Position the lap belt as low and snug
as possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT
THE WAIST. A lap belt worn too high
could increase the risk of internal in-
juries in an accident.
• Be sure the seat belt tongue is se-
curely fastened to the proper buckle.
• Do not wear the seat belt inside out
or twisted. Doing so may reduce its
effectiveness.
• Do not allow more than one person
to use the same seat belt.
• Never carry more people in the ve-
hicle than there are seat belts.
• If the seat belt warning light glows
continuously while the power switch
is turned ON with all doors closed and
all seat belts fastened, it may indi-
cate a malfunction in the system.
Have the system checked. It is rec-
ommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
• No changes should be made to the
seat belt system. For example, do not
modify the seat belt, add material, or
install devices that may change the
seat belt routing or tension. Doing so
may affect the operation of the seat
belt system. Modifying or tampering
with the seat belt system may result
in serious personal injury.
• Once seat belt pretensioner(s) have
activated, they cannot be reused and
must be replaced together with the
retractor.It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
• All seat belt assemblies, including re-
tractors and attaching hardware,
should be inspected after any colli-
sion. It is recommended that you visit
a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service. NISSAN recommends
that all seat belt assemblies in use
during a collision be replaced unless
the collision was minor and the belts
show no damage and continue to op-
erate properly. Seat belt assemblies
not in use during a collision should
also be inspected and replaced if ei-
ther damage or improper operation
is noted.
SSS0014
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13
• All child restraints and attaching
hardware should be inspec ted after
any collision. Always follow the re-
straint manufacturer’s inspection in-
structions and replacement recom-
mendations. The child restraints
should be replaced if they are
damaged.
SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT AND
CHIME
The driver and front passenger seats are
equipped with an enhanced seat belt re-
minder function. If your vehicle is equipped
with an enhanced seat belt reminder func-
tion, a visual and audible alert will operate if
a driver or front passenger seat belt is un-
buckled at speeds of approximately 9 mph
(15 km/h) or more under the following con-
ditions:
• If the driver seat belt is not fastened.
• The front passenger’s seat belt is not fas-
tened and the seat is occupied by a pas-
senger for 7 seconds after the power
switch is placed in the ON position.
• The front passenger’s seat belt is not fas-
tened and objects or external force on
the passenger seat change the seat belt
reminder classification to Occupied.
The seat belt warning light will flash under
the conditions shown above until the nec-
essary seat belt is securely fastened.
A warning chime will sound for approxi-
mately 90 seconds or until one of the fol-
lowing conditions is met:
• The unbuckled front occupant’s seat belt
is securely fastened.
• The seat belt reminder function in the
front passenger seat no longer detects
that the front passenger seat is occupied.
• The power switch is turned off or the ve-
hicle is placed in P (Park).
The below situations could result in the
seat belt reminder light being illuminated
and the chime sounding, even with no oc-
cupant present in the passenger seat:
• Heavy objects placed on the seat.
• Someone pushing or pulling on the front
passenger seat.
LRS0786
1-14 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
• An object placed under the front passen-
ger seat.
• An object placed between the seat cush-
ion and center console or between the
seat cushion and the door.
• An object hanging on the seat or placed
in the seatback pocket.
• A child restraint or other object pressing
against the rear of the seatback.
PREGNANT WOMEN
NISSAN recommends that pregnant
women use seat belts. The seat belt should
be worn snug, and always position the lap
belt as low as possible around the hips, not
the waist. Place the shoulder belt over your
shoulder and across your chest. Never put
the lap/shoulder belt over your abdominal
area. Contact your doctor for specific
recommendations.
INJURED PERSONS
NISSAN recommends that injured persons
use seat belts, depending on the injury.
Check with your doctor for specific
recommendations.
THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT
WITH RETRACTOR
WARNING
• Every person who drives or rides in
this vehicle should use a seat belt at
all times.
• Do not ride in a moving vehicle when
the seatback is reclined. This can be
dangerous. The shoulder belt will not
be against your body. In an accident,
you could be thrown into it and re-
ceive neck or other serious injuries.
You could also slide under the lap belt
and receive serious internal injuries.
• For the most effective protection
when the vehicle is in motion, the
seat should be upright. Always sit
well back and upright in the seat with
both feet on the floor and adjust the
seat belt properly.
• Do not allow children to play with the
seat belts. Most seating positions are
equipped with Automatic Locking
Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If
the seat belt becomes wrapped
around a child’s neck with the ALR
mode activated, the child can be se-
riously injured or killed if the seat belt
retracts and becomes tight. This can
occur even if the vehicle is parked.
Unbuckle the seat belt to release the
child. If the seat belt cannot be un-
buckled or is already unbuckled, re-
lease the child by cut ting the seat
belt with a suitable tool (such as a
knife or scissors) to release the seat
belt.
Fastening the seat belts
1. Adjust the seat. For additional informa-
tion, see “Seats” (P. 1-2).
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15
2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retrac-
tor and insert the tongue into the buckle
until you hear and feel the latch engage.
• The retractor is designed to lock
during a sudden stop or on impact. A
slow pulling motion permits the belt
to move and allows you some free-
dom of movement in the seat.
• If the seat belt cannot be pulled
from its fully retracted position,
firmly pull the belt and release it.
Then smoothly pull the belt out of
the retractor.
3. Position the lap belt portion low and
snug on the hips as shown.
4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the
retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure
the shoulder belt is routed over your
shoulder and across your chest.
The front passenger seat and the rear
seating positions three-point seat belts
have two modes of operation:
• Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)
• Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)
The ELR mode allows the seat belt to ex-
tend and retract to allow the driver and
passengers some freedom of movement
in the seat. The ELR locks the seat belt
when the vehicle slows down rapidly or
during certain impacts.
The ALR mode (child restraint mode) locks
the seat belt for child restraint installation.
When ALR mode is activated the seat belt
cannot be extended again until the seat
belt tongue is detached from the buckle
and fully retracted. The seat belt returns to
the ELR mode after the seat belt fully re-
tracts.For additional information, see “Child
restraints” (P. 1-22).
The ALR mode should be used only for
child restraint installation. During nor-
mal seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR
mode should not be activated. If it is ac-
tivated, it may cause uncomfortable seat
belt tension. It can also change the op-
eration of the front passenger air bag.
For additional information, see “Front
passenger air bag and status light”
(P. 1-56).
SSS0292 SSS0290
1-16 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
WARNING
When fastening the seat belts, be cer-
tain that seatbacks are completely se-
cured in the latched position. If they are
not completely secured, passengers
may be injured in an accident or sud-
den stop.
Unfastening the seat belts
To unfasten the seat belt, push the button
on the buckle. The seat belt automatically
retracts.
Checking seat belt operation
Seat belt retractors are designed to lock
seat belt movement by two separate
methods:
• When the belt is pulled quickly from the
retractor
• When the vehicle slows down rapidly
To increase your confidence in the seat
belts, check the operation as follows:
• Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward
quickly. The retractor should lock and re-
strict further belt movement.
If the retractor does not lock during this
check, get the system checked. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service, or to learn
more about seat belt operation.
SSS0326
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17
Center of rear seat
Selecting correct set of seat belts:
The rear center seat belt buckle is identified
by the CENTER mark
O
A
. The rear center
seat belt tongue can be fastened only into
the rear center seat belt buckle.
Shoulder belt height adjustment
(front seats)
The shoulder belt anchor height should be
adjusted to the position that is best for you.
For additional information, see “Precau-
tions on seat belt usage” (P. 1-11).
To adjust, pull the adjustment button
O
1
,
and then move the shoulder belt anchor to
the preferred position
O
2
so that the belt
passes over the center of the shoulder. The
belt should be away from your face and
neck, but not falling off of your shoulder.
Release the adjustment button to lock the
shoulder belt anchor into position.
WARNING
• After adjustment, release the adjust-
ment button and then try to move
the shoulder belt anchor up and
down to make sure that it is securely
fixed in position.
• The shoulder belt anchor height
should be adjusted to the position
that is best for you. Failure to do so
may reduce the effectiveness of the
entire restraint system and increase
the chance or severity of injury in an
accident.
SEAT BELT EXTENDERS
If, because of body size or driving position, it
is not possible to properly fit the lap/
shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender
that is compatible with the installed seat
belts is available for purchase. The ex-
tender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm)
of length and may be used for either the
driver or front passenger seating position.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for assistance with
purchasing an extender if an extender is
required.
LRS3224 JVC0036X
1-18 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
WARNING
• Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,
made by the same company which
made the original equipment seat
belts, should be used with NISSAN
seat belts.
• Adults and children who can use the
standard seat belt should not use an
extender. Such unnecessary use
could result in serious personal injury
in the event of an accident.
• Never use seat belt extenders to in-
stall child restraints. If the child re-
straint is not secured properly, the
child could be seriously injured or
killed in a collision or a sudden stop.
SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE
• To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a
mild soap solution or any solution rec-
ommended for cleaning upholstery or
carpets. Then wipe with a cloth and allow
the seat belts to dry in the shade. Do not
allow the seat belts to retract until they
are completely dry.
• If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt
guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat
belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoul-
der belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.
• Periodically check to see that the seat
belt and the metal components, such
as buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible
wires and anchors, work properly. If loose
parts, deterioration, cuts or other dam-
age on the webbing is found, the entire
seat belt assembly should be replaced.
WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the
seat belts. Most seating positions are
equipped with Automatic Locking Re-
tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat
belt becomes wrapped around a child’s
neck with the ALR mode activated, the
child can be seriously injured or killed if
the seat belt retracts and becomes
tight. This can occur even if the vehicle
is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to re-
lease the child. If the seat belt cannot
be unbuckled or is already unbuckled,
release the child by cutting the seat
belt with a suitable tool (such as a knife
or scissors) to release the seat belt.
Children need adults to help protect them.
They need to be properly restrained.
In addition to the general information in
this manual, child safety information is
available from many other sources, includ-
ing doctors, teachers, government traffic
safety offices, and community organiza-
tions. Every child is different, so be sure to
learn the best way to transport your child.
There are three basic types of child re-
straint systems:
• Rear-facing child restraint
CHILD SAFETY
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19
• Forward-facing child restraint
• Booster seat
The proper restraint depends on the child’s
size. Generally, infants up to about 1 year
and less than 20 lbs. (9 kg) should be placed
in rear-facing child restraints. Forward-
facing child restraints are available for chil-
dren who outgrow rear-facing child re-
straints and are at least 1 year old. Booster
seats are used to help position a vehicle
lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no
longer use a forward-facing child restraint.
WARNING
Infants and children need special pro-
tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may
not fit them properly. The shoulder belt
may come too close to the face or neck.
The lap belt may not fit over their small
hip bones. In an accident, an improp-
erly fitting seat belt could cause serious
or fatal injury. Always use appropriate
child restraints.
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
territories require the use of approved child
restraints for infants and small children. For
additional information, see “Child re-
straints” (P. 1-22).
A child restraint may be secured in the ve-
hicle by using either the LATCH (Lower An-
chor and Tethers for CHildren) system or
with the vehicle seat belt. For additional
information, see “Child restraints” (P. 1-22).
NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens
and children be restrained in the rear
seat. According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly re-
strained in the rear seat than in the front
seat.
This is especially important because
your vehicle has a supplemental re-
straint system (air bag system) for the
front passenger. For additional informa-
tion, see “Supplemental Restraint Sys-
tem (SRS)” (P. 1-45).
INFANTS
Infants up to at least 1 year old should be
placed in a rear-facing child restraint.
NISSAN recommends that infants be
placed in child restraints that comply with
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
You should choose a child restraint that fits
your vehicle and always follow the manu-
facturer’s instructions for installation and
use.
SMALL CHILDREN
Children that are over 1 year old and weigh
at least 20 lbs. (9 kg) should remain in a
rear-facing child restraint as long as pos-
sible up to the height or weight limit of the
child restraint. Children who outgrow the
height or weight limit of the rear-facing
child restraint and are at least 1 year old
should be secured in a forward-facing child
restraint with a harness. Refer to the manu-
facturer’s instructions for minimum and
maximum weight and height recommen-
dations. NISSAN recommends that small
children be placed in child restraints that
comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards. You should choose a
child restraint that fits your vehicle and al-
ways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-
tions for installation and use.
LARGER CHILDREN
Children should remain in a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness until they
reach the maximum height or weight limit
allowed by the child restraint
manufacturer.
1-20 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Once a child outgrows the height or weight
limit of the harness-equipped forward-
facing child restraint, NISSAN recommends
that the child be placed in a commercially
available booster seat to obtain proper
seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, the
booster seat should raise the child so that
the shoulder belt is properly positioned
across the chest and the top, middle por-
tion of the shoulder. The shoulder belt
should not cross the neck or face and
should not fall off the shoulder. The lap belt
should lie snugly across the lower hips or
upper thighs, not the abdomen. A booster
seat can only be used in seating positions
that have a three-point type seat belt. The
booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and
have a label certifying that it complies with
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
A booster seat should be used until the
child can pass the seat belt fit test below:
• Are the child’s back and hips against the
vehicle seatback?
• Is the child able to sit without slouching?
• Do the child’s knees bend easily over the
front edge of the seat with feet flat on the
floor?
• Can the child safely wear the seat belt (lap
belt low and snug across the hips and
shoulder belt across mid-chest and
shoulder)?
• Is the child able to use the properly ad-
justed head restraint/headrest?
• Will the child be able to stay in position for
the entire ride?
If you answered no to any of these ques-
tions, the child should remain in a booster
seat using a three-point type seat belt.
NOTE:
Laws in some communities may follow
different guidelines. Check local and
state regulations to confirm your child is
using the correct restraint system before
traveling.
LRS2690
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21
WARNING
Never let a child stand or kneel on any
seat and do not allow a child in the
cargo areas. The child could be seri-
ously injured or killed in an accident or
sudden stop.
PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD
RESTRAINTS
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use and installa-
tion of child restraints could result in
serious injury or death of a child or
other passengers in a sudden stop or
collision:
• The child restraint must be used and
installed properly. Always follow all
of the child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions for installation and use.
SSS0099 SSS0100
CHILD RESTRAINTS
1-22 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
• Infants and children should never be
held on anyone’s lap. Even the stron-
gest adult cannot resist the forces of
a collision.
• Do not put a seat belt around both a
child and another passenger.
• NISSAN recommends that all child re-
straints be installed in the rear seat.
Studies show that children are safer
when properly restrained in the rear
seat than in the front seat. If you
must install a forward-facing child
restraint in the front seat, see
“Forward-facing child restraint in-
stallation using the seat belts”
(P. 1-36).
• Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air
Bag System, never install a rear-
facing child restraint in the front seat.
An inflating air bag could seriously
injure or kill a child. A rear-facing
child restraint must only be used in
the rear seat.
• Be sure to purchase a child restraint
that will fit the child and vehicle.
Some child restraints may not fit
properly in your vehicle.
• Child restraint anchorages are de-
signed to withstand only those loads
imposed by correctly fitted child re-
straints. Under no circumstances are
they to be used to attach adult seat
belts, or other items or equipment to
the vehicle. Doing so could damage
the child restraint anchorages. The
child restraint will not be properly in-
stalled using the damaged anchor-
age, and a child could be seriously
injured or killed in a collision.
• Never use the anchor points for adult
seat belts or other items.
• A child restraint with a top tether
strap should not be used in the front
passenger seat.
• Keep seatbacks as upright as pos-
sible after fitting the child restraint.
• Infants and children should always
be placed in an appropriate child re-
straint while in the vehicle.
• When the child restraint is not in use,
keep it secured with the LATCH sys-
tem or a seat belt. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose objects can injure oc-
cupants or damage the vehicle.
CAUTION
A child restraint in a closed vehicle can
become very hot. Check the seating
sur face and buckles before placing a
child in the child restraint.
This vehicle is equipped with a universal
child restraint anchor system, referred to
as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers
for CHildren) system. Some child restraints
include rigid or webbing-mounted attach-
ments that can be connected to these
anchors.
For additional information, see “LATCH
(Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)
system” (P. 1-24).
If you do not have a LATCH compatible
child restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be
used.
Several manufacturers offer child re-
straints for infants and small children of
various sizes. When selecting any child re-
straint, keep the following points in mind:
• Choose only a restraint with a label certi-
fying that it complies with Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23
• Check the child restraint in your vehicle to
be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s
seat and seat belt system.
• If the child restraint is compatible with
your vehicle, place your child in the child
restraint and check the various adjust-
ments to be sure the child restraint is
compatible with your child. Choose a
child restraint that is designed for your
child’s height and weight. Always follow all
recommended procedures.
• If the combined weight of the child and
child restraint is less than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg),
you may use either the LATCH anchors or
the seat belt to install the child restraint
(not both at the same time).
• If the combined weight of the child and
child restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5
kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the
lower anchors) to install the child
restraint.
• Be sure to follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions for
installation.
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
territories require that infants and small
children be restrained in an approved
child restraint at all times while the ve-
hicle is being operated. Canadian law re-
quires the top tether strap on forward-
facing child restraints be secured to the
designated anchor point on the vehicle.
LATCH (Lower Anchors and
Tethers for CHildren) SYSTEM
Your vehicle is equipped with special an-
chor points that are used with LATCH sys-
tem compatible child restraints. This sys-
tem may also be referred to as the ISOFIX
or ISOFIX compatible system. With this sys-
tem, you do not have to use a vehicle seat
belt to secure the child restraint unless the
combined weight of the child and child re-
straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-
bined weight of the child and child restraint
is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the ve-
hicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to
install the child restraint. Be sure to follow
LRS3227
1-24 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
the child restraint manufacturer's instruc-
tions for installation.
The LATCH lower anchor points are pro-
vided to install child restraints in the rear
outboard seating positions only. Do not at-
tempt to install a child restraint in the cen-
ter position using the LATCH lower
anchors.
LATCH lower anchor
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use and installa-
tion of child restraints could result in
serious injury or death of a child or
other passengers in a sudden stop or
collision:
• Only attach LATCH system compat-
ible child restraints shown in the il-
lustration. For additional informa-
tion, refer to the following sections of
this Owner’s Manual for installation
guidance.
• Inspect the lower anchors by insert-
ing your fingers into the lower an-
chor area. Feel to make sure there are
no obstructions over the anchors
such as seat belt webbing or seat
cushion material. The child restraint
will not be secured properly if the
lower anchors are obstructed.
Child restraint anchorages are de-
signed to withstand only those loads
imposed by correctly fitted child re-
straints. Under no circumstances are
they to be used to attach adult seat
belts, or other items or equipment to
the vehicle. Doing so could damage
the child restraint anchorages. The
child restraint will not be properly in-
stalled using the damaged anchor-
age, and a child could be seriously
injured or killed in a collision.
LATCH lower anchor location
The LATCH lower anchors are located at
the rear of the seat cushion near the seat-
back. A label is attached to the seatback to
help you locate the LATCH lower anchors.
LRS3036
LATCH lower anchor location
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25
LATCH in the center rear seating
position
There are no LATCH anchors dedicated to
the center rear seating position. However,
the inboard LATCH anchors belonging to
the two outboard seating positions (indi-
cated by the arrows) can be used together
to secure a CRS in the center rear seating
position. These anchors are separated by a
distance
O
A
of 15.7 in (400.3 mm). Before
attempting to secure a CRS in this seating
position, ensure that the CRS manufactur-
er’s instructions permit the use of LATCH
anchors with the spacing indicated above.
(These are sometimes referred to as
“shared anchors” or “borrowed anchors.”)
CRS with rigid lower attachments cannot
be installed in the center seat. This type of
CRS should only be installed in the out-
board seating positions.
WARNING
Never attach two CRS attachments to
the same LATCH anchor. This may over-
load the anchor in a collision, which
could increase the risk of the occu-
pant’s serious injury or death.
When installing the CRS in the center
rear seating position with the inboard
LATCH anchors, be careful to ensure any
occupant or CRS in the outboard seat-
ing positions is properly restrained us-
ing the vehicle seat belt and there is no
inter ference with the center CRS instal-
lation. If the outboard occupants can-
not be properly restrained, consider us-
ing the vehicle seat belt to restrain the
CRS in the center seating position, or
moving the CRS to another position
instead.
Installing child restraint LATCH
lower anchor attachments
LATCH compatible child restraints include
two rigid or webbing-mounted attach-
ments that can be connected to two an-
chors located at certain seating positions
in your vehicle. With this system, you do not
have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the
child restraint. Check your child restraint for
a label stating that it is compatible with the
LATCH system. This information may also
be in the instructions provided by the child
restraint manufacturer.
LRS3320 SSS0643
LATCH webbing-mounted attachment
1-26 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
LATCH compatible child restraints include
two rigid or webbing-mounted attach-
ments that can be connected to two an-
chors located at certain seating positions
in your vehicle. With this system, you do not
have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the
child restraint. Check your child restraint for
a label stating that it is compatible with
LATCH. This information may also be in the
instructions provided by the child restraint
manufacturer.
When installing a child restraint, carefully
read and follow the instructions in this
manual and those supplied with the child
restraint.
Top tether anchor
WARNING
• If the tonneau cover (if so equipped)
contacts the top tether strap when it
is attached to the top tether anchor,
remove the tonneau cover (if so
equipped) from the vehicle or secure
it on the cargo floor below its attach-
ment location. If the tonneau cover (if
so equipped) is not removed, it may
damage the top tether strap during a
collision. Your child could be seri-
ously injured or killed in a collision if
the child restraint top tether strap is
damaged.
• Do not allow cargo to contact the top
tether strap when it is attached to
the top tether anchor. Properly se-
cure the cargo so it does not contact
the top tether strap. Cargo that is not
properly secured or that contacts the
top tether strap may damage the top
tether strap during a collision. Your
child could be seriously injured or
killed in a collision if the child re-
straint top tether strap is damaged.
• Child restraint anchorages are de-
signed to withstand only those loads
imposed by correctly fitted child re-
straints. Under no circumstances are
they to be used to attach adult seat
belts, or other items or equipment to
the vehicle. Doing so could damage
the child restraint anchorages. The
child restraint will not be properly in-
stalled using the damaged anchor-
age, and a child could be seriously
injured or killed in a collision.
SSS0644
LATCH rigid-mounted attachment
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27
Top tether anchor point locations
Anchor points are located on the back side
of the seatbacks.
The child restraint top tether strap must be
used when installing child restraints with
the LATCH lower anchor attachments or
seat belts. For additional information, see
“Installing top tether strap” (P. 1-35).
If you have any questions when install-
ing a top tether strap, it is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for details.
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT
INSTALLATION USING LATCH
For additional information, see all Warnings
and Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-19) and
“Child restraints” (P. 1-22) before installing a
child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the com-
bined weight of the child and the child re-
straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-
bined weight of the child and the child
restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use
the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower an-
chors) to install the child restraint. Be sure
to follow the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing
child restraint using the LATCH system:
1. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint manu-
facturer’s instructions.
2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-
tachments to the LATCH lower anchors.
Check to make sure that the LATCH at-
tachment is properly attached to the
lower anchors.
LRS3225 LRS2996
Rear-facing webbing-mounted — step 2
1-28 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
3. For child restraints that are equipped
with webbing-mounted attachments,
remove any additional slack from the
anchor attachments. Press downward
and rearward firmly in the center of the
child restraint with your hand to com-
press the vehicle seat cushion and seat-
back while tightening the webbing of
the anchor attachments.
LRS2997
Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2
SSS0639
Rear-facing — step 3
SSS0650
Rear-facing — step 4
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29
4. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it
from side to side while holding the seat
near the LATCH attachment path. The
child restraint should not move more
than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try
to tug it forward and check to see if the
LATCH attachment holds the restraint in
place. If the restraint is not secure,
tighten the LATCH attachment as nec-
essary, or put the restraint in another
seat and test it again. You may need to
try a different child restraint or try install-
ing by using the vehicle seat belt (if ap-
plicable). Not all child restraints fit in all
types of vehicles.
5. Check to make sure that the child re-
straint is properly secured prior to each
use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat
steps 2 through 4.
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT
INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT
BELTS
WARNING
The three-point seat belt with Auto-
matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be
used when installing a child restraint.
Failure to use the ALR mode will result
in the child restraint not being properly
secured. The restraint could tip over or
be loose and cause injury to a child in a
sudden stop or collision. Also, it can
change the operation of the front pas-
senger air bag. For additional informa-
tion, see “Front passenger air bag and
status light” (P. 1-56).
For additional information, see all Warnings
and Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-19) and
“Child restraints” (P. 1-22) before installing a
child restraint. Do not use the lower an-
chors if the combined weight of the child
and child restraint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg).
If the combined weight of the child and
child restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5
kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower
anchors) to install the child restraint. Be
sure to follow the child restraint manufac-
turer’s instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing
child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in
the rear seats:
1-30 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1. Child restraints for infants must be
used in the rear-facing direction and
therefore must not be used in the front
seat. Position the child restraint on the
seat. Always follow the child restraint
manufacturer’s instructions.
2. Route the seat belt tongue through the
child restraint and insert it into the
buckle until you hear and feel the latch
engage. Be sure to follow the child re-
straint manufacturer’s instructions for
belt routing.
3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully
extended. At this time, the seat belt re-
tractor is in the ALR mode (child restraint
mode). It reverts to the ELR mode when
the seat belt is fully retracted.
SSS0100
Rear-facing — step 1
SSS0654
Rear-facing — step 2
SSS0655
Rear-facing — step 3
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31
4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on
the shoulder belt to remove any slack in
the belt.
5. Remove any additional slack from the
child restraint. Press downward and
rearward firmly in the center of the child
restraint with your hand to compress
the vehicle seat cushion and seatback
while pulling up on the seat belt.
6. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it
from side to side while holding the child
restraint near the seat belt path. The
child restraint should not move more
than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try
to tug it forward and check to see if the
belt holds the restraint in place. If the
restraint is not secure, tighten the seat
belt as necessary, or put the restraint in
another seat and test it again. You may
need to try a different child restraint. Not
all child restraints fit in all types of
vehicles.
SSS0656
Rear-facing — step 4
SSS0657
Rear-facing — step 5
SSS0658
Rear-facing — step 6
1-32 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
7. Check to make sure that the child re-
straint is properly secured prior to each
use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat
steps 1 through 6.
After the child restraint is removed and the
seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode
(child restraint mode) is canceled.
FORWARD-FACING CHILD
RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING
LATCH
For additional information, see all Warnings
and Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-19) and
“Child restraints” (P. 1-22) before installing a
child restraint..
Do not use the lower anchors if the com-
bined weight of the child and the child re-
straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-
bined weight of the child and the child
restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use
the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower an-
chors) to install the child restraint. Be sure
to follow the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a forward-facing
child restraint using the LATCH system:
1. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint manu-
facturer’s instructions.
2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-
tachments to the LATCH lower anchors.
Check to make sure that the LATCH at-
tachment is properly attached to the
lower anchors.
If the child restraint is equipped with a
top tether strap, route the top tether
strap and secure the tether strap to the
tether anchor point. For additional infor-
mation, see “Installing top tether strap”
(P. 1-35).
Do not install child restraints that require
the use of a top tether strap in seating
positions that do not have a top tether
anchor.
LRS2995
Forward-facing webbing-mounted —
step 2
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33
3. The back of the child restraint should be
secured against the vehicle seatback.
If necessary, remove the head restraint/
headrest to obtain the correct child re-
straint fit. If the head restraint/headrest
is removed, store it in a secure place. Be
sure to reinstall the head restraint/
headrest when the child restraint is
removed. For additional information,
see “Head restraints/headrests” (P. 1-7).
If the seating position does not have an
adjustable head restraint/headrest and
it is interfering with the proper child re-
straint fit, try another seating position or
a different child restraint.
4. For child restraints that are equipped
with webbing-mounted attachments,
remove any additional slack from the
anchor attachments. Press downward
and rearward firmly in the center of the
child restraint with your knee to com-
press the vehicle seat cushion and seat-
back while tightening the webbing of
the anchor attachments.
5. Tighten the tether strap according to
the manufacturer’s instructions to re-
move any slack.
LRS2994
Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2
SSS0647
Forward-facing — step 4
1-34 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
6. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it
from side to side while holding the child
restraint near the LATCH attachment
path. The child restraint should not
move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from
side to side. Try to tug it forward and
check to see if the LATCH attachment
holds the restraint in place. If the re-
straint is not secure, tighten the LATCH
attachment as necessary, or put the re-
straint in another seat and test it again.
You may need to try a different child
restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all
types of vehicles.
7. Check to make sure the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the
child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1
through 6.
Installing top tether strap
The child restraint top tether strap must be
used when installing the child restraint with
the LATCH lower anchor attachments.
First, secure the child restraint with the
LATCH lower anchors (rear bench out-
board seating positions only).
SSS0638
Forward-facing — step 6
LRS2638
䊊
1
Top tether strap
䊊
2
Tether anchor point
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35
Rear bench seat
OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS
1. Remove the head restraint/headrest
and store it in a secure place. Be sure to
reinstall the head restraint/headrest
when the child restraint is removed. For
additional information, see “Head
restraints/headrests” (P. 1-7).
2. Position the top tether strap
O
1
over the
seatback.
3. Secure the tether strap to the tether an-
chor point
O
2
on the bottom of the seat-
back behind the child restraint.
4. Tighten the tether strap according to
the manufacturer’s instructions to re-
move any slack.
CENTER SEATING POSITION
1. Remove the head restraint/headrest
and store it in a secure place. Be sure to
reinstall the head restraint/headrest
when the child restraint is removed. For
additional information, see “Head
restraints/headrests” (P. 1-7).
2. Position the top tether strap
O
1
over the
seatback.
3. Secure the tether strap to the tether an-
chor point
O
2
on the bottom of the seat-
back behind the child restraint.
4. Tighten the tether strap according to
the manufacturer’s instructions to re-
move any slack.
If you have any questions when install-
ing a top tether strap, it is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for details.
WARNING
Child restraint anchorages are de-
signed to withstand only those loads
imposed by correctly fitted child re-
straints. Under no circumstances are
they to be used to attach adult seat
belts, or other items or equipment to
the vehicle. Doing so could damage the
child restraint anchorages. The child
restraint will not be properly installed
using the damaged anchorage, and a
child could be seriously injured or killed
in a collision.
FORWARD-FACING CHILD
RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING
THE SEAT BELTS
WARNING
The three-point seat belt with Auto-
matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be
used when installing a child restraint.
Failure to use the ALR mode will result
in the child restraint not being properly
secured. The restraint could tip over or
be loose and cause injury to a child in a
sudden stop or collision. Also, it can
change the operation of the front pas-
senger air bag. For additional informa-
tion, see “Front passenger air bag and
status light” (P. 1-35).
1-36 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
For additional information, see all Warnings
and Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-19) and
“Child restraints” (P. 1-22) before installing a
child restraint..
Do not use the lower anchors if the com-
bined weight of the child and the child re-
straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-
bined weight of the child and the child
restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use
the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower an-
chors) to install the child restraint. Be sure
to follow the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a forward-
facing child restraint using the vehicle seat
belt in the rear seat or in the front passen-
ger seat:
1. If you must install a child restraint in
the front seat, it should be placed in
the forward-facing direc tion only.
Move the seat to the rearmost posi-
tion. Child restraints for infants must
be used in the rear-facing direction
and therefore must not be used in the
front seat.
2. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint manu-
facturer’s instructions.
The back of the child restraint should be
secured against the seatback.
If necessary, adjust the head restraint/
headrest to obtain the correct child re-
straint fit. If the head restraint/headrest
is removed, store it in a secure place. Be
sure to reinstall the head restraint/
headrest when the child restraint is
removed. For additional information,
see “Head restraints/headrests” (P. 1-7).
If the seating position does not have an
adjustable head restraint/headrest and
it is interfering with the proper child re-
straint fit, try another seating position or
a different child restraint.
SSS0640
Forward-facing (front passenger seat)
— step 1
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37
3. Route the seat belt tongue through the
child restraint and insert it into the
buckle until you hear and feel the latch
engage. Be sure to follow the child re-
straint manufacturer’s instructions for
belt routing.
If the child restraint is equipped with a
top tether strap, route the top tether
strap and secure the tether strap to the
tether anchor point (rear seat installa-
tion only). For additional information, see
“Installing top tether strap” (P. 1-40).
Do not install child restraints that require
the use of a top tether strap in seating
positions that do not have a top tether
anchor.
4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully
extended. At this time, the seat belt re-
tractor is in the ALR mode (child restraint
mode). It reverts to the ELR mode when
the seat belt is fully retracted.
SSS0360B
Forward-facing — step 3
SSS0651
Forward-facing — step 4
1-38 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on
the shoulder belt to remove any slack in
the belt.
6. Remove any additional slack from the
seat belt. Press downward and rearward
firmly in the center of the child restraint
with your knee to compress the vehicle
seat cushion and seatback while pulling
up on the seat belt.
7. Tighten the tether strap according to the
manufacturer’s instructions to remove
any slack.
8. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it
from side to side while holding the child
restraint near the seat belt path. The
child restraint should not move more
than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try
to tug it forward and check to see if the
belt holds the restraint in place. If the
restraint is not secure, tighten the seat
belt as necessary, or put the restraint in
another seat and test it again. You may
need to try a different child restraint. Not
all child restraints fit in all types of
vehicles.
SSS0652
Forward-facing — step 5
SSS0653
Forward-facing — step 6
SSS0641
Forward-facing — step 8
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39
9. Check to make sure the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the
seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2
through 8.
10. If the child restraint is installed on the
front passenger seat, push the power
switch to the ON position. The front
passenger air bag status light
should illuminate. If this light does not
illuminate, see “Front passenger air bag
and status light” (P. 1-56). Move the child
restraint to another seating position.
Have the system checked. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certi-
fied LEAF dealer for this service.
After the child restraint is removed and the
seat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode
(child restraint mode) is canceled.
Installing top tether strap
The child restraint top tether strap must be
used when installing the child restraint with
the seat belts.
First, secure the child restraint with the seat
belt.
Rear bench seat
1. Remove the head restraint/headrest
and store it in a secure place. Be sure to
reinstall the head restraint/headrest
when the child restraint is removed. For
LRS2980 LRS2638
䊊
1
Top tether strap
䊊
2
Tether anchor point
1-40 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
additional information, see “Head
restraints/headrests” (P. 1-7).
2. Position the top tether strap
O
1
over the
seatback.
3. Secure the tether strap to the tether an-
chor point
O
2
on the bottom of the seat-
back behind the child restraint.
4. Tighten the tether strap according to
the manufacturer’s instructions to re-
move any slack.
If you have any questions when install-
ing a top tether strap, it is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for this service.
WARNING
Child restraint anchorages are de-
signed to withstand only those loads
imposed by correctly fitted child re-
straints. Under no circumstances are
they to be used to attach adult seat
belts, or other items or equipment to
the vehicle. Doing so could damage the
child restraint anchorages. The child
restraint will not be properly installed
using the damaged anchorage, and a
child could be seriously injured or killed
in a collision.
BOOSTER SEATS
For additional information on installing a
booster seat in your vehicle, follow the in-
structions outlined in this section.
Precautions on booster seats
WARNING
If a booster seat and seat belt are not
used properly, the risk of a child being
injured or killed in a sudden stop or col-
lision greatly increases:
• Make sure the shoulder portion of
the belt is away from the child’s face
and neck and the lap portion of the
belt does not cross the stomach.
• Make sure the shoulder belt is not
behind the child or under the child’s
arm.
• A booster seat must only be installed
in a seating position that has a lap/
shoulder belt.
Booster seats of various sizes are offered
by several manufacturers. When selecting
any booster seat, keep the following points
in mind:
• Choose only a booster seat with a label
certifying that it complies with Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Ca-
nadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
• Check the booster seat in your vehicle to
be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s
seat and seat belt system.
LRS0455
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41
• Make sure the child’s head will be properly
supported by the booster seat or vehicle
seat. The seatback must be at or above
the center of the child’s ears. For example,
if a low back booster seat
O
1
is chosen,
the vehicle seatback must be at or above
the center of the child’s ears. If the seat-
back is lower than the center of the child’s
ears, a high back booster seat
O
2
should
be used.
• If the booster seat is compatible with
your vehicle, place your child in the
booster seat and check the various ad-
justments to be sure the booster seat is
compatible with your child. Always follow
all recommended procedures.
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
territories require that infants and small
children be restrained in an approved
child restraint at all times while the ve-
hicle is being operated.
The instructions in this section apply to
booster seat installation in the rear seats
or the front passenger seat.
Booster seat installation
WARNING
To avoid injury to child, do not use the
lap/shoulder belt in the Automatic
Locking Retractor (ALR) mode when us-
ing a booster seat with the seat belts.
For additional information, see all Warnings
and Cautions in “Child safety ” (P. 1-19),“Child
restraints” (P. 1-22) and “Booster seats”
(P. 1-41) before installing a child restraint.
Follow these steps to install a booster seat
in the 2nd row or in the front passenger
seat:
LRS0453 LRS0464
1-42 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1. If you must install a booster seat in the
front seat, move the seat to the rear-
most position.
2. Position the booster seat on the seat.
Only place it in a front-facing direction.
Always follow the booster seat manu-
facturer’s instructions.
WRS0699 LRS0454
Front passenger position
LRS0451
2nd row center position
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43
3. The booster seat should be positioned
on the vehicle seat so that it is stable.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head
restraint/headrest to obtain the correct
booster seat fit. If the head restraint/
headrest is removed, store it in a secure
place. Be sure to reinstall the head
restraint/headrest when the booster
seat is removed. For additional infor-
mation, see “Head restraints/headrests”
(P. 1-7).
If the seating position does not have an
adjustable head restraint/headrest and
it is interfering with the proper booster
seat fit, try another seating position or a
different booster seat.
4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt
low and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure
to follow the booster seat manufactur-
er’s instructions for adjusting the seat
belt routing.
5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat
belt toward the retractor to take up ex-
tra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is
positioned across the top, middle por-
tion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure to
follow the booster seat manufacturer’s
instructions for adjusting the seat belt
routing.
6. Follow the warnings, cautions and in-
structions for properly fastening a seat
belt shown in “Three-point type seat belt
with retractor” (P. 1-15).
7. If the booster seat is installed in the front
passenger seat, place the power switch
in the ON position. The front passenger
air bag status light
may or may not
illuminate, depending on the size of the
child and the type of booster seat being
used. For additional information, see
“Front passenger air bag and status
light” (P. 1-56).
LRS0452
2nd row outboard position
LRS0865
1-44 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
PRECAUTIONS ON SRS
This SRS section contains important infor-
mation concerning the following systems.
• Driver and front passenger supplemental
front-impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced
Air Bag System)
• Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-
mental air bag
• Rear outboard seat-mounted side-
impact supplemental air bag
• Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag
• Driver and front passenger supplemental
knee air bag
• Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front seat
and rear outboard seats)
Supplemental front-impact air bag
system
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can
help cushion the impact force to the head
and chest of the driver and front passenger
in certain frontal collisions.
Front seat-mounted side-impact
supplemental air bag system
This system can help cushion the impact
force to the chest and pelvic area of the
driver and front passenger in certain side
impact collisions. The side air bags are de-
signed to inflate on the side where the ve-
hicle is impacted.
Rear outboard seat-mounted side-
impact supplemental air bag system
This system can help cushion the impact
force to the chest area of the rear outboard
seat passengers in certain side impact col-
lisions. The side air bags are designed to
inflate on the side where the vehicle is
impacted.
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag system
This system can help cushion the impact
force to the head of occupants in front and
rear outboard seating positions in certain
side impact collisions. In a side impact, the
curtain air bags are designed to inflate on
the side where the vehicle is impacted. In a
rollover, the curtain air bags are designed
to inflate and remain inflated for a short
time.
Driver and front passenger supplemen-
tal knee air bags
This system can help cushion the impact
force to the driver’s and front passenger’s
knee in certain collisions.
The SRS is designed to supplement the
crash protection provided by the driver,
passenger and rear outboard seat belts
and is not a substitute for them. Seat belts
should always be correctly worn, and the
occupant should be seated a suitable dis-
tance away from the steering wheel, instru-
ment panel and door finishers. For addi-
tional information, see “Seat belts” (P. 1-11).
The supplemental air bags operate only
when the power switch is in the ON
position.
After the power switch is placed in the
ON position, the supplemental air bag
warning light illuminates. The supple-
mental air bag warning light will turn off
after about 7 seconds if the system is
operational.
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
(SRS)
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45
SSS0131
1-46 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
WARNING
• The front air bags ordinarily will not
inflate in the event of a side impact,
rear impact, rollover or lower severity
frontal collision. Always wear your
seat belts to help reduce the risk or
severity of injury in various kinds of
accidents.
• The front passenger air bag and front
passenger supplemental knee air
bag will not inflate if the passenger
air bag status light is lit. For addi-
tional information, see “Front pas-
senger air bag and status light”
(P. 1-56).
• The seat belts and the front air bags
are most effective when you are sit-
ting well back and upright in the seat
with both feet on the floor. The front
air bags inflate with great force. Even
with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag
System, if you are unrestrained, lean-
ing forward, sitting sideways or out
of position in any way, you are at
greater risk of injury or death in a
crash. You may also receive serious
or fatal injuries from the front air bag
if you are up against it when it in-
flates. Always sit back against the
seatback and as far away as practical
from the steering wheel or instru-
ment panel. Always properly use the
seat belts.
• The driver and front passenger seat
belt buckles are equipped with sen-
sors that detect if the seat belts are
fastened. The NISSAN Advanced Air
Bag System monitors the severity of
a collision and seat belt usage then
inflates the air bags as needed. Fail-
ure to properly wear seat belts can
increase the risk or severity of injury
in an accident.
SSS0132
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47
• The front passenger seat is equipped
with occupant classification sensor
(weight sensor) that turns the front
passenger air bag and front passen-
ger supplemental knee air bag OFF
under some conditions. This sensor
is only used in this seat. Failure to be
properly seated and wearing the seat
belt can increase the risk or severity
of injury in an accident. For addi-
tional information, see “Front pas-
senger air bag and status light”
(P. 1-56).
• Keep hands on the outside of the
steering wheel. Placing them inside
the steering wheel rim could increase
the risk that they are injured if the
front air bag inflates.
SSS0007 SSS0006
1-48 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0008 SSS0009 SSS0099
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49
WARNING
• Never let children ride unrestrained
or extend their hands or face out of
the window. Do not attempt to hold
them in your lap or arms. Some ex-
amples of dangerous riding posi-
tions are shown in the illustrations.
• Children may be severely injured or
killed when the front air bags, side air
bags or curtain air bags inflate if they
are not properly restrained. Pre-
teens and children should be prop-
erly restrained in the rear seat, if
possible.
• Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air
Bag System, never install a rear-
facing child restraint on the front
seat. An inflating front air bag could
seriously injure or kill your child. For
additional information, see “Child re-
straints” (P. 1-22).
SSS0100 SSS0059A
Do not lean against doors or windows.
1-50 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0188A SSS0140 SSS0162
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51
WARNING
Front and rear outboard seat-mounted
side-impact supplemental air bags and
roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bags:
• The side air bags and curtain air bags
ordinarily will not inflate in the event
of a frontal impact, rear impact, or
lower severity side collision. Always
wear your seat belts to help reduce
the risk or severity of injury in various
kinds of accidents.
• The seat belts, the side air bags and
curtain air bags are most effective
when you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat. The side air bag
and curtain air bag inflate with great
force. Do not allow anyone to place
their hand, leg or face near the side
air bag on the side of the seatback of
the front and rear seat or near the
side roof rails. Do not allow anyone
sitting in the front seats or rear out-
board seats to extend their hand out
of the window or lean against the
door. Some examples of dangerous
riding positions are shown in the pre-
vious illustrations.
• When sitting in the rear seat, do not
hold onto the seatback of the front
seat. If the side air bag inflates, you
may be seriously injured. Be espe-
cially careful with children, who
should always be properly re-
strained. Some examples of danger-
ous riding positions are shown in the
illustrations.
• Do not use seat covers on the front
and rear seatbacks. They may inter-
fere with side air bag inflation.
SSS0159
1-52 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System
(front seats)
1. Crash zone sensor
2. Supplemental front-impact air bag
modules
3. Front seat-mounted side-impact
supplemental air bag modules
4. Occupant classification sensor (weight
sensor)
5. Occupant classification system control
unit
6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag inflators
7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag modules
8. Rear-outboard seat belts with
pretensioner(s)
9. Rear outboard seat-mounted side-
impact supplemental air bag modules.
10. Satellite sensors
11. Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front
seats)
12. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)
13. Satellite sensors (driver’s side shown)
14. Driver and front passenger supple-
mental knee air bags
15. Door sensors
LRS3323
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53
WARNING
To ensure proper operation of the front
passenger’s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag
System, please observe the following
items.
• Do not allow a passenger in the rear
seat to push or pull on the seatback
pocket (if so equipped).
• Do not place heavy loads heavier
than 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback,
head restraint/headrest or in the
seatback pocket (if so equipped).
• Make sure that there is nothing
pressing against the rear of the seat-
back, such as a child restraint in-
stalled in the rear seat or an object
stored on the floor.
• Make sure that there is no object
placed under the front passenger
seat.
• Make sure that there is no object
placed between the seat cushion and
center console or between the seat
cushion and the door.
• If a forward-facing child restraint is
installed in the front passenger seat,
do not position the front passenger
seat so the child restraint contacts
the instrument panel. If the child re-
straint does contact the instrument
panel, the system may determine the
seat is occupied and the passenger
air bag and front passenger supple-
mental knee air bag may deploy in a
collision. Also, the front passenger air
bag status light may not illuminate.
For additional information, see “Child
restraints” (P. 1-22).
• Confirm the operating condition with
the front passenger air bag status
light.
• If you notice that the front passenger
air bag status light is not operating
as described in this section, get the
occupant classification system
checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
• Until you have confirmed with a
dealer that your passenger seat oc-
cupant classification system is work-
ing properly, position the occupants
in the rear seating positions.
• Do not position the front passenger
seat so it contac ts the rear seat. If the
front seat does contact the rear seat,
the air bag system may determine a
sensor malfunction has occurred
and the front passenger air bag sta-
tus light may illuminate and the
supplemental air bag warning light
may flash.
This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN
Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and
front passenger seats. This system is de-
signed to meet certification requirements
under U.S. regulations. It is also permitted in
Canada. All of the information, cautions
and warnings in this manual apply and
must be followed.
The driver supplemental front-impact air
bag is located in the center of the steering
wheel. The front passenger supplemental
front-impact air bag is mounted in the in-
strument panel above the glove box. The
front air bags are designed to inflate in
higher severity frontal collisions, although
they may inflate if the forces in another
type of collision are similar to those of a
higher severity frontal impact. They may
not inflate in certain frontal collisions. Ve-
hicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an
indication of proper front air bag operation.
1-54 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System
monitors information from the crash zone
sensor and the Air bag Control Unit (ACU).
Inflator operation is based on the severity
of a collision and seat belt usage for the
driver. For the front passenger, the occu-
pant classification sensor is also moni-
tored. Based on information from the sen-
sor, only one front air bag may inflate in a
crash, depending on the crash severity. Ad-
ditionally, the front passenger air bag and
front passenger supplemental knee air
bag may be automatically turned OFF un-
der some conditions, depending on the
weight detected on the passenger seat
and how the seat belt is used. If the front
passenger air bag and front passenger
supplemental knee air bag are OFF, the
passenger air bag status light will be illumi-
nated. For additional information, see
“Front passenger air bag and status light”
(P. 1-56). One front air bag inflating does not
indicate improper performance of the
system.
If you have any questions about your air
bag system, it is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to ob-
tain information about the system. If you
are considering modification of your ve-
hicle due to a disability, you may also con-
tact NISSAN. Contact information is con-
tained in the front of this Owner’s Manual.
When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud
noise may be heard, followed by release of
smoke. This smoke is not harmful and
does not indicate a fire. Care should be
taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irrita-
tion and choking. Those with a history of a
breathing condition should get fresh air
promptly.
Front air bags, along with the use of seat
belts, help to cushion the impact force on
the head and chest of the front occupants.
They can help save lives and reduce seri-
ous injuries. However, an inflating front air
bag may cause facial abrasions or other
injuries. Front air bags, other than the driv-
er’s knee air bag, do not provide restraint to
the lower body.
Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat
belts should be correctly worn and the
driver and front passenger seated upright
as far as practical away from the steering
wheel or instrument panel. The front air
bags inflate quickly in order to help protect
the front occupants. Because of this, the
force of the front air bag inflating can in-
crease the risk of injury if the occupant is
too close to, or is against, the air bag mod-
ule during inflation.
The front air bags deflate quickly after a
collision.
The front air bags operate only when the
power switch is in the ON position.
After the power switch is placed in the
ON position, the supplemental air bag
warning light illuminates. The supple-
mental air bag warning light will turn off
after about 7 seconds if the system is
operational.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-55
Front passenger air bag and status
light
WARNING
The front passenger air bag and front
passenger supplemental knee air bag
are designed to automatically turn OFF
under some conditions. Read this sec-
tion carefully to learn how it operates.
Proper use of the seat, seat belt and
child restraints is necessary for most
effective protection. Failure to follow all
instructions in this manual concerning
the use of seats, seat belts and child
restraints can increase the risk or se-
verity of injury in an accident.
Status light
The front passenger seat is equipped with
an occupant classification sensor (weight
sensor) that turns the front passenger air
bag and front passenger supplemental
knee air bag on or off depending on the
weight applied to the front passenger seat.
The status of the front passenger air bag
and front passenger supplemental knee
air bag (ON or OFF) is indicated by the front
passenger air bag status light
which
is located on the instrument panel.
After the power switch is placed in the “ON”
position, the front passenger air bag status
light on the instrument panel illuminates
for about 7 seconds and then turns off or
remains illuminated depending on the
front passenger seat occupied status. The
light operates as follows:
CONDITION DESCRIPTION
PASSENGER AIR BAG STATUS LIGHT
(
) RESULT
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG AND FRONT PASSENGER
SUPPLEMENTAL KNEE AIR BAG STATUS
Empty Empty front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED
Nobody/Somebody
Bag or Child or Child Restraint or
Small Adult in front passenger seat
ON (illuminated) INHIBITED
Adult Adult in the front passenger seat OFF (dark) ACTIVATED
In addition to the above, certain objects
placed on the front passenger seat may
also cause the light to operate as de-
scribed above depending on their weight.
For additional information, see “Normal op-
eration” (P. 1-58) and “Troubleshooting”
(P. 1-59).
LRS2980
1-56 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Front passenger air bag
The front passenger air bag and front pas-
senger supplemental knee air bag are de-
signed to automatically turn OFF when the
vehicle is operated under some conditions
as described below in accordance with U.S.
regulations. If the front passenger air bag
and front passenger supplemental knee
air bag are OFF, it will not inflate in a crash.
The driver air bag and other air bags in your
vehicle are not part of this system.
The purpose of the regulation is to help
reduce the risk of injury or death from an
inflating air bag to certain front passenger
seat occupants, such as children, by requir-
ing the front passenger air bag and front
passenger supplemental knee air bag to
be automatically turned OFF. Certain sen-
sors are used to meet the requirements.
The occupant classification sensor in this
vehicle is a weight sensor. It is designed to
detect an occupant and objects on the
seat by weight. For example, if a child is in
the front passenger seat, the NISSAN Ad-
vanced Air Bag System is designed to turn
the front passenger air bag and front pas-
senger supplemental knee air bag OFF in
accordance with the regulations. Also, if a
child restraint of the type specified in the
regulations is on the seat, its weight and
the child’s weight can be detected and
cause the front passenger air bag and
front passenger supplemental knee air
bag to turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants who
are properly seated and using the seat belt
as outlined in this manual should not
cause the front passenger air bag and
front passenger supplemental knee air
bag to be automatically turned OFF. For
small adults it may be turned OFF, however
if the occupant takes his/her weight off the
seat cushion (for example, by not sitting
upright, by sitting on an edge of the seat, or
by otherwise being out of position), this
could cause the sensors to turn the front
passenger air bag and front passenger
supplemental knee air bag OFF. Always be
sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt
properly for the most effective protection
by the seat belt and supplemental air bag.
NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and
children be properly restrained in a rear
seat. NISSAN also recommends that ap-
propriate child restraints and booster
seats be properly installed in a rear seat. If
this is not possible, the occupant classifica-
tion sensor is designed to operate as de-
scribed above to turn the front passenger
air bag and front passenger supplemental
knee air bag OFF for specified child re-
straints as required by regulations. Failing
to properly secure child restraints and to
use the ALR mode may allow the restraint
to tip or move in a collision or sudden stop.
This can also result in the front passenger
air bag and front passenger supplemental
knee air bag inflating in a crash instead of
being OFF. For additional information, see
“Child restraints” (P. 1-22).
If the front passenger seat is not occupied,
the front passenger air bag and front pas-
senger supplemental knee air bag are de-
signed not to inflate in a crash. However,
heavy objects placed on the seat could re-
sult in air bag inflation, because of the ob-
ject’s weight being detected by the occu-
pant classification sensor. Other
conditions could also result in air bag infla-
tion, such as if a child is standing on the
seat, or if two children are on the seat, con-
trary to the instructions in this manual. Al-
ways be sure that you and all vehicle occu-
pants are seated and restrained properly.
Using the front passenger air bag status
light, you can monitor when the front pas-
senger air bag and front passenger
supplemental knee air bag are automati-
cally turned OFF.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-57
If an adult occupant is in the seat but the
front passenger air bag status light is illu-
minated (indicating that the front passen-
ger air bag and front passenger supple-
mental knee air bag are OFF), it could be
that the person is a small adult, or is not
sitting on the seat properly or not using the
seat belt properly.
If a child restraint must be used in the front
seat, the front passenger air bag status
light may or may not be illuminated, de-
pending on the size of the child and the
type of child restraint being used. If the
front passenger air bag status light is not
illuminated (indicating that the front pas-
senger air bag and front passenger
supplemental knee air bag might inflate in
a crash), it could be that the child restraint
or seat belt is not being used properly.
Make sure that the child restraint is in-
stalled properly, the seat belt is used prop-
erly and the occupant is positioned prop-
erly. If the front passenger air bag status
light is still not illuminated, reposition the
occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.
If the front passenger air bag status light
will not illuminate even though you believe
that the child restraint, the seat belts and
the occupant are properly positioned, it is
recommended that you take your vehicle
to a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. A NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer can check system
status by using a special tool. However, un-
til you have confirmed with a dealer that
your air bag is working properly, reposition
the occupant or child restraint in a rear
seat.
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and
front passenger air bag status light will
take a few seconds to register a change in
the front passenger seat status. This is nor-
mal system operation and does not indi-
cate a malfunction.
If a malfunction occurs in the front passen-
ger air bag system, the supplemental air
bag warning light
, located in the me-
ter and gauges area of the instrument
panel, will be illuminated (blinking or
steadily lit). Have the system checked. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer for this service.
Normal operation
In order for the occupant classification
sensor system to classify the front passen-
ger based on weight, please follow the pre-
cautions and steps outlined below:
Precautions
• Make sure that there are no objects
weighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) hanging on
the seat or placed in the seatback pocket.
• Make sure that a child restraint or other
object is not pressing against the rear of
the seatback.
• Make sure that the rear passenger is not
pushing or pulling on the back of the front
passenger seat.
• Make sure that the front passenger seat
or seatback is not forced back against an
object on the seat or floor behind it.
• Make sure that there is no object placed
under the front passenger seat.
Steps
1. Adjust the seat as outlined in the “Seats”
section of this manual. Sit upright, lean-
ing against the seatback, and centered
on the seat cushion with your feet com-
fortably extended to the floor.
2. Make sure there are no objects on your
lap.
1-58 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the
“Seat belts” section of this manual. Front
passenger seat belt buckle status is
monitored by the occupant classifica-
tion system and is used as an input to
determine occupancy status. So, it is
highly recommended that the front pas-
senger fasten their seat belt.
4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds
allowing the system to classify the front
passenger before the vehicle is put into
motion.
5. Ensure proper classification by checking
the front passenger air bag status light.
NOTE:
This vehicle’s occupant classification
sensor system generally keeps the clas-
sification locked during driving, so it is
important that you confirm that the
front passenger is properly classified
prior to driving. However, the occupant
classification sensor may recalculate the
weight of the occupant under some con-
ditions (both while driving and when
stopped), so front passenger seat occu-
pants should continue to remain seated
as outlined above.
Troubleshooting
If you think the front passenger air bag
status light is incorrect:
1. If the light is ON with an adult occupying
the front passenger seat:
• Occupant is a small adult — the air bag
light is functioning as intended. The
front passenger air bag and front pas-
senger supplemental knee air bag are
suppressed.
However, if the occupant is not a small
adult, then this may be due to the following
conditions that may be interfering with the
weight sensors:
• Occupant is not sitting upright, lean-
ing against the seatback, and cen-
tered on the seat cushion with his/her
feet comfortably extended to the floor.
• A child restraint or other object press-
ing against the rear of the seatback.
• A rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passenger seat.
• Forcing the front seat or seatback
against an object on the seat or floor
behind it.
• An object placed under the front pas-
senger seat.
• An object placed between the seat
cushion and center console or be-
tween the seat cushion and the door.
If the vehicle is moving, please come to a
stop when it is safe to do so. Check and
correct any of the above conditions. Re-
start the vehicle and wait 1 minute.
NOTE:
A system check will be performed during
which the front passenger air bag status
light will remain lit for about 7 seconds
initially.
If the light is still ON after this, the person
should be advised not to ride in the front
passenger seat and the vehicle should be
checked as soon as possible. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child
or child restraint occupying the front
passenger seat.
This may be due to the following condi-
tions that may be interfering with the
weight sensors:
• Small adult or child is not sitting up-
right, leaning against the seatback,
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-59
and centered on the seat cushion with
his/her feet comfortably extended to
the floor.
• The child restraint is not properly in-
stalled, as outlined in the “Child re-
straints” section of this manual.
• An object weighting over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg)
hanging on the seat or placed in the
seatback pocket (if so equipped).
• A child restraint or other object press-
ing against the rear or the seatback.
• A rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passenger seat.
pushing or pulling on the seatback of
the front passenger seat.
• Forcing the front seat or seatback
against an object on the seat or floor
behind it.
• An object placed under the front pas-
senger seat.
• An object placed between the seat
cushion and center console.
If the vehicle is moving, please come to a
stop when it is safe to do so. Check and
correct any of the above conditions. Re-
start the vehicle and wait 1 minute.
NOTE:
A system check will be performed during
which the front passenger air bag status
light will remain lit for about 7 seconds
initially.
If the light is still OFF after this, the small
adult, child or child restraint should be re-
positioned in the rear seat and the vehicle
should be checked as soon as possible. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer for this service.
3. If the light is OFF with no front passenger
and no objects on the front passenger
seat the vehicle should be checked as
soon as possible. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for this service.
Other supplemental front-impact air
bag precautions
WARNING
• Do not place any objects on the
steering wheel pad or on the instru-
ment panel. Also, do not place any
objects between any occupant and
the steering wheel or instrument
panel. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles and cause in-
jury if the front air bags inflate.
• Do not place objects with sharp
edges on the seat. Also, do not place
heavy objects on the seat that will
leave permanent impressions in the
seat. Such objects can damage the
seat or occupant classification sen-
sor (weight sensor). This can affect
the operation of the air bag system
and result in serious personal injury.
• Do not use water or acidic cleaners
(hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This
can damage the seat or occupant
classification sensor. This can also
affect the operation of the air bag
system and result in serious personal
injury.
1-60 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
• Immediately after inflation, several
front air bag system components will
be hot. Do not touch them; you may
severely burn yourself.
• No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring
of the supplemental air bag system.
This is to prevent accidental inflation
of the supplemental air bag or dam-
age to the supplemental air bag
system.
• Do not make unauthorized changes
to your vehicle’s electrical system,
suspension system or front end
structure. This could affect proper
operation of the front air bag system.
• Tampering with the front air bag sys-
tem may result in serious personal
injury. Tampering includes changes
to the steering wheel and the instru-
ment panel assembly by placing ma-
terial over the steering wheel pad
and above the instrument panel or
by installing additional trim material
around the air bag system.
• Removing or modifying the front
passenger seat may affect the func-
tion of the air bag system and result
in serious personal injury.
• Modifying or tampering with the
front passenger seat may result in
serious personal injury. For example,
do not change the front seats by
placing material on the seat cushion
or by installing additional trim mate-
rial, such as seat covers, on the seat
that is not specifically designed to
assure proper air bag operation. Ad-
ditionally, do not stow any objects
under the front passenger seat or the
seat cushion and seatback. Such ob-
jects may interfere with the proper
operation of the occupant classifica-
tion sensor (weight sensor).
• No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring
of the seat belt system. This may af-
fect the front air bag system. Tam-
pering with the seat belt system may
result in serious personal injury.
• It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work
on and around the front air bag sys-
tem. It is also recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for installation of electrical equip-
ment. The Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) wiring harnesses*
should not be modified or discon-
nected. Unauthorized electrical test
equipment and probing devices
should not be used on the air bag
system.
• A cracked windshield should be re-
placed immediately by a qualified re-
pair facility. A cracked windshield
could affect the function of the
supplemental air bag system.
*The SRS wiring harness connectors are
yellow and orange for easy identification.
When selling your vehicle, we request that
you inform the buyer about the front air
bag system and guide the buyer to the
appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-61
Front and rear outboard
seat-mounted side-impact
supplemental air bag and
roof-mounted curtain
side-impact and rollover
supplemental air bag systems
The side air bags are located in the outside
of the seatback of the front seats and rear
outboard seats. The curtain air bags are
located in the side roof rails. All of the in-
formation, cautions, and warnings in this
manual apply and must be followed. The
side air bags and curtain air bags are de-
signed to inflate in higher severity side col-
lisions, although they may inflate if the
forces in another type of collision are simi-
lar to those of a higher severity side impact.
They are designed to inflate on the side
where the vehicle is impacted. They may
not inflate in certain side collisions on the
side where the vehicle is impacted.
The curtain air bags are also designed to
inflate in certain types of rollover collisions
or near rollovers. As a result, certain vehicle
movements (for example, during severe
off-roading) may cause the curtain air
bags to inflate.
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always
an indication of proper side air bag and
curtain air bag operation.
When the side air bags and curtain air bags
inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,
followed by release of smoke. This smoke is
not harmful and does not indicate a fire.
Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it
may cause irritation and choking. Those
with a history of a breathing condition
should get fresh air promptly.
Side air bags, along with the use of seat
belts, help to cushion the impact force on
the chest and pelvic area of the front and
rear outboard occupants. Curtain air bags
help to cushion the impact force to the
head of occupants in the front and rear
outboard seating positions. They can help
save lives and reduce serious injuries. How-
ever, side air bags and curtain air bags may
cause abrasions or other injuries. Side air
bags and curtain air bags do not provide
restraint to the lower body.
The seat belts should be correctly worn
and the driver, front passenger and rear
outboard occupants seated upright as far
as practical away from the side air bags.
Rear seat passengers should be seated as
far away as practical from the door finish-
ers and side roof rails. The side air bags and
curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to
help protect the occupants in the outboard
seating positions. Because of this, the force
of the side air bags and curtain air bags
inflating can increase the risk of injury if the
occupant is too close to, or is against, these
air bag modules during inflation. The side
air bags and curtain air bags will deflate
quickly after the collision is over.
The side air bags and curtain air bags
operate only when the power switch is in
the ON position.
After turning the power switch to the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warn-
ing light illuminates. The supplemental
LRS3142
1-62 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
air bag warning light will turn off after
about 7 seconds if the systems are
operational.
WARNING
• Do not place any objects near the
seatback of the front and rear seats.
Also, do not place any objects (an
umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front
and rear door finishers and the front
and rear seats. Such objects may be-
come dangerous projectiles and
cause injury if a side air bag inflates.
• Right after inflation, several side air
bag and curtain air bag system com-
ponents will be hot. Do not touch
them; you may severely burn
yourself.
• No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring
of the side air bag and curtain air bag
systems. This is to prevent damage
to or accidental inflation of the side
air bag and curtain air bag systems.
• Do not make unauthorized changes
to your vehicle’s electrical system,
suspension system or side panel.
This could affect proper operation of
the side air bag and curtain air bag
systems.
• Tampering with the side air bag sys-
tem may result in serious personal
injury. For example, do not change
the front and rear seats by placing
material near the seatbacks or by in-
stalling additional trim material,
such as seat covers, around the side
air bag.
• It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work
around and on the side air bag and
curtain air bag systems. It is also rec-
ommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for installation
of electrical equipment. The Supple-
mental Restraint System (SRS) wiring
harnesses* should not be modified or
disconnected. Unauthorized elec tri-
cal test equipment and probing de-
vices should not be used on the side
air bag and curtain supplemental air
bag systems.
*The SRS wiring harness connectors are
yellow and orange for easy identification.
When selling your vehicle, we request that
you inform the buyer about the side air bag
and curtain air bag systems and guide the
buyer to the appropriate sections in this
Owner’s Manual.
Driver and passenger
supplemental knee air bag
The knee air bag is located in the knee
bolster, on the driver’s and passenger’s
side. All of the information, cautions and
warnings in this manual apply and must
be followed. The knee air bag is designed
to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions,
although it may inflate if the forces in an-
other type of collision are similar to those of
a higher severity frontal impact. It may not
inflate in certain collisions.
LRS2599
Driver’s side
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-63
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always
an indication of proper knee air bag
operation.
When the knee air bag inflates, a fairly loud
noise may be heard, followed by release of
smoke. This smoke is not harmful and
does not indicate a fire. Care should be
taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irrita-
tion and choking. Those with a history of a
breathing condition should get fresh air
promptly.
The knee air bag helps to cushion the im-
pact force on the knees of the driver and
passenger. It can help reduce serious inju-
ries. However, an inflating knee air bag may
cause abrasions or other injuries. The knee
air bag provides restraint to the lower body.
The knee air bag inflates quickly in order to
help protect the occupants. Because of
this, the force of the knee air bag inflating
can increase the risk of injury if the occu-
pant is too close to, or is against, this air bag
module during inflation. The knee air bag
will deflate quickly after the collision is over
OR the knee air bag will remain inflated for
a short time.
The knee air bag operates only when the
power switch is placed in the ON
position.
After placing the power switch in the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warn-
ing light illuminates. The supplemental
air bag warning light will turn off after
about 7 seconds if the system is
operational.
WARNING
• Do not place any objects between the
knee bolster and the driver’s or pas-
senger’s seat. Such objects may be-
come dangerous projectiles and
cause injury if a knee air bag inflates.
• Right after inflation, the knee air bag
system components will be hot. Do
not touch them; you may severely
burn yourself.
• No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring
of the knee air bag system. This is to
prevent damage to or accidental in-
flation of the knee air bag system.
• Do not make unauthorized changes
to your vehicle's electrical system or
suspension system. This could affect
proper operation of the knee air bag
system.
• Tampering with the knee air bag sys-
tem may result in serious personal
injury. For example, do not change
the driver or passenger knee bolster
or install additional trim material
around the knee air bag.
LRS3250
Passenger’s side
1-64 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
• It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work
on and around the knee air bag. It is
also recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for in-
stallation of electrical equipment.
The SRS wiring harnesses* should
not be modified or disconnected. Un-
authorized electrical test equipment
and probing devices should not be
used on the knee air bag system.
*The SRS wiring harness or connectors
are yellow or orange for easy identification.
When selling your vehicle, we request that
you inform the buyer about the knee air
bag system and guide the buyer to the
appropriate sections in this manual.
Seat belt with pretensioner(s)
(front and rear outboard seats)
WARNING
• The pretensioner(s) cannot be re-
used after activation. They must be
replaced together with the retractor
and buckle as a unit.
• If the vehicle becomes involved in a
collision but pretensioner(s) are not
activated, be sure to have the preten-
sioner system checked and, if neces-
sary, replaced. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for this service.
• No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring
of the pretensioner system. This is to
prevent damage to or accidental ac-
tivation of the pretensioner(s). Tam-
pering with the pretensioner system
may result in serious personal injury.
• It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work
around and on the pretensioner sys-
tem. It is also recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for installation of electrical equip-
ment. Unauthorized electrical test
equipment and probing devices
should not be used on the preten-
sioner system.
• If you need to dispose of the preten-
sioner(s) or scrap the vehicle, it is rec-
ommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
Incorrect disposal procedures could
cause personal injury.
The pretensioner system may activate
with the supplemental air bag system in
certain types of collisions. Working with the
seat belt retractor, the pretensioner(s) help
tighten the seat belt when the vehicle be-
comes involved in certain types of colli-
sions, helping to restrain front and rear out-
board seat occupants.
The pretensioner(s) are encased with the
seat belt retractor and to the seat belt an-
chor affixed to the floor of the vehicle.
These seat belts are used the same way as
conventional seat belts.
When pretensioner(s) activate, smoke is re-
leased and a loud noise may be heard. This
smoke is not harmful and does not indi-
cate a fire. Care should be taken not to
inhale it, as it may cause irritation and
choking. Those with a history of a breath-
ing condition should get fresh air promptly.
After the pretensioner(s’) activation, load
limiters allow the seat belt to release web-
bing (if necessar y) to reduce forces against
the chest.
The supplemental air bag warning light
is used to indicate malfunctions in the
pretensioner system. For additional infor-
mation, see “Supplemental air bag warning
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-65
light” (P. 1-66). If the operation of the supple-
mental air bag warning light indicates
there is a malfunction, have the system
checked. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
When selling your vehicle, we request that
you inform the buyer about the preten-
sioner system and guide the buyer to the
appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING
LABELS
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING
LIGHT
The supplemental air bag warning light,
displaying
in the instrument panel,
monitors the circuits of the Air bag Control
Unit (ACU), satellite sensors, crash zone
sensor, occupant classification sensor, the
supplemental front-impact air bag, front
and rear outboard seat-mounted side-
impact supplemental air bag, roof-
mounted curtain side-impact supplemen-
tal air bag, knee air bag and seat belt
LRS2620
A. Supplemental front-impact air bag
system warning labels
SPA1097
1-66 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
pretensioner systems. The monitored cir-
cuits include air bag systems, pretension-
er(s) and all related wiring.
When the power switch is in the ON posi-
tion, the supplemental air bag warning
light illuminates for about 7 seconds and
then turns off. This means the system is
operational.
If any of the following conditions occur, the
front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag,
knee air bag and pretensioner systems
need servicing:
• The supplemental air bag warning light
remains on after approximately 7
seconds.
• The supplemental air bag warning light
flashes intermittently.
• The supplemental air bag warning light
does not come on at all.
Under these conditions, the front air bag,
side air bag, cur tain air bag, knee air bag
and pretensioner systems may not oper-
ate properly. They must be checked and
repaired. It is recommended that you visit
the nearest NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
WARNING
If the supplemental air bag warning
light is on, it could mean that the front
air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag,
knee air bag and/or pretensioner sys-
tems will not operate in an accident. To
help avoid injury to yourself or others,
have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
Repair and replacement
procedure
The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air
bags, knee air bags and pretensioner(s) are
designed to activate on a one-time-only
basis. As a reminder, unless it is damaged,
the supplemental air bag warning light will
remain illuminated after inflation has oc-
curred. These systems should be repaired
and/or replaced as soon as possible. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer for this service.
When maintenance work is required on the
vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags,
curtain air bags, knee air bags and preten-
sioner(s) and related parts should be
pointed out to the person performing the
maintenance. The power switch should al-
ways be in the LOCK position when work-
ing under the hood or inside the vehicle.
WARNING
• Once a front air bag, side air bag, cur-
tain air bag or knee air bag has in-
flated, the air bag module will not
function again and must be replaced.
Additionally, the activated preten-
sioner(s) must also be replaced. The
air bag module and pretensioner(s)
should be replaced. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer for this service. The
air bag modules and pretensioner
system cannot be repaired.
• The front air bag, side air bag, cur tain
air bag and knee air bag systems,
and pretensioner system should be
inspected if there is any damage to
the front end or side portion of the
vehicle. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-67
• If you need to dispose of a supple-
mental air bag or pretensioner sys-
tem or scrap the vehicle, it is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
Correct supplemental air bag and
pretensioner system disposal proce-
dures are set forth in the appropriate
NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect
disposal procedures could cause
personal injury.
• If there is an impact to your vehicle
from any direction, your Occupant
Classification Sensor (OCS) should be
checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to
verify it is still functioning correctly.
The OCS should be checked even if no
air bags deploy as a result of the im-
pact. Failure to verify proper OCS
function may result in an improper
air bag deployment resulting in in-
jury or death.
1-68 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
MEMO
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-69
2 Instruments and controls
Cockpit .........................................2-2
Instrument Panel ................................2-4
Meters and Gauges .............................2-5
Speedometer and odometer .................2-5
Li-ion battery temperature gauge ............2-7
Power meter .................................2-7
Driving range .................................2-8
Li-ion battery available charge gauge ........2-9
Li-ion battery capacity level gauge ..........2-12
Outside air temperature.....................2-12
Clock ........................................2-12
ECO mode indicator .........................2-13
e-Pedal system indicator ....................2-13
Warning lights, indicator lights and audible
reminders ......................................2-14
Checking lights ..............................2-15
Warning/Indicator lights (red) ...............2-15
Warning/Indicator lights (yellow) ............2-18
Warning/Indicator lights (other) .............2-24
Audible reminders...........................2-25
Vehicle information display .....................2-26
How to use the vehicle information
display ......................................2-26
Startup display ..............................2-27
Settings .....................................2-27
Vehicle information display warnings
and indicators...............................2-34
Warning information displays (MODELS
WITH A NAVIGATION SYSTEM) ................2-41
Security systems ...............................2-42
Vehicle security system .....................2-42
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System .........2-43
Wiper and washer switch .......................2-45
Washer operation ...........................2-46
Rear wiper operation ........................2-46
Rear window and outside mirror
(if so equipped) defroster switch ...............2-47
Headlight and turn signal switch ...............2-48
Headlight switch ............................2-48
LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
system (Type A) (if so equipped) .............2-52
LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
system (Type B) (if so equipped) .............
2-52
Instrument
brightness control ..............2-53
Turn signal switch ...........................2-53
Fog light switch (if so equipped) ................2-54
Horn ...........................................2-54
ECO switch .....................................2-55
Heated seat switches (if so equipped) ..........2-55
Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped) . . 2-56
E-call (SOS) button (if so equipped) .............2-57
Charge port lid switch ..........................2-57
Immediate Charge switch ......................2-58
Dynamic driver assistance switch (for
vehicles without ProPILOT Assist) (if so
equipped) ......................................2-58
Steering Assist switch (for models with
ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped) ................2-59
Rear Door Alert .................................2-59
Power outlet ...................................2-60
Storage ........................................2-61
Seatback Pocket (if so equipped) ............2-61
Storagetray.................................2-61
Glovebox ...................................2-62
Console box .................................2-62
Overhead sunglasses storage...............2-62
Cup holders .................................2-63
Tonneau cover (if so equipped) ..............2-64
Stowing golf bags ...........................2-65
Windows .......................................2-65
Power windows .............................2-65
Interior lights ...................................2-68
Console light (if so equipped) ................2-68
Map lights ...................................2-68
Room light ..................................2-69
Cargo light ..................................2-69
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (if so
equipped) ......................................2-69
Programming HomeLink® ...................2-70
Programming HomeLink® for Canadian
customers and gate openers ...............2-72
Operating the HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver ..................................2-72
Programming trouble-diagnosis ............2-72
Clearing the programmed information ......2-73
Reprogramming a single HomeLink®
button ......................................2-73
If your vehicle is stolen ......................2-73
1. TRIP RESET switch for twin trip
odometer (P. 2-5)
Instrument brightness control switch
(P. 2-53)
2. Headlight, fog light (if so equipped) and
turn signal switch (P. 2-48)
3. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left
side)
Audio control*
Vehicle information display controls
(P. 2-26)
4. Steering wheel (P. 3-22)
Power steering system (P. 5-156)
Horn (P. 2-54)
Driver's supplemental air bag (P. 1-45)
5. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-45)
6. Steering-wheel-mounted controls
(right side)
Cruise control switches (if so equipped)
(P. 5-65)
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) switches
(if so equipped) (P. 5-67)
ProPILOT Assist switch (if so equipped)
(P. 5-91)
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System
control*
7. Shift lever (P. 5-14)
ECO switch (P. 2-55)
e-Pedal switch (P. 5-21)
8. Console box (P. 2-61)
9. Parking brake (switch type)
(if so equipped) (P. 5-18)
10. Tilt and telescopic steering wheel lever
(P. 3-23)
LII2624
COCKPIT
2-2 Instruments and controls
11. Lower instrument panel switches
(P. 3-20)
Charge port lid switch (P. 3-20)
Immediate charge switch (P. 2-58)
Heated steering wheel switch
(if so equipped) (P. 2-56)
Steering Assist switch (if so equipped)
(P. 5-91)
Dynamic driver assistance switch
(if so equipped) (P. 5-91, 5-30, 5-46)
12. Fuse box cover (P. 8-15)
*For additional information, refer to the
NissanConnect® Manual
Instruments and controls 2-3
1. Vents (P. 4-25)
2. Meters and gauges (P. 2-5)
3. Center multi-function control panel*
4. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)
5. Rear window and outside mirror (if so
equipped) defroster switch (P. 2-47)
6. Front passenger supplemental air bag
(P. 1-45)
7. Glove box (P. 2-61)
8. Front passenger supplemental knee
airbag (P. 1-45)
9. Heater and air conditioner control
(P. 4-26)
10. Power outlet (P. 2-60)
11. Front heated seat switches
(if so equipped) (P. 2-55)
12. USB connection port*
13. Push-button power switch (P. 5-9)
14. Front passenger air bag status light
(P. 1-45)
15. Driver supplemental knee air bag
(P. 1-45)
16. Hood release handle (P. 3-18)
LII2625
INSTRUMENT PANEL
2-4 Instruments and controls
1. Vehicle information display (P. 2-26)
Clock (P. 2-33)
Outside air temperature (P. 2-12)
Li-ion battery available charge gauge
(P. 2-9)
Driving range (P. 2-8)
Odometer/twin trip odometer (P. 2-5)
Indicator for timer (P. CH-46)
Power meter (P. 2-7)
2. Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-14)
Turn signal/Hazard indicator light
(P. 2-25)
READY to drive indicator light (P. 2-24)
ECO mode indicator (P. 2-13)
3. Speedometer (P. 2-5)
SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER
The vehicle is equipped with a speedom-
eter and odometer. The speedometer is
located on the right side of the vehicle in-
formation display. The odometer is located
within the vehicle information display.
LIC3861
METERS AND GAUGES
Instruments and controls 2-5
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the vehicle
speed.
Odometer/twin trip odometer
The odometer and twin trip odometer
O
2
are displayed on the vehicle information
display when the power switch is in the ON
or READY to drive position.
The odometer records the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
The twin trip odometer records the dis-
tance of individual trips.
Changing the display:
Pushing the TRIP RESET switch
O
1
located
on the left side of the instrument panel
changes the display as follows:
Odometer → TRIP A → TRIP B → Odometer
For additional information about the ve-
hicle information display, see “Vehicle infor-
mation display” (P. 2-26).
Resetting the trip odometer:
Pushing the TRIP RESET switch
O
1
for ap-
proximately 1 second resets the currently
displayed trip odometer to zero.
LIC3862 LIC3863
2-6 Instruments and controls
LI-ION BATTERY TEMPERATURE
GAUGE
The gauge indicates the temperature of
the Li-ion battery.
The temperature of the Li-ion battery is
within the normal range when the display
is within the zone
O
1
shown in the
illustration.
The temperature of the Li-ion battery var-
ies according to the outside air tempera-
ture and driving conditions.
NOTE:
• If the display indicates that the tem-
perature of the Li-ion battery is near
the red zone end of the normal range,
reduce vehicle speed to decrease the
temperature. If the indicator is over the
normal range, the power provided to
the traction motor is reduced when the
power limitation indicator light is illu-
minated. Therefore, the vehicle is not
as responsive when the accelerator is
depressed while the power limitation
light is illuminated. For additional in-
formation, see “Power limitation indi-
cator light” (P. 2-22).
• If the outside temperature is extremely
low, the Li-ion temperature gauge may
not display a temperature reading. The
vehicle may not be able to be put in the
READY to drive mode. Have the system
checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
POWER METER
This meter displays the actual traction mo-
tor power consumption
O
A
and the regen-
erative brake power provided to the Li-ion
battery
O
B
.
The power meter is in a neutral state
O
3
.
The white illuminated portion
O
1
in the dis-
play moves right or left depending on
demand.
The white illuminated portion
O
1
moves to
the right when power is provided to the
traction motor (Li-ion battery discharges).
LIC3875 LIC3864
Instruments and controls 2-7
The white illuminated portion
O
1
moves to
the left when power is generated and pro-
vided to the Li-ion battery by the regenera-
tive brake system (Li-ion battery charging).
The power meter also indicates if the
power provided to the motor is limited or if
regenerative braking is limited. When
power or regenerative braking is limited,
the illuminated segments on the display
are narrowed
O
2
.
Regenerative braking is automatically re-
duced when the Li-ion battery is fully
charged to prevent the Li-ion battery from
becoming overcharged. Regenerative
braking is also automatically reduced
when the Li-ion battery temperature is
high/low (indicated by the red/blue zones
on the Li-ion battery temperature gauge)
to prevent Li-ion battery damage.
The more regenerative braking is reduced,
the more illuminated segments on the dis-
play are narrowed
O
2
.
If the Li-ion battery charge is low, power
provided to the traction motor is reduced.
Motor output is also limited if the Li-ion
battery temperature is high/low (indicated
by the red/blue zones on the Li-ion battery
temperature gauge) or the Li-ion battery
charge level is low.
The more power provided to the traction
motor is reduced, the more illuminated
segments on the display are narrowed
O
2
.
NOTE:
If the power meter is selected on the trip
computer, the meter is not displayed.
DRIVING RANGE
The driving range
O
1
provides an esti-
mated distance that the vehicle can be
driven before recharging is necessary. The
driving range is constantly being calcu-
lated, based on the amount of available
Li-ion battery charge and the actual power
consumption average.
LIC3865 LIC3866
2-8 Instruments and controls
NOTE:
• The driving range display will flash
when the low battery charge indicator
illuminates. Additionally, if you con-
tinue to drive the vehicle in this state
and the Li-ion battery is close to being
completely discharged, “---” will be
displayed. Charge the Li-ion batter y as
soon as possible. When the Li-ion bat-
tery is charged, the original display will
be restored.
• After the vehicle is charged, the dis-
played driving range is calculated
based on the actual average energy
consumption of the previous driving.
The displayed driving range will vary
every time the vehicle is fully charged.
• The driving range increases or de-
creases when the air conditioner,
heater or Li-ion battery warmer (if so
equipped) is turned on or off, or when
the ECO mode is selected, or when any
other accessory is turned on or off
based on driving (for models with
40kWh battery).
LI-ION BATTERY AVAILABLE
CHARGE GAUGE
䊊
1
This gauge indicates the approximate
available Li-ion battery charge to run
the vehicle.
䊊
2
This figure shows the current state of
charge (%) of the vehicle. ( When the
power switch is placed in the OFF posi-
tion, it remains for approximately 30
seconds.)
䊊
3
Low battery charge indicator :
This indicator illuminates yellow when
the available Li-ion battery charge is
getting low.
Charge the Li-ion battery before the blue
bar of the gauge
O
1
disappears.
The low battery charge indicator
O
3
illuminates yellow when the available Li-ion
battery charge is getting low. Charge as
soon as it is convenient, preferably before
the blue bar of the gauge
O
1
disappears.
When the blue bar of the gauge
O
1
disap-
pears and the charge indicator
O
3
illuminates, there is a very small reserve of
Li-ion battery charge remaining.
NOTE:
• The length of the blue bar of the gauge
O
1
is determined by the available
charge and the amount of charge the
Li-ion battery is capable of storing at
the current temperature.
LIC3867
Instruments and controls 2-9
• Temperature affects the amount of
charge the Li-ion battery is capable of
storing. The Li-ion battery is capable of
storing less power when the Li-ion bat-
tery temperature is cold. The Li-ion
battery is capable of storing more
power when the Li-ion battery tem-
perature is warm. The length of the
blue bar of the gauge
O
1
can change
based on the amount of power the Li-
ion battery is capable of storing. For
example, when the Li-ion battery be-
comes colder, a longer blue bar of the
gauge
O
1
illuminates because the
available charge is a greater percent-
age of the Li-ion battery's capability of
storing power. When the Li-ion battery
becomes warmer, a shorter blue bar of
the gauge
O
1
illuminates because the
remaining energy is a lower percent-
age of the Li-ion battery's capability of
storing power.
Estimated Charge Time
The Estimated Charge Time mode shows
the estimated time charge the Li-ion bat-
tery to a full level. Immediately after the
power switch is placed in the ON position,
longer charging time may be displayed
than the actual time required.
How to read the display:
The displayed charging time is calculated
based on the electrical (supplied to the
charger), which is selected in the [Charge
Time Screen] setting under the EV Settings
menu. The display shows:
O
1
The currently remaining Li-ion battery
charge level.
O
2
The estimated charging time to reach
each percentage (25%, 50%, 75%, 100%) of
the Li-ion battery level.
• If the estimated charging time is longer
than 24 hours, [Over 24hr] is displayed.
LIC4288
Not charging
2-10 Instruments and controls
• When the currently remaining Li-ion bat-
tery level exceeds each percentage level,
the charging time will be displayed as
[---].
• When the Li-ion battery was fully charge,
all the charging time information will be
displayed as [---].
O
3
The currently selected electrical power
(supplied to the charger).
O
4
The estimated charge level of the Li-ion
battery to be reached when the remaining
charging time has passed.
O
5
The electrical power that is actually sup-
plied while quick charging.
O
6
The remaining charging time before the
quick charger is shut off.
When charging is not performed, pushing
the OK button on the steering wheel will
switch the display to the [Charge Time
Screen]. Select the electrical power that
you wish to show in the Estimated Charge
Time display.
NOTE:
• While charging, the estimated charg-
ing time is calculated based on the
electrical power that is currently being
supplied to the charger.
• The electrical power for the normal
charging is displayed at a fixed value.
Therefore, the displayed electrical
power may differ from the one that is
actually supplied.
• For the quick charging, the electrical
power display will change to the actual
electrical power while charging. If the
charging is stopped or the power sup-
ply is stopped (unplugged, etc.), the
displayed electrical power returns to
the selected electrical power.
• The displayed charging time on each
percentage level is the current estima-
tion, and the actual charging time will
vary depending on the conditions of
the vehicle or the state of charge.
• Right after starting of stopping
charge, the estimated charging time
may differ from the actual charging
time. The actual charging time will be
displayed after a period of time.
LIC4177
While charging (quick charge
[if so equipped])
Instruments and controls 2-11
LI-ION BATTERY CAPACITY LEVEL
GAUGE
This gauge displays the available capacity
of the Li-ion battery remaining to store
power.
To check this gauge, select it in the trip
computer menu.
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
The outside air temperature is displayed in
°F or °C.
The display may differ from the actual out-
side temperature displayed on various
signs or billboards.
CLOCK
Adjust the clock on the setting screen of
the vehicle information display. For addi-
tional information, see “Settings” (P. 2-27). If
the power supply (12-volt battery) is dis-
connected, the clock will not indicate the
correct time. Readjust the time.
LIC4348 LIC3868 LIC3869
2-12 Instruments and controls
ECO MODE INDICATOR
The ECO mode indicator illuminates in the
vehicle information display when the ECO
mode has been activated. The ECO mode
is used to help extend the range that the
vehicle can be driven by consuming less
power. For additional information, see "ECO
mode" (P. 5-152).
E-PEDAL SYSTEM INDICATOR
This indicator "e-Pedal" illuminates within
the vehicle information display when the
e-Pedal system has been activated. The
"e-Pedal OFF" illuminates when the system
has been deactivated. For additional infor-
mation, see “e-Pedal system” (P. 5-21).
LIC3870 LIC3871
Instruments and controls 2-13
Warning/Indicator light (red) Warning/Indicator light (yellow) Warning/Indicator light (other)
12-volt battery charge warning light
or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
warning light
Exterior light indicator light (green)
or Brake warning light
Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestri-
ans (VSP) OFF system warning light
Front fog light indicator light (green) (if so
equipped)
Electric shift control system warning light Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with
Pedestrian Detection system warning light
High Beam Assist indicator light (green)
or Electronic parking brake indi-
cator light (if so equipped)
or Brake system warning light
High beam indicator light (blue)
Master warning light Electric Vehicle (EV) system warning light Plug-in indicator light (green)
Seat belt warning light
or Electronic parking brake sys-
tem warning light (if so
equipped)
READY to drive indicator light (green)
Security indicator light Front passenger air bag status light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights (green)
Supplemental air bag warning light Low tire pressure warning light
Master warning light
WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS
AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS
2-14 Instruments and controls
Warning/Indicator light (red) Warning/Indicator light (yellow) Warning/Indicator light (other)
Power limitation indicator light
Power steering warning light
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) warning light
Slip indicator light
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF indica-
tor light
CHECKING LIGHTS
With all doors closed, apply the parking
brake, fasten the seat belts and place the
power switch for LEAF to the ON position
without starting the EV system. The follow-
ing lights (if so equipped) will come on:
, , or , ;
The following lights (if so equipped) come
on briefly and then turn off:
or (yellow), , or
(red), or , , , ,
, , ,
If any light does not come on or operate in
a way other than described, it may indicate
a burned-out bulb and/or a system mal-
function. Have the system checked. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer for this service.
Some indicators and warnings are also dis-
played on the vehicle information display.
For additional information, see “Vehicle in-
formation display” (P. 2-26).
WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (red)
For additional information, see “Vehicle in-
formation display” (P. 2-26)
12-volt battery charge
warning light
The DC/DC converter converts 400–volt Li-
ion battery voltage to charge the 12-volt
battery.
This light illuminates continuously after the
bulb is checked when the power switch is
in the ON position, and turns off when the
power switch is placed in the READY to
drive position.
When this warning light illuminates, a
chime sounds and the following warnings
are also displayed.
Instruments and controls 2-15
• Master warning (red)
• EV system warning light
The following messages also flash on and
off on the vehicle information display.
If the vehicle is being driven; “Stop the ve-
hicle” and if the vehicle is stopped; “When
parked apply parking brake”. When these
messages flash, immediately stop the ve-
hicle in a safe location, pull the parking
brake switch and push the P (Park) position
switch on the shift lever to place the vehicle
in the P (Park) position. The warning on the
meter and the chime stops when the park-
ing brake is operated or the vehicle is in the
P (Park) position. Have the system checked.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
CAUTION
• The DC/DC converter system may
not be functioning properly if the 12-
volt battery charge warning light illu-
minates continuously when the
power switch is in the READY to drive
position. Immediately stop the ve-
hicle in a safe location and have the
system checked. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for this service.
• The DC/DC converter system may
not be functioning properly if the 12-
volt warning light illuminates con-
tinuously when the power switch is in
the READY to drive position. Do not
charge the 12-volt battery while this
warning light is illuminated. It may
lead to a malfunction of the DC/DC
converter system. Have the system
checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
NOTE:
• If the vehicle does not go into the
READY to drive position (when the
power switch is pushed and the brake
pedal is depressed), jump-star t the ve-
hicle to place the power switch in the
READY to drive position. For additional
information, see “Jump starting”
(P. 6-10).
• Do not jump-start the vehicle if the
conditions below occur. Have the sys-
tem checked. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service:
– If the 12-volt charge warning light
turns off when the vehicle is in the
READYto drive mode, the 12-volt bat-
tery may be discharged or there may
be a malfunction in the 12-volt bat-
tery related system.
– If the 12-volt charge warning light
continues to illuminate when the ve-
hicle is in the READY to drive mode,
there may be a malfunction in the
DC/DC converter. Have the system
checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
or Brake warning
light
When the power switch is placed in the ON
position or in the READY to drive position,
the light remains illuminated for about a
few seconds. If the light illuminates at any
other time, it may indicate that the hydrau-
lic brake system is not functioning properly.
If the BRAKE warning light illuminates, stop
the vehicle immediately and have the sys-
tem checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
2-16 Instruments and controls
Parking brake indicator
When the power switch is placed in the ON
position, the light comes on when the park-
ing brake is applied.
Low brake fluid warning light
When the power switch is in the ON posi-
tion, the light warns of a low brake fluid
level. If this warning light illuminates, the
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning
light and the brake system warning light
(yellow) also illuminate.
If the light illuminates while the power
switch is in the READY to drive position with
the parking brake not applied, stop the ve-
hicle and perform the following items.
1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake fluid is
necessary, add fluid and have the sys-
tem checked. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service. For additional informa-
tion, see “Brake fluid” (P. 8-7).
2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the
warning system checked. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
WARNING
• Your brake system may not be work-
ing properly if the warning light is on.
Driving could be dangerous. If you
judge the brake system to be safe,
drive carefully to the nearest service
station for repairs. Otherwise, have
your vehicle towed because driving it
could be dangerous.
• Pressing the brake pedal when the
power switch position is not in the
ON or READY to drive position and/or
low brake fluid level may increase the
stopping distance and braking will
require greater pedal effort as well as
pedal travel.
• If the brake fluid level is below the
minimum or MIN mark on the brake
fluid reservoir, do not drive until the
brake system has been checked. It is
recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
Electric shift control system
warning light
This light illuminates to warn when a mal-
function occurs in the electric shift control
system. When the master warning light illu-
minates, the chime sounds and the mes-
sage, “When parked apply parking brake”, is
displayed on the vehicle information
display.
When the power switch is in the OFF posi-
tion, the chime sounds continuously. Make
sure the parking brake is applied.
Have the system checked. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
or Electronic parking
brake indicator
light (if so
equipped)
When the power switch is placed in the ON
position, the light comes on when the park-
ing brake is applied.
Instruments and controls 2-17
Master warning light
There are two types of master warning
lights: yellow and red. These lights illumi-
nate if any warning lights or indicator lights
are illuminated or if various vehicle infor-
mation warnings appear in the vehicle in-
formation display.
This light illuminates when a red warning
light within the vehicle information display
is illuminated or when a warning is dis-
played on the vehicle information display.
Seat belt
warning light
The light and chime remind you to fasten
the driver and passenger seat belts.
For additional information, see “Seat belts”
(P. 1-11) for precautions on seat belt usage.
Security
indicator light
This light blinks when the power switch is in
the ACC, OFF or LOCK position. This func-
tion indicates the security system
equipped on the vehicle is operational.
If the security system is malfunctioning,
this light will remain on while the power
switch is in the ON position. For additional
information, see “Security systems” (P. 2-42).
Supplemental air bag
warning light
After turning the power switch to the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning
light will illuminate. The supplemental air
bag warning light will turn off after about 7
seconds if the supplemental front air bag
and supplemental side air bag, curtain
side-impact air bag systems and/or pre-
tensioner seat belt are operational.
If any of the following conditions occur, the
front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag
and pretensioner systems need servicing
and your vehicle must be taken to your
nearest NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
• The supplemental air bag warning light
remains on after approximately 7
seconds.
• The supplemental air bag warning light
flashes intermittently.
• The supplemental air bag warning light
does not illuminate at all.
Unless checked and repaired, the Supple-
mental Restraint Systems and/or the pre-
tensioners may not function properly.
For additional information, see “Supple-
mental restraint system (SRS)” (P. 1-45).
WARNING
If the supplemental air bag warning
light is on, it could mean that the front
air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag
and/or pretensioner systems will not
operate in an accident. To help avoid
injury to yourself or others, have your
vehicle checked. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer as soon as possible for this
service.
WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS
(yellow)
For additional information, see “Vehicle in-
formation display” (P. 2-26)
2-18 Instruments and controls
or Anti-lock
Braking System
(ABS) warning
light
When the power switch is in the ON or
READY to drive position, the Anti-lock Brak-
ing System (ABS) warning light illuminates
and then turns off. This indicates the ABS is
operational.
If the ABS warning light illuminates while
the power switch is in the READY to drive
position, or while driving, it may indicate the
ABS is not functioning properly. Have the
system checked. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock
function is turned off. The brake system
then operates normally, but without anti-
lock assistance. For additional information,
see “Brake system” (P. 5-156).
Approaching Vehicle
Sound for Pedestrians
(VSP) system OFF
warning light
The Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedes-
trians (VSP) system OFF warning light is
located on the instrument panel.
This light comes on if there is a malfunction
in the VSP system.
If the VSP system OFF warning light illumi-
nates while the power switch is in the ON
position, or in the READY to drive position, it
may indicate the VSP system is not func-
tioning properly. Have the system checked.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
For additional information, see “Approach-
ing Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP)
system” (P. EV-26).
Automatic Emergency
Braking (AEB) with
Pedestrian Detection
system warning light
This light comes on when the power switch
is placed in the ON position. It turns off after
the EV system is started.
This light illuminates when the AEB with
Pedestrian Detection system is set to OFF
in the vehicle information display.
If the light illuminates when the AEB with
Pedestrian Detection system is on, it may
indicate that the system is unavailable. For
additional information, see “Automatic
Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian
Detection” (P. 5-123) and “Intelligent Forward
Collision Warning (I-FCW)” (P. 5-137).
or Brake system
warning light
This light functions for both the coopera-
tive regenerative brake and the electroni-
cally driven intelligent brake systems.
When the power switch is placed in the ON
position or in the READY to drive position,
the light remains illuminated for about 2 or
3 seconds. If the light illuminates at any
other time, it may indicate that the coop-
erative regenerative brake and/or the elec-
tronically driven intelligent brake systems
are not functioning properly. Have the sys-
tem checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
Instruments and controls 2-19
If the BRAKE warning light (red) also illumi-
nates, stop the vehicle immediately and
have the system checked. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service. For additional
information, see “Brake system” (P. 5-156).
WARNING
• Pressing the brake pedal when the
power switch position is not in the
ON or READY to drive position and/or
low brake fluid level may increase the
stopping distance and braking will
require greater pedal effort as well as
pedal travel.
•
If the brake fluid level is below the
minimum or MIN mark on the brake
fluid reservoir, do not drive until the
brake system has been checked. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
• The cooperative regenerative brake
system may not be working properly
if the brake system warning light illu-
minates when the READY to drive in-
dicator light is ON. If you judge it to be
safe, drive carefully to the nearest
service station for repairs. Otherwise,
have your vehicle towed because
driving could be dangerous.
Electric Vehicle (EV) system
warning light
This light illuminates if there is a malfunc-
tion in the following systems. Have the sys-
tem checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
• Traction motor and inverter system
• Charge port or on-board charger
• Li-ion battery system
• Cooling system
• Shift control system
• Emergency shut off system is activated.
For additional information, see “Emer-
gency shut-off system” (P. EV-10).
or Electronic parking
brake system
warning light (if so
equipped)
The electronic parking brake system warn-
ing light function for the electronic braking
brake system. When the power switch is
placed in the ON position, the light illumi-
nates for a few seconds. If the warning light
illuminates at any other time, it may indi-
cate that the electronic parking brake sys-
tem is not function properly. Have the sys-
tem checked immediately. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer for this service.
Front passenger air bag
status light
The front passenger air bag status light
(located on the center of the instrument
panel) will be lit and the passenger front air
bag and passenger knee airbag will be
turned off depending on how the front pas-
senger seat is being used.
For front passenger air bag status light op-
eration, see “NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys-
tem (front seats)” (P. 1-53).
Low tire pressure warning
light
Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pres-
sure Monitoring System (TPMS) that moni-
tors the tire pressure of all tires.
The low tire pressure warning light warns
of low tire pressure or indicates that the
TPMS is not functioning properly.
After the power switch is placed in the ON
position, this light illuminates for about 1
second and then turns off.
2-20 Instruments and controls
Low tire pressure warning
If the vehicle is being driven with low tire
pressure, the warning light will illuminate.
The “Tire Pressure Low— Add Air” warning
also appears on the vehicle information
display.
When the low tire pressure warning light
illuminates, you should stop and adjust the
tire pressure to the recommended COLD
tire pressure shown on the Tire and Load-
ing Information label. The low tire pressure
warning light does not automatically turn
off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After
the tire is inflated to the recommended
pressure, the vehicle must be driven at
speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h) to activate
the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure
warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge to
check the tire pressure.
The “Tire Pressure Low— Add Air” warning
appears each time the power switch is
placed in the ON position as long as the low
tire pressure warning light remains
illuminated.
For additional information, see “Vehicle in-
formation display” (P. 2-26, “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-4) and
(P. 6-3).
TPMS malfunction
If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the
low tire pressure warning light will flash for
approximately 1 minute when the power
switch is placed in the ON position. The
light will remain on after the 1 minute. Have
the system checked. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service. The “Tire Pressure Low—
Add Air” warning does not appear if the low
tire pressure warning light illuminates to
indicate a TPMS malfunction.
For additional information, see “Vehicle in-
formation display” (P. 2-26, “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-4).
WARNING
• Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those
who use a pacemaker should contact
the electric medical equipment
manufacturer for the possible influ-
ences before use.
• If the light does not illuminate when
the power switch is placed in the ON
position, have the vehicle checked. It
is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon
as possible for this service.
• If the light illuminates while driving,
avoid sudden steering maneuvers or
abrupt braking, reduce vehicle
speed, pull off the road to a safe loca-
tion and stop the vehicle as soon as
possible. Driving with under-inflated
tires may permanently damage the
tires and increase the likelihood of
tire failure. Serious vehicle damage
could occur and may lead to an acci-
dent and could result in serious per-
sonal injury or death. Check the tire
pressure for all four tires. Adjust the
tire pressure to the recommended
COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire
and Loading Information label to
turn the low tire pressure warning
light OFF. If the light still illuminates
while driving after adjusting the tire
pressure, a tire may be flat or the
TPMS may be malfunctioning. If you
have a flat tire, replace it with a re-
placement tire as soon as possible. If
no tire is flat and all tires are properly
inflated, have the vehicle checked. It
is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
Instruments and controls 2-21
• When using a wheel without the
TPMS such as a spare tire, the TPMS
will not function and the low tire
pressure warning light will flash for
approximately 1 minute. The light will
remain on after 1 minute. Have the
system checked. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer as soon as possible for tire re-
placement and/or system resetting.
• Replacing tires with those not origi-
nally specified by NISSAN could af-
fect the proper operation of the
TPMS.
CAUTION
• The TPMS is not a substitute for the
regular tire pressure check. Be sure
to check the tire pressure regularly.
• If the vehicle is being driven at
speeds of less than 16 mph (25 km/h),
the TPMS may not operate correctly.
• Be sure to install the specified size of
tires to the four wheels correctly.
Master warning light
There are two types of master warning
lights: yellow and red. These lights illumi-
nate if any warning lights or indicator lights
are illuminated or if various vehicle infor-
mation warnings appear in the vehicle in-
formation display.
This light illuminates when a yellow warn-
ing light within the vehicle information dis-
play is illuminated or when a message is
displayed on the vehicle information
display.
Power limitation
indicator light
When the power limitation indicator light is
illuminated, the power provided to the trac-
tion motor is reduced. Therefore the ve-
hicle is not as responsive when the accel-
erator is depressed while the power
limitation light is illuminated.
When this light comes on, the warning dis-
play appears within the vehicle information
display. Follow the instructions provided on
the vehicle information display.
This light illuminates in the following
conditions.
• Li-ion battery available charge is ex-
tremely low
• Li-ion battery temperature is very low
(approximately −4°F (−20°C)
• When the temperature of the EV system
is high (motor, inverter, coolant system,
Li-ion battery etc.)
• When the EV system has a malfunction.
If the low battery charge indicator is illumi-
nated, charge the Li-ion battery as soon as
possible.
If this indicator illuminates because the Li-
ion battery is cold due to low outside tem-
peratures, move the vehicle to a warmer
location. The Li-ion battery temperature
may be increased by charging the Li-ion
battery.
If the light illuminates when the EV system
becomes hot due to continuous hill climb-
ing, either continue driving at a slower safe
speed or stop the vehicle in a safe location.
If this indicator does not turn off, have the
system checked. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
2-22 Instruments and controls
The indicator illuminates when a part in the
EV system has malfunctioned. If the indica-
tor illuminates in a situation other than
those described above, or if it does not turn
off, there may be a system malfunction.
Have the system checked. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
WARNING
Power limitation mode can result in re-
duced power and vehicle speed. The re-
duced speed may be lower than other
traffic, which could increase the chance
of a collision. Be especially careful
when driving. If the vehicle cannot
maintain a safe driving speed, pull to
the side of the road in a safe area.
Charge the Li-ion battery if the charge
is low or allow the Li-ion battery to cool.
NOTE:
You can reduce charging time and keep
the Li-ion battery temperature lower if
you:
• Charge more frequently in smaller
amounts, and
• Keep the battery at a higher level of
charge.
Power steering
warning light
When the power switch is in the ON posi-
tion, the electric power steering warning
light illuminates and turns off when the
power switch is placed in the READY to
drive position. This indicates the electric
power steering system is operational.
If the electric power steering warning light
illuminates while the READY to drive indica-
tor light is ON, it may indicate the electric
power steering system is not functioning
properly and may need servicing. Have the
electric power steering system checked. It
is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
When the electric power steering warning
light illuminates while the READY to drive
indicator is ON, the power assist to the
steering will cease operation but you will
still have control of the vehicle. At this time,
greater steering efforts are required to op-
erate the steering wheel, especially in
sharp turns and at low speeds.
For additional information, see “Power
steering system” (P. 5-156).
Rear Automatic Braking
(RAB) warning light
This light comes on when the power switch
is placed in the ON position. It turns off after
the EV system is started.
This light illuminates when the RAB system
is turned off in the vehicle information
display.
If the light illuminates when the RAB sys-
tem is on, it may indicate that the system is
unavailable. For additional information, see
“Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P. 5-132).
Slip indicator light
This indicator light will blink when the VDC
system or the traction control system is
operating, thus alerting that the vehicle is
nearing its traction limits. The road surface
may be slippery.
You may feel or hear the system working;
this is normal. The light will blink for a few
seconds after the VDC system stops limit-
ing wheel spin.
The indicator light also comes on when
you place the power switch in the ON
position.
Instruments and controls 2-23
The light will turn off after approximately 2
seconds if the system is operational. If the
light does not come on, have the system
checked. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
Vehicle Dynamic Control
(VDC) OFF indicator light
This light illuminates when the Vehicle Dy-
namic Control (VDC) is turned off in the
vehicle information display. This indicates
that the VDC system is not operating. For
additional information, see “Vehicle Dy-
namic Control (VDC) system” (P. 5-159).
WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS
(other)
For additional information, see “Vehicle in-
formation display” (P. 2-26)
Exterior light
indicator light (green)
This indicator illuminates when the head-
light switch is turned to the AUTO,
or
position and the front parking lights,
side marker lights, tail and license plate
lights are on. The indicator turns off when
these lights are turned off.
Front fog light indicator
light (green) (if so
equipped)
The front fog indicator light illuminates
when the front fog lights are on. For addi-
tional information, see “Fog light switch”
(P. 2-54).
High Beam Assist indicator
light (green)
The indicator light illuminates when the
headlights come on while the headlight
switch is in the AUTO position with the high
beam selected. This indicates that the high
beam assist system is operational. For ad-
ditional information, see “Headlight beam
select” (P. 2-50).
High beam indicator light
(blue)
This light illuminates when the headlight
high beam is on and goes out when the low
beam is selected.
Plug-in
indicator light (green)
This light illuminates when the charge con-
nector is connected to the vehicle and
blinks during charging.
NOTE:
If the charge connector is connected to
the vehicle, the power switch cannot be
placed in the READY to drive position.
READY to drive
indicator light (green)
The READY to drive indicator light illumi-
nates when the EV system is powered and
the vehicle may be driven.
The READY to drive indicator light will turn
off in the following conditions.
• Certain EV system malfunctions.
• The READY to drive indicator light turns
off immediately before the Li-ion battery
is completely discharged. If the Li-ion bat-
tery becomes completely discharged,
the vehicle must be charged in order to
be driven. For additional information, see
“Low battery charge indicator” (P. 2-36).
2-24 Instruments and controls
Turn signal/hazard
indicator lights (green)
This light flashes when the turn signal
switch lever or hazard switch is turned on.
AUDIBLE REMINDERS
Brake pad wear warning
The disc brake pads have audible wear
warnings. When a brake pad requires re-
placement, it will make a high-pitched
scraping sound when the vehicle is in mo-
tion. This scraping sound will first occur
only when the brake pedal is depressed.
After more wear of the brake pad, the
sound will always be heard even if the
brake pedal is not depressed. Have the
brakes checked as soon as possible if the
warning sound is heard.
Electric shift control system
reminder chime
If an improper shift operation is performed,
for safety reasons a chime will sound and
at the same time, depending on the condi-
tions, the operation will be canceled or the
shift position will switch to the N (Neutral)
position.
For additional information, see “Driving the
vehicle” (P. 5-14).
Key reminder chime
A chime will sound if the driver's side door is
opened while the power switch is pushed
to the ON or ACC position.
Make sure that the power switch is pushed
to the OFF position, and take the Intelligent
Key with you when leaving the vehicle.
Light reminder chime
The light reminder chime will sound when
the driver side door is opened with the light
switch in the
or position, and
the power switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK
position.
Turn the light switch off when you leave the
vehicle.
Parking brake reminder chime
A chime sounds if the parking brake is set
and the vehicle is driven. The chime will
stop if the parking brake is released or the
vehicle speed returns to zero.
Power switch reminder chime
The power switch reminder chime will
sound when the driver's door is opened
while the power switch is in the ON or
READY to drive position. Push the power
switch to the OFF position.
12-volt battery charge
warning chime
If the 12-volt battery charge warning light
illuminates, the chime will sound when a
warning message is displayed in the ve-
hicle information display.
When the chime sounds, immediately stop
the vehicle in a safe location and push the P
(Park) position switch on the shift lever and
apply the parking brake. The 12-volt battery
charge warning light turns off and the
chime will stop when the parking brake is
applied or the vehicle is placed in the P
(Park) position. Have the system checked. It
is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service. For
additional information, see “12-volt battery
charge warning light” (P. 2-15).
Instruments and controls 2-25
The vehicle information display is located
to the left of the speedometer. It displays
items such as:
• Battery information
• Energy economy
• Average vehicle speed
• Driving distance
• Driving time
• Cruise control information
• Intelligent Key information
• Indicators and warnings
HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE
INFORMATION DISPLAY
The vehicle information display can be
changed by using the
and OK buttons located on the steer-
ing wheel.
O
1
OK Use this button to change
or select items.
O
2
Use these buttons to navi-
gate the vehicle informa-
tion display.
O
3
Use this button to return to
the previous menu.
O
4
Use these buttons to navi-
gate the vehicle informa-
tion display.
The OK,
buttons
also control audio and control panel func-
tions in some conditions. Most screens and
menus offer instruction prompts of the
steering switches to indicate how to con-
trol the vehicle information display. White
dots appear on the left side of the vehicle
information display when there is more
than one page of menu items. The OK,
and change the audio source and the
buttons also control voice recognition
manual mode. For additional information,
refer to the separate NissanConnect®
Manual.
LIC3872 LHA4545
VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
2-26 Instruments and controls
STARTUP DISPLAY
With the vehicle in the ON position, the ve-
hicle information display may display the
following screens:
• Battery information
• Audio
• Navigation
• Energy Economy
• Driving Aids
• Warnings
• Settings
Warnings will only display if there are any
present. For additional information, see
“Vehicle information display warnings and
indicators” (P. 2-34).
To control which items display in the ve-
hicle information display, see “How to use
the vehicle information display” (P. 2-26).
SETTINGS
The settings mode allows you to change
the information displayed in the vehicle in-
formation display as well as enable and
disable various vehicle features and sys-
tems. The settings include:
• VDC Setting
• Driver Assistance
• Customize Display
• Vehicle Settings
• EV Settings
• TPMS Settings
• Maintenance
• Clock
• Unit/Language
• Factory Reset
VDC Setting
The VDC setting menu allows the user to the adjust the VDC settings.
Menu Item Explanation
System Allows user to turn the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system on or off.
Instruments and controls 2-27
Driver Assistance
The driver assistance menu allows the user to change the settings for driving, parking, and braking aids.
Some menu items shown below may not be equipped on your vehicle
Menu Item Explanation
Steering Assist Allows user to turn the steering assist feature on or off. For additional information, see “ProPILOT
Assist” (P. 5-91).
Lane Displays the available lane options.
Lane Departure Warning Allows user to turn the Lane Departure Warning on and off. For additional information, see “Lane
Departure Warning (LDW)” (P. 5-25).
Lane Departure Prevention Allows user to turn the Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) on and off. For additional information,
see “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P. 5-30).
Blind Spot Displays the available blind spot options.
Blind Spot Warning Allows user to turn the Blind Spot Warning on and off. For additional information, see “Blind Spot
Warning” (P. 5-36).
Blind Spot Intervention Allows user to turn the Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) on and off. For additional informa-
tion, see “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)” (P. 5-46).
Side Indicator Brightness Allows user to set the brightness of the side indicator.
Emergency Brake Displays the available emergency brake options.
Front Allows user to turn the emergency brake on and off. For additional information, see “Automatic
Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection” (P. 5-123) and “Intelligent Forward Collision
Warning (I-FCW )” (P. 5-137).
Rear Allows user to turn the rear emergency braking system on and off. For additional information,
see "Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (P. 5-132).
Parking Aids Displays the available parking aids.
Sonar system Allows user to turn the sonar system on or off. For additional information, see “Rear Sonar Sys-
tem (RSS) (P. 5-163).
Display Allows user to turn the parking sonar display on or off.
Volume Allows user to change the volume of the parking aid chimes: High, Med. Low
2-28 Instruments and controls
Menu Item Explanation
Range Allows user to select the range in which the parking sonar will activate: Far, Med, Near.
Moving Object Allows user to turn the Moving Object Detection on and off. For additional information, see “Mov-
ing Object Detection (MOD)” (P. 4-20).
Cross Traffic Allows user to turn the cross traffic alert on and off. For additional information, see “Rear Cross
Traffic Alert (RCTA)” (P. 5-58).
Driver Attention Alert Allows user to turn the driver attention alert on or off. For additional information, see “Intelligent
Driver Alertness (I-DA)” (P. 5-149).
Timer Alert Allows user to set or reset an alert at a specific tune inter val.
Low Temperature Alert Allows user to turn the low temperature alert on or off.
Chassis Control Displays the available chassis controls.
Active Trace Control (Intelligent Trace
Control)
Allows user to turn the chassis control on or off. For additional information, see “Chassis control”
(P. 5-161).
e-Pedal Displays the available e-Pedal options.
Retain Mode Allows user to turn the retain mode on or off. For additional information, see “e-Pedal
system”(P. 2-13).
Instruments and controls 2-29
Customize Display
The customize display menu allows the user to change the settings for the vehicle information display.
Menu Item Explanation
Main Menu Selection Displays the available main menu selection options.
Cruise Allows user to turn the Cruise screen on or off in the vehicle information display.
Driving Aids Allows user to turn the safety shield screen on or off in the vehicle information display.
Status Allows user to turn the status screen on or off in the vehicle information display.
Tire Pressures Allows user to turn the tire pressures screen on or off in the vehicle information display.
Drive Computer Allows user to turn the drive computer screen on or off in the vehicle information display.
Chassis Control Allows user to turn the chassis control screen on or off in the vehicle information display.
ECO Info Settings Displays the available ECO Info Settings.
ECO Drive Report Allows user to turn the ECO drive report on or off.
View History Allows user to view and reset the ECO drive report history.
Navigation Settings Displays the available navigation settings.
Alerts Allows user to turn the navigation alerts on or off.
Cruise Screen Transition Allows user to turn the Cruise screen transition on or off.
Welcome Effect Displays the available welcome effects.
Gauges Allows user to turn the gauges effect on or off.
Animation Allows user to turn the animation effect on or off.
2-30 Instruments and controls
Vehicle Settings
The vehicle settings menu allows the user to change the settings for the lights, locks, wipers and other vehicle settings.
Menu Item Explanation
Rear Door Alert Displays the available Rear Door Alert options. For additional information, see “Rear Door Alert”
(P. 2-59).
Horn & Alert When selected, the alert is displayed and horn sounds.
Alert Only When selected, only the alert is displayed.
OFF When selected, no alert or horn will be active.
Lighting Displays the available lighting options.
Auto Room Lamp Allows user to turn the auto room lamp on or off
Light Sensitivity Allows user to change when the lights illuminate based on the brightness outside the vehicle.
Light Off Delay Allows user to change the duration of time that the automatic headlights stay on after the vehicle
is shut off.
Locking Displays the available locking options.
Ext. Door Switch Allows user to turn the exterior door switch on or off. When turned on, the request switch on the
door is activated.
Selective Unlock Allows user to turn selective unlock on or off. When turned on, only the current door is unlocked
after the door unlock operation. When the door handle request switch on the driver’s or front pas-
senger’s side door is pushed to be unlocked, only the corresponding door is unlocked first. All the
doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 5 seconds. When
this item is turned off, all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed
once.
Wipers Displays the available wiper settings. For additional information, see “Wiper and washer switch”
(P. 2-45).
Speed Dependent Allows user to turn the speed dependent feature on or off.
Instruments and controls 2-31
EV Settings
The EV settings menu allows the user to change the settings for charging the vehicle.
Some menu items shown below may not be equipped on your vehicle.
Menu Item Explanation
Chg. Connector Lock Allows user to lock or unlock the charging connection.
Charge Timer1 Allows user to set charge timer 1.
Charge Timer2 Allows user to set charge timer 2.
Chg. Timer Only at HOME Allows user to set charging timer only at home.
Charge Time Screen Allows user to select the display time screen based on charge method.
Climate Ctrl. Timer1 Allows user to set climate control timer 1.
Climate Ctrl. Timer2 Allows user to set climate control timer 2.
TPMS Settings
The TPMS settings menu allows the user to change the tire pressure units displayed in the vehicle information display.
Menu Item Explanation
Tire Pressure Unit Allows user to select the tire pressure units that will display in the vehicle information display.
Maintenance
The maintenance menu allows the user to set reminders for various vehicle maintenance items.
Menu Item Explanation
Maintenance Displays available maintenance reminder options.
Tire Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.
Other Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.
2-32 Instruments and controls
Clock
Some menu items below may not be equipped on your vehicle.
Menu Item Explanation
Clock Clock Mode Allows user to select the clock setting mode.
Clock Format Allows user to select from 12–hour and 24–hour formats.
Daylight Saving Time Allows user to turn daylight saving time mode on or off.
Time Zone Allows user to set a time zone.
Set Clock Manually Allows user to set a clock manually.
Unit/Language
The unit/language menu allows the user to change the units shown in the vehicle information display.
Menu Item Explanation
Mileage/Energy Allows user to select the preferred mileage/energy unit of measure to display.
Tire Pressures Allows user to select the preferred tire pressure unit of measure to display.
Temperature Allows user to select the preferred temperature unit of measure to display.
Language Allows user to select the preferred language to display.
Factory Reset
The factory reset menu allows the user to restore the vehicle information display settings to factory status.
Menu Item Explanation
Factory Reset Allows user to reset the vehicle information display settings to the original factory settings. Once
selected, the user can confirm or cancel the reset.
Instruments and controls 2-33
VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
WARNINGS AND INDICATORS
Some of the following warning messages
may not be equipped on your vehicle.
EV system operation for
discharged Intelligent Key
system indicator
This indicator appears when the Intelligent
Key battery is running out of power and
when the Intelligent Key system and ve-
hicle are not communicating normally.
If this indicator appears, touch the power
switch with the Intelligent Key while de-
pressing the brake pedal. For additional in-
formation, see “NISSAN Intelligent Key® bat-
tery discharge” (P. 5-12).
Key Battery Low
This indicator appears when the Intelligent
Key battery is running out of power.
If this indicator appears, replace the bat-
tery with a new one. For additional infor-
mation, see “NISSAN Intelligent Key® bat-
tery replacement” (P. 8-19).
Key System Error: See
Owner’s Manual
After the power switch is pushed to the ON
position, this warning appears for a period
of time and then turns off.
The Key System Error message warns of a
malfunction with the Intelligent Key sys-
tem. If the warning appears while the mo-
tor is stopped, it may be impossible to start
the motor.
If the warning appears while the motor is
running, you can drive the vehicle. However,
have it repaired as soon as possible. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer for this service.
No Key Detected
This warning appears in either of the fol-
lowing conditions:
No key inside the vehicle:
This warning appears when the door is
closed with the Intelligent Key left outside
the vehicle and the power switch in the
ACC or ON position. Make sure that the
Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.
Unregistered Intelligent Key:
This warning appears when the power
switch is placed in the ON, ACC or READY to
drive position and the Intelligent Key can-
not be recognized by the system. You can-
not place the power switch in the READY to
drive position with an unregistered key. Use
an Intelligent Key that has been registered.
For additional information, see “NISSAN In-
telligent Key® system” (P. 3-7).
Brightness indicator
This indicator shows the brightness ad-
justment of the instrument panel. For addi-
tional information, see “Instrument bright-
ness control” (P. 2-53).
Chassis Control System Error: See
Owner’s Manual
This warning appears if the chassis control
is not functioning properly. Have the sys-
tem checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service. For additional information, see
“Chassis control” (P. 5-161).
2-34 Instruments and controls
Check position of shift lever
This warning appears if the system cannot
detect the shift position. Make sure the ve-
hicle is placed in a position properly.
The master warning light (yellow) also illu-
minates and the chime sounds. Check the
shift position of the vehicle.
Check Rear Seat For All Articles
When the system is enabled, this message
appears when the vehicle comes to a com-
plete stop, the vehicle is transitioned from
the D (Drive) position to P (Park) position,
and the driver exits the vehicle. This mes-
sage alerts the driver, after a period of time,
to check for items in the rear seat after the
audible alert has been provided.
NOTE:
This system is disabled until a driver
enables it using the vehicle informa-
tion display. For additional informa-
tion, see “How to use the vehicle in-
formation display” (P. 2-26).
For additional information, see “Rear Door
Alert” (P. 2-59).
Rear Door Alert is activated
When the system is enabled, this message
appears when the Rear Door Alert system
is active and can remind the driver to check
the back seat.
• Using the steering wheel switch, a driver
can select “Dismiss Message” to clear the
display for a period of time. If no selection
is made, this message automatically
turns off after a period of time.
• Using the steering wheel switch, a driver
can select “Disable Alert” to disable the
horn alert for the remainder of the cur-
rent trip.
WARNING
Selecting “Dismiss Message” during a
stop within a trip temporarily dis-
misses the message for that stop with-
out turning the system off. Alerts can
be provided for other stops during the
trip. Selecting “Disable Alert” turns off
the Rear Door Alert system for the re-
mainder of a trip and no audible alert
will be provided.
NOTE:
This system is disabled until a driver en-
ables it using the vehicle information
display. For additional information, see
“How to use the vehicle information dis-
play” (P. 2-26).
For additional information, see “Rear Door
Alert” (P. 2-59).
Door open
This warning appears if any of the doors
and/or the rear hatch are open or not
closed securely. The vehicle icon indicates
which door or the rear hatch is open on the
display. Make sure that all of the doors and
the rear hatch are closed.
This warning also appears alternating with
the Shift to P range warning while the driv-
er's door is opened with the shift position in
any position other than the P (Park) posi-
tion. For additional information, see “Shift to
P range” (P. 2-37).
Driver alert
This warning appears when the previously
set time for a break is reached. You can set
the time for up to 6 hours in the setting
menu. For additional information, see “Ve-
hicle information display” (P. 2-26).
Instruments and controls 2-35
e—Pedal system failure! Press brake
pedal to slow or stop
This warning is displayed when the e-Pedal
system is malfunctioning. Have the system
checked. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
Indicators for maintenance
These indicators appear when the cus-
tomer set distance comes for replacing
tires or other maintenance items. You can
set or reset the distance for replacing tires
and other maintenance items.
WARNING
The tire replacement indicator is not a
substitute for regular tire checks, in-
cluding tire pressure checks. For addi-
tional information, see “Changing
wheels and tires” (P. 8-34). Many factors
including tire inflation, alignment, driv-
ing habits and road conditions affect
tire wear and when tires should be re-
placed. Setting the tire replacement in-
dicator for a certain driving distance
does not mean your tires will last that
long. Use the tire replacement indicator
as a guide only and always perform
regular tire checks. Failure to perform
regular tire checks, including tire pres-
sure checks could result in tire failure.
Serious vehicle damage could occur
and may lead to a collision, which could
result in serious personal injur y or
death.
For scheduled maintenance items and in-
tervals, see “Maintenance and schedules.”
Headlight System Error: See Owner’s
Manual
This warning appears when the LED head-
lights are not functioning properly.
If this warning appears, have your system
checked. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
Low battery charge
indicator
This light appears when the available Li-ion
battery charge is getting low. Charge as
soon as it is possible, preferably before the
Li-ion battery available charge gauge
reaches 0%.
NOTE:
The low battery charge indicator turns
off immediately before the Li-ion battery
is completely discharged and the vehicle
will stop. If the Li-ion battery becomes
completely discharged, the vehicle must
be charged in order to be driven.
Low outside air
temperature
The outside air temperature is displayed in
°F or °C in the range of −20°F to 140°F (−30°C
to 60°C).
The outside air temperature mode in-
cludes a low temperature warning feature.
If the outside air temperature is below 37°F
(3°C), the warning is displayed on the
screen.
The outside temperature sensor is located
in front side of the vehicle. The sensor may
be affected by road, wind directions and
other driving conditions. The display may
differ from the actual outside temperature
or the temperature displayed on various
signs or billboards.
2-36 Instruments and controls
Low Washer Fluid
This warning appears when the washer
tank fluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid
as necessary. For additional information,
see “Windshield-washer fluid” (P. 8-8).
Press Brake Pedal
This message may appear in the following
situations:
• The driver tries to release the electronic
parking brake manually without depress-
ing the brake pedal.
• The vehicle is stopped on a steep hill; and
there is a possibility of moving back-
wards, even if the electronic parking
brake is applied.
• The vehicle moves while the automatic
brake hold is activated.
For additional information, see “Electronic
parking brake” (P. 5-19).
Press brake pedal to
operate e-Pedal switch
This indicator appears when trying to turn
the e-Pedal off without depressing the
brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped.
Depress the brake pedal before pulling the
e-Pedal switch.
Push brake and power
switch to drive
This indicator appears while the vehicle is
in the P (Park) position. This indicator
means that the EV system will start when
the power switch is pressed with the brake
pedal depressed.
Release Parking Brake
This warning appears when the vehicle
speed is above 4 mph (7 km/h) (models not
equipped with electronic parking brake) or
2 mph (4 km/h) (models equipped with
electronic parking brake) and the parking
brake is applied. Stop the vehicle and re-
lease the parking brake.
Reminder Turn OFF
Headlights
This warning appears when the power
switch is turned to the OFF position but the
headlight switch is still on. Turn off the
headlight switch.
Shift to P range
This warning appears alternately with
door/rear hatch open warning when the
driver's door is opened with the shift posi-
tion in any position other than the P (Park)
position. If this warning appears, push the P
(Park) position switch and place in the P
(Park) position.
For additional information, see “Door open”
(P. 2-35).
Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse
This warning may appear if the extended
storage switch is not pushed in. When this
warning appears, push in the extended
storage switch to turn off the warning.
For additional information, see “Extended
storage switch” (P. 8-19).
Tire Pressure Low - Add Air
This warning appears when the low tire
pressure warning light in the meter illumi-
nates and low tire pressure is detected. The
warning appears each time the power
switch is placed in the ON position as long
as the low tire pressure warning light re-
mains illuminated.
If this warning appears, stop the vehicle
and adjust the tire pressure to the recom-
mended COLD tire pressure shown on the
Tire and Loading Information label. For ad-
ditional information, see “Low tire pressure
warning light” (P. 2-20) and “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-4).
Instruments and controls 2-37
T/M system malfunction Visit dealer
This warning appears if there is a malfunc-
tion in the electric shift control system but
operation of the electric shift control is still
possible. The master warning light (yellow)
also illuminates and the chime sounds.
When this occurs, check the shift position
indicator by the shift lever or in the vehicle
information display to make sure that
shifting has been performed properly. It is
recommended that you contact a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible.
When Parked Apply Parking
Brake
This warning appears if there is a malfunc-
tion in the electric shift control system. This
warning appears when the parking brake
is not applied, even after the vehicle has
been parked. The master warning light
(red) also illuminates and the chime
sounds.
If the power switch cannot be placed in the
OFF position, apply the parking brake and
then place the power switch in the OFF
position. The warning turns off and the
chime stops.
If this warning appears, have your system
checked. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
indicator
This indicator appears when the BSW/I-BSI
systems are engaged.
For additional information, see “Blind Spot
Warning (BSW)” (P. 5-36) or “Intelligent Blind
Spot Intervention (I-BSI)” (P. 5-46).
Cruise control indicator
This indicator shows the cruise control sys-
tem status.
When cruise control is activated, a green
circle will appear to indicate it is set. The
vehicle information display will also display
the speed the cruise control was set at. If
you accelerate past the set speed, the
speed will blink until you either cancel
cruise control or go back to the set speed. If
cruise control is on and canceled, the
speed will be displayed to show the speed
the vehicle will return to if the resume but-
ton is activated.
For additional information, see “Cruise con-
trol” (P. 5-65).
Currently not available
This message may appear when the Intel-
ligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOT
Assist) system, Intelligent Blind Spot Inter-
vention (I-BSI), Intelligent Lane Intervention
(I-LI) or the ICC system is engaged.
Under the following condition, the ICC (with
ProPILOT Assist) system, Intelligent Blind
Spot Intervention (I-BSI), Intelligent Lane In-
tervention (I-LI) or the ICC system is auto-
matically canceled:
• When the VDC system is turned off.
The above system cannot be used in some
situations (VDC operates, wheel slip, and
VDC system is off.)
Driver Attention Alert
System Fault
This warning appears when the Intelligent
Driver Alertness (I-DA) system is not func-
tioning properly.
For additional information, see “Intelligent
Driver Alertness (I-DA)” (P. 5-149).
Driver Attention Alert Take
a Break?
This alert appears when the system has
detected the driver may be displaying fa-
tigue or a lack of attention.
2-38 Instruments and controls
Forward Driving Aids temporarily
disabled. Front Sensor blocked. See
Owner’s Manual
This message appears when the front ra-
dar sensor may be obstructed due to:
• mud, dirt, snow, ice, etc.
• inclement weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
All forward driving aids are temporarily dis-
abled until the system detects that the
front radar sensor is no longer obstructed.
For additional information, see the follow-
ing (if so equipped):
• Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with
Pedestrian Detection (P. 5-123)
• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (P. 5-67),
(P. 5-102)
• Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-
FCW ) (P. 5-137)
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) indicator
This indicator appears when the LDW sys-
tem is engaged.
For additional information, see “Lane De-
parture Warning (LDW) system” (P. 5-25).
Intelligent Cruise Control
(ICC) indicators
This indicator shows the Intelligent Cruise
Control (ICC) system status. The status is
shown by the color. For additional informa-
tion, see “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)”
(P. 5-67).
Malfunction: See Owner’s Manual
This warning appears when one or more of
the following systems (if so equipped) is
not functioning properly:
• Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
• Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)
• Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with
Pedestrian Detection
• Intelligent Forward Collision Warning
(I-FCW )
• Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
If one or more of these warning appears,
have the system checked. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
Not Available Bad Weather
This message may appear when the Steer-
ing Assist system is engaged.
When the wiper (HI) operates, the Steering
Assist system is automatically canceled.
The system will be available when the
above conditions no longer exist.
Not Available Parking Brake On
This message may appear when the Intel-
ligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOT
Assist) system is engaged.
Under the following conditions, the ICC
(with ProPILOT Assist) system is automati-
cally canceled:
• The electronic parking brake is applied.
The above system cannot be used when
the electronic parking brake is activated.
Not Available Poor Road Conditions
This message may appear when the Intel-
ligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOT
Assist) system, the ICC system, Intelligent
Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) or Intelligent
Lane Intervention (I-LI) is engaged.
Instruments and controls 2-39
Under the following conditions, the ICC
(with ProPILOT Assist) system, ICC system,
Intelligent Blind Intervention (I-BSI) or Intel-
ligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) is automati-
cally canceled:
• When the VDC operates.
• When a wheel slips.
The above system cannot be used in some
situations (VDC operates and wheel slip.)
Not Available Seat Belt Not Fastened
This indicator appears when the ProPILOT
Assist system will not engage because the
driver’s seat belt is not fastened. For addi-
tional information, see “ProPILOT Assist”
(P. 5-91).
Not Available System Malfunction
This warning appears when one or more of
the following systems (if so equipped) are
not functioning properly:
• Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• ProPILOT Assist
If one or more of these warning appears,
have the system checked. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
Not Available Visibility is Impaired
This message may appear when the Intel-
ligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOT
Assist) system is engaged.
Under the following conditions, the ICC
(with ProPILOT Assist) system is automati-
cally canceled:
• The camera area of the windshield is
fogged up or covered with dirt, water, ice,
snow, etc.
• Strong light, such as sunlight or high
beams from oncoming vehicles, enters
the front camera
The system will be available when the
above conditions no longer exist.
If the warning message continues to ap-
pear, stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn
the EV system off and clean the windshield.
Parking Sensor
This indicator illuminates when the sensor
is activated. Pressing the OK button while
the sonar screen is displayed will dismiss
this message until the next time the sen-
sors are activated. The Parking Sensor sys-
tem will remain on, unless it is disabled in
the vehicle information display. For addi-
tional information, see “Rear Sonar System
(RSS) (P. 5-163).
Parking Sensor Error: See Owner’s
Manual
This warning illuminates when there is an
error with the system. For additional infor-
mation, see “Rear Sonar System (RSS)
(P. 5-163).
ProPILOT Assist/Intelligent
Lane Intervention (I-LI)/
Intelligent Blind Spot
Intervention (I-BSI)
indicator
This indicator appears when the following
systems (if so equipped) is engaged:
• ProPILOT Assist system (if so equipped)
• Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)
• Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)
For additional information, see “ProPILOT
Assist” (P. 5-91), “Intelligent Lane Interven-
tion (I-LI) (P. 5-30), or “Intelligent Blind Spot
Intervention (I-BSI) (P. 5-46).
Rear Automatic Braking
(RAB) system warning
indicator
This indicator appears to indicate the sta-
tus of the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)
system.
2-40 Instruments and controls
For additional information, see "Rear Auto-
matic Braking (RAB) (P. 5-132).
Steering Assist warning
indicator
This message may appear when the Steer-
ing Assist system is engaged.
It will be displayed under the following
conditions:
• Gray — When in standby mode.
• Yellow — When there is a failure.
When the steering operation is detected,
the warning turns off and the steering as-
sist function is automatically restored.
Steering Assist warning
indicator
This message may appear when the Steer-
ing Assist system is engaged.
It will be displayed under the following
conditions:
• Red — When not holding the steering
wheel or when there is no steering wheel
operation.
• Green — When in active mode.
• Black — When the system is off.
When the steering assist warning indicator
appears red, please hold the steering
wheel immediately. When the steering op-
eration is detected, the warning turns off
and the steering assist function is auto-
matically restored.
Unavailable High Cabin Temperature
This message appears when the camera
detects an interior temperature of more
than approximately 104°F (40°C).
For additional information, see “Lane De-
parture Warning (LDW)” (P. 5-25), “Intelligent
Lane Intervention (I-LI) (P. 5-30) or “Intelli-
gent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) (P. 5-46).
Unavailable Side Radar Obstruction
This warning appears when there is radar
blockage detected. For additional informa-
tion, see “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P. 5-36)
or “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)”
(P. 5-46).
Vehicle ahead detection
indicator
This indicator shows when the Automatic
Emergency Braking with Pedestrian Detec-
tion system is engaged and has detected a
vehicle.
For additional information, see “Automatic
Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian
Detection” (P. 5-123).
WARNING INFORMATION DISPLAYS
(MODELS WITH A NAVIGATION
SYSTEM)
Low battery warning
When the low battery charge indicator
and the master warning light (yellow)
illuminate, the system displays a
message on the navigation system screen
that warns the driver that the Li-ion battery
power level is low.
1. The notification is displayed on the up-
per left side of the STATUS screen. Touch
[Show] to display the screen showing
detailed information.
2. The system displays a message screen
and announces the contents of the
message to warn that the Li-ion battery
power level is low. Check the message
displayed on the screen.
Touch [YES] to search for charging sta-
tions within the estimated driving range.
3. Touch
or press the MAP button to
return to the vehicle location screen.
Instruments and controls 2-41
NOTE:
• The low battery warning can be set to
off. For additional information, refer to
the NissanConnect® Manual.
• When the battery power level is low,
the system automatically obtains
charging station information.
Your vehicle has two types of security sys-
tems, as follows:
• Vehicle security system
• NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
The security status is shown by the secu-
rity indicator light.
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
The vehicle security system provides visual
and audio alarm signals if someone opens
the doors or rear hatch when the system is
armed. It is not, however, a motion detec-
tion type system that activates when a ve-
hicle is moved or when a vibration occurs.
The system helps deter vehicle theft but
cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the
theft of interior or exterior vehicle compo-
nents in all situations. Always secure your
vehicle even if parking for a brief period.
Never leave your keys in the vehicle, and
always lock it when it is left unattended. Be
aware of your surroundings, and park in
secure, well-lit areas whenever possible.
Many devices offering additional protec-
tion, such as component locks, identifica-
tion markers, and tracking systems, are
available at auto supply stores and spe-
cialty shops. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
may also offer such equipment. Check with
your insurance company to see if you may
be eligible for discounts for various theft
protection features.
How to arm the vehicle security
system
1. Close all windows.
The system can be armed even if the
windows are open.
2. Place the power switch in the LOCK or
OFF position and remove the Intelligent
Key from the vehicle.
JVC0067X
SECURITY SYSTEMS
2-42 Instruments and controls
3. Close all doors. Lock all doors. The doors
can be locked with:
• the LOCK
button on the Intelli-
gent Key
• any request switch
• the power door lock switch
4. Confirm that the security indicator light
illuminates. The security indicator light
stays on for about 30 seconds. The ve-
hicle security system is now pre-armed.
After about 30 seconds the vehicle se-
curity system automatically shifts into
the armed phase. The security light be-
gins to flash once every approximately 3
seconds. If, during this 30-second pre-
arm time period, the door is unlocked, or
the power switch is placed in the ACC or
ON position, the system will not arm.
Even when the driver and/or passengers
are in the vehicle, the system will acti-
vate with all doors locked and the power
switch in the OFF position. When placing
the power switch to the ACC or ON posi-
tion, the system will be released.
Vehicle security system activation
The vehicle security system will give the
following alarm:
• The headlights blink and the horn sounds
intermittently.
• The alarm automatically turns off after
approximately 50 seconds. However, the
alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tam-
pered with again.
The alarm is activated by:
• Unlocking the door without using the In-
telligent Key or the request switch. (Even if
the door is opened by releasing the door
inside lock knob, the alarm will activate.)
• Opening the hood.
How to stop an activated alarm
The alarm will stop when a door is un-
locked by pushing the UNLOCK
but-
ton on the Intelligent Key, door handle re-
quest switch, or when the power switch is
pushed in the ACC or ON position.
If the system does not operate as de-
scribed above, have it checked. It is rec-
ommended that you visit a NISSAN cer ti-
fied LEAF dealer for this service.
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
will not allow the power switch to be placed
in the READY to drive position without the
use of the registered key.
If the power switch fails to place the vehicle
into the READY to drive position using the
registered key, it may be due to interfer-
ence caused by another registered key, an
automated toll road device or automated
payment device on the key ring. Restart the
EV system using the following procedure:
1. Leave the power switch in the ON posi-
tion for approximately 5 seconds.
2. Place the power switch in the OFF posi-
tion and wait approximately 10 seconds.
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.
4. Place the power switch in the READY to
drive position while holding the device
(which may have caused the interfer-
ence) separate from the registered key.
If this procedure allows the power
switch to be placed in the READY to drive
mode, NISSAN recommends placing the
registered key on a separate key ring to
avoid interference from other devices.
Instruments and controls 2-43
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interfer-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
inter ference, and (2) this device must ac-
cept any interference, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired opera-
tion of the device.
Security Indicator Light
The security indicator light is located on
the meter panel. It indicates the status of
the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System.
The light blinks after the power switch was
in the ACC or OFF position. This function
indicates the security systems equipped
on the vehicle are operational.
If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is
malfunctioning, this light will remain on
while the power switch is in the ON
position.
If the light still remains on and/or the
power switch cannot be placed in the
READY to drive position, have the system
checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service as soon as possible. Please
bring all registered keys that you have
when visiting a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for service.
SIC2045
2-44 Instruments and controls
WARNING
In freezing temperatures the washer
solution may freeze on the windshield
and obscure your vision which may
lead to an accident. Warm the wind-
shield with the defroster before you
wash the windshield.
CAUTION
• Do not operate the washer continu-
ously for more than 30 seconds.
• Do not operate the washer if the
windshield-washer fluid reservoir is
empty.
• Do not fill the windshield-washer
fluid reservoir with windshield-
washer fluid concentrates at full
strength. Some methyl alcohol
based windshield-washer fluid con-
centrates may permanently stain the
grille if spilled while filling the
windshield-washer fluid reservoir.
• Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid
concentrates with water to the
manufacturer’s recommended levels
before pouring the fluid into the
windshield-washer fluid reservoir.
Do not use the windshield-washer
fluid reservoir to mix the windshield-
washer fluid concentrate and water.
NOTE:
If the windshield wiper operation is in-
terrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may
stop moving to protect its motor. If this
occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF
position and remove the snow or ice that
is on and around the wiper arms. In ap-
proximately 1 minute, turn the switch on
again to operate the wiper.
The windshield wiper and washer operates
when the power switch is in the ON
position.
Push the lever down to operate the wiper
at the following speed:
䊊
1
Intermittent — intermittent operation
can be adjusted by turning the knob
toward
O
A
(Slower) or
O
B
(Faster). Also,
the intermittent operation speed varies
in accordance with the vehicle speed.
(For example, when the vehicle speed is
high, the intermittent operation speed
will be faster.)
LIC2802
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
Instruments and controls 2-45
䊊
2
Low — continuous low speed
operation.
䊊
3
High — continuous high speed
operation.
䊊
4
MIST — one sweep operation of the
wiper.
The Speed Dependent feature may be
disabled. For additional information, see
“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-26).
WASHER OPERATION
To operate the washer, pull the lever to-
ward the back of the vehicle
O
5
until the
desired amount of windshield-washer fluid
is spread on the windshield. The wiper will
automatically operate several times.
Drip Wipe
A brief period of time after using the
washer, the wiper will perform a one sweep
operation automatically to clear any re-
maining windshield-washer fluid from the
windshield.
REAR WIPER OPERATION
WARNING
In freezing temperatures the
windshield-washer fluid may freeze on
the rear window glass and obscure
your vision. Warm the rear window with
the defroster before you wash the rear
window.
CAUTION
• Do not operate the washer continu-
ously for more than 30 seconds.
• Do not operate the washer if the
windshield-washer fluid reservoir is
empty.
• Do not fill the windshield-washer
fluid reservoir with windshield-
washer fluid concentrates at full
strength. Some methyl alcohol
based windshield-washer fluid con-
centrates may permanently stain the
grille if spilled while filling the
windshield-washer fluid reservoir.
• Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid
concentrates with water to the
manufacturer’s recommended levels
before pouring the fluid into the
windshield-washer fluid reservoir.
Do not use the windshield-washer
fluid reservoir to mix the windshield-
washer fluid concentrate and water.
NOTE:
If the rear window wiper operation is in-
terrupted by snow etc., the wiper may
stop moving to protect its motor. If this
occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF
position and remove the snow etc. on
and around the wiper arms. After about 1
minute, turn the switch on again to oper-
ate the wiper.
LIC2813
2-46 Instruments and controls
The rear window wiper and washer oper-
ate when the power switch is in the ON
position.
Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF
position to operate the wiper.
䊊
1
Intermittent (INT) — intermittent opera-
tion (not adjustable)
䊊
2
Low (ON) — continuous low speed
operation
Push the switch forward
䊊
3
to operate the
washer. Then the wiper will also operate
several times.
To defrost the rear window glass and out-
side mirrors, place the power switch in the
ON position and push the switch (1) on. The
indicator light will illuminate. Push the
switch again to turn the defroster off.
It will automatically turn off in approxi-
mately 15 minutes.
CAUTION
When cleaning the inner side of the rear
window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the rear window defroster.
LIC2693
Type A (if so equipped)
LIC3026
Type B (if so equipped)
REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE
MIRROR (if so equipped)
DEFROSTER SWITCH
Instruments and controls 2-47
HEADLIGHT SWITCH
Lighting
䊊
1
Rotate the switch to the position,
the front parking, tail, license plate, and
instrument panel lights come on.
䊊
2
Rotate the switch to the position,
the headlights come on and all the
other lights remain on.
Autolight system
The autolight system allows the headlights
and tail lights to be set so they turn on and
off automatically.
To set the autolight system:
1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the
AUTO position
O
1
.
2. Place the power switch in the ON
position.
3. The autolight system automatically
turns the headlights and tail lights on
and off.
To turn the autolight system off, turn the
switch to the OFF,
or position.
The autolight system can turn on the
headlights and tail lights automatically
when it is dark and turn off the headlights
when it is light.
For US models: The headlights and tail
lights will also be turned on automatically
at twilight or in rainy weather (when the
windshield wiper is operated continuously).
SIC3668
Type A (if so equipped)
LIC3241
Type B (if so equipped)
SIC3669
HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL
SWITCH
2-48 Instruments and controls
If the power switch is placed in the OFF
position and one of the doors is opened
and this condition continues, the head-
lights remain on for 45 seconds.
Automatic headlights off delay
You can keep the headlights on for up to
180 seconds after you push the power
switch to OFF and open any door then
close all the doors.
You can adjust the period of the automatic
headlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF)
to 180 seconds. The factory default setting
is 45 seconds.
NOTE:
For additional information on adjust-
ing the automatic headlights off de-
lay, see “Vehicle information display”
(P. 2-26).
Be sure not to put anything on top of the
photo sensor
O
1
located on the top of
the instrument panel. The photo sensor
controls the autolight; if it is covered, the
photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and
the headlights will illuminate.
Headlight beam select
䊊
1
To select the low beam, have the lever
in the neutral position as shown and
rotate the switch to the desired posi-
tion. For additional information, see
“Headlight switch” (P. 2-48).
䊊
2
To select the high beam, push the lever
forward while the switch is in the
position. The high beams will come on
and the high beam indicator (blue)
will illuminate. Pull it back to return to
the low beam.
SAA1232 SIC3670
Instruments and controls 2-49
䊊
3
Pulling the lever toward you will flash
the headlight high beam even when
the headlight switch is in the OFF
position.
High Beam Assist
The High Beam Assist system will operate
when the vehicle is driven at speeds of ap-
proximately 19 mph (30 km/h) and above. If
an oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle ap-
pears in front of your vehicle when the
headlight high beam is on, the headlight
will be switched to the low beam
automatically.
WARNING
• The High Beam Assist system is a
convenience but it is not a substitute
for safe driving operation. The driver
should remain alert at all times, en-
sure safe driving practices and
switch the high beams and low beam
manually when necessary.
• The high beam or low beam may not
switch automatically under the fol-
lowing conditions. Switch the high
beam and low beam manually.
– During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, wind, etc.).
– When a light source similar to a
headlight or tail light is in the vi-
cinity of the vehicle.
– When the headlights of the on-
coming vehicle or the leading ve-
hicle are turned off, when the color
of the light is affected due to for-
eign materials on the lights, or
when the light beam is out of
position.
– When there is a sudden, continu-
ous change in brightness.
– When driving on a road that
passes over rolling hills, or a road
that has level differences.
– When driving on a road with many
curves.
– When a sign or mirror-like surface
is reflecting intense light towards
the front of the vehicle.
– When the container, etc. being
towed by a leading vehicle is re-
flecting intense light.
– When a headlight on your vehicle
is damaged or dirty.
– When the vehicle is leaning at an
angle due to a punctured tire, be-
ing towed, etc.
• The timing of switching the low
beam and high beam may change
under the following situations.
– The brightness of the headlights
of the oncoming vehicle or lead-
ing vehicle.
– The movement and direction of
the oncoming vehicle and the
leading vehicle.
– When only one light on the on-
coming vehicle or the leading ve-
hicle is illuminated.
– When the oncoming vehicle or the
leading vehicle is a two-wheeled
vehicle.
– Road conditions (incline, curve,
the road surface, etc.).
– The number of passengers and
the amount of luggage.
2-50 Instruments and controls
High Beam Assist operations
To activate the High Beam Assist system,
turn the headlight switch to the AUTO po-
sition
O
1
and push the lever forward
O
2
(high beam position). The High Beam Assist
indicator light in the meter will illuminate
while the headlights are turned on.
If the High Beam Assist indicator light does
not illuminate in the above condition,it may
indicate that the system is not functioning
properly. Have the system checked. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer for this service.
When the vehicle speed lowers to less than
approximately 12 mph (20 km/h), the head-
light remains the low beam.
To turn off the High Beam Assist system,
turn the headlight switch to the
posi-
tion or select the low beam position by
placing the lever in the neutral position.
Ambient image sensor maintenance
The ambient image sensor for the High
Beam Assist system is located above the
inside mirror
O
1
. To keep the proper opera-
tion of the High Beam Assist system and
prevent a system malfunction, be sure to
observe the following:
• Always keep the windshield clean.
• Do not attach a sticker (including trans-
parent material) or install an accessory
near the ambient image sensor.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the ambient image sensor.
LIC3802 LSD2847
Instruments and controls 2-51
If the ambient image sensor is damaged
due to an accident, it is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
Battery saver system
• When the headlight switch is in the
or position while the power switch
is in the ON position, the lights will auto-
matically turn off 45 seconds after the
power switch has been placed in the OFF
position.
• When the headlight switch remains in the
or position after the lights
automatically turn off, the lights will turn
on when the power switch is placed in the
ON position.
CAUTION
• When you turn on the headlight
switch again after the lights auto-
matically turn off, the lights will not
turn off automatically. Be sure to turn
the light switch to the OFF position
when you leave the vehicle for ex-
tended periods of time, otherwise
the battery will be discharged.
• Never leave the light switch on when
the power switch is in the OFF, ACC or
ON position for extended periods of
time even if the headlights turn off
automatically.
LED DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS
(DRL) SYSTEM (Type A) (if so
equipped)
The LED portion of the headlights auto-
matically illuminates at 100% intensity
when the power switch is in the READY to
drive position with the parking brake re-
leased. The LED DRL system operates with
the headlight switch in the OFF position.
Turn headlight switch to the
position
for full illumination when driving at night.
If the parking brake is applied before the
power switch is in the READY to drive posi-
tion, the LED DRL system does not operate.
The LED DRL system illuminates once the
parking brake is released. The LED DRL sys-
tem will remain on until the power switch is
pushed to the OFF position.
WARNING
When the LED DRL system is active, tail
lights on your vehicle are not on. It is
necessary at dusk to turn on your
headlights. Failure to do so could cause
an accident injuring yourself and
others.
LED DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS
(DRL) SYSTEM (Type B) (if so
equipped)
The LED DRL automatically illuminate at
100% intensity when the power switch is in
the READY to drive position. The LED Day-
time Running Lights (DRL) operate with the
headlight switch in the OFF position. When
you turn the headlight switch to the
position for full illumination, the LED lights
switch from LED DRL to the park function.
The LED DRL will remain on until the ignition
switch is placed in the OFF position.
It is necessary at dusk to turn the headlight
switch ON for interior controls and
switches to illuminate, as those remain
OFF while the switch is in the OFF position.
2-52 Instruments and controls
WARNING
When the LED DRL system is active, tail
lights on your vehicle are not on. It is
necessary at dusk to turn on your
headlights. Failure to do so could cause
an accident injuring yourself and
others.
INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS
CONTROL
Press the “+” button to increase the bright-
ness of the instrument panel lights.
Press the “-” to decrease the brightness of
the instrument panel lights.
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
Turn signal
O
1
Move the lever up or down until it
latches to signal the turning direction.
When the turn is completed, the turn signal
cancels automatically.
Lane change signal
O
2
Move the lever up or down until the turn
signal begins to flash, but the lever does
not latch, to signal a lane change. Hold the
lever until the lane change is completed.
LIC3801 SIC3671
Instruments and controls 2-53
Move the lever up or down until the turn
signal begins to flash, but the lever does
not latch, and release the lever. The turn
signal will automatically flash three times.
Choose the appropriate method to signal
a lane change based on road and traffic
conditions.
To turn the fog lights on, rotate the head-
light switch to the
position, then ro-
tate the switch to the
position. To turn
them off, rotate the switch to the OFF
position.
The headlights must be on for the fog
lights to operate.
To sound the horn, push the center pad
area of the steering wheel.
WARNING
Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so
could affect proper operation of the
supplemental front air bag system.
Tampering with the supplemental
front air bag system may result in seri-
ous personal injury.
SIC3672 LIC3805
FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped) HORN
2-54 Instruments and controls
To turn on the ECO mode, push the ECO
switch. The ECO mode indicator appears
on the vehicle information display.
To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO
switch again. The ECO mode indicator will
turn off.
For additional information, see “ECO mode”
(P. 5-152).
The front seats and the rear outboard
seats (if so equipped) can be warmed by
built-in heaters. The switches, located on
the center console and at the side of the
front passenger seatback, can be operated
independently of each other.
1. Place the power switch in the ON
position.
2. Push the LO or HI position of the switch,
as desired, depending on the tempera-
ture. The indicator light in the switch will
illuminate.
3. To turn off the heater, return the switch
to the level position. Make sure the indi-
cator light goes off.
The heater is controlled by a thermostat,
automatically turning the heater on and
off. The indicator light will remain on as long
as the switch is on.
When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, or
before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn
the switch off.
LIC3806 LIC4145
Front
LIC2498
Rear
ECO SWITCH HEATED SEAT SWITCHES (if so
equipped)
Instruments and controls 2-55
NOTE:
The heated seats consume less power
than the heater and can be used to either
help extend vehicle range by reducing
heater use or to maximize comfort by
supplementing the heater.
WARNING
Do not use or allow occupants to use
the seat heater if you or the occupants
cannot monitor elevated seat tem-
peratures or have an inability to feel
pain in those body parts in contact with
the seat. Use of the seat heater by such
people could result in serious injury.
CAUTION
• Do not use the seat heater for ex-
tended periods or when no one is us-
ing the seat.
• Do not put anything on the seat
which insulates heat, such as a blan-
ket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Other-
wise, the seat may become
overheated.
• Do not place anything hard or heavy
on the seat or pierce it with a pin or
similar object. This may result in
damage to the heater.
• Any liquid spilled on the heated seat
should be removed immediately with
a dry cloth.
• When cleaning the seat, never use
gasoline, thinner, or any similar
materials.
• If any malfunctions are found or the
heated seat does not operate, turn
the switch off and have the system
checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
The heated steering wheel system is de-
signed to operate only when the surface
temperature of the steering wheel is below
approximately 68°F (20°C).
Push the heated steering wheel switch to
warm the steering wheel when the power
switch is in the ACC or ON position.
If the surface temperature of the steering
wheel is below approximately 68°F (20°C),
the system will heat the steering wheel and
cycle off and on to maintain a temperature
above 68°F (20°C). The indicator light will
remain on as long as the system is on.
LIC3804
HEATED STEERING WHEEL SWITCH (if
so equipped)
2-56 Instruments and controls
Push the switch again to turn the heated
steering wheel system off manually. The
indicator light turns off.
NOTE:
• If the surface temperature of the steer-
ing wheel is above 68°F (20°C) when the
switch is turned on, the system will not
heat the steering wheel. This is not a
malfunction.
• If the outside temperature is low (ap-
proximately 50°F (10°C) or less) and the
Climate Control Timer or Remote Cli-
mate Control are used, the steering
wheel heater will automatically oper-
ate in the following conditions.
– When using the Climate Control
Timer: Operates from approximately
15 minutes before the set departure
time until the set departure time.
– When using Remote Climate Control:
Operates 15 minutes after Remote
Climate Control starts.
• The heated steering wheel consumes
less power than the heater and can be
used to either help extend vehicle
range by reducing heater use or to
maximize comfort by supplementing
the heater.
The Emergency Call (SOS) system button is
used in combination with a
NissanConnect® Services powered by
SiriusXM® subscription to call for assis-
tance in case of an emergency.
Pressing the button will (with a paid sub-
scription) reach a Response Specialist that
will provide assistance based on the situa-
tion described by the vehicle’s occupant.
For additional information, or to enroll your
vehicle, refer to www.NissanUSA.com/
connect or call 855–426–6628.
To open the charge port lid, push the
charge port lid switch. For additional infor-
mation, see “Charge port lid” (P. 3-20).
LIC3913 LIC3808
E-CALL (SOS) BUTTON (if so
equipped)
CHARGE PORT LID SWITCH
Instruments and controls 2-57
To turn off the charge timer, push the im-
mediate charge switch. For additional in-
formation, see “Charging timer” (P. CH-43).
The dynamic driver assistance switch is
used to temporarily turn on and off the
Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) and Intel-
ligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) sys-
tems that are activated using the settings
menu of the vehicle information display.
The I-LI and I-BSI systems must be turned
on with the dynamic driver assistance
switch every time the power switch is
placed in the ON position.
The I-LI system warns the driver with a
warning and a chime, and helps assist the
driver to return the vehicle to the center of
the traveling lane by applying the brakes to
the left or right wheels individually (for a
short period of time). For additional infor-
mation, see “Intelligent Lane Intervention
(I-LI)” (P. 5-30) and “Vehicle information dis-
play” (P. 2-26).
The I-BSI system helps alert the driver of
other vehicles in adjacent lanes when
changing lanes, and helps assist the driver
to return the vehicle to the center of the
traveling lane. For additional information,
see “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-
BSI)” (P. 5-36).
LCH2125 LIC4290
IMMEDIATE CHARGE SWITCH DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCE
SWITCH (for vehicles without
ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped)
2-58 Instruments and controls
The Steering Assist switch is used to en-
able and disable the Steering Assist sys-
tem that is activated using the settings
menu of the vehicle information display.
The Steering Assist system controls the
steering system, when ProPILOT Assist is
engaged, to help keep your vehicle near
the center of the lane when driving. For
additional information, see “ProPILOT As-
sist” (P. 5-91) and “Intelligent Lane Interven-
tion (I-LI)” (P. 5-30).
The Rear Door Alert system functions un-
der certain conditions to indicate there
may be an object or passenger in the rear
seat(s). Check the seat(s) before exiting the
vehicle.
The Rear Door Alert system is initially dis-
abled. The driver can enable the system
using the vehicle information display. For
additional information, see “Vehicle infor-
mation display warnings and indicators”
(P. 2-34).
When the system is enabled:
• The system is activated when a rear door
is opened and closed within 10 minutes of
the vehicle being driven. When the driver
door is closed and the system is acti-
vated, a visual message appears in the
vehicle information display. For additional
information, see “Rear Door Alert is acti-
vated” (P. 2-35).
• If a rear door is opened and closed but
the vehicle is not driven within approxi-
mately 10 minutes, the system will not be
activated. A rear door must be opened
and closed and the car driven within 10
minutes for the system to activate.
When the Rear Door Alert system is acti-
vated:
• When the driver puts the vehicle in the P
(Park) position, a notification message
appears in the vehicle information dis-
play with the options to “Dismiss Mes-
sage” or “Disable Alert” if desired.
– Select “Disable Alert” to temporarily
disable for that stop.
– No selection or ‘Dismiss Message” will
keep the alert enabled for that stop.
• If the alert is enabled when a driver exits
the vehicle, a message will appear in the
vehicle information display that states
“Check Rear Seat for All Articles.”
If “Horn & Alert” setting is selected:
–– An audible horn sound will occur after
a short time unless a rear door is
opened and closed within a short time
to deactivate the alert.
–– If the doors are locked before the alert
is deactivated by opening a rear door,
the horn will sound.
–– If the rear hatch is opened before a rear
door is opened, the horn will be delayed
until after the hatch is closed.
LIC3932
STEERING ASSIST SWITCH (for
models with ProPILOT Assist) (if so
equipped)
REAR DOOR ALERT
Instruments and controls 2-59
NOTE:
If “Alert Only” setting is selected, the
message alert will still be shown in the
vehicle information display but the horn
will not sound.
WARNING
• If the driver selects “Disable Alert”, no
audible alert will be provided regard-
less of rear door open/close status.
• There may be times when there is an
object or passenger in the rear
seat(s) but the audible alert does not
sound. For example, this may occur if
rear seat passengers enter or exit the
vehicle during a trip.
• The system does not directly detect
objects or passengers in the rear
seat(s). Instead, it can detec t when a
rear door is opened and closed, indi-
cating that there may be something
in the rear seat(s).
NOTE:
There may be times when the horn
sounds but there are no objects or pas-
sengers in the rear seat(s).
For additional information, see “Rear Door
Alert is activated” (P. 2-35).
CAUTION
• The outlet and plug may be hot dur-
ing or immediately after use.
• Do not use with accessories that ex-
ceed a 12-volt, 120W (10A) power
draw.
• Do not use double adapters or more
than one electrical accessory.
• Use the power outlet with the power
switch is in the ON or READY to Drive
position to avoid discharging the 12-
volt battery.
• Avoid using the power outlet when
the air conditioner, headlights or rear
window defroster are on.
• This power outlet is not designed for
use with a cigarette lighter unit.
• Push the plug in as far as it will go. If
good contact is not made, the plug
may overheat or the internal tem-
perature fuse may open.
• Before inserting or disconnecting a
plug, make sure that the electrical
accessory being used is turned OFF.
• When not in use, be sure to close the
cap. Do not allow water to contact
the outlet.
LIC4291
POWER OUTLET
2-60 Instruments and controls
SEATBACK POCKET (if so
equipped)
The seatback pockets may be located on
the driver’s and/or passenger seat. The
pocket can be used to store maps.
WARNING
To ensure proper operation of the driv-
er’s and/or front passenger’s NISSAN
Advanced Air Bag System (if so
equipped), please observe the following
items:
• Do not allow a passenger in the rear
seat to push or pull on the seatback
pocket or head restraint/headrest.
• Do not place heavy loads heavier
than 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback,
head restraint/headrest, or in the
seatback pocket.
STORAGE TRAY
WARNING
Do not place sharp objects in the tray(s)
to help prevent injury in an accident or
sudden stop.
LIC0016 LIC4292
Instrument panel
STORAGE
Instruments and controls 2-61
GLOVE BOX
To open the glove box, pull the handle.
To close, push the lid in until it latches.
WARNING
Keep the glove box lid closed while
driving to prevent injury in case of an
accident or a sudden stop.
CONSOLE BOX
To open the console box, pull up the lever
and pull up the lid. To close, push the lid
down until it is latched.
OVERHEAD SUNGLASSES
STORAGE
To open the sunglasses holder, push and
release. Only store one pair of sunglasses
in the holder.
WARNING
Keep the sunglasses holder closed
while driving to avoid obstructing the
driver’s view and to help prevent an
accident.
LIC4349 LIC3813 LIC2312
2-62 Instruments and controls
CAUTION
• Do not use for anything other than
sunglasses.
• Do not leave sunglasses in the sun-
glasses holder while parking in direct
sunlight. The heat may damage the
sunglasses.
CUP HOLDERS
CAUTION
• Avoid abrupt starting and braking
when the cup holder is being used to
prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid
is hot, it can scald you or your
passenger.
• Use only soft cups in the cup holder.
Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.
CAUTION
• Do not use the bottle holder for any
other objects that could be thrown
about in the vehicle and possibly in-
jure people during sudden braking or
an accident.
• Do not use the bottle holder for open
liquid containers.
LIC3810
Front
JVC0046X
Soft bottle holder (front)
Instruments and controls 2-63
TONNEAU COVER (if so equipped)
WARNING
• Never put anything on the tonneau
cover, no matter how small. Any ob-
ject on it could cause an injury in an
accident or sudden stop.
• Do not leave the tonneau cover in the
vehicle with it disengaged from the
holder.
• Properly secure all cargo with ropes
or straps to help prevent it from slid-
ing or shifting. Do not place cargo
higher than the seatbacks. In a sud-
den stop or collision, unsecured
cargo could cause personal injury.
• Properly secure cargo and do not al-
low it to contact the top tether strap
when it is attached to the top tether
anchor. Cargo that is not properly se-
cured or cargo that contacts the top
tether strap may damage the top
tether strap during a collision. If the
cargo cover contacts the top tether
strap when it is attached to the top
tether anchor, remove the cargo
cover from the vehicle or secure it on
the cargo floor below its attachment
location. If the cargo cover is not re-
moved, it may damage the top tether
strap during a collision. Your child
could be seriously injured or killed in
a collision if the child restraint top
tether strap is damaged.
The tonneau cover keeps the luggage
compartment contents hidden from the
outside.
To remove the tonneau cover:
䊊
1
Remove the straps from the rear hatch.
䊊
2
Pull up the tonneau cover.
LIC3914
Soft bottle holder (rear)
LIC4293
2-64 Instruments and controls
䊊
3
Remove the tonneau cover holders
from the rear pillar.
䊊
4
Slide down the tonneau cover along
the rear seat back.
䊊
5
Remove the tonneau cover by pulling
either the left or right side backward
away from the pillar.
STOWING GOLF BAGS
Normally, two standard golf bags can be
stowed in the cargo area. Insert the top of
the golf bag into the right side of the cargo
area
O
1
then rotate the bag backward
O
2
.
Insert the top of the second golf bag into
right side of the cargo area
O
3
and stow
the bottom of golf bag forward all the way
O
4
.
In some cases, you may not be able to stow
two golf bags in your vehicle, depending on
their sizes or types.
POWER WINDOWS
WARNING
• Make sure that all passengers have
their hands, etc. inside the vehicle
while it is in motion and before clos-
ing the windows. Use the window
lock switch to prevent unexpected
use of the power windows.
• To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the
vehicle or its systems, including en-
trapment in windows or inadvertent
door lock activation, do not leave
children, people who require the as-
sistance of others, or pets unat-
tended in your vehicle. Additionally,
the temperature inside a closed ve-
hicle on a warm day can quickly be-
come high enough to cause a signifi-
cant risk of injury or death to people
and pets.
The power windows operate when the
power switch is in the ACC or ON position,
or for about 45 seconds after the power
switch is placed in the OFF position. If the
driver’s or front passenger’s door is opened
during this period of about 45 seconds,
power to the windows is canceled.
LIC2497
LIC4294
WINDOWS
Instruments and controls 2-65
Main power window switch
(driver's side)
To open or close a window, push down
O
A
or pull up
O
B
the corresponding switch and
hold it. The main switches, on the driver's
side, will open or close all the windows.
Locking passengers' windows
When the lock button
O
C
is pushed in, only
the driver side window can be opened or
closed. Push it in again to cancel.
Passenger side power window
switch
The passenger's side power window
switch will open or close only the corre-
sponding window. To open or close the
window, push down or pull up the switch
and hold it.
Rear power window switch
The rear power window switches open or
close only the corresponding windows. To
open the window, push the switch and hold
it down. To close the window, pull the
switch up.
JVC0051X
1. Driver side automatic switch
2. Front passenger side switch
3. Rear left passenger side switch
4. Rear right passenger side switch
5. Window lock button
JVC0052X
2-66 Instruments and controls
Automatic operation
The automatic operation is available for
the switch that has an
mark on its
surface.
To fully open or close the window, com-
pletely push down or pull up the switch and
release it; the switch need not be held. The
window will automatically open or close all
the way.To stop the window, just push or lift
the switch in the opposite direction.
A light push or pull on the switch will cause
the window to open or close until the
switch is released.
Auto-reverse function
WARNING
There are some small distances imme-
diately before the closed position
which cannot be detected. Make sure
that all passengers have their hands,
etc., inside the vehicle before closing
the window.
If the control unit detects something
caught in the window as it is closing, the
window will be immediately lowered.
The auto reverse function can be activated
when the window is closed by automatic
operation when the power switch is in the
ON position or for 45 seconds after the
power switch is placed in the OFF position.
Depending on the environment or driv-
ing conditions, the auto reverse function
may be activated if an impact or load
similar to something being caught in the
window occurs.
If the windows do not close
automatically
If the power window automatic function
(closing only) does not operate properly,
perform the following procedure to initial-
ize the power window system.
1. Place the power switch in the ON
position.
2. Close the door.
3. Open the window completely by operat-
ing the power window switch.
4. Pull the power window switch and hold
it to close the window, and then hold the
switch more than 3 seconds after the
window is closed completely.
5. Release the power window switch. Op-
erate the window by the automatic
function to confirm the initialization is
complete.
If the power window automatic function
does not operate properly after perform-
ing the procedure above, have your vehicle
serviced. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
JVC0053X
Instruments and controls 2-67
The interior lights can be turned on
O
1
re-
gardless of door position. The lights will go
off after a period of time unless the power
switch is placed in the ON position when
any door is opened.
The interior lights can be set to operate
when the doors are opened
O
2
. To turn off
the interior lights when a is door open,
push the switch; the interior lights will not
illuminate, regardless of door position.
The lights will go off when the power switch
is placed in the ON position, or the driver’s
door is closed and locked. The lights will
also go off after a period of time when the
doors are open.
CAUTION
Do not use for extended periods of time
with the power switch in the OFF posi-
tion. This could result in a discharged
12-volt battery.
CONSOLE LIGHT (if so equipped)
The console light will turn on whenever the
parking lights or headlights are illuminated.
The console light brightness can be ad-
justed with the illumination brightness
control in the vehicle information display.
MAP LIGHTS
Press the button to turn the map lights on.
To turn them off, press the button again.
LIC3814 LIC2304
INTERIOR LIGHTS
2-68 Instruments and controls
ROOM LIGHT
The room light switch has three positions:
ON, DOOR and OFF.
ON position
When the switch is in the ON position
O
1
,
the ceiling light will illuminate.
DOOR position
When the switch is in the DOOR position
O
2
,
the ceiling light will illuminate under the
following conditions:
• the power switch is placed in the LOCK
position
–– remains on for about 15 seconds.
• doors are unlocked by pushing the
UNLOCK
button or the request
switch, with the power switch in the LOCK
position
–– remains on for about 15 seconds.
• any door is opened and then closed with
the power switch in the LOCK position
–– remains on for about 15 seconds.
• any door is opened while the power
switch in the ACC or ON position
–– remains on while the door is opened.
When the door is closed, the light turns
off.
The light will automatically turn off after
10 minutes when the light remains illu-
minated to prevent the battery from be-
coming discharged.
OFF position
When the switch is in the OFF position
O
3
,
the ceiling light will not illuminate, regard-
less of the condition.
CARGO LIGHT
The light illuminates when the rear hatch is
opened. When the rear hatch is closed, the
light goes off. For additional information,
see “Exterior and interior lights” (P. 8-23).
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver pro-
vides a convenient way to consolidate the
functions of up to three individual hand-
held transmitters into one built-in device.
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:
• Will operate most radio frequency de-
vices such as garage doors, gates, home
and office lighting, entry door locks and
security systems.
• Is powered by your vehicle's 12–volt bat-
tery. No separate batteries are required. If
the vehicle's 12–volt battery is discharged
or is disconnected, HomeLink® will retain
all programming.
When the HomeLink® Universal Trans-
ceiver is programmed, retain the original
transmitter for future programming pro-
cedures (Example: new vehicle pur-
chases). Upon sale of the vehicle, the
programmed HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver buttons should be erased for
security purposes. For additional infor-
mation, see “Programming HomeLink®”
(P. 2-70).
SIC3513
HOMELINK® UNIVERSAL
TRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)
Instruments and controls 2-69
WARNING
• Your vehicle's EV system should be
turned off while programming the
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver. For
additional information, see “Push-
button power switch” (P. 5-9).
• Do not use the HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver with any garage door
opener that lacks safety stop and re-
verse features as required by federal
safety standards. (These standards
became effective for opener models
manufactured after April 1, 1982). A
garage door opener which cannot
detect an object in the path of a clos-
ing garage door and then automati-
cally stop and reverse, does not meet
current federal safety standards. Us-
ing a garage door opener without
these features increases the risk of
serious injury or death.
• During the programming procedure
your garage door or security gate will
open and close (if the transmitter is
within range). Make sure that people
or objects are clear of the garage
door, gate, etc. that you are
programming.
PROGRAMMING HOMELINK®
If you have any questions or are having
difficulty programming your HomeLink®
buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at:
www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.
NOTE:
Place the power switch in the ON or ACC
position (without starting the EV system)
when programming HomeLink®. It is also
recommended that a new battery be
placed in the hand-held transmitter of
the device being programmed to
HomeLink® for quicker programming
and accurate transmission of the radio
frequency.
1. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 1–3 in (2–8 cm) away from
the HomeLink® surface, keeping the
HomeLink® indicator light
O
1
in view.
LIC2365
2-70 Instruments and controls
2. Using both hands, simultaneously press
and hold the desired HomeLink® button
and hand-held transmitter button. DO
NOT release until the HomeLink® indica-
tor light
O
1
flashes slowly and then rap-
idly. When the indicator light flashes rap-
idly, both buttons may be released. (The
rapid flashing indicates successful
programming.)
NOTE:
Some devices may require you to replace
Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted
in “Programming HomeLink® for Cana-
dian customers and gate openers”
(P. 2-72).
3. Press and hold the programmed
HomeLink® button and observe the indi-
cator light.
• If the indicator light
O
1
is solid/
continuous, programming is complete
and your device should activate when the
HomeLink® button is pressed and
released.
• If the indicator light
O
1
blinks rapidly for 2
seconds and then turns to a solid/
continuous light, continue with Steps
4-6 for a rolling code device. A second
person may make the following steps
easier. Use a ladder or other device. Do
not stand on your vehicle to perform the
next steps.
4. At the receiver located on the garage
door opener motor in the garage, locate
the “learn” or “smart” button (the name
and color of the button may vary by
manufacturer but it is usually located
near where the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the unit). If there is difficulty
locating the button, reference the ga-
rage door opener’s manual.
5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart”
button.
NOTE:
Once the button is pressed, you have
approximately 30 seconds to initiate
the next step.
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press
and hold the trained HomeLink® button
for 2 seconds and release. Repeat the
“press/hold/release” sequence up to
three times to complete the training
process. HomeLink® should now acti-
vate your rolling code equipped device.
7. If you have any questions or are having
difficulty programming your HomeLink®
buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site
at: www.homelink.com or call
1-800-355-3515.
LIC4600
Instruments and controls 2-71
PROGRAMMING HOMELINK® FOR
CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE
OPENERS
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)
after several seconds of transmission –
which may not be long enough for
HomeLink® to pick up the signal during
training. Similar to this Canadian law, some
U.S. gate operators are designed to “tim-
eout” in the same manner.
If you live in Canada or you are having diffi-
culties training a gate operator or garage
door opener by using the “Training” proce-
dures, replace “Programming HomeLink®”
step 2 with the following:
NOTE:
When programming a garage door
opener, etc., unplug the device during
the “cycling” process to prevent possible
damage to the garage door opener
components.
1. For additional information, see “Pro-
gramming HomeLink®” step 1 (P. 2-70).
2. Using both hands, simultaneously press
and hold the desired HomeLink® button
and the hand-held transmitter button.
During training, your hand-held trans-
mitter may automatically stop transmit-
ting. Continue to press and hold the de-
sired HomeLink® button while you press
and re-press (“cycle”) your hand-held
transmitter every 2 seconds until the
frequency signal has been learned. The
HomeLink® indicator light will flash
slowly and then rapidly after several
seconds upon successful training. DO
NOT release until the HomeLink® indica-
tor light flashes slowly and then rapidly.
When the indicator light flashes rapidly,
both buttons may be released. The rapid
flashing indicates successful training.
Proceed with “Programming
HomeLink®” step 3 to complete.
If the device was unplugged during the
programming procedure, remember to
plug it back in when programming is
completed.
OPERATING THE HOMELINK®
UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, after
it is programmed, can be used to activate
the programmed device. To operate, sim-
ply press and release the appropriate pro-
grammed HomeLink® Universal Trans-
ceiver button. The amber indicator light will
illuminate while the signal is being
transmitted.
For convenience, the hand-held transmit-
ter of the device may also be used at any
time.
PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-
DIAGNOSIS
If the HomeLink® does not quickly learn the
hand-held transmitter information:
• replace the hand-held transmitter bat-
teries with new batteries.
• position the hand-held transmitter with
its battery area facing away from the
HomeLink® surface.
• press and hold both the HomeLink® and
hand-held transmitter buttons without
interruption.
• position the hand-held transmitter1-3in
(26 - 76 mm) away from the HomeLink®
surface. Hold the transmitter in that posi-
tion for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is
not programmed within that time, try
holding the transmitter in another posi-
tion – keeping the indicator light in view at
all times.
2-72 Instruments and controls
If you have any questions or are having
difficulty programming your HomeLink®
buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at:
www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.
CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED
INFORMATION
The following procedure clears the pro-
grammed information from both buttons.
Individual buttons cannot be cleared. How-
ever, individual buttons can be repro-
grammed. For additional information, see
“Reprogramming a single HomeLink® but-
ton” (P. 2-73).
To clear all programming:
1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink®
buttons until the indicator light begins to
flash in approximately 10 seconds. Do
not hold for longer than 20 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
HomeLink® is now in the programming
mode and can be programmed at any
time beginning with “Programming
HomeLink®” - Step 1.
REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE
HOMELINK® BUTTON
To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver button, complete the following:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®
button. DO NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash af-
ter 20 seconds. Without releasing the
HomeLink® button, proceed with “Pro-
gramming HomeLink®” - Step 1.
For questions or comments, contact
HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com or
1–800–355–3515 (except Mexico).
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver but-
ton has now been reprogrammed. The new
device can be activated by pressing the
HomeLink® button that was just pro-
grammed. This procedure will not affect any
other programmed HomeLink® buttons.
IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN
If your vehicle is stolen, you should change
the codes of any non-rolling code device
that has been programmed into
HomeLink®. Consult the Owner's Manual of
each device or call the manufacturer or
dealer of those devices for additional
information.
When your vehicle is recovered, you will
need to reprogram the HomeLink® Uni-
versal Transceiver with your new trans-
mitter information.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interfer-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
inter ference, and (2) this device must ac-
cept any received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of
the device.
Instruments and controls 2-73
MEMO
2-74 Instruments and controls
3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Keys.............................................3-2
NISSAN Intelligent Key® .......................3-2
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
keys..........................................3-3
Doors ...........................................3-4
Locking with key .............................3-5
Locking with inside lock knob ................3-5
Locking with power door lock switch .........3-6
Automatic door locks ........................3-6
Child safety rear door lock ....................3-6
NISSAN Intelligent Key® system ..................3-7
Operating range .............................3-8
Door locks/unlocks precaution ...............3-9
NISSAN Intelligent Key® Operation ............3-9
How to use the remote keyless entry
function .....................................3-12
12-volt battery saver system ................3-16
Warning signals .............................3-16
Troubleshooting guide ......................3-16
Hood ...........................................3-18
Rear hatch .....................................3-19
Secondary rear hatch release ...............3-19
Charge port lid .................................3-20
Opening charge port lid .....................3-20
Charge port cap ............................3-22
Steering wheel .................................3-22
Tilt and telescopic operation ................3-23
Sun visors ......................................3-23
Vanity mirrors ...............................3-24
Mirrors .........................................3-24
Manual anti-glare rearview mirror
(if so equipped) ..............................3-24
Automatic anti-glare rearview mirror
(if so equipped) ..............................3-24
Outside mirrors .............................3-25
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®
Your vehicle can only be driven with the
Intelligent Keys which are registered to
your vehicle’s Intelligent Key system com-
ponents and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
System components.
As many as four Intelligent Keys can be
registered and used with one vehicle. The
new keys must be registered by a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer prior to use with the
Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle
Immobilizer System of your vehicle. Since
the registration process requires erasing all
memory in the Intelligent Key components
when registering new keys, be sure to take
all Intelligent Keys that you have to the
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
A key number plate is supplied with your
keys. Record the key number and keep it in
a safe place (such as your wallet), not in the
vehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for duplicates by using the key
number. NISSAN does not record key num-
bers so it is ver y important to keep track of
your key number plate.
A key number is only necessary when you
have lost all keys and do not have one to
duplicate from. If you still have a key, it can
be duplicated without knowing the key
number.
CAUTION
Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with
you when driving. The Intelligent Key is
a precision device with a built-in trans-
mitter. To avoid damaging it, please not
the following:
• The Intelligent Key is water resistant;
however, wetting may damage the
Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key
gets wet, immediately wipe until it is
completely dry.
• Do not bend, drop or strike it against
another object.
• If the outside temperature is below
14°F (–10°C) degrees, the batter of the
Intelligent Key may not function
properly.
• Do not place the Intelligent Key for an
extended period in an area where
temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).
• Do not change or modify the Intelli-
gent Key.
• Do not use a magnet key holder.
• Do not place the Intelligent Key near
an electric appliance such as a televi-
sion set, personal computer or cellu-
lar phone.
LPD3110
1. Intelligent Key (two sets)
2. Mechanical key
3. Key number plate (one plate)
KEYS
3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
• Do not allow the Intelligent Key to
come into contact with water or salt
water, and do not wash it in a wash-
ing machine. This could affect the
system function.
If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,
NISSAN recommends erasing the ID
code of that Intelligent Key. This will
prevent the Intelligent Key from unau-
thorized use to unlock the vehicle. For
information regarding the erasing pro-
cedure, it is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Mechanical key
The Intelligent Key contains the mechani-
cal key.
To remove the mechanical key, release the
lock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key.
To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it
into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob
returns to the lock position.
Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock
the driver's door.
CAUTION
Always carry the mechanical key in-
stalled in the Intelligent Key slot.
For additional information, see “Locking
with key ” (P. 3-5).
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM KEYS
You can only drive your vehicle using the
master keys which are registered to the
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System com-
ponents in your vehicle. These keys have a
transponder chip in the key head.
The master key can be used for all the
locks.
To protect belongings when you leave a
key with someone, give them the Intelligent
Key only, not the mechanical key.
Never leave these keys in the vehicle.
Additional or replacement keys:
If you still have a key, the key number is not
necessary when you need extra NISSAN
Vehicle Immobilizer System keys. A NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer can duplicate your ex-
isting key. As many as four NISSAN Vehicle
Immobilizer System keys can be used with
one vehicle. You should bring all NISSAN
SPA1951
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3
Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you
have to the NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
registration. This is because the registra-
tion process will erase the memory of all
key codes previously registered into the
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. After
the registration process, these compo-
nents will only recognize keys coded into
the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
during registration. Any key that is not
given to the dealer at the time of registra-
tion will no longer be able to start your
vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not allow the immobilizer system
key, which contains an electrical tran-
sponder, to come into contact with wa-
ter or salt water. This could affect sys-
tem function.
When the doors are locked using one of the
following methods, the doors cannot be
opened using the inside or outside door
handles. The doors must be unlocked to
open the doors.
WARNING
• Always have the doors locked while
driving. Along with the use of seat
belts, this provides greater safety in
the event of an accident by helping to
prevent persons from being thrown
from the vehicle. This also helps keep
children and others from uninten-
tionally opening the doors, and will
help keep out intruders.
• Before opening any door, always look
for and avoid oncoming traffic.
• To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the
vehicle and/or its systems, including
entrapment in windows or inadver-
tent door lock activation, do not
leave children, people who require
the assistance of others or pets unat-
tended in your vehicle. Additionally,
the temperature inside a closed ve-
hicle on a warm day can quickly be-
come high enough to cause a signifi-
cant risk of injury or death to people
and pets.
DOORS
3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
LOCKING WITH KEY
To lock the door using the mechanical key,
turn the key toward the front of the vehicle
O
1
. This will only lock the door and will not
activate the security system. To arm the
security system, press the
button
on the Intelligent Key.
To unlock the door using the mechanical
key, turn the key toward the rear of the
vehicle
O
2
. This will only unlock the corre-
sponding door and will not disarm the se-
curity system.
For additional information, see “Security
systems” (P. 2-42).
LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB
To lock the door without the key, move the
inside lock knob to the lock position
O
1
,
then close the door.
To unlock the door without the key, move
the inside lock knob to the unlock position
O
2
.
LPD2129
Driver’s side
SPA2726
Inside lock
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5
LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR
LOCK SWITCH
To lock all the doors without a key, push the
door lock switch (driver's or front passen-
ger's side) to the lock position
O
1
. When
locking the door this way, be certain not to
leave the key inside the vehicle.
To unlock all the doors without a key, push
the door lock switch (driver's or front pas-
senger's side) to the unlock position
O
2
.
Lockout protection
When any door is open and the power door
lock switch is moved to the lock position, all
doors will lock. If the Intelligent Key is left in
the vehicle after all the doors are closed, all
doors will unlock automatically and a
chime will sound.
These functions help to prevent the Intelli-
gent Key from being accidentally locked
inside the vehicle.
AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS
• All doors lock automatically when the ve-
hicle speed reaches 15 mph (24 km/h).
• All doors unlock automatically when the
power switch is placed in the OFF
position.
CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK
Child safety locks help prevent the rear
doors from being opened accidentally, es-
pecially when small children are in the
vehicle.
The child safety lock levers are located on
the edge of the rear doors.
When the lever is in the unlock position
O
2
,
the door can be opened from the outside
or the inside.
When the lever is in the LOCK position
O
1
,
the door can be opened only from the
outside.
JVC0056X LPD2552
3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
WARNING
• Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those
who use a pacemaker should contact
the electric medical equipment
manufacturer for the possible influ-
ences before use.
• The Intelligent Key transmits radio
waves when the buttons are pressed.
The FAA advises the radio waves may
affect aircraft navigation and com-
munication systems. Do not operate
the Intelligent Key while on an air-
plane. Make sure the buttons are not
operated unintentionally when the
unit is stored for a flight.
• Never leave the Intelligent Key in the
vehicle when you leave the vehicle.
The Intelligent Key system can operate all
the door locks using the remote control
function or pushing the request switch on
the vehicle without taking the key out from
a pocket or purse. The operating environ-
ment and/or conditions may affect the In-
telligent Key system operation.
Be sure to read the following before using
the Intelligent Key system.
CAUTION
Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with
you when operating the vehicle.
The Intelligent Key is capable of receiving
and transmitting radio waves. The Intelli-
gent Key system transmits weak radio
waves from various distances. Environ-
mental conditions may interfere with the
operation of the Intelligent Key system un-
der the following operating conditions:
• When operating near a location where
strong radio waves are transmitted, such
as a TV tower, power station and broad-
casting station.
• When in possession of wireless equip-
ment, such as a cellular telephone, trans-
ceiver or a CB radio.
• When the Intelligent Key is in contact with
or covered by metallic materials.
• When any type of radio wave remote con-
trol is used nearby.
• When the Intelligent Key is placed near an
electric appliance such as a personal
computer.
• When the vehicle is parked near a parking
meter.
In such cases, correct the operating condi-
tions before using the Intelligent Key func-
tion or use the mechanical key.
Although the life of the battery varies de-
pending on the operating conditions, the
battery’s life is approximately two years. If
the battery is discharged, replace it with a
new one.
When the Intelligent Key battery is low, the
“Key Battery Low” indicator illuminates in
the vehicle information display. For addi-
tional information, see “Key Battery Low”
(P. 2-34).
Since the Intelligent Key is capable of re-
ceiving radio waves, if the key is left near
equipment which transmits strong radio
waves, such as signals from a TV and per-
sonal computer, the battery life may be-
come shorter.
For additional information, see “NISSAN In-
telligent Key® battery replacement” (P. 8-19).
Pay special attention that the vehicle bat-
tery is not completely discharged.
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® SYSTEM
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7
As many as four Intelligent Keys can be
registered and used with one vehicle. For
information about the purchase and use of
additional Intelligent Keys, it is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer.
OPERATING RANGE
The Intelligent Key functions can only be
used when the Intelligent Key is within the
specified operating range from the request
switch
O
1
.
When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-
charged or strong radio waves are present
near the operating location, the Intelligent
Key system’s operating range becomes
narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not
function properly.
The operating range is within 31.5 in (80 cm)
from each request switch
O
1
.
If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door
glass or handle or rear bumper, the request
switches may not function.
When the Intelligent Key is within the oper-
ating range, it is possible for anyone, even
someone who does not carry the Intelli-
gent Key, to push the request switch to
lock/unlock the doors including the rear
hatch.
LVP0004X
3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS
PRECAUTION
• Do not push the door handle request
switch with the Intelligent Key held in your
hand as illustrated. The close distance to
the door handle will cause the Intelligent
Key system to have difficulty recognizing
that the Intelligent Key is outside the
vehicle.
• After locking with the door handle re-
quest switch, verify the doors are se-
curely locked by testing them.
• To prevent the Intelligent Key from being
left inside the vehicle, make sure you
carry the Intelligent Key with you and then
lock the doors.
• Do not pull the door handle before push-
ing the door handle request switch. The
door will be unlocked but will not open.
Release the door handle once and pull it
again to open the door.
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®
OPERATION
You can lock or unlock the doors without
taking the Intelligent Key out of your pocket
or bag.
When you carry the Intelligent Key with you,
you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing
the door handle request switch within the
range of operation.
LPD2687 LPD2688
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9
Locking doors
1. Place the power switch in the OFF posi-
tion and make sure you carry the Intelli-
gent Key with you.
2. Close all doors.
3. Push any door handle request switch
O
A
or rear hatch request switch
O
B
while
carrying the Intelligent Key with you.
4. All doors will lock.
5. The hazard indicator lights may flash
twice and the outside chime may sound
twice.
NOTE:
• Request switches for all doors and
hatch can be deactivated when the Ext.
Door Switch feature is switched to OFF
using the “Settings” menu on the ve-
hicle information display. For addi-
tional information, see “Settings”
(P. 2-27).
• Doors do not lock by pushing the door
handle request switch while the driv-
er’s door is open. However, the driver’s
door locks with the mechanical key
even if any door is open.
• Doors do not lock with the door handle
request switch with the Intelligent Key
inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to
warn you. However, when an Intelligent
Key is inside the vehicle, doors can be
locked with another Intelligent Key.
WARNING
After locking the doors using the re-
quest switch, make sure that the doors
have been securely locked by operat-
ing the door handles. Failure to follow
these instructions may result in inad-
vertently unlocking the door, which
may decrease the safety and security
of your vehicle.
CAUTION
• When locking the doors using the re-
quest switch, make sure to have the
Intelligent Key in your possession
before operating the request switch.
• The request switch is operational
only when the Intelligent Key has
been detected by the Intelligent Key
system.
LPD2690 LPD2689
3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Lockout protection
To prevent the Intelligent Key from being
accidentally locked in the vehicle, lockout
protection is equipped with the Intelligent
Key system.
When the driver’s side door is open, the
doors are locked, then the Intelligent Key is
left inside the vehicle and the door is
closed, all doors will unlock automatically.
NOTE:
The doors may not lock when the Intelli-
gent Key is in the same hand that is op-
erating the request switch to lock the
door. Put the Intelligent Key in a purse,
pocket or your other hand.
CAUTION
The lockout protection may not func-
tion under the following conditions:
• When the Intelligent Key is placed on
top of the instrument panel.
• When the Intelligent Key is placed in-
side the glove box or a storage bin.
• When the Intelligent Key is placed in-
side the door pockets.
• When the Intelligent Key is placed in-
side or near metallic materials.
Unlocking doors
1. Carry the Intelligent Key.
2. Push the door handle request switch
O
A
or the rear hatch request switch
O
B
once. The hazard indicator lights may
flash once and the outside chime may
sound once.
3. Push the door handle request switch
O
A
or the rear hatch request switch
O
B
again within 1 minute to unlock all doors.
The hazard indicator lights flash once
and the outside chime sounds once.
All doors will be locked automatically un-
less one of the following operations is per-
formed within one minute after pushing
the request switch:
• Opening any door.
• Pushing the power switch.
NOTE:
The Selective Unlock feature can be
changed using the “Settings” menu on
the vehicle information display. For ad-
ditional information, see “Settings”
(P. 2-27).
LPD2690 LPD2689
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11
Using the interior lights
The interior lights illuminate for a period of
time when a door is unlocked and the
room light switch is in the DOOR position.
The lights can be turned off without waiting
by performing one of the following
operations:
• Placing the power switch in the ON
position.
• Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key.
• Switching the room light switch to the
“OFF” position.
For additional information, see “Interior
lights” (P. 2-68).
Opening rear hatch
1. Carry the Intelligent Key.
2. Push the rear hatch opener switch
O
C
.
3. The rear hatch will unlock and open.
HOW TO USE THE REMOTE
KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION
The remote keyless entry function can op-
erate all door locks using the remote key-
less function of the Intelligent Key. The re-
mote keyless function can operate at a
distance of 33 ft (10 m) away from the ve-
hicle. The operating distance depends
upon the conditions around the vehicle.
The remote keyless entry function will not
function under the following conditions:
• When the Intelligent Key is not within the
operational range.
• When the doors or the hatch are open or
not closed securely.
• When the Intelligent Key battery is
discharged.
WARNING
• Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those
who use a pacemaker should contact
the electric medical equipment
manufacturer for the possible influ-
ences before use.
• The Intelligent Key transmits radio
waves when the buttons are pressed.
The FAA advises that the radio waves
may affect aircraft navigation and
communications systems. Do not
operate the Intelligent Key while on
an airplane. Make sure the buttons
are not operated unintentionally
when the unit is stored during a
flight.
LPD3111
1. (lock) button
2.
(unlock) button
3.
(charge port lid) button
4.
(panic) button
3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
CAUTION
• Do not allow the Intelligent Key,
which contains electrical compo-
nents, to come into contact with wa-
ter or salt water. This could affect the
system function.
• Do not drop the Intelligent Key.
• Do not strike the Intelligent Key
sharply against another object.
• Do not change or modify the Intelli-
gent Key.
• Wetting may damage the Intelligent
Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,
immediately wipe until it is com-
pletely dry.
• Do not place the Intelligent Key for an
extended period in an area where
temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).
• Do not attach the Intelligent Key with
a key holder that contains a magnet.
• Do not place the Intelligent Key near
equipment that produces a magnetic
field, such as a TV, audio equipment,
personal computers or cellular
phone.
• When locking the doors using the In-
telligent Key, be sure not to leave the
key in the vehicle.
Locking doors
1. Place the power switch in the LOCK
position.
2. Close all doors.
3. Press the
button on the Intelli-
gent Key.
4. The hazard indicator lights flash twice
and the horn beeps once.
5. All doors and the rear hatch will be
locked.
WARNING
After locking the doors using the Intel-
ligent Key, be sure that the doors have
been securely locked by operating the
door handles. Failure to follow these in-
structions may result in inadvertently
unlocking the doors, which may de-
crease the safety and security of your
vehicle.
Unlocking doors
1. Press the button on the Intelligent
Key to unlock the driver’s door.
2. The hazard indicator lights flash once.
3.
Press the button again within 1 min-
ute to unlock all doors and rear hatch.
All doors and rear hatch will be locked au-
tomatically unless one of the following op-
erations is performed within 1 minute after
pressing the
button:
• Opening any doors or rear hatch.
• Pushing the power switch.
Using the interior lights
The interior lights illuminate for a period of
time when a door is unlocked and the
room light switch is in the DOOR position.
The lights can be turned off without waiting
by performing one of the following
operations:
• Placing the power switch in the ON
position.
• Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key.
• Switching the room light switch to the
“OFF” position.
For additional information, see “Interior
lights” (P. 2-68).
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13
Opening charge port lid
The charge port lid may be opened by
pressing and holding the
button.
For additional information, see "Opening
charge port lid" (P. 3-20).
Using the panic alarm
If you are near your vehicle and feel threat-
ened, you may activate the panic alarm to
call attention by pressing and holding the
button on the Intelligent Key for lon-
ger than 1 second.
The panic alarm and headlights will stay on
for a period of time.
The panic alarm stops when:
• It has run for a period of time.
• Any button is pressed on the Intelligent
Key. (Note: The
button must be
pushed for more than 1 second.)
Setting hazard indicator and horn
mode
This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and
horn mode when you first receive the
vehicle.
In hazard indicator and horn mode, when
the
button is pressed, the hazard
indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps
once. When the
button is pressed, the
hazard indicator flashes once.
If horns are not necessary, the system can
be switched to the hazard indicator mode.
In hazard indicator mode, when the
button is pressed, the hazard indicator
flashes twice. When the
button is
pressed, neither the hazard indicator nor
the horn operates.
3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Hazard indicator and horn mode
Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK
Pushing door handle request switch or rear hatch request switch
HAZARD - twice
OUTSIDE CHIME - twice
HAZARD - once
OUTSIDE CHIME - once
Pressing
or button
HAZARD - twice
HORN - once
HAZARD - once
HORN - none
Hazard indicator mode
Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK
Pushing door handle request switch or rear hatch request switch
HAZARD - twice
OUTSIDE CHIME - none
HAZARD - none
OUTSIDE CHIME - none
Pressing
or button
HAZARD - twice
HORN - none
HAZARD - none
HORN - none
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15
Switching procedure:
To switch the hazard indicator and horn
(chime) operation, press the
and
buttons on the Intelligent Key simulta-
neously for more than two seconds.
• When the hazard indicator mode is set,
the hazard indicator flashes three times.
• When the hazard indicator and horn
mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes
once and the horn chirps once.
12-VOLT BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM
When all the following conditions are met
for a period of time, the batter y saver sys-
tem will cut off the power supply to prevent
12-volt battery discharge.
• The power switch is in the ACC or ON
position,
• All doors are closed, and
• The vehicle is in the P (Park) position.
WARNING SIGNALS
To help prevent the vehicle from moving
unexpectedly by erroneous operation of
the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the
vehicle from being stolen, a chime or
buzzer sounds from inside and outside the
vehicle and a warning is displayed in the
instrument panel.
When a chime or beep sounds or a warning
is displayed, be sure to check the vehicle
and the Intelligent Key.
For additional information, see “Trouble-
shooting guide” (P. 3-16) and “Vehicle infor-
mation display warnings and indicator”
(P. 2-34 ).
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that
are programmed for the vehicle. If another
Intelligent Key is in range or inside the ve-
hicle, the vehicle system may respond dif-
ferently than expected.
NOS1695
3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Symptom Possible cause Action to take
When opening the driver’s door
to get out of the vehicle
The inside warning chime sounds continu-
ously.
The power switch is pushed to the OFF
position while the driver's door is open.
Close the driver's door.
The power switch is in the ACC posi-
tion.
Push the power switch to the OFF posi-
tion then close the driver's door.
When closing the door after
getting out of the vehicle
The No Key Detected warning appears on
the display, the outside chime sounds
three times and the inside warning chime
sounds for a few seconds.
The power switch is in the ACC or ON
position.
Push the power switch to the OFF posi-
tion.
The Rear Door Alert warning message ap-
pears on the display, the horn sounds three
times twice, or a Check Rear Seat for All Ar-
ticles warning appears on the display.
The Rear Door Alert is activated.
Check the back seat for all articles, press
the OK button to clear the Rear Door Alert
warning message.
The outside chime sounds continuously.
The power switch is in the ACC or OFF
position, the electric shift control sys-
tem has malfunctioned and the ve-
hicle cannot be placed in the P (Park)
position when the parking brake is not
applied.
Make sure the parking brake is applied.
When closing the door with the
inside lock knob turned to
LOCK
The outside chime sounds for a few sec-
onds and all the doors unlock.
The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle
or cargo area.
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
When pushing the request
switch or the
button on
the Intelligent Key to lock the
door
The outside chime sounds for a few sec-
onds.
The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle
or a cargo area.
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
When pushing the power
switch in the READY to drive
position
The EV system operation for discharged
Intelligent Key system indicator appears on
the display.
The Intelligent Key battery charge is
low.
For additional information, see “NISSAN
Intelligent Key® battery discharge” (P. 8-19).
The No Key Detected warning appears on
the display and the inside warning chime
sounds for a few seconds.
The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
When pushing the power
switch
The Key System Error indicator appears on
the display.
It warns of a malfunction with the In-
telligent Key system.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17
1. Securely close the charge port lid.
2. Pull the hood lock release handle
O
1
lo-
cated below the driver’s side instrument
panel until the hood springs up slightly.
3. Locate the lever
O
2
between the hood
and the charge port lid, and push the
lever upward with your fingertips.
4. Raise the hood
O
3
.
5. Remove the support rod
O
4
from under
the hood and insert it into the slot
O
5
.
Hold the coated parts when removing or
resetting the support rod
O
A
. Avoid di-
rect contact with the metal parts, as they
may be hot immediately after the engine
has been stopped.
When closing the hood, return the support
rod to its original position, lower the hood
to approximately 8 in (20 cm) above the
latch and release it. This allows proper en-
gagement of the hood latch.
WARNING
• Make sure the hood is completely
closed and latched before driving.
Failure to do so could cause the hood
to fly open and result in an accident.
• If you see steam or smoke coming
from the engine compartment, to
avoid injury do not open the hood.
LPD2691
HOOD
3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
To open the rear hatch, unlock it and push
the rear hatch opener switch
O
A
. Pull up the
rear hatch to open.
The rear hatch can be unlocked by:
• Pushing the power door lock switch to
the unlock position.
• Pushing the rear hatch request switch.
• Pressing the
button on the Intelli-
gent Key.
For additional information, see “NISSAN In-
telligent Key® system” (P. 3-7).
WARNING
• Always make sure that the rear hatch
has been closed securely to prevent
it from opening while driving.
• Do not drive with the rear hatch open.
• Make sure that all passengers have
their hands, etc. inside the vehicle
before closing the rear hatch.
SECONDARY REAR HATCH
RELEASE
Follow the following steps to unlock the
rear hatch when the battery is discharged.
NOTE:
It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as
possible for inspection.
Unlocking the rear hatch:
LPD2692 LPD2782
REAR HATCH
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19
1. Move the cover
O
A
by using a screwdriver
or a similar tool available on hand.
2. Then move the inside lever
O
B
by using a
screwdriver or similar tool available on
hand. The rear hatch will open.
OPENING CHARGE PORT LID
When opening the charge port lid perform
one of the following:
• Push the charge port lid switch located
on the instrument panel, or
• Press and hold the
button on the
Intelligent Key for more than one second.
LPD2783 LPD2784 LPD2694
Instrument panel switch
CHARGE PORT LID
3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
When opening the charge port lid:
1. The charging status indicator lights flash
and a chime sounds three times and the
charge port lid will then spring up slightly.
2. Put your hand into the underside of the
lid and open until it is in the fully open
position.
When closing the charge port lid:
1. Slowly move the lid down.
2. Lock it securely into place.
If the charge port lid cannot be unlocked
1. Open the hood.
2. Move the lever behind the charge port
lid in the direction of the arrow using a
flat head screwdriver or suitable tool,
and the port is unlocked.
CAUTION
Make sure that the charge port lid is
completely closed and latched before
driving. Failure to do so could cause the
lid to open suddenly during driving.
LPD2151
Intelligent Key button
LPD2706 LPD2705
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21
CHARGE PORT CAP
When opening the charge port cap, press
the tab inward and the cap will spring open.
When the charge port cap is closed to its
previous position, it will lock automatically.
CAUTION
• When charging is finished, be sure to
close the charge port cap. If water or
dust gets inside the charge port, this
may cause a malfunction.
• Pay particular attention when using
the normal charge port as the charge
port lid can be closed even when the
normal charge port cap is open.
• Close the quick charge port cap (if so
equipped) before closing the charg-
ing lid. The quick charge port cap (if
so equipped) can be damaged if it is
open when closing the charge port
lid.
WARNING
• Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving. You could lose control
of your vehicle and cause an
accident.
• Do not adjust the steering wheel any
closer to you than is necessary for
proper steering operation and com-
fort. The driver's air bag inflates with
great force. If you are unrestrained,
leaning forward, sitting sideways or
out of position in any way, you are at
greater risk of injury or death in a
crash. You may also receive serious
or fatal injuries from the air bag if you
are up against it when it inflates. Al-
ways sit back against the seatback
and as far away as practical from the
steering wheel. Always use the seat
belts.
LPD2704
STEERING WHEEL
3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
TILT AND TELESCOPIC OPERATION
Push the lock lever
O
1
down:
• Adjust the steering wheel up or down in
direction
O
2
to the desired position.
• Adjust the steering wheel forward or
backward in direction
O
3
to the desired
position.
Pull the lock lever
O
1
up firmly to lock the
steering wheel in place.
1. To block glare from the front, swing
down
O
1
the main sun visor.
2. To block glare from the side, remove the
main sun visor from the center mount
and swing the visor to the side
O
2
.
3. To extend
O
3
the sun visor, slide in or out
as needed.
CAUTION
• Do not store the sun visor before re-
turning the extension to its original
position.
• Do not pull the extension sun visor
for cedly downward.
LPD3112
WPD0344
SUN VISORS
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23
VANITY MIRRORS
To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun
visor down and flip open the mirror cover.
The vanity mirror will illuminate when the
mirror cover is open.
MANUAL ANTI-GLARE REARVIEW
MIRROR (if so equipped)
Use the night position
O
1
to reduce glare
from the headlights of vehicles behind you
at night.
Use the day position
O
2
when driving in
daylight hours.
WARNING
Use the night position only when nec-
essary, because it reduces rear view
clarity.
AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE
REARVIEW MIRROR (if so equipped)
The inside mirror is designed so that it au-
tomatically dims during nighttime condi-
tions and according to the intensity of the
headlights of the vehicle following you. The
automatic anti-glare feature is activated
when the power switch is in the ON
position.
The indicator light
O
2
will illuminate when
the automatic anti-glare feature is
operating.
LPD2595 WPD0126 LPD0469
MIRRORS
3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
NOTE:
Do not hang any objects over the sen-
sors
O
1
or apply glass cleaner to the sen-
sors. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity
of the sensors, resulting in improper
operation.
The indicator light
O
2
will illuminate when
the automatic anti-glare feature is
operating.
To turn off the automatic anti-glare feature,
press the O button. The indicator light
will turn off.
To turn on the automatic anti-glare feature
again, press the | button again. The in-
dicator light will turn on.
For additional information, see “HomeLink®
Universal Transceiver” (P. 2-69).
OUTSIDE MIRRORS
The outside mirror remote control will op-
erate only when the power switch is in the
ACC or ON position.
Turn the switch
O
1
to select the left or right
mirror then adjust each mirror to the de-
sired position using the control switch
O
2
.
Return the small switch
O
1
to the center
(neutral) position to prevent accidentally
moving the mirror.
WARNING
• Objects viewed in the outside mirror
on the passenger side are closer than
they appear. Be careful when moving
to the right. Using only this mirror
could cause an accident. Use the in-
side mirror or glance over your
shoulder to properly judge distances
to other objects.
• Do not adjust the mirrors while driv-
ing. You could lose control of your ve-
hicle and cause an accident.
JVC0061X
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25
Foldable outside mirrors
Pull the outside mirror toward the door to
fold it.
Heated mirrors (if so equipped)
Some outside mirrors can be heated to
defrost, defog, or de-ice for improved vis-
ibility. For additional information, see “Rear
window and outside mirror defroster
switch” (P. 2-47).
LPD2216
3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and
voice recognition systems
NissanConnect® Manual ........................4-2
RearView Monitor (if so equipped) ...............4-3
RearView Monitor system operation ..........4-4
How to read the displayed lines ..............4-5
Difference between predicted and
actual distances .............................4-5
How to park with predicted course
lines ..........................................4-7
Adjusting the screen .........................4-8
How to turn on and off predicted
course lines ..................................4-9
RearView Monitor system limitations .........4-9
System maintenance .......................4-10
Intelligent Around View Monitor
(if so equipped) ..................................4-11
Intelligent Around View Monitor system
operation ...................................4-12
Difference between predicted and
actual distances ............................4-13
How to park with predicted course
lines .........................................4-14
How to switch the display ...................4-15
Adjusting the screen ........................4-16
Intelligent Around View Monitor system
limitations ..................................4-17
System maintenance .......................4-19
Moving Object Detection (MOD)
(if so equipped) .................................4-20
MOD system operation ......................4-21
Turning MOD ON and OFF ...................4-23
MOD system limitations .....................4-23
System maintenance .......................4-24
Vents ..........................................4-25
Heater and air conditioner (automatic) .........4-26
Displaying climate control system
status screen (models with navigation
system) .....................................4-27
Operating tips ...............................4-27
In-cabin microfilter ..........................4-28
Automatic climate control
(models without Navigation System) ........4-29
Automatic climate control
(models with Navigation System) ............4-32
Climate ctrl. timer ...........................4-35
USB/iPod® charging por ts ......................4-40
Antenna........................................4-40
Car phone or CB radio..........................4-41
iPod®/iPhone® .................................4-41
Refer to the NissanConnect® Manual that
includes the following information.
• EV-Specific functions
• Audio
• Hands-Free Phone
• NissanConnect® EV & Services (if so
equipped)
• Apple CarPlay®
• Android Auto™
• Navigation (if so equipped)
• Voice recognition
• Information and settings viewable on the
system
NISSANCONNECT® MANUAL
4-2 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
LHA5348
1. CAMERA button
2. MENU button
REARVIEW MONITOR (if so
equipped)
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use of the Rear-
View Monitor system could result in se-
rious injury or death.
• RearView Monitor is a convenience
feature and is not a substitute for
proper backing. Always turn and look
out the windows and check mirrors
to be sure that it is safe to move be-
fore operating the vehicle. Always
back up slowly.
• The system is designed as an aid to
the driver in showing large station-
ary objects directly behind the ve-
hicle, to help avoid damaging the
vehicle.
• The distance guide line and the ve-
hicle width line should be used as a
reference only when the vehicle is on
a level paved surface. The distance
viewed on the monitor is for refer-
ence only and may be different than
the actual distance between the ve-
hicle and displayed objects.
CAUTION
Do not scratch the camera lens when
cleaning dirt or snow from the front of
the camera.
The RearView Monitor system automati-
cally shows a rear view of the vehicle when
the shift lever is shifted into the R (Reverse)
position. The radio can still be heard while
the RearView Monitor is active.
To display the rear view, the RearView Moni-
tor system uses a camera located just
above the vehicle’s license plate
䊊
1
.
REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
OPERATION
With the EV (electric vehicle) system on and
in “READY to drive”, move the shift lever to
the R (Reverse) position to operate the
RearView Monitor.
LHA4522
4-4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED
LINES
Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle
width and distances to objects with refer-
ence to the vehicle body line
O
A
are dis-
played on the monitor.
Distance guide lines
Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
• Red line
O
1
: approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)
• Yellow line
O
2
: approx. 3 ft (1 m )
• Green line
O
3
: approx. 7 ft (2 m)
Vehicle width guide lines
O
4
Indicate the vehicle width when backing
up.
The width of the vehicle width guide line is
wider than the actual width.
Predicted course lines
O
5
Indicate the predicted course when back-
ing up. The predicted course lines will be
displayed on the monitor when the shift
lever is in the R (Reverse) position and the
steering wheel is turned. The predicted
course lines will move depending on how
much the steering wheel is turned and will
not be displayed while the steering wheel is
in the straight-ahead position.
The vehicle width guide lines and the width
of the predicted course lines are wider than
the actual width and course.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED
AND ACTUAL DISTANCES
The displayed guidelines and their loca-
tions on the ground are for approximate
reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill
surfaces or projecting objects will be actu-
ally located at distances different from
those displayed in the monitor relative to
the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When
in doubt, turn around and view the objects
as you are backing up, or park and exit the
vehicle to view the positioning of objects
behind the vehicle.
LHA4805
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-5
Backing up on a steep uphill
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the
distance guide lines and the vehicle width
guide lines are shown closer than the ac-
tual distance. Note that any object on the
hill is further than it appears on the
monitor.
Backing up on a steep downhill
When backing up the vehicle down a hill,
the distance guide lines and the vehicle
width guide lines are shown farther than
the actual distance. Note that any object
on the hill is closer than it appears on the
monitor.
Backing up near a projecting
object
The predicted course lines
O
A
do not touch
the object in the display. However, the ve-
hicle may hit the object if it projects over
the actual backing up course.
LHA5064 LHA5065 LHA5069
4-6 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Backing up behind a projecting
object
The position
O
C
is shown farther than the
position
O
B
in the display. However, the po-
sition
O
C
is actually at the same distance as
the position
O
A
. The vehicle may hit the
object when backing up to the position
O
A
if the object projects over the actual back-
ing up course.
HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED
COURSE LINES
WARNING
• If the tires are replaced with different
sized tires, the predicted course lines
may be displayed incorrectly.
• On a snow-covered or slippery road,
there may be a difference between
the predicted course line and the ac-
tual course line.
• If the battery is disconnected or be-
comes discharged, the predicted
course lines may be displayed incor-
rectly. If this occurs, please perform
the following procedures:
- Turn the steering wheel from lock to
lock while the EV (electric vehicle)
system is running.
- Drive the vehicle on a straight road
for more than 5 minutes.
• When the steering wheel is turned
with the power switch in the ACC po-
sition, the predicted course lines may
be displayed incorrectly.
1. Visually check that the parking space is
safe before parking your vehicle.
2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed
on the screen
O
A
when the shift lever is
moved to the R (Reverse) position.
LHA5067 LHA5070
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-7
3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the
steering wheel so that the predicted
course lines
O
B
enter the parking space
O
C
.
4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make
the vehicle width guide lines
O
D
parallel
to the parking space
O
C
while referring
to the predicted course lines.
5. When the vehicle is parked in the space
completely, push the P (Park) position
switch and apply the parking brake.
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Touch the ”Settings” key.
3. Touch the “Camera” key.
4. Touch the “Display Settings” key.
5. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, “Tint”,
“Color”, or “Black Level” key.
6. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or “-”
key on the touch-screen display.
LHA5071
LHA4410
4-8 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
NOTE:
Do not adjust any of the display set-
tings of the RearView Monitor while
the vehicle is moving. Make sure the
parking brake is firmly applied.
HOW TO TURN ON AND OFF
PREDICTED COURSE LINES
To toggle ON and OFF the predicted course
lines while in the P (Park) position:
1. Touch the “Settings” key.
2. Touch the “Camera” key.
3. Touch the “Predicted Course Lines” key
to turn the feature ON or OFF.
Pushing the CAMERA button while the shift
lever is in the R (Reverse) position can also
turn on and off the predicted course lines.
REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for RearView Monitor. Failure to oper-
ate the vehicle in accordance with
these system limitations could result in
serious injury or death.
• The system cannot completely elimi-
nate blind spots and may not show
every object.
• Underneath the bumper and the cor-
ner areas of the bumper cannot be
viewed on the RearView Monitor be-
cause of its monitoring range limita-
tion. The system will not show small
objects below the bumper, and may
not show objects close to the bum-
per or on the ground.
• Objects viewed in the RearView
Monitor differ from actual distance
because a wide-angle lens is used.
• Objects in the RearView Monitor will
appear visually opposite compared
to when viewed in the rearview and
outside mirrors.
• Use the displayed lines as a refer-
ence. The lines are highly affected by
the number of occupants, fuel level,
vehicle position, road conditions and
road grade.
• Make sure that the rear hatch is se-
curely closed when backing up.
• Do not put anything on the rearview
camera. The rearview camera is in-
stalled above the license plate.
• When washing the vehicle with high
pressure water, be sure not to spray it
around the camera. Otherwise, water
may enter the camera unit causing
water condensation on the lens, a
malfunction, fire or an electric shock.
• Do not strike the camera. It is a preci-
sion instrument. Otherwise, it may
malfunction or cause damage result-
ing in a fire or an electric shock.
The following are operating limitations and
do not represent a system malfunction:
• When the temperature is ex tremely high
or low, the screen may not clearly display
objects.
• When strong light directly shines on the
camera, objects may not be displayed
clearly.
• Vertical lines may be seen in objects on
the screen. This is due to strong reflected
light from the bumper.
• The screen may flicker under fluorescent
light.
• The colors of objects on the RearView
Monitor may differ somewhat from the
actual color of objects.
• Objects on the monitor may not be clear
in a dark environment.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-9
• There may be a delay when switching
between views.
• If dirt, rain or snow accumulate on the
camera, RearView Monitor may not dis-
play objects clearly. Clean the camera.
• Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe
off any wax with a clean cloth dampened
with a diluted mild cleaning agent, then
wipe with a dr y cloth.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
CAUTION
• Do not use alcohol, benzine or thin-
ner to clean the camera. This will
cause discoloration.
• Do not damage the camera as the
monitor screen may be adversely
affected.
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the
camera
O
1
, the RearView Monitor may not
display objects clearly. Clean the camera
by wiping it with a cloth dampened with a
diluted mild cleaning agent and then wip-
ing it with a dry cloth.
LHA4522
4-10 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
LHA5348
1. CAMERA button
2. MENU button
INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW
MONITOR (if so equipped)
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-11
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use of the Intelli-
gent Around View Monitor system
could result in serious injury or death.
• The Intelligent Around View Monitor
is a convenience feature and is not a
substitute for proper vehicle opera-
tion because it has areas where ob-
jects cannot be viewed. The four cor-
ners of the vehicle in particular, are
areas where objects do not always
appear in the bird’s-eye, front, or rear
views. Always check your surround-
ings to be sure that it is safe to move
before operating the vehicle. Always
operate the vehicle slowly.
• The driver is always responsible for
safety during parking and other
maneuvers.
CAUTION
Do not scratch the camera lens when
cleaning dirt or snow from the front of
the camera.
The Intelligent Around View Monitor sys-
tem is designed as an aid to the driver in
situations such as slot parking or parallel
parking. The monitor displays various
views of the position of the vehicle in a split
screen format. Not all views are available at
all times.
Available views:
• Front View
The view of the front of the vehicle.
• Rear View
The view of the rear of the vehicle.
• Bird’s-Eye View
The surrounding views of the vehicle
from above.
• Front-Side View
The view around and ahead of the front
passenger’s side wheel.
• Full screen rear view
The view to the rear of the vehicle (which
is a little wider than the standard rear
view).
To display the multiple views, the Intelligent
Around View Monitor system uses cam-
eras located in the front grille, on the vehi-
cle’s outside mirrors and one just above
the vehicle’s license plate
O
1
.
INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW
MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION
With the EV (electric vehicle) system on,
move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) po-
sition or press the CAMERA button to oper-
ate the Intelligent Around View Monitor.
LHA4527
4-12 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
When the camera is first activated with the
bird’s-eye view in the display, a red icon will
flash on the screen. This indicates that the
sonar system is activated. For additional
information on the rear sonar system, see
“Rear sonar system” (P. 5-163). The screen
displayed on the Intelligent Around View
Monitor will automatically return to the
previous screen 3 minutes after the CAM-
ERA button has been pressed with the shift
lever in a position other than the R (Re-
verse) position.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED
AND ACTUAL DISTANCES
The displayed guidelines and their loca-
tions on the ground are for approximate
reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill
surfaces or projecting objects will be actu-
ally located at distances different from
those displayed in the monitor relative to
the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When
in doubt, turn around and view the objects
as you are backing up, or park and exit the
vehicle to view the positioning of objects
behind the vehicle.
Backing up on a steep uphill
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the
distance guide lines and the vehicle width
guide lines are shown closer than the ac-
tual distance. Note that any object on the
hill is further than it appears on the
monitor.
Backing up on a steep downhill
When backing up the vehicle down a hill,
the distance guide lines and the vehicle
width guide lines are shown farther than
the actual distance. Note that any object
on the hill is closer than it appears on the
monitor.
LHA5064 LHA5065
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-13
Backing up near a projecting
object
The predicted course lines
O
A
do not touch
the object in the display. However, the ve-
hicle may hit the object if it projects over
the actual backing up course.
Backing up behind a projecting
object
The position
O
C
is shown farther than the
position
O
B
in the display. However, the po-
sition
O
C
is actually at the same distance as
the position
O
A
. The vehicle may hit the
object when backing up to the position
O
A
if the object projects over the actual back-
ing up course.
HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED
COURSE LINES
WARNING
• If the tires are replaced with different
sized tires, the predicted course lines
may be displayed incorrectly.
• On a snow-covered or slippery road,
there may be a difference between
the predicted course line and the ac-
tual course line.
• If the battery is disconnected or be-
comes discharged, the predicted
course lines may be displayed incor-
rectly. If this occurs, please perform
the following procedures:
– Turn the steering wheel from lock
to lock while the EV (electric ve-
hicle) system is running.
– Drive the vehicle on a straight road
for more than 5 minutes.
• When the steering wheel is turned
with the power switch in the ACC po-
sition, the predicted course lines may
be displayed incorrectly.
LHA5069 LHA5067
4-14 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
1. Visually check that the parking space is
safe before parking your vehicle.
2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed
on the screen
O
A
when the shift lever is
moved to the R (Reverse) position.
3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the
steering wheel so that the predicted
course lines
O
B
enter the parking space
O
C
.
4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make
the vehicle width guide lines
O
D
parallel
to the parking space
O
C
while referring
to the predicted course lines.
5. When the vehicle is parked in the space
completely, move the shift lever to the P
(Park) position and apply the parking
brake.
HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY
With the power switch in the ON position,
press the CAMERA button or move the shift
lever to the R (Reverse) position to operate
the Intelligent Around View Monitor.
The Intelligent Around View Monitor dis-
plays different split screen views depend-
ing on the position of the shift lever. Press
the CAMERA button to switch between the
available views.
If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position,
the available views are:
• Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen
• Rear view/front-side view split screen
• Full screen rear view
LHA5070 LHA5071
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-15
If the shift lever is in the P (Park) and D
(Drive) position, the available views are:
• Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen
• Front view/front-side view split screen
The display will switch from the Intelligent
Around View Monitor screen when:
• The shift lever is in the D (Drive) position
and the vehicle speed increases above
approximately 6 mph (10 km/h).
• A different screen is selected.
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN
1. Press MENU button.
2. Touch the “Settings” key
3. Touch the “Camera” key
4. Touch the “Display Settings” key
5. Touch the “Brightness,” “Contrast,” “Tint,”
“Color,” or “Black Level” key.
6. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or “-”
key on the touch-screen display.
NOTE:
Do not adjust any of the display settings
of the Intelligent Around View Monitor
while the vehicle is moving. Make sure
the parking brake is firmly applied.
LHA3522
4-16 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW
MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for Intelligent Around View Monitor.
Failure to operate the vehicle in accor-
dance with these system limitations
could result in serious injury or death.
• Do not use the Intelligent Around
View Monitor with the outside mir-
rors in the stored position, and make
sure that the rear hatch is securely
closed when operating the vehicle
using the Intelligent Around View
Monitor.
• The apparent distance between ob-
jects viewed on the Intelligent
Around View Monitor differs from the
actual distance.
• The cameras are installed on the
front grille, the outside mirrors and
above the rear license plate. Do not
put anything on the vehicle that cov-
ers the cameras.
• When washing the vehicle with high
pressure water, be sure not to spray it
around the cameras. Otherwise, wa-
ter may enter the camera unit caus-
ing water condensation on the lens, a
malfunction, fire or an electric shock.
• Do not strike the cameras. They are
precision instruments. Doing so
could cause a malfunction or cause
damage resulting in a fire or an elec-
tric shock.
There are some areas where the system
will not show objects and the system does
not warn of moving objects. When in the
front or rear view display, an object below
the bumper or on the ground may not be
viewed
O
1
. When in the bird’s-eye view, a
tall object near the seam
O
2
of the camera
viewing areas will not appear in the
monitor.
The following are operating limitations and
do not represent a system malfunction:
• There may be a delay when switching
between views.
• When the temperature is ex tremely high
or low, the screen may not display objects
clearly.
• When strong light directly shines on the
camera, objects may not be displayed
clearly.
• The screen may flicker under fluorescent
light.
• The colors of objects on the Intelligent
Around View Monitor may differ some-
what from the actual color of objects.
LHA4529
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-17
• Objects on the Intelligent Around View
Monitor may not be clear and the color of
the object may differ in a dark
environment.
• There may be differences in sharpness
between each camera view of the bird’s-
eye view .
• Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe
off any wax with a clean cloth that has
been dampened with a diluted mild
cleaning agent, then wipe with a dry
cloth.
System temporarily unavailable
When the “!” icon is displayed on the screen,
there are abnormal conditions in the Intel-
ligent Around View Monitor. This will not
hinder normal driving operation but the
system should be inspected. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
When the “[X]” icon is displayed on the
screen, the camera image may be receiv-
ing temporary electronic disturbances
from surrounding devices. This will not hin-
der normal driving operation but the sys-
tem should be inspected if it occurs fre-
quently. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
LHA4412 LHA4413
4-18 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
CAUTION
• Do not use alcohol, benzine or thin-
ner to clean the camera. This will
cause discoloration.
• Do not damage the cameras as the
monitor screen may be adversely
affected.
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of
the cameras
O
1
, the Intelligent Around
View Monitor may not display objects
clearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a
cloth dampened with a diluted mild clean-
ing agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.
LHA4527
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-19
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use of the Moving
object Detection (MOD) system could
result in serious injury or death.
LHA5349
1. CAMERA button
MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD)
(if so equipped)
4-20 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
• The MOD system is not a substitute
for proper vehicle operation and is
not designed to prevent contact with
objects surrounding the vehicle.
When maneuvering, always use the
outside mirrors and rear view mirror
and turn and check the surroundings
to ensure it is safe to maneuver.
• The system is deactivated at speeds
above 5 mph (8 km/h). It is reacti-
vated at lower speeds.
• The MOD system is not designed to
detect surrounding stationary
objects.
The MOD system can inform the driver of
moving objects near the vehicle when
backing out of garages, maneuvering in
parking lots and in other such instances.
The MOD system detects moving objects
by using image processing technology on
the image shown in the display.
MOD SYSTEM OPERATION
The MOD system will turn on automatically
under the following conditions:
• When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)
position.
• When vehicle speed decreases below ap-
proximately 5 mph (8 km/h) and the
camera screen is displayed.
LHA4530
Front and bird’s-eye views
LHA5191
Rear and bird’s-eye views
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-21
The MOD system operates in the following
conditions when the camera view is
displayed:
• When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position and the vehicle is
stopped, the MOD system detects mov-
ing objects in the bird’s-eye view. The
MOD system may not operate if the out-
side mirrors are moving in or out, in the
stowed position, or if either front door is
opened.
• When the shift lever is in the D (Drive)
position and the vehicle speed is below
approximately 5 mph (8 km/h), the MOD
system detects moving objects in the
front view.
• When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)
position and the vehicle speed is below
approximately 5 mph (8 km/h), the MOD
system detects moving objects in the
rear view. The MOD system will not oper-
ate if the rear hatch is open.
The MOD system does not detect moving
objects in the front-side view. The MOD
icon is not displayed on the screen when in
this view.
When the MOD system detects moving ob-
jects near the vehicle, a chime will be heard
and a yellow frame will be displayed on the
view where the objects are detected. While
the MOD system continues to detect mov-
ing objects, the yellow frame continues to
be displayed.
NOTE:
While the Rear Cross Traffic Alert chime is
beeping, the MOD system does not
chime.
LHA5192
Rear and front-side views
LHA5193
Full screen rear view
4-22 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame
O
1
is
displayed on each camera image (front,
rear, right, left) depending on where mov-
ing objects are detected.
The yellow frame
O
2
is displayed on each
view in the front view and rear view modes.
A blue MOD icon
O
3
is displayed in the view
where the MOD system is operative. A gray
MOD icon is displayed in the view where the
MOD system is not operative.
If the MOD system is turned off, the MOD
icon
O
3
is not displayed.
TURNING MOD ON AND OFF
Some vehicles include the option to allow
the MOD system to be turned on or off in
the vehicle information display.
To turn the MOD system on or off:
1. Use either the
or menu control
switch on the steering wheel to select
“Settings”.
2. Select “Driver Assistance” and press the
OK button.
3. Select “Parking Aids” and press the OK
button.
4. Toggle ON or OFF “Moving Object” using
the OK button.
MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for MOD. Failure to operate the vehicle
in accordance with these system limi-
tations could result in serious injury or
death.
• Excessive noise (for example, audio
system volume or open vehicle win-
dow) will interfere with the chime
sound, and it may not be heard.
• The MOD system performance will be
limited according to environmental
conditions and surrounding objects
such as:
– When there is low contrast be-
tween background and the mov-
ing objects.
– When there is a blinking source of
light.
– When strong light such as another
vehicle’s headlight or sunlight is
present.
– When camera orientation is not in
its usual position, such as when a
mirror is folded.
– When there is dirt, water drops or
snow on the camera lens.
– When the position of the moving
objects in the display is not
changed.
• The MOD system might detect flow-
ing water droplets on the camera
lens, white smoke from the muffler,
moving shadows, etc.
• The MOD system may not function
properly depending on the speed, di-
rection, distance or shape of the
moving objects.
• If your vehicle sustains damage to
the parts where the camera is in-
stalled, leaving it misaligned or bent,
the sensing zone may be altered and
the MOD system may not detect ob-
jects properly.
• When the temperature is extremely
high or low, the screen may not dis-
play objects clearly. This is not a
malfunction.
NOTE:
The blue MOD icon will change to orange
if one of the following has occurred:
• When the system is malfunctioning.
• When the component temperature
reaches a high level (icon will blink).
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-23
If the icon light continues to illuminate
orange, have the MOD system checked. It
is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
CAUTION
• Do not use alcohol, benzine or thin-
ner to clean the camera. This will
cause discoloration.
• Do not damage the cameras as the
monitor screen may be adversely
affected.
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of
the cameras
O
1
, the Intelligent Around
View Monitor may not display objects
clearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a
cloth dampened with a diluted mild clean-
ing agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.
LHA4527
4-24 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Open/close the vents by moving the vent
slide in the appropriate direction.
: This symbol indicates that the vents
are closed.
: This symbol indicates that the vents
are open.
Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by
moving the vent slide (up/down) until the
desired position is achieved.
LHA4514
Side vent
LHA4515
Center Vent
VENTS
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-25
WARNING
• The air conditioning cooling function
operates only when the power
switch is in the ON position or when
the READY to drive indicator light is
ON.
• Do not leave children or adults who
would normally require the assis-
tance of others alone in your vehicle.
Pets should also not be left alone.
They could accidentally injure them-
selves or others through inadvertent
operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot,
sunny days, temperatures in a closed
vehicle could quickly become high
enough to causes severe or possibly
fatal injuries to people or animals.
• Do not use the recirculation mode for
long periods as it may cause the inte-
rior air to become stale and the win-
dows to fog up.
NOTE:
• Odors from inside and outside the ve-
hicle can build up in the air conditioner
unit. Odor can enter the passenger
compartment through the vents.
• When parking, set the heater or air
conditioner controls to turn off air re-
circulation to allow fresh air into the
passenger compartment. This should
help reduce odors inside the vehicle.
The climate control system (air conditioner
and heater functions) can be operated
when the READY to drive indicator light is
illuminated. However, while charging, the
climate control system can be used when
the power switch is in the ON position.
The fan, heater and air conditioning can be
turned on manually, using the timer func-
tion and using the remote climate control
function.
These functions operate in the following
conditions.
Power switch position LOCK/OFF ACC ON READY to drive
Fan - - Available Available
Heater and air conditioner - - Available*1 Available
Timer (Climate Ctrl. Timer) Available Available - -
Remote control*2 Available Available - -
*1: The climate control system will only start when charging is being performed. After charging is complete, it will continue to operate if the EVSE (Electric Vehicle
Supply Equipment) is connected.
*2: Models with Navigation System.
HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER
(automatic)
4-26 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
NOTE:
• A series of operation sounds may be
heard immediately after climate con-
trol ON/OFF operation. This is not a
malfunction.
• Compressor and motor fan may sud-
denly start to operate during charging
operation. This is not a malfunction.
• Condensation forms inside the air con-
ditioning unit when the air conditioner
is running, and is safely discharged un-
derneath your vehicle. Traces of water
on the ground are therefore normal.
Water may drop underneath the ve-
hicle when climate control is operating.
DISPLAYING CLIMATE CONTROL
SYSTEM STATUS SCREEN (models
with navigation system)
The climate control system status screen
can be displayed as a widget. For details of
the widget, refer to the NissanConnect®
Manual.
NOTE:
• If the READY to drive indicator light is
illuminated and the EVSE (Electric Ve-
hicle Supply Equipment) is connected
to the vehicle, the power switch will
change to the ON position. At the same
time, the climate control system will
stop operating. However, the fan will
continue to operate. If you want to turn
on climate control again, place the
power switch in the OFF position and
then place it in the ON position again
after confirming that the vehicle has
started charging.
• When the power switch is in the ON
position, if the power supply from the
EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equip-
ment) is interrupted due to an electri-
cal outage, etc., the system will operate
in the following ways.
– If it occurs while charging is being
performed:
The climate control system will stop
once. If the power supply is restored
within approximately 5 minutes, the
climate control system will restart.
However, if more than 5 minutes have
elapsed, the climate control system
will not restart.
–
If it occurs after charging has finished:
The climate control system will stop.
OPERATING TIPS
• The automatic climate control is
equipped with sensors as illustrated. The
sensors
O
A
and
O
B
help maintain a con-
stant temperature. Do not put anything
on or around these sensors.
SAA2368
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-27
• Power consumption of the climate con-
trol system varies depending on the out-
side temperature and the temperature
set for the climate control system. Power
consumption increases if the interior
temperature is cooled down too much in
summer or if it warmed up too much in
winter. This will result in a reduced driving
range.
• Using the AUTO mode will help reduce
the power consumption of the climate
control.
• When the AUTO button is pressed, the
AUTO indicator illuminates. The
HEAT button indicator or the A/C button
indicator illuminates according to the op-
eration of the climate control system.
• If any of the MODE, A/C,
HEAT,
fan speed control, front defroster is
pushed when the AUTO indicator illumi-
nates, the AUTO indicator will be turned
off.
• If the charge connector is connected to
the vehicle when it is in the READY to drive
mode and the air conditioner or heater is
on, the power switch automatically
changes to the ON position. Place the
power switch in the off position to begin
charging. Turn on the desired climate
control function.
• For normal charge, the climate control
system is operative when charging op-
eration is complete. For quick charge
however, the climate control system
stops operating when charging opera-
tion stops.
• The climate control timer or remote cli-
mate control (for models with Navigation
System) may fog up windows depending
on the set temperature or outside
temperature.
• When turning on the seat heater (if so
equipped) switch prior to operating the
climate control timer or the remote cli-
mate control (for models with Navigation
System), the seat heater will also turn on
automatically when the outside tem-
perature is low.
IN-CABIN MICROFILTER
The climate control system is equipped
with an in-cabin microfilter which collects
dirt, dust etc. To make sure the air condi-
tioner heats defogs, and ventilates effi-
ciently, replace the filter regularly. To re-
place the filter, it is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
The filter should be replaced if the air
flow decreases significantly or if win-
dows fog up easily when operating the
climate control system.
LVH0005X
4-28 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL
(models without Navigation
System)
1. fan speed control dial
2.
intake air control button
3.
front defroster button
4. Climate Ctrl. display
5.
Rear window and outside mirror (if
so equipped) defroster switch
6. Temperature control dial
7. AUTO climate control ON button
8. A/C (air conditioner) button
9. MODE (manual air flow control) button
10.
HEAT button
11. Climate control system OFF button
Automatic operation (AUTO)
The AUTO mode may be used year-round
as the system automatically controls con-
stant temperature, air flow distribution and
fan speed.
1. Press the AUTO button. The AUTO indica-
tor will be illuminated.
2. Turn the temperature control dial to set
the desired temperature.
When any of the following functions are
operated, the AUTO indicator will turn off.
• The
HEAT or A/C button is pressed.
• The fan speed control or ventilator air
flow control is operated.
However, the functions that were not oper-
ated continue operating in AUTO mode.
LHA2890
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-29
NOTE:
• If the fan speed control dial, MODE
button, or
intake air control but-
ton is operated while AUTO is in use, all
the other buttons operate in AUTO
mode.
• While the AUTO indicator is illuminated,
electric power consumption of the air
conditioner can be economized com-
pared to the amount consumed while
the AUTO indicator is not illuminated.
The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indi-
cator light illuminates according to the op-
eration modes of the climate control
system.
Operation
mode
A/C
indicator
HEAT
indicator
Cooling
(HEAT off)
ON OFF
Heating
(A/C off)
OFF ON
Manual operation
The manual mode can be used to control
the heater and air conditioner to your de-
sired temperature.
The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indi-
cator light illuminates according to the op-
eration modes.
Operation
mode
A/C
indicator
HEAT
indicator
Cooling
(HEAT off)
ON OFF
Dehumidi-
fied heating
ON ON
Heating
(A/C off)
OFF ON
Ventilation OFF OFF
Cooling
1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the
A/C indicator light.
2. Press the
HEAT button to turn off
the HEAT indicator light.
• Do not set the temperature higher
than the outside air temperature. Do-
ing so may prevent the temperature
from being controlled properly.
• A visible mist may be seen coming
from the ventilators in hot, humid con-
ditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This
does not indicate a malfunction.
Dehumidified heating
1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the
A/C indicator light.
2. Press the
HEAT button to illuminate
the HEAT indicator light
NOTE:
Electric power consumption of climate
control increases while A/C button indi-
cator and
HEAT button indicator si-
multaneously illuminate. As a result, the
driving range may be decreased.
Heating (A/C off)
1. Press the
HEAT button to illuminate
the HEAT indicator light.
2. Press the A/C button to turn off the A/C
indicator light.
• Do not set temperature lower than the
outside air temperature. Doing so may
prevent the temperature from being
controlled properly.
• If the windows fog up, use dehumidi-
fied heating instead of the A/C off
heating.
4-30 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Ventilation
Press the
HEAT button and A/C but-
ton if the indicator lights are on so that
both indicator lights turn off.
NOTE:
• The ventilation mode requires a lower
power consumption, so cruising dis-
tance will increase.
• In ventilation mode, temperature is not
indicated on the air conditioner
display.
Dehumidified defrosting/defogging
Press the
front defroster button (the
indicator light will illuminate).
• To remove moisture or fog on the front
window quickly, set the temperature to
the high temperature and the fan speed
to their maximum level.
• After the windshield is cleared, press the
front defroster button again (the in-
dicator light will turn off).
• When the
front defroster button is
pressed, the air conditioner will automati-
cally turn on to defog the windshield. The
outside air recirculation mode will be se-
lected to improve the defogging
performance.
Fan speed control
Turn the
fan speed control dial to
manually control the fan speed.
Press the AUTO button to change the fan
speed to the automatic mode.
Air flow control
Press the MODE button to change the air
flow mode.
Air flows from the center and
side ventilators.
Air flows from the center and
side ventilators and foot outlets.
Air flows mainly from the foot
outlets.
Air flows from the defroster out-
lets and foot outlets.
Air flows from the defroster
vents.
Temperature control
Turn the temperature control dial to set the
desired temperature.
Recirculation
Press the
intake air control button to
change the air circulation mode. When the
indicator light illuminates, the flowing air is
recirculated inside the vehicle.
When the outside temperature exceeds
70°F (21°C) the air conditioning system may
default to air recirculation mode automati-
cally to reduce overall power consumption.
To exit air recirculation mode, deselect the
air recirculation button (indicator will turn
off) to enter fresh mode.
Fresh air
Press the
intake air control button to
change the air circulation mode. When the
indicator light does not illuminate, the flow-
ing air is drawn from outside the vehicle.
Automatic air intake control
In the AUTO mode, the intake air will be
controlled automatically. When the outside
temperature exceeds 70°F (21°C), the air
conditioning system may default to air re-
circulation mode automatically to reduce
overall power consumption.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-31
To set the automatic control mode, press
and hold the
intake air control button.
The indicator light will blink twice and the
inside/outside circulation will then be con-
trolled automatically. When in automatic
mode, the indicator light will come on when
inside air recirculation is active.
Rear window and outside mirror (if so
equipped) defroster switch
For additional information, see “Rear win-
dow and outside mirror (if so equipped)
defroster switch” (P. 2-47).
To turn the system off
To turn off the climate control, press the
Climate control system OFF button. The
same operating mode (Heater or A/C) that
was active when the system is turned off is
active when system is turned back on.
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL
(models with Navigation System)
1. Temperature control button
2.
HEAT button
3. Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator
4.
front defroster button
5.
fan speed control button
6.
Rear window and outside mirror (if
so equipped) defroster switch
7.
intake air control button
LHA2889
4-32 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
8. Climate control system ON·OFF button
9. AUTO climate control ON button
10. MODE (manual air flow control) button
11. A/C (air conditioner) ON·OFF button
Automatic operation (AUTO)
The AUTO mode may be used year-round
as the system automatically controls con-
stant temperature, air flow distribution and
fan speed.
1. Press the AUTO button. The AUTO indica-
tor will be illuminated.
2. Press the temperature control button to
set the desired temperature.
When any of the following functions are
operated, the AUTO indicator will turn off.
• The
HEAT or A/C button is pressed.
• The fan speed control or ventilator air
flow control is operated.
However, the functions that were not oper-
ated continue operating in AUTO mode.
NOTE:
• If the fan speed control button,
MODE button, or
intake air control
button is operated while AUTO is in use,
all the other buttons operate in AUTO
mode.
• While the AUTO indicator is illuminated,
electric power consumption of the air
conditioner can be economized com-
pared to the amount consumed while
the AUTO indicator is not illuminated.
The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indi-
cator light illuminates according to the op-
eration modes of the climate control
system.
Operation
mode
A/C
indicator
HEAT
indicator
Cooling
(HEAT off)
ON OFF
Heating
(A/C off)
OFF ON
Manual operation
The manual mode can be used to control
the heater and air conditioner to your de-
sired temperature.
The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indi-
cator light illuminates according to the op-
eration modes.
Operation
mode
A/C
indicator
HEAT
indicator
Cooling
(HEAT off)
ON OFF
Dehumidi-
fied heating
ON ON
Heating
(A/C off)
OFF ON
Ventilation OFF OFF
Cooling
1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the
A/C indicator light.
2. Press the
HEAT button to turn off
the HEAT indicator light.
• Do not set the temperature higher
than the outside air temperature. Do-
ing so may prevent the temperature
from being controlled properly.
• A visible mist may be seen coming
from the ventilators in hot, humid con-
ditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This
does not indicate a malfunction.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-33
Dehumidified heating
1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the
A/C indicator light.
2. Press the
HEAT button to illuminate
the HEAT indicator light
NOTE:
Electric power consumption of climate
control increases while A/C button indi-
cator and
HEAT button indicator si-
multaneously illuminate. As a result, the
driving range may be decreased.
Heating (A/C off)
1. Press the
HEAT button to illuminate
the HEAT indicator light.
2. Press the A/C button to turn off the A/C
indicator light.
• Do not set temperature lower than the
outside air temperature. Doing so may
prevent the temperature from being
controlled properly.
• If the windows fog up, use dehumidi-
fied heating instead of the A/C off
heating.
Ventilation
Press the
HEAT button and A/C but-
ton if the indicator lights are on so that
both indicator lights turn off.
NOTE:
• The ventilation mode requires a lower
power consumption, so cruising dis-
tance will increase.
• In ventilation mode, temperature is not
indicated on the navigation monitor or
on the air conditioner display.
Dehumidified defrosting/defogging
Press the
front defroster button (the
indicator light will illuminate).
• To remove moisture or fog on the front
window quickly, set the temperature to
the high temperature and the fan speed
to their maximum level.
• After the windshield is cleared, press the
front defroster button again (the in-
dicator light will turn off).
• When the
front defroster button is
pressed, the air conditioner and heater
will automatically turn on to defog the
windshield. The outside air recirculation
mode will be selected to improve the de-
fogging performance.
Fan speed control
Press the
fan speed control button to
manually control the fan speed.
Press the AUTO button to change the fan
speed to the automatic mode.
Air flow control
Press the MODE button to change the air
flow mode.
Air flows from the center and
side ventilators.
Air flows from the center and
side ventilators and foot outlets.
Air flows mainly from the foot
outlets.
Air flows from the defroster out-
lets and foot outlets.
Air flows from the defroster
vents.
4-34 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Temperature control
Press the temperature control buttons to
set the desired temperature.
Air recirculation
Press the
intake air control button to
change the air circulation mode. When the
indicator light illuminates, the flowing air is
recirculated inside the vehicle.
When the outside temperature exceeds
70°F (21°C) the air conditioning system may
default to air recirculation mode automati-
cally to reduce overall power consumption.
To exit air recirculation mode, deselect the
air recirculation button (indicator will turn
off) to enter fresh mode.
Outside air circulation
Press the
intake air control button to
change the air circulation mode. When the
indicator light does not illuminate, the flow-
ing air is drawn from outside the vehicle.
Automatic air intake control
In the AUTO mode, the intake air will be
controlled automatically. When the outside
temperature exceeds 70°F (21°C), the air
conditioning system may default to air re-
circulation mode automatically to reduce
overall power consumption.
To set the automatic control mode, press
and hold the
intake air control button.
The indicator light will blink twice and the
inside/outside circulation will then be con-
trolled automatically. When in automatic
mode, the indicator light will come on when
inside air recirculation is active.
Rear window and outside mirror (if so
equipped) defroster switch
For additional information, see “Rear win-
dow and outside mirror (if so equipped)
defroster switch” (P. 2-47).
To turn the system off
To turn off the climate control, press the
Climate control system ON·OFF button.
The same operating mode (Heater or A/C)
that was active when the system is turned
off is active when system is turned back on.
CLIMATE CTRL. TIMER
This function pre-heats or pre-cools the
passenger compartment of the vehicle to
the temperature before driving. This helps
reduce power consumption from the Li-ion
battery.
The Climate Ctrl. Timer operates the air
conditioner using power from the charger
or the Li-ion batter y. While the charging
connector is connected to the vehicle,
electric power from the Li-ion battery is not
used.
The Climate Ctrl. Timer function allows two
timer settings.
Once the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set, it will
complete air conditioning by the time that
is set. It is not necessary to set the Climate
Ctrl. Timer every day.
WARNING
Even if the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set, the
temperature in the passenger com-
partment may become high or low if
the system automatically stops. Do not
leave children or adults who would nor-
mally require the support of others
alone in your vehicle. Pets should not
be left alone either. On hot, sunny days,
temperatures in a closed vehicle could
quickly become high enough to cause
severe or possibly fatal injuries to
people or animals. Also on cold days,
temperature in a vehicle could become
low enough to cause severe or possible
fatal injuries to people or animals.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-35
How to set Climate Ctrl. Timer
䊊
1
OK button
䊊
2
button
䊊
3
Back button
䊊
4
button
1. Press the
button to select “Set-
tings” on the vehicle information display.
2. Press the
button to select “EV
Settings” and then press the OK button.
3. Press the
button to select “Cli-
mate Ctrl. Timer1” or “Climate Ctrl.
Timer2” and then press the OK button.
4. Press the
button to select
“Timer” and then press the OK button
and turn on the setting. The indicator
light will turn on when the timer setting
is turned on.
LHA4545 LHA5079
Type A (models with Navigation
System)
LHA5080
Type B (models without Navigation
System)
4-36 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
5. Press the button to select “De-
parture time” and then press the OK
button.
6. Press the
button to set “Hour”
and then press the OK button.
7. Press the
button to set “Minute”
and then press the OK button. The set-
ting can be changed with an increment
step of 10 minutes.
8. Press the
button to select
“Climate Temperature” and then press
the OK button.
9. Press the
button to set Cli-
mate Temperature and then press the
OK button.
10. * Press the
button to select
"Days" and then press the OK button.
The current day of the week is dis-
played with an underline.
Press the
button to select the
days of the week you wish to activate
the Climate Control system and then
press the OK button. The indicator light
of the selected button will turn on.
11. * After setting the day of the week, press
the Back button and return to the pre-
vious screen.
The set day of the week is lit in white.
12. After the setting is complete, place the
power switch in the OFF position, and
then connect the charge connector to
the vehicle.
* models with Navigation System
Info
The Climate Ctrl. Timer does not activate if
the charge connector is not connected to
the vehicle. When the “Battery Operation
OK” is turned on and the charging connec-
tor is not connected to the vehicle, the Cli-
mate Ctrl. Timer will activate for 15 minutes.
When the outside temperature is high, the
interior temperature may not reach the set
temperature within the 15 minutes.
Turn "Battery Operation OK" to OFF when it
is not necessary to operate air condition-
ing timer in order to prevent Li-ion battery
from discharging.
For models without Navigation System, the
Climate Ctrl. Timer operates repeatedly ev-
ery day once it is turned on.
Operating tips for using Climate
Ctrl. Timer
• The Climate Ctrl. Timer will only start
when the power switch is in the LOCK/
OFF or ACC position.
• To turn off the Climate Ctrl. Timer func-
tion, turn off the “Climate Ctrl. Timer1” and
"Climate Ctrl. Timer2" setting in the video
information display using the
button on the steering wheel. The start
and stop time settings will not be deleted
even if the Climate Ctrl. Timer function is
turned off.
• While the Climate Ctrl. Timer is operating,
the Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator and the
charging status indicator lights flash. If
the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set to activate,
the Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator
illuminates.*
• If the Climate Ctrl. Timer starts operating
while the vehicle is being charged, the
time required for charging will be longer.
• Operating the Climate Ctrl. Timer or re-
mote climate control in an environment
where the temperature is low may de-
crease the rate of battery charge.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-37
• Timer setting can also be changed while
Climate Ctrl. Timer is operated. When the
power position is switched to OFF, the air
conditioner starts or enters waiting
mode depending on the new timer
settings.
• When the difference in temperature be-
tween the air conditioner setting tem-
perature and the temperature outside
the vehicle is large, the temperature in-
side the vehicle may not be maintained
at the setting temperature.
• The charging status indicator lights illu-
minate in a specific pattern when the Li-
ion battery warmer operates. The charg-
ing status indicator lights use the same
pattern to indicate 12–volt battery charg-
ing, Climate Ctrl. Timer operation or Re-
mote Climate Control operation. The
charging status indicator lights do not
change if the Li-ion battery warmer oper-
ates at the same time as the above
features.
• The temperature in the passenger com-
partment may not be comfortable if en-
tering the vehicle too soon before or too
long after the scheduled time of
departure.
• Air conditioning is limited to the capacity
of the electric power when the charge
connector is connected. Therefore, the
temperature may not reach the set tem-
perature due to limitations in air condi-
tioning performance, if ambient tem-
perature is excessively high or low, or if
the charge connector is connected to a
120–volt plug outlet.
• The Climate Ctrl. Timer operates the cli-
mate control function so that a comfort-
able temperature is provided in the pas-
senger compartment at the scheduled
time of departure. The climate control is
set to stop at the scheduled time of
departure.
• Depending on the facilities of charging
station, there may be time when it is not
available for charging. Confirm the avail-
ability of the charging facility before set-
ting the Climate Ctrl. Timer. Be sure that
the power switch of the charger is turned
on when setting the Climate Ctrl. Timer.
• When the power switch is turned OFF af-
ter changing the setting, the new setting
will be applied.
*models with Navigation System
Remote climate control
This vehicle incorporates a communica-
tion device that is called a TCU (Telematics
Control Unit). The communication connec-
tion between this unit and Nissan Data
Center allows for various remote function
services.
Even when away from the vehicle, climate
control can be started by accessing the
Web Owner Portal using a cellular phone or
a personal computer.
When operation is started, or at the set
start time, the Nissan Data Center ac-
cesses the vehicle. When the vehicle re-
ceives a command for remote operation,
the climate control immediately turns ON
and operates for the specified period of
time. Confirmation of the ON/OFF of the
climate control operation can be checked
by accessing the Web Owner Portal, or by
e-mail.
Completing registration for the
NissanConnect® EV Services is necessary
before using the service. For additional in-
formation, refer to the NissanConnect®
Manual.
4-38 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
WARNING
• Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. For ad-
ditional information, refer to your
electric medical equipment manu-
facturer for the possible effect on
pacemakers before using the remote
climate control.
• Even if the remote climate control is
set, the temperature in the passen-
ger room may become high if the
system automatically stops. Do not
leave children or adults who would
normally require the support of oth-
ers alone in your vehicle. Pets should
not be left alone either. On hot, sunny
days, temperatures in a closed ve-
hicle could quickly become high
enough to cause severe or possibly
fatal injuries to people or animals.
NOTE:
• To check the Li-ion battery charging
status using an internet enabled smar t
phone or personal computer.
– The vehicle must be located in a cel-
lular phone coverage area.
– The cellular phone must be located
in an area with cellular phone
coverage.
– The computer must be connected to
the internet.
• Some cellular phones are not compat-
ible with this system and cannot be
used to check the Li-ion battery charg-
ing status. Confirm this beforehand.
Operating tips
• When the charge connector is con-
nected, the climate control operates us-
ing electric power. When the charge con-
nector is disconnected from the vehicle,
the climate control operates using ve-
hicle battery electric power.
• The climate control can be operated for a
maximum of 2 hours when the charge
connector is connected to the vehicle, or
a maximum of 15 minutes when the
charge connector is disconnected.
• The remote climate control will only start
to operate when the power switch is in
the LOCK/OFF or ACC position.
• Remote climate control operation is not
available when the vehicle is in an area of
cellular communication range.
• Communication becomes unavailable
when the vehicle is not used for two
weeks or more. When the power switch is
placed in the ON position, communica-
tion with the Nissan Data Center can be
restored.
• Air conditioning is limited to the capacity
of the electric power when the charge
connector is connected to the vehicle.
Therefore, the temperature may not
reach a comfortable level due to perfor-
mance of the air conditioning being lim-
ited, if the outside temperature is exces-
sively high or low, or if the charge
connector is connected to a 110 – 120-volt
outlet.
• If the power switch is in the ON position or
the charge connector is disconnected,
while the remote climate control is being
operated, remote climate control opera-
tion is automatically stopped and an
e-mail is sent.
• If remote climate control operation is
started while the vehicle is in normal
charge mode, the climate control oper-
ates in climate control priority mode and
charging is continued.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-39
• If remote climate control operation is
started and charging is stopped while
the vehicle is in quick charge mode, cli-
mate control operation is also stopped.
• If the quick charge connector is con-
nected and charging is not performed,
remote climate control operation starts
using the battery electric power of the
vehicle.
Servicing climate control
The climate control system in your NISSAN
is charged with a refrigerant designed with
the environment in mind. This refrigerant
will not harm the earth’s ozone layer. Spe-
cial charging equipment and lubricant are
required when servicing your NISSAN cli-
mate control. Using improper refrigerants
or lubricants will cause severe damage to
your climate control system. For additional
information, see “Recommended fluids/
lubricants and capacities” (P. 10-2).
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer to service your envi-
ronmentally friendly climate control
system.
There are USB/iPod® charging ports lo-
cated behind the center console. These
ports will charge compatible devices.
NOTE:
Only the USB connection port located
below the instrument panel will allow
operation of the USB/iPod® devices
through the audio system.
The vehicle is equipped with a shark fin
antenna.
LHA5312
USB/iPod® CHARGING PORTS ANTENNA
4-40 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
When installing a CB, ham radio or car
phone in your vehicle, be sure to observe
the following precautions; otherwise, the
new equipment may adversely affect the
EV control system and other electronic
parts.
WARNING
• A cellular phone should not be used
for any purpose while driving so full
attention may be given to vehicle op-
eration. Some jurisdictions prohibit
the use of cellular phones while
driving.
• If you must make a call while your
vehicle is in motion, the hands-free
cellular phone operational mode is
highly recommended. Exercise ex-
treme caution at all times so full at-
tention may be given to vehicle
operation.
• If you are unable to devote full atten-
tion to vehicle operation while talk-
ing on the phone, pull off the road to
a safe location and stop your vehicle.
CAUTION
• Keep the antenna as far away as pos-
sible from the electronic control
modules.
• Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in
(20 cm) away from the electronic
control system harnesses. Do not
route the antenna wire next to any
harness.
• Adjust the antenna standing-wave
ratio as recommended by the
manufacturer.
• Connect the ground wire from the CB
radio chassis to the body.
• For additional information, it is rec-
ommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer.
“Made for iPod”, “Made for iPhone” and
“Made for iPad” mean that an electronic
accessory has been designed to connect
specifically to iPod, iPhone or iPad, respec-
tively, and has been certified by the devel-
oper to meet Apple per formance stan-
dards. Apple is not responsible for the
operation of this device or its compliance
with safety and regulatory standards.
Please note that the use of this accessory
with iPod, iPhone or iPad may affect wire-
less performance.
iPad, iPhone, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod
shuffle and iPod touch are trademarks of
Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other
countries. Lightning is a trademark of
Apple Inc.
CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO iPod®/IPHONE®
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-41
5 Starting and driving
Precautions when star ting and driving ..........5-4
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) .......................................5-4
Avoiding collision and rollover ................5-7
Off-roadrecovery ............................5-8
Rapid air pressure loss .......................5-8
Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ...........5-9
Push-button power switch ......................5-9
NISSAN Intelligent Key® system ..............5-10
Operating range for EV start function .......5-10
Power switch operation ......................5-11
Power switch positions ......................5-12
Emergency EV shut off ......................5-12
NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery
discharge ...................................5-12
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System .........5-13
Before starting the EV system ..................5-13
Starting the EV system .........................5-14
Driving the vehicle ..............................5-14
Electric shift control system .................5-14
Parking brake ..................................5-18
Pedal type ...................................5-19
Switch type (models with electronic
parking brake system) ......................5-19
e-Pedal system ................................5-21
e-Pedal system operation ...................5-21
e-Pedal system limitations ..................5-24
System malfunction .........................5-24
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) .................5-25
LDW system operation ......................5-26
How to enable/disable the LDW system .....5-27
LDW system limitations .....................5-27
System temporarily unavailable .............5-28
System malfunction .........................5-29
System maintenance .......................5-29
Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) ...............5-30
I-LI system operation ........................5-31
How to enable/disable the I-LI system ......5-32
I-LI system limitations .......................5-33
System temporarily unavailable .............5-34
System malfunction
.........................5-35
S
ystem maintenance .......................5-35
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) .......................5-36
BSW system operation ......................5-37
How to enable/disable the BSW system .....5-38
BSW system limitations .....................5-39
BSW driving situations .......................5-40
System temporarily unavailable .............5-43
System maintenance .......................5-44
Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) ........5-46
I-BSI system operation ......................5-47
How to enable/disable the I-BSI system .....5-48
I-BSI system limitations .....................5-49
I-BSI driving situations .......................5-50
System temporarily unavailable .............5-55
System malfunction .........................5-55
System maintenance .......................5-56
RearCrossTrafficAlert(RCTA) ..................5-58
RCTA system operation .....................5-58
How to enable/disable the RCTA
system ......................................5-60
RCTA system limitations .....................5-61
System temporarily unavailable .............5-62
System maintenance .......................5-63
Cruise control (if so equipped) ..................5-65
Precautions on cruise control ...............5-65
Cruise control operations ...................5-65
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (for vehicles
without ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped) .......5-67
How to select the cruise control mode ......5-69
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode .......................................5-69
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode operation .............................5-70
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode switches .............................5-72
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode limitations ............................5-79
System temporarily unavailable .............5-83
System maintenance .......................5-85
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode ...............................5-86
ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped) ................5-91
ProPILOT Assist system operation ...........5-93
Turning the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode on .....................5-96
Operating ProPILOT Assist ...................5-97
How to enable/disable the Steering
Assist ......................................5-101
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
(for vehicles with ProPILOT Assist) ..........5-102
Steering Assist .............................5-112
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode ..............................5-119
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with
Pedestrian Detection ..........................5-123
AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
operation ..................................5-124
Turning the AEB with Pedestrian
Detection
system on/off ...................5-126
AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
limitations .................................5-127
System temporarily unavailable ............5-129
System malfunction ........................5-130
System maintenance ......................5-130
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) .................5-132
RAB system operation......................5-133
Turning the RAB system on/off .............5-134
RAB system limitations .....................5-135
System malfunction ........................5-136
System maintenance ......................5-137
Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) . . 5-137
I-FCW System operation ....................5-138
Turning the I-FCW system on/off ...........5-140
I-FCW system limitations ...................5-141
System temporarily unavailable ............5-146
System malfunction ........................5-147
System maintenance ......................5-147
Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) (if so
equipped) .....................................5-149
I-DA system operation .....................5-149
How to enable/disable the I-DA system ....5-150
I-DA system limitations .....................5-150
ECO Mode .....................................5-152
Increasing power economy ...................5-152
ECO drive report ..............................5-153
Parking/parking on hills .......................5-154
Power steering system ........................5-156
Brake system .................................5-156
Brake precautions ..........................5-156
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) .............5-158
Brake Assist ................................5-159
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ........5-159
Chassis control ...............................5-161
Intelligent Trace Control ....................5-162
Intelligent Ride Control .....................
5-162
R
ear sonar system (RSS) (if so equipped) ......5-163
System operation ..........................5-164
How to enable/disable the rear sonar
system .....................................5-166
Sonar limitations ...........................5-167
System temporarily unavailable ............5-167
System maintenance ......................5-167
Hill start assist system ........................5-168
Cold weather driving ..........................5-169
Freeing a frozen door lock ..................5-169
Antifreeze ..................................5-169
12-volt battery ..............................5-169
Draining of coolant water ..................5-169
WARNING
• Do not leave children or adults who
would normally require the support
of others alone in your vehicle. Pets
should not be left alone either. They
could accidentally injure themselves
or others through inadvertent opera-
tion of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny
days, temperatures in a closed ve-
hicle could quickly become high
enough to cause severe or possibly
fatal injuries to people or animals.
• Properly secure all cargo with ropes
or straps to help prevent it from slid-
ing or shifting. Do not place cargo
higher than the seatbacks. In a sud-
den stop or collision, unsecured
cargo could cause personal injury.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM (TPMS)
Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
should be checked monthly when cold and
inflated to the inflation pressure recom-
mended by the vehicle manufacturer on
the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle
has been equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates
a low tire pressure telltale when one or
more of your tires is significantly under-
inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you should
stop and check your tires as soon as pos-
sible, and inflate them to the proper pres-
sure. Driving on a significantly under-
inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and
can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also
reduces power efficiency and tire tread life,
and may affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substi-
tute for proper tire maintenance, and it is
the driver’s responsibility to maintain cor-
rect tire pressure, even if under-inflation
has not reached the level to trigger illumi-
nation of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-
bined with the low tire pressure telltale.
When the system detects a malfunction,
the telltale will flash for approximately one
minute and then remain continuously illu-
minated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as
the malfunction exists. When the malfunc-
tion indicator is illuminated, the system
may not be able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions
may occur for a variety of reasons, includ-
ing the installation of replacement or alter-
nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that
prevent the TPMS from functioning prop-
erly. Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels
allow the TPMS to continue to function
properly.
Additional information
• When using a wheel without the TPMS
such as the spare tire, the TPMS does not
monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire.
• The TPMS will activate only when the ve-
hicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph (25
km/h). Also, this system may not detect a
sudden drop in tire pressure (for example,
a flat tire while driving).
PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND
DRIVING
5-4 Starting and driving
• The low tire pressure warning light does
not automatically turn off when the tire
pressure is adjusted. After the tire is in-
flated to the recommended pressure, the
vehicle must be driven at speeds above
16 mph (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS
and turn off the low tire pressure warning
light. Use a tire pressure gauge to check
the tire pressure.
• The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning
also appears on the vehicle information
display when the low tire pressure warn-
ing light is illuminated and low tire pres-
sure is detected. The “Tire Pressure Low -
Add Air” warning turns off when the low
tire pressure warning light turns off.
• The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning
appears each time the power switch is
placed in the ON position as long as the
low tire pressure warning light remains
illuminated.
• The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning
does not appear if the low tire pressure
warning light illuminates to indicate a
TPMS malfunction.
• Tire pressure rises and falls depending on
the heat caused by operation of the ve-
hicle and the outside temperature. Do
not reduce the tire pressure after driving
because the tire pressure rises after driv-
ing. Low outside temperature can lower
the temperature of the air inside the tire,
which can cause a lower tire inflation
pressure. This may cause the low tire
pressure warning light to illuminate. If the
warning light illuminates in low ambient
temperature, check the tire pressure for
all four tires.
• The pressure of all tires can also be
checked on the display screen. The order
of the tire pressure figures displayed on
the screen does not correspond with the
actual order of the tire position.
For additional information, see “Low tire
pressure warning light” (P. 2-20) and “Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 6-3).
WARNING
• Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those
who use a pacemaker should contact
the electric medical equipment
manufacturer for the possible influ-
ences before use.
• If the low tire pressure warning light
illuminates while driving, avoid sud-
den steering maneuvers or abrupt
braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull
off the road to a safe location and
stop the vehicle as soon as possible.
Driving with under-inflated tires may
permanently damage the tires and
increase the likelihood of tire failure.
Serious vehicle damage could occur
and may lead to an accident and
could result in serious personal in-
jury. Check the tire pressure for all
four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to
the recommended COLD tire pres-
sure shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label to turn the low tire
pressure warning light off. If the tire is
flat, repair it as soon as possible. For
additional information, see “Flat tire”
(P. 6-3).
Starting and driving 5-5
• When using a wheel without the
TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS
will not function and the low tire
pressure warning light will flash for
approximately 1 minute. The light will
remain on after 1 minute. Have your
tires replaced and/or TPMS system
reset as soon as possible. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer for this service.
• Replacing tires with those not origi-
nally specified by NISSAN could af-
fect the proper operation of the
TPMS.
• Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol
tire sealant into the tires, as this may
cause a malfunction of the tire pres-
sure sensors.
CAUTION
• The TPMS may not function properly
when the wheels are equipped with
tire chains or the wheels are buried in
snow.
• Do not place metalized film or any
metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the
windows. This may cause poor re-
ception of the signals from the tire
pressure sensors, and the TPMS will
not function properly.
Some devices and transmitters may tem-
porarily interfere with the operation of the
TPMS and cause the low tire pressure
warning light to illuminate. Some examples
are:
• Facilities or electric devices using similar
radio frequencies that are near the
vehicle.
• If a transmitter set to similar frequencies
is being used in or near the vehicle.
• If a computer (or similar equipment) or a
DC/AC converter is being used in or near
the vehicle.
The low tire pressure warning light may
illuminate in the following cases:
• If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel and
tire without TPMS.
• If the TPMS has been replaced and the ID
has not been registered.
• If the wheel is not originally specified by
NISSAN.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interfer-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
inter ference, and (2) this device must ac-
cept any interference, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired opera-
tion of the device.
5-6 Starting and driving
TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert
When tire pressure is low, the low tire pres-
sure warning light illuminates.
This vehicle provides visual and audible
signals to help you inflate the tires to the
recommended COLD tire pressure.
Vehicle set-up:
1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.
2. Apply the parking brake and push the P
(Park) position switch on the shift lever.
3. Place the power switch in the ON posi-
tion. Do not place in the READY to drive
mode.
Operation:
1. Add air to the tire.
2. After a few seconds, the hazard indica-
tors will start flashing.
3. When the designated pressure is
reached, the horn beeps once and the
hazard indicators stop flashing.
4. Perform the above steps for each tire.
• If the tire is over-inflated more than
approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the horn
beeps and the hazard indicators flash
three times. To correct the pressure,
push the core of the valve stem on the
tire briefly to release pressure. When
the pressure reaches the designated
pressure, the horn beeps once.
• If the hazard indicator does not flash
within approximately 15 seconds after
starting to inflate the tire, it indicates
that the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is not
operating.
• The TPMS will not activate the Easy-Fill
Tire Alert under the following conditions:
– If there is interference from an exter-
nal device or transmitter.
– The air pressure from the inflation
device is not sufficient to inflate the
tire, such as those using a power
socket.
– If electrical equipment is being used
in or near the vehicle.
– There is a malfunction in the TPMS.
– There is a malfunction in the horn or
hazard indicators.
– If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert does not op-
erate due to TPMS interference,
move the vehicle about 3 ft (1 m)
backward or forward and try again.
If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is not working, use a
tire pressure gauge.
AVOIDING COLLISION AND
ROLLOVER
WARNING
Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe
and prudent manner may result in loss
of control or an accident.
Be alert and drive defensively at all times.
Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive
speed, high speed cornering, or sudden
steering maneuvers because these driving
practices could cause you to lose control of
your vehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss of
control could result in a collision with
other vehicles or objects or cause the ve-
hicle to rollover, particularly if the loss of
control causes the vehicle to slide side-
ways. Be attentive at all times, and avoid
driving when tired. Never drive when under
the influence of alcohol or drugs (including
prescription or over-the-counter drugs
which may cause drowsiness). Always
wear your seat belt as outlined in “Seat
belts” (P. 7-6), and also instruct your passen-
gerstodoso.
Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in col-
lisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an
unbelted person is significantly more likely
to die than a person wearing a seat belt.
Starting and driving 5-7
OFF-ROAD RECOVERY
While driving, the right side or left side
wheels may unintentionally leave the road
surface. If this occurs, maintain control of
the vehicle by following the procedure be-
low. Please note that this procedure is only
a general guide. The vehicle must be driven
as appropriate based on the conditions of
the vehicle, road and traffic.
1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
2. Do not apply the brakes.
3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering
wheel with both hands and try to hold a
straight course.
4. When appropriate, slowly release the ac-
celerator pedal to gradually slow the
vehicle.
5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the
vehicle to follow the road while the ve-
hicle speed is reduced. Do not attempt
to drive the vehicle back onto the road
surface until the vehicle speed is
reduced.
6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn
the steering wheel until both tires return
to the road surface. When all tires are on
the road surface, steer the vehicle to
stay in the appropriate driving lane.
• If you decide that it is not safe to return
the vehicle to the road surface based
on vehicle, road or traffic conditions,
gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in
a safe place off the road.
RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS
Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can
occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged
due to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air
pressure loss can also be caused by driving
on under-inflated tires.
Rapid air pressure loss can affect the han-
dling and stability of the vehicle, especially
at highway speeds.
Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by
maintaining the correct air pressure and
visually inspecting the tires for wear and
damage. For additional information, see
“Wheels and tires” (P. 8-25).
If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-
out” while driving, maintain control of the
vehicle by following the procedure below.
Please note that this procedure is only a
general guide. The vehicle must be driven
as appropriate based on the conditions of
the vehicle, road and traffic.
WARNING
The following actions can increase the
chance of losing control of the vehicle if
there is a sudden loss of tire air pres-
sure. Losing control of the vehicle may
cause a collision and result in personal
injury.
• The vehicle generally moves or pulls
in the direction of the flat tire.
• Do not rapidly apply the brakes.
• Do not rapidly release the accelerator
pedal.
• Do not rapidly turn the steering
wheel.
1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering
wheel with both hands and try to hold a
straight course.
3. When appropriate, slowly release the ac-
celerator pedal to gradually slow the
vehicle.
5-8 Starting and driving
4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe lo-
cation off the road and away from traffic
if possible.
5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu-
ally stop the vehicle.
6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and
contact a roadside emergency service
to change the tire. For additional infor-
mation, see “Flat tire” (P. 6-3).
DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND
DRIVING
WARNING
Never drive under the influence of alco-
hol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood-
stream reduces coordination, delays
reaction time and impairs judgement.
Driving after drinking alcohol increases
the likelihood of being involved in an
accident injuring yourself and others.
Additionally, if you are injured in an ac-
cident, alcohol can increase the sever-
ity of the injury.
NISSAN is committed to safe driving. How-
ever, you must choose not to drive under
the influence of alcohol. Every year thou-
sands of people are injured or killed in
alcohol-related accidents. Although the lo-
cal laws vary on what is considered to be
legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol
affects all people differently and most
people underestimate the effects of
alcohol.
Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!
That is true for drugs, too (over-the-
counter, prescription, and illegal drugs). Do
not drive if your ability to operate your ve-
hicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, or some
other physical condition.
WARNING
• Do not operate the power switch
while driving the vehicle except in an
emergency. (The EV system shuts
down when the power switch is
pushed three consecutive times or
the power switch is pushed and held
for more than 2 seconds.) If the EV
system stops while the vehicle is be-
ing driven, this could lead to a crash
and serious injury.
• When turning off the power switch,
make sure to shift the shift lever to
the P (Park) position even if the ve-
hicle is maintaining a stop and hold
using the e-pedal. This will prevent
the vehicle from moving or rolling
unexpectedly, which could result in
serious personal injury or property
damage.
Before operating the power switch, make
sure the vehicle is in the P (Park) position.
PUSH-BUTTON POWER SWITCH
Starting and driving 5-9
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®
SYSTEM
The Intelligent Key system allows the driver
to start the EV system without taking the
key out of a pocket or purse. The operating
environment and/or conditions may affect
Intelligent Key system operation.
Some indicators and warnings for opera-
tion are displayed on the vehicle informa-
tion display. For additional information, see
“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-26).
CAUTION
• Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key
with you when operating the vehicle.
• Never leave the Intelligent Key inside
the vehicle when you leave the
vehicle.
OPERATING RANGE FOR EV START
FUNCTION
The Intelligent Key function can only be
used for starting the EV system when the
Intelligent Key is within the specified oper-
ating range
O
1
.
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost
discharged or strong radio waves are pres-
ent near the operating location, the Intelli-
gent Key system’s operating range be-
comes narrower and it may not function
properly.
If the Intelligent Key is within the operating
range, it is possible for anyone, even some-
one who does not carry the Intelligent Key,
to push the power switch to start the EV
system.
• The cargo area is not included in the op-
erating range but the Intelligent Key may
function.
• If the Intelligent Key is placed on the in-
strument panel or inside the glove box or
door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not
function.
• If the Intelligent Key is placed near a door
or window outside the vehicle, the Intelli-
gent Key may not function.
SSD0436
5-10 Starting and driving
POWER SWITCH OPERATION
When the power switch is pushed without
depressing the brake pedal, the power
switch position will change as follows:
• Push once to change to ACC.
• Push two times to change to ON.
• Push three times to change to OFF.
• Push four times to return to ACC.
• Open or close any door to return to LOCK
while in the OFF position.
The power switch illuminates when in the
ACC or ON position.
The power lock is designed so that the
power switch position cannot be switched
to the LOCK position until the vehicle is
placed in the P (Park) position.
When the power switch cannot be placed
in the LOCK position, proceed as follows:
1. Push the P (Park) position switch on the
shift lever to place the vehicle in the P
(Park) position.
2. Place the power switch in the OFF posi-
tion. The power switch will not
illuminate.
3. Open the door. The power switch will
change to the LOCK position.
LSD2834
Starting and driving 5-11
POWER SWITCH POSITIONS
LOCK (Normal parking position)
The power switch can only be locked in this
position.
The power switch will be unlocked when it
is placed in the ACC position while the
driver is carrying the Intelligent Key.
ACC (Accessories)
This position activates electrical accesso-
ries, such as the radio, when the EV system
is off.
ON
This position turns on the EV system and
electrical accessories.
READY (Normal operating
position)
This position turns on the EV system and
electrical accessories and the vehicle can
be driven.
OFF
This position turns off the EV system.
The power switch cannot be placed in the
LOCK position until the vehicle is in the P
(Park) position.
CAUTION
Do not leave the vehicle with the power
switch in the ACC position for an ex-
tended period of time. This can dis-
charge the 12-volt battery.
NOTE:
If the power switch is pushed quickly or
is pushed twice quickly, the switch may
not function even if a chime sound is
heard. Push the switch again more
slowly.
EMERGENCY EV SHUT OFF
To shut off the EV system in an emergency
situation while driving, perform the follow-
ing procedure:
• Rapidly push the power switch three con-
secutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or
• Push and hold the power switch for more
than 2 seconds.
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®
BATTERY DISCHARGE
If the Intelligent Key battery is discharged
or environmental conditions interfere with
the Intelligent Key operation, start the EV
system in the READY to drive mode accord-
ing to the following procedure:
1. Push the P (Park) position switch on the
shift lever.
2. Firmly apply the foot brake.
3. Touch the power switch with the Intelli-
gent Key as illustrated. (A chime will
sound.)
SSD0860
5-12 Starting and driving
4. Push the power switch while depressing
the brake pedal within 10 seconds after
the chime sounds. The power switch
position changes to the READY to drive
mode.
After step 3 is performed, if the power
switch is pushed without depressing the
brake pedal, the power switch position will
change to ACC.
NOTE:
• When the power switch is placed in the
ACC or ON position or READY to drive
mode by the above procedure, the EV
system operation for discharged Intel-
ligent Key system indicator appears on
the vehicle information display even if
the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.
This is not a malfunction. To stop the
warning indicator from blinking, touch
the power switch with the Intelligent
Key again.
• If the Intelligent Key battery discharge
indicator appears on the vehicle infor-
mation display, replace the battery as
soon as possible. For additional infor-
mation, see “NISSAN Intelligent Key®
battery replacement” (P. 8-19).
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
will not allow the power switch to be placed
in the READY to drive position without the
use of the registered key.
If the power switch fails to place the vehicle
into the READY to drive position using the
registered key, it may be due to interfer-
ence caused by another registered key, an
automated toll road device or automated
payment device on the key ring. Restart the
EV system using the following procedure:
1. Leave the power switch in the ON posi-
tion for approximately 5 seconds.
2. Place the power switch in the OFF posi-
tion and wait approximately 10 seconds.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 again.
4. Place the power switch in the READY to
drive position while holding the device
(which may have caused the interfer-
ence) separate from the registered key.
If this procedure allows the power
switch to be placed in the READY to drive
mode, NISSAN recommends placing the
registered key on a separate key ring to
avoid interference from other devices.
• Make sure that the area around the ve-
hicle is clear.
• Check fluid levels such as coolant, brake
fluid, and windshield-washer fluid as fre-
quently as possible.
• Check that all windows and lights are
clean.
• Visually inspect tires for their appearance
and condition. Also check tires for proper
inflation.
• Check that all doors are closed.
• Position the seat and adjust the head
restraints/headrests.
• Adjust the inside and outside mirrors.
• Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers
to do likewise.
• Check the operation of the warning lights
when the power switch is pushed to the
ON position. For additional information,
see “Warning lights, indicator lights and
audible reminders” (P. 2-14).
BEFORE STARTING THE EV SYSTEM
Starting and driving 5-13
1. Confirm the parking brake is applied.
2. Confirm that the vehicle is in the P (Park)
position.
When the power switch is placed in the
ON position, the EV is designed not to
operate unless the shift lever is in the P
(Park) or N (Neutral) position.
The Intelligent Key must be carried
with you when operating the power
switch.
3. Depress the brake pedal and push the
power switch to place the EV system in
the READY to drive position.
To place the vehicle in the READY to drive
position immediately, push and release
the power switch while depressing the
brake pedal with the power switch in any
position. The READY to drive indicator
light
in the meter illuminates.
4. To stop the EV system, push the P (Park)
position switch on the shift lever, and
place the power switch in the OFF
position.
NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations
that can lead to potential battery dis-
charge and potential no-start conditions
such as:
1. Installation or extended use of elec-
tronic accessories that consume bat-
tery power when the EV system is not
running (phone chargers, GPS, DVD
players, etc.).
2. The vehicle is not driven regularly
and/or only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to
be charged to maintain battery health.
ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL
SYSTEM
This vehicle is electronically controlled to
produce maximum available power and
smooth operation.
The recommended operating procedures
for this vehicle are shown on the following
pages.
Starting the vehicle
1. After placing the vehicle in the READY to
drive position, fully depress the foot
brake pedal before moving the shift lever
to the D (Drive) position.
The shift lever of this vehicle is de-
signed so that the foot brake pedal
must be depressed before shifting
from the P (Park) position to any driv-
ing position while the power switch is
in the ON position.
The shift lever cannot be moved out of
the P (Park) position and into any of
the other positions if the power switch
is placed in the LOCK, OFF or ACC posi-
tion or if the Intelligent Key is
removed.
STARTING THE EV SYSTEM DRIVING THE VEHICLE
5-14 Starting and driving
2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed,
and move the shift lever to the D (Drive)
position.
3. Release the parking brake and foot
brake pedal, and then gradually start the
vehicle in motion.
WARNING
• Do not depress the accelerator pedal
while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-
tral) to the R (Reverse) or D (Drive)
position. Always depress the brake
pedal until shifting is completed.
Failure to do so could cause you to
lose control, which could result in an
accident.
• Never shift to the P (Park) or R (Re-
verse) position while the vehicle is
moving forward and the P (Park) or D
(Drive) position while the vehicle is
reversing. This could cause you to
lose control and have an accident.
• Do not shift to the B position abruptly
on slippery roads. This may cause a
loss of control.
CAUTION
• To avoid possible damage to your ve-
hicle, when stopping the vehicle on
an uphill grade, do not hold the ve-
hicle by depressing the accelerator
pedal. The foot brake should be used
for this purpose.
• Do not hang items on the shift lever.
This may cause an accident due to a
sudden start.
Shifting
To move the shift lever,
: Slide along the gate while the brake
pedal is depressed.
: After sliding, maintain it in the same
position until the vehicle is placed in the N
(Neutral) position.
: When in the D (Drive) position, slide
along the gate.
LSD2835
Starting and driving 5-15
NOTE:
• Confirm that the vehicle is in the de-
sired shift position by checking the
shift indicator
O
1
located near the shift
lever or the vehicle information display
in the meter.
• To place the vehicle into the D (Drive)
position from the B mode, move the
shift lever into the D (Drive) position.
After placing the vehicle in the READY to
drive position, fully depress the brake pedal,
and move the shift lever to any of the pre-
ferred shift positions.
If the power switch is placed in the OFF or
ACC position for any reason while the shift
position is in any position other than the P
(Park) position, the power switch cannot be
placed in the LOCK position.
If the power switch cannot be placed in the
LOCK position, perform the following steps:
1. Apply the parking brake when the ve-
hicle is stopped.
2. Place the power switch in the ON posi-
tion while depressing the foot brake
pedal.
3. Push the P (Park) position switch and
confirm the vehicle is in the P (Park)
position.
4. Place the power switch in the OFF
position.
NOTE:
The vehicle automatically applies the P
(Park) position when the power switch is
in the OFF position.
When the following conditions overlap,
the shift position may be automatically
switched to P (Park):
– When maintaining a stop and hold
with the e-pedal.
– When taking off the seatbelt.
– When opening the door.
WARNING
• The shift lever is always in the center
position when released. When the
power switch is placed in the READY
to drive position, the driver needs to
confirm that the vehicle is in the P
(Park) position. The indicator next to
the “P” by the shift lever is illumi-
nated and the “P” is displayed on the
meter. If the vehicle is in the D (Drive)
position or R (Reverse) position when
the power switch is placed in the
READY to drive position, this may
cause a sudden start which could re-
sult in an accident.
• On a hilly road, do not allow the ve-
hicle to roll backwards while in the D
(Drive) position or B mode or allow
the vehicle to roll forward while in the
R (Reverse) position. This may cause
an accident.
5-16 Starting and driving
CAUTION
• Do not slide the shift lever while
pushing the P (Park) position switch.
This may damage the electric motor.
• When switching to the preferred po-
sition by operating the shift lever,
check that the shift lever returns to
the central position by releasing your
hand from the lever. Holding the shift
lever in a mid-way position may also
damage the shift control system.
• Do not operate the shift lever while
the accelerator pedal is depressed,
except when switching to the B
mode. This may cause a sudden start
which could result in an accident.
• The following operations are not al-
lowed because excessive force
would be applied to the traction mo-
tor and this may result in damage to
the vehicle:
–
Moving the shift lever to the R (Re-
verse) position when driving for ward
– Moving the shift lever to the D
(Drive) position when reversing
• If these operations are attempted, a
chime sounds and the vehicle shifts
to the N (Neutral) position.
P (Park)
Use this shift position when the vehicle is
parked or when placing the vehicle in the
READY to drive position. Make sure that the
vehicle is completely stopped. In order to
switch to the P (Park) position, push the P
(Park) position switch as shown in the
illustration above once the vehicle has
come to a complete stop. If the P (Park)
position switch is pushed while the ve-
hicle is in motion, a chime sounds and
the current shift position is maintained.
After switching to the P (Park) position, ap-
ply the parking brake. When parking on a
hill, apply the parking brake first while keep-
ing the foot brake pedal depressed then
push the P (Park) position switch and place
the vehicle in the P (Park) position. For ad-
ditional information, see “Parking brake”
(P. 5-18).
NOTE:
• While the vehicle is stationary, if the
shift position is placed in any position
other than the P (Park) position when
the power switch is set to OFF, it will
automatically switch to the P (Park)
position.
• If the P (Park) position switch is pushed
while sliding the shift lever, the shift
position will not switch to the P (Park)
position. When pushing the P (Park)
position switch be sure to first allow
the shift lever to return to its center
position.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to back up. Make sure that
the vehicle is completely stopped before
selecting the R (Reverse) position. If the ve-
hicle is placed in the D (Drive) position
while reversing,the chime will sound and
the vehicle will switch into the N (Neutral)
position.
LSD2836
Starting and driving 5-17
N (Neutral)
Neither forward nor reverse gear is en-
gaged. The vehicle can be placed in the
READY to drive position in this position.
Do not shift to the N (Neutral) position while
driving. The regenerative brake system
does not operate in the N (Neutral) position.
However, the vehicle brakes will still stop
the car.
D (Drive)
Use this position for all normal forward
driving. If the vehicle is placed in the D
(Drive) position while reversing, the
chime will sound and the vehicle will
switch into the N (Neutral) position.
B mode
The B mode engages the regenerative
braking system more aggressively on
downhill slopes, and helps reduce brake
use. It is activated by moving the shift lever
left and down. The shift lever will then re-
turn to the center position. For additional
information, see “Brake system” (P. 5-156).
WARNING
• Be sure the parking brake is released
before driving. Failure to do so could
cause brake failure and lead to an
accident.
• Do not release the parking brake
from outside the vehicle.
• To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the
vehicle and/or its systems, do not
leave children, people who require
the assistance of others or pets unat-
tended in your vehicle. Additionally,
the temperature inside a closed ve-
hicle on a warm day can quickly be-
come high enough to cause a signifi-
cant risk of injury or death to people
and pets.
• When leaving the vehicle, apply the
parking brake and push the P (Park)
position switch on the shift lever.
LSD2837
PARKING BRAKE
5-18 Starting and driving
PEDAL TYPE
To engage: Firmly depress the parking
brake.
To release:
1. Firmly apply the foot brake.
2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
position.
3. Firmly depress the parking brake pedal
and it will release.
4. Before driving, be sure the brake warn-
ing light goes out.
SWITCH TYPE (models with
electronic parking brake system)
The electronic parking brake can be ap-
plied or released automatically or by oper-
ating the electronic parking brake switch.
Automatic operation
The electronic parking brake is automati-
cally released as soon as the vehicle starts
and the accelerator pedal is depressed.
In order for the electronic parking brake to
disable when the driver pushes the accel-
erator, the driver’s seat belt must be
fastened.
WARNING
• The electronic parking brake will not
be automatically applied when the
EV system is stopped without using
the power switch (for example, by EV
system stalling).
• Before leaving the vehicle, move the
shift lever to the P (Park) position and
check that the electronic parking
brake indicator light (
or PARK) is
illuminated to confirm that the elec-
tronic parking brake is applied. The
electronic parking brake indicator
light (
or PARK) will remain on for
a period of time after the driver’s
door is locked.
CAUTION
• When parking in an area where the
outside temperature is below 32°F
(0°C), the parking brake, if applied,
may freeze in place and may be diffi-
cult to release.
• For safe parking, it is recommended
that you place the shift lever in the P
(Park) position and securely block
the wheels.
NOTE:
• If a malfunction occurs in the elec-
tronic parking brake system (for ex-
ample, due to battery discharge), it is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer.
LSD0158
Starting and driving 5-19
• If the shift lever is moved to the P (Park)
position when the brake force is main-
tained by the automatic brake hold
function, the electronic parking brake
will apply automatically.
• If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened
when the brake force is maintained by
the automatic brake hold function, the
electronic parking brake will apply
automatically.
• When the ICC system (if so equipped) is
canceled under the following condi-
tions at a standstill, the electronic
parking brake is automatically
activated:
– Any door is open.
– The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
– Your vehicle has been stopped by
the ICC system for approximately 3
minutes or longer.
– The shift lever is not in the D (Drive)
position or B mode.
– The Vehicle Dynamic Control system
is turned off.
– When distance measurement be-
comes impaired due to adhesion of
dirt or obstruction to the sensor.
– When the radar signal is temporarily
interrupted.
Manual operation
The electronic parking brake will not be au-
tomatically applied if the EV system is
stopped without using the power switch
(for example, by EV system stalling). In such
a case, you have to apply the parking brake
manually.
To apply: Pull the switch up
O
1
. The indica-
tor light
O
A
will illuminate.
To release: With the power switch in the ON
position, depress the brake pedal and push
the switch down
O
2
. The indicator light
O
A
will turn off.
Before driving, check that the electronic
parking brake indicator light (
or PARK)
goes out. For additional information, see
“Warning lights, indicator lights and audible
reminders” (P. 2-14).
NOTE:
• A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is
driven without releasing the parking
brake. For additional information, see
“Warning lights, indicator lights and
audible reminders” (P. 2-14).
• While the electronic parking brake is
applied or released, an operating
sound is heard from the lower side of
the rear seat. This is normal and does
not indicate a malfunction.
• When the electronic parking brake is
frequently applied and released in a
short period of time, the parking brake
may not operate in order to prevent the
parking brake system from overheat-
ing. If this occurs, operate the elec-
tronic parking brake switch again after
waiting approximately 1 minute.
LSD2838
5-20 Starting and driving
• If the electronic parking brake must be
applied while driving in an emergency,
pull up and hold the electronic parking
brake switch. When you release the
electronic parking brake switch, the
parking brake will be released.
• While pulling up the electronic parking
brake switch during driving, the park-
ing brake is applied and a chime
sounds. The electronic parking brake
indicator light (
or PARK) in the me-
ter and in the electronic parking brake
switch illuminates. This does not indi-
cate a malfunction. The electronic
parking brake indicator light (
or
PARK) in the meter and in the elec-
tronic parking brake switch turns off
when the parking brake is released.
• When pulling the electronic parking
brake switch up with the power switch
in the OFF or ACC position, the elec-
tronic parking brake switch indicator
light will continue to illuminate for a
short period of time.
WARNING
Never rely solely on the e-Pedal system,
as there is a performance limit to the
system function. Always drive carefully
and attentively. The brake pedal should
be operated to slow or stop the vehicle,
depending on traffic or road
conditions.
The e-Pedal system enables the driver to
slow or stop the vehicle or to keep the ve-
hicle stopped by operating only the accel-
erator pedal. This system helps to keep the
driver from moving his/her foot between
the accelerator pedal and the brake pedal.
E-PEDAL SYSTEM OPERATION
LSD3165
E-PEDAL SYSTEM
Starting and driving 5-21
1. Acceleration
2. Deceleration (instead of brake pedal)
3. Making a stop (instead of brake pedal
When the e-Pedal system is activated, the
regenerative brake is enhanced and the
driver can adjust the vehicle speed by only
depressing or returning the accelerator
pedal. When you release (take your foot off)
the accelerator pedal, the vehicle slows
down and comes to a stop smoothly with-
out depressing the brake pedal. After a
stop, the vehicle remains at a stop
automatically.
To activate or deactivate the e-Pedal sys-
tem, place the power switch in the ON po-
sition and pull the e-Pedal switch located
on the center console. The e-Pedal system
turns on or off each time the e-Pedal
switch is pulled. (The e-Pedal indicator in
the vehicle information display shows the
status of the e-Pedal system.)
To turn the e-Pedal system off while the
vehicle is stopped by the e-Pedal system,
depress the brake pedal and then pull the
e-Pedal switch.
NOTE:
• When the e-Pedal system is switched
on or off, the degree of vehicle decel-
eration changes.
• The e-Pedal system automatically
turns off when the EV system restarts.
• To keep the e-Pedal system activated
even after the EV system restarts, turn
on “Retain Mode” in the “Driver Assis-
tance” menu of the vehicle information
display. For additional information, see
“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-26).
• The setting for “Retain Mode” does not
reset after selecting “Factory Reset” in
the “Settings” menu of the vehicle in-
formation display. For additional infor-
mation, see “Vehicle information dis-
play” (P. 2-26).
When the e-Pedal system is activated, the
characteristics of the accelerator pedal
change significantly and the accelerator
pedal operates differently than a conven-
tional accelerator pedal operates. Be sure
to confirm the status of the e-Pedal system
in the vehicle information display before
driving.
LSD3166 LSD3645
5-22 Starting and driving
The e-Pedal system provides the following
driving features:
When driving and stopping the vehicle:
• Depressing or returning the accelerator
pedal changes the degree of accelera-
tion and deceleration accordingly.
• Returning the accelerator pedal gener-
ates more deceleration than normal. (The
maximum deceleration changes accord-
ing to the vehicle speed.)
• Releasing (taking your foot off) the accel-
erator pedal reduces the vehicle speed
until the vehicle comes to a stop.
• The vehicle’s brake lights illuminate when
the deceleration level reaches an ordi-
nary braking operation.
If the deceleration is not sufficient when the
accelerator pedal is returned or released,
depress the brake pedal. The brake pedal
can be operated to reduce the vehicle
speed in the same way as normal even
when the e-Pedal system is activated.
When restarting the vehicle:
• After the vehicle comes to a stop by the
e-Pedal system function, the vehicle re-
mains at a stop as long as the accelerator
pedal is released.
• The vehicle’s brake lights remain illumi-
nated when the vehicle is stopped by the
e-Pedal system.
• Depress the accelerator pedal to start
the vehicle again from a stop.
When the vehicle needs to be stopped for a
certain period of time, place the vehicle in
the P (Park) position and apply the parking
brake.
CAUTION
When the e-Pedal system is turned off,
remember to depress the brake pedal
firmly to prevent the vehicle from mov-
ing with the shift lever in any position
other than P (Park).
When backing up the vehicle:
• With the shift lever in the R (Reverse) po-
sition, operating the accelerator pedal
adjusts the vehicle speed (acceleration,
deceleration, or stopping) in the same
way as the D (Drive) position.
Other driving tips for the e-Pedal
system:
• For smooth deceleration when the
e-Pedal system is activated, it is recom-
mended that you adjust the accelerator
pedal by either depressing or returning,
not releasing, the pedal.
• Moving the shift lever from D (Drive) to B
mode or from B mode to D (Drive) does
not affect the e-Pedal system feature.
• The e-Pedal system does not function
under the following conditions:
– When the vehicle is placed in the P
(Park) or N (Neutral) position
– When cruise control (if so equipped),
ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped), or Au-
tomatic Emergency Braking with Pe-
destrian Detection operates
Starting and driving 5-23
E-PEDAL SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the e-Pedal system. Failure to oper-
ate the vehicle in accordance with
these system limitations could result in
serious injury or death.
• If the “Press brake pedal to prevent
rolling” warning message appears in
the vehicle information display, de-
press the brake pedal. The vehicle
may start moving.
• If the deceleration force provided by
the e-Pedal system is not sufficient,
depress the brake pedal.
• If the vehicle starts to move while it is
stopped by the e-Pedal system, de-
press the brake pedal immediately.
• Under the following conditions, place
the vehicle in the P (Park) position
and make sure the parking brake is
securely applied. The vehicle may
start moving suddenly.
– When getting in and out of the
vehicle
– When loading and unloading the
vehicle
– When stopping the vehicle for a
long period of time
• Under the following conditions, the
e-Pedal system may not decelerate
or stop the vehicle sufficiently. De-
press the brake pedal whenever
necessary.
– When excessively heavy baggage
is loaded in the vehicle
– When driving on steep downhill
roads
– When driving on icy roads
• On a slope, the e-Pedal system may
not stop the vehicle completely or
may not keep the vehicle stopped.
Depress the brake pedal whenever
necessary.
CAUTION
• Turn the e-Pedal system off and
place the vehicle in the N (Neutral)
position under the following conditions:
– When the vehicle enters an auto-
matic car wash
– When the vehicle is towed
• Be careful not to operate the e-Pedal
switch mistakenly or unintentionally.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the e-Pedal system malfunctions, the “e-
Pedal system failure! Press brake pedal to
slow or stop” warning message appears in
the vehicle information display. When the
warning message appears, the e-Pedal
system will be turned off automatically.
Have the system checked as soon as pos-
sible. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
5-24 Starting and driving
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use of the LDW
system could result in serious injury or
death.
• This system is only a warning device
to inform the driver of a potential un-
intended lane departure. It will not
steer the vehicle or prevent loss of
control. It is the driver’s responsibility
to stay alert, drive safely, keep the
vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in
control of the vehicle at all times.
The LDW system will operate when the ve-
hicle is driven at speeds of approximately
37 mph (60 km/h) and above, and only
when the lane markings are clearly visible
on the road.
The LDW system monitors the lane mark-
ers on the traveling lane using the camera
unit
O
A
located above the inside mirror.
The LDW system warns the driver with an
indicator in the vehicle information display
and a steering vibration that the vehicle is
beginning to leave the driving lane. For ad-
ditional information, see “LDW system op-
eration” (P. 5-26).
LSD2839
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)
Starting and driving 5-25
LDW SYSTEM OPERATION
The LDW system provides a lane departure
warning function when the vehicle is driven
at speeds of approximately 37 mph (60
km/h) and above and the lane markings
are clear. When the vehicle approaches ei-
ther the left or the right side of the traveling
lane, the steering wheel will vibrate and the
LDW indicator in the vehicle information
display will blink to aler t the driver.
The warning function will stop when the
vehicle returns inside of the lane markers.
LSD3646
5-26 Starting and driving
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
LDW SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the LDW system:
1. Press the
button until “Settings” dis-
plays in the vehicle information display.
Use the
button to select “Driver As-
sistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Lane” and press the OK button.
3. Select “Lane Departure Warning” and
use the OK button to turn the system on
or off.
LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the LDW system. Failure to follow
the warnings and instructions for
proper use of the LDW system could re-
sult in serious injury or death.
• The system will not operate at
speeds below approximately 37 mph
(60 km/h) or if it cannot detect lane
markers.
• Do not use the LDW system under the
following conditions as it may not
function properly:
– During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, etc.).
– When driving on slippery roads,
such as on ice or snow.
– When driving on winding or un-
even roads.
– When there is a lane closure due to
road repairs.
LSD3647
Starting and driving 5-27
– When driving in a makeshift or
temporary lane.
– When driving on roads where the
lane width is too narrow.
– When driving without normal tire
conditions (for example, tire wear,
low tire pressure, installation of
spare tire, tire chains, nonstan-
dard wheels).
– When the vehicle is equipped with
non-original brake parts or sus-
pension parts.
• The system may not function prop-
erly under the following conditions:
– On roads where there are multiple
parallel lane markers; lane mark-
ers that are faded or not painted
clearly; yellow painted lane mark-
ers; non-standard lane markers;
or lane markers covered with wa-
ter, dirt, snow, etc.
– On roads where the discontinued
lane markers are still detectable.
– On roads where there are sharp
curves.
– On roads where there are sharply
contrasting objects, such as shad-
ows, snow, water, wheel ruts,
seams or lines remaining after
road repairs. (The LDW system
could detect these items as lane
markers.)
– On roads where the traveling lane
merges or separates.
– When the vehicle’s traveling direc-
tion does not align with the lane
marker.
– When traveling close to the ve-
hicle in front of you, which ob-
structs the lane camera unit de-
tection range.
– When rain, snow, dirt or an object
adheres to the windshield in front
of the lane camera unit.
– When the headlights are not
bright due to dirt on the lens or if
the aiming is not adjusted
properly.
– When strong light enters the lane
camera unit (for example, the light
directly shines on the front of the
vehicle at sunrise or sunset).
– When a sudden change in bright-
ness occurs (for example, when
the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel
or under a bridge).
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight
under high temperature conditions (over
approximately 104°F [40°C]) and then
started, the LDW system may be deacti-
vated automatically and the following
message will appear in the vehicle infor-
mation display: “Unavailable: High Cabin
Temperature.”
When the interior temperature is reduced,
the LDW system will resume operating
automatically
The LDW system is not designed to warn
under the following conditions:
• When you operate the lane change signal
and change traveling lanes in the direc-
tion of the signal. (The LDW system will
become operable again approximately 2
seconds after the lane change signal is
turned off.)
• When the vehicle speed lowers to less
than approximately 37 mph (60 km/h).
5-28 Starting and driving
After the above conditions have finished
and the necessary operating conditions
are satisfied, the LDW functions will resume.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the LDW system malfunctions, it will can-
cel automatically and “Malfunction: See
Owner’s Manual” will appear in the vehicle
information display. If “Malfunction: See
Owner’s Manual” appears in the vehicle in-
formation display, pull off the road to a safe
location and stop the vehicle. Place the
shift lever in the P (Park) position and the
power switch in the OFF position and re-
start the EV system. If “Malfunction: See
Owner’s Manual” continues to appear in
the vehicle information display, have the
system checked. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The lane camera unit
O
1
for the LDW sys-
tem is located above the inside mirror. To
keep the proper operation of the LDW sys-
tem and prevent a system malfunction, be
sure to observe the following:
• Always keep the windshield clean.
• Do not attach a sticker (including trans-
parent material) or install an accessory
near the camera unit.
• Do not place reflective materials, such as
white paper or a mirror, on the instru-
ment panel. The reflection of sunlight
may adversely a ffect the camera unit’s
capability of detecting the lane markers.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the camera unit. Do not touch the
camera lens or remove the screw located
on the camera unit. If the camera unit is
damaged due to an accident, it is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer.
LSD2847
Starting and driving 5-29
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use of the I-LI sys-
tem could result in serious injury or
death.
• The I-LI system will not steer the ve-
hicle or prevent loss of control. It is
the driver’s responsibility to stay
alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in
the traveling lane, and be in control of
the vehicle at all times.
• The I-LI system is primarily intended
for use on well-developed freeways
or highways. It may not detect the
lane markers in certain road,
weather, or driving conditions.
The I-LI system must be turned on with the
ProPILOT Assist switch on the steering
wheel (models with ProPILOT Assist) or the
dynamic driver assistance switch (models
without ProPILOT Assist) every time the
power switch is placed in the ON position.
The I-LI system will operate when the ve-
hicle is driven at speeds of approximately
37 mph (60 km/h) and above, and only
when the lane markings are clearly visible
on the road.
The I-LI system warns the driver when the
vehicle has left the center of the traveling
lane with an indicator in the vehicle infor-
mation display and a steering vibration.
The system helps assist the driver to return
the vehicle to the center of the traveling
lane by applying the brakes to the left or
right wheels individually (for a short period
of time).
The I-LI system monitors the lane markers
on the traveling lane using the camera unit
O
A
located above the inside mirror.
LSD2839
INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION
(I-LI)
5-30 Starting and driving
I-LI SYSTEM OPERATION
1. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicator
2. Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)
indicator
3. ProPILOT Assist switch (for models with
ProPILOT Assist)
4. Dynamic driver assistance switch (for
models without ProPILOT Assist)
The I-LI system operates above approxi-
mately 37 mph (60 km/h). When the vehicle
approaches either the left or the right side
of the traveling lane, the steering wheel will
vibrate and the LDW indicator in the vehicle
information display will blink to alert the
driver. Then, the I-LI system will automati-
cally apply the brakes for a short period of
time to help assist the driver to return the
vehicle to the center of the traveling lane.
To turn on the I-LI system, push the ProPI-
LOT Assist switch on the steering wheel
(models with ProPILOT Assist) or dynamic
driver assistance switch (models without
ProPILOT Assist). The I-LI indicator will illu-
minate. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch
(models with ProPILOT Assist) or dynamic
driver assistance switch (models without
ProPILOT Assist) again to turn off the I-LI
system. The I-LI indicator will turn off.
LSD3648
Starting and driving 5-31
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-LI
SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the I-LI system:
1. Press the
button until “Settings” dis-
plays in the vehicle information display.
Use the
button to select “Driver As-
sistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Lane” and press the OK button.
3. Select “Lane Departure Prevention” and
press the OK button.
4. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch (mod-
els with ProPILOT Assist) or dynamic
driver assistance switch (models with-
out ProPILOT Assist) to turn the system
on or off.
NOTE:
When Lane Departure Prevention is ON in
the settings menu, turning the ProPILOT
Assist system (if so equipped) on will ac-
tivate the Intelligent Lane Intervention
(I-LI) system at the same time. If Lane
Departure Prevention is OFF in the set-
tings menu, I-LI will automatically acti-
vate when ProPILOT Assist is “SET” or
Steering Assist is active. For additional
information, see “Intelligent Lane Inter-
vention (I-LI)” (P. 5-30).
LSD3647
5-32 Starting and driving
I-LI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the I-LI system. Failure to follow the
warnings and instructions for proper
use of the I-LI system could result in
serious injury or death.
• The I-LI system may activate if you
change lanes without first activating
your turn signal or, for example, if a
construction zone directs traffic to
cross an existing lane marker. If this
occurs you may need to apply correc-
tive steering to complete your lane
change.
• Because the I-LI may not activate un-
der the road, weather, and lane
marker conditions described in this
section, it may not activate every
time your vehicle begins to leave its
lane and you will need to apply cor-
rective steering.
• When the I-LI system is operating,
avoid excessive or sudden steering
maneuvers. Otherwise, you could
lose control of the vehicle.
• The I-LI system will not operate at
speeds below approximately 37 mph
(60 km/h) or if it cannot detect lane
markers.
• Do not use the I-LI system under the
following conditions as it may not
function properly:
– During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, etc.).
– When driving on slippery roads,
such as on ice or snow.
– When driving on winding or un-
even roads.
– When there is a lane closure due to
road repairs.
– When driving in a makeshift or
temporary lane.
– When driving on roads where the
lane width is too narrow.
– When driving without normal tire
conditions (for example, tire wear,
low tire pressure, installation of
spare tire, tire chains, nonstan-
dard wheels).
– When the vehicle is equipped with
nonoriginal brake parts or sus-
pension parts.
– On roads where there are multiple
parallel lane markers; lane mark-
ers that are faded or not painted
clearly; yellow painted lane mark-
ers; non-standard lane markers;
or lane markers covered with wa-
ter, dirt, snow, etc.
– On roads where discontinued lane
markers are still detectable.
– On roads where there are sharp
curves.
– On roads where there are sharply
contrasting objects, such as shad-
ows, snow, water, wheel ruts,
seams or lines remaining after
road repairs. (The I-LI system
could detect these items as lane
markers.)
– On roads where the traveling lane
merges or separates.
– When the vehicle’s traveling direc-
tion does not align with the lane
marker.
– When traveling close to the ve-
hicle in front of you, which ob-
structs the lane camera unit de-
tection range.
Starting and driving 5-33
– When rain, snow or dirt adheres to
the windshield in front of the lane
camera unit.
– When the headlights are not
bright due to dirt on the lens or if
the aiming is not adjusted
properly.
– When strong light enters the lane
camera unit (for example, the light
directly shines on the front of the
vehicle at sunrise or sunset).
– When a sudden change in bright-
ness occurs (for example, when
the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel
or under a bridge).
While the I-LI system is operating, you may
hear a sound of brake operation. This is
normal and indicates that the I-LI system is
operating properly.
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
Condition A:
The warning and assist functions of the I-LI
system are not designed to work under the
following conditions:
• When you operate the lane change signal
and change the traveling lanes in the di-
rection of the signal. (The I-LI system will
be deactivated for approximately 2 sec-
onds after the lane change signal is
turned off.)
• When the vehicle speed lowers to less
than approximately 37 mph (60 km/h).
After the above conditions have finished
and the necessary operating conditions
are satisfied, the warning and assist func-
tions will resume.
Condition B:
The assist function of the I-LI system is not
designed to work under the following con-
ditions (warning is still functional):
• When the brake pedal is depressed.
• When the steering wheel is turned as far
as necessary for the vehicle to change
lanes.
• When the vehicle is accelerated during
I-LI system operation.
• When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
approach warning occurs.
• When the hazard warning flashers are
operated.
• When driving on a curve at high speed.
After the above conditions have finished
and the necessary operating conditions
are satisfied, the I-LI system application of
the brakes will resume.
Condition C:
If the following messages appear in the
vehicle information display, a chime will
sound and the I-LI system will be turned off
automatically.
• “Not Available - Poor Road Conditions”:
When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
system (except Traction Control System
[TCS] function) or ABS operates.
• “Currently not available”: When the VDC
system is turned off.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
turn off the I-LI system. Push the ProPILOT
Assist switch (models with ProPILOT Assist)
or dynamic driver assistance switch (mod-
els without ProPILOT Assist) to turn the I-LI
system back on.
5-34 Starting and driving
Temporary disabled status at high
temperature:
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight
under high temperature conditions (over
approximately 104°F [40°C]) and then the
I-LI system is turned on, the I-LI system
may be deactivated automatically and the
following message will appear on the ve-
hicle information display: “Unavailable: High
Cabin Temperature.” When the interior
temperature is reduced, the system will re-
sume operating automatically.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the I-LI system malfunctions, it will cancel
automatically. The I-LI indicator (orange)
will illuminate and “Malfunction: See Own-
er’s Manual” warning message will appear
in the display.
If the I-LI indicator (orange) illuminates in
the display, pull off the road to a safe loca-
tion and stop the vehicle. Turn the EV sys-
tem off and restart the EV system. If the I-LI
indicator (orange) continues to illuminate,
have the I-LI system checked. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The lane camera unit
O
1
for the I-LI system
is located above the inside mirror. To keep
the proper operation of the I-LI system and
prevent a system malfunction, be sure to
observe the following:
• Always keep the windshield clean.
• Do not attach a sticker (including trans-
parent material) or install an accessory
near the camera unit.
• Do not place reflective materials, such as
white paper or a mirror, on the instru-
ment panel. The reflection of sunlight
may adversely a ffect the camera unit’s
capability of detecting the lane markers.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the camera unit. Do not touch the
camera lens or remove the screw located
on the camera unit. If the camera unit is
damaged due to an accident, it is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer.
LSD2847
Starting and driving 5-35
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use of the BSW
system could result in serious injury or
death.
• The BSW system is not a replacement
for proper driving procedures and is
not designed to prevent contact with
vehicles or objects. When changing
lanes, always use the side and rear
mirrors and turn and look in the di-
rection your vehicle will move to en-
sure it is safe to change lanes. Never
rely solely on the BSW system.
The BSW system helps alert the driver of
other vehicles in adjacent lanes when
changing lanes.
The BSW system uses radar sensors
O
1
installed near the rear bumper to detect
other vehicles in an adjacent lane.
The radar sensors can detect vehicles on
either side of your vehicle within the detec-
tion zone shown as illustrated. This detec-
tion zone starts from the outside mirror of
your vehicle and extends approximately
10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, and
approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.
LSD3768 LSD2875
Detection zone
BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)
5-36 Starting and driving
BSW SYSTEM OPERATION
1. Side Indicator Light
2. BSW Indicator
The BSW system operates above approxi-
mately 20 mph (32 km/h).
If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the
detection zone, the side indicator light (1)
illuminates. If the turn signal is then acti-
vated, the system chimes (twice), the side
indicator light flashes, and the BSW indica-
tor (2) illuminates (yellow) in the vehicle in-
formation display. The side indicator light
continues to flash until the detected ve-
hicle leaves the detection zone.
The side indicator light illuminates for a few
seconds when the power switch is placed
in the ON position.
The brightness of the side indicator light is
adjusted automatically depending on the
brightness of the ambient light.
If a vehicle comes into the detection zone
after the driver activates the turn signal,
then only the side indicator light flashes
and no chime sounds. For additional infor-
mation, see “BSW driving situations”
(P. 5-40).
The BSW system automatically turns on
every time the EV system is started, as long
as it is activated using the settings menu
on the vehicle information display.
LSD2844
Starting and driving 5-37
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
BSW SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the BSW system:
1. Press the
button until “Settings” dis-
plays in the vehicle information display.
Use the
button to select “Driver As-
sistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OK
button.
3. Select “Blind Spot Warning” and use the
OK button to turn the system on or off.
NOTE:
When enabling/disabling the system,
the system will retain current settings
even if the EV system is restarted.
LSD3651
5-38 Starting and driving
BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the BSW system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in seri-
ous injury or death.
• The BSW system cannot detect all ve-
hicles under all conditions.
• The radar sensors may not be able to
detect and activate BSW when cer-
tain objects are present such as:
– Pedestrian, bicycles, animals.
– Vehicles such as motorcycles, low
height vehicles, or high ground
clearance vehicles.
– Oncoming vehicles.
– Vehicles remaining in the detec-
tion zone when you accelerate
from a stop.
– A vehicle merging into an adjacent
lane at a speed approximately the
same as your vehicle.
– A vehicle approaching rapidly
from behind.
– A vehicle which your vehicle over-
takes rapidly.
– A vehicle that passes through the
detection zone quickly.
– When overtaking several vehicles
in a row, the vehicles after the first
vehicle may not be detected if
they are traveling close together.
• The radar sensor’s detection zone is
designed based on a standard lane
width. When driving in a wider lane,
the radar sensors may not detect ve-
hicles in an adjacent lane. When driv-
ing in a narrow lane, the radar sen-
sors may detect vehicles driving two
lanes away.
• The radar sensors are designed to ig-
nore most stationary objects; how-
ever, objects such as guardrails,
walls, foliage and parked vehicles
may occasionally be detected. This is
a normal operation condition.
• The following conditions may reduce
the ability of the radar to detect other
vehicles:
– Severe weather
– Road spray
– Ice/frost/dirt/snow build-up on
the vehicle
• Do not attach stickers (including
transparent material), install acces-
sories or apply additional paint near
the radar sensors. These conditions
may reduce the ability of the radar to
detect other vehicles.
• Excessive noise (for example, audio
system volume, open vehicle win-
dow) will interfere with the chime
sound, and it may not be heard.
Starting and driving 5-39
BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS
Illustration 1: The side indicator light illumi-
nates if a vehicle enters the detection zone
from behind in an adjacent lane.
Indicator on
Indicator off
Indicator flashing
Another vehicle approaching
from behind
Illustration 2: If the driver activates the
turn signal when another vehicle is in the
detection zone, then the system chimes
(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
NOTE:
• The radar sensors may not detect ve-
hicles which are approaching rapidly
from behind.
• If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the
other vehicle is detected.
LSD2877
Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind
LSD2878
Illustration 2 – Approaching from
behind
5-40 Starting and driving
Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 3: The side indicator light illu-
minates if you overtake a vehicle and that
vehicle stays in the detection zone for ap-
proximately 2 seconds.
Illustration 4: If the driver activates the
turn signal while another vehicle is in the
detection zone, then the system chimes
(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
NOTE:
• When overtaking several vehicles in a
row, the vehicles after the first vehicle
may not be detected if they are travel-
ing close together.
• The radar sensors may not detect
slower moving vehicles if they are
passed quickly.
• If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the
other vehicle is detected.
LSD2882
Illustration3–Overtaking another
vehicle
LSD2883
Illustration4–Overtaking another
vehicle
Starting and driving 5-41
Entering from the side
Illustration 5: The side indicator light illu-
minates if a vehicle enters the detection
zone from either side.
Illustration 6: If the driver activates the
turn signal while another vehicle is in the
detection zone, then the system chimes
(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
NOTE:
• If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the
other vehicle is detected.
• The radar sensors may not detect a ve-
hicle which is traveling at about the
same speed as your vehicle when it en-
ters the detection zone.
LSD2884
Illustration 5 – Entering from the side
LSD2885
Illustration 6 – Entering from the side
5-42 Starting and driving
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
When radar blockage is detected, the sys-
tem will be deactivated automatically. The
BSW indicator
O
1
will blink (yellow) in the
vehicle information display. The indicator
next to “Blind spot” in the “Driving Aids”
menu
O
2
will also blink (yellow).
The system is not available until the condi-
tions no longer exist.
The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-
porary ambient conditions such as splash-
ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condi-
tion may also be caused by objects such as
ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar
sensors.
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the
RCTA system will also stop working.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the system will resume automatically.
Malfunction
If the BSW system malfunctions, it will turn
off automatically. The BSW indicator will il-
luminate (yellow) in the vehicle information
display. The indicator next to “Blind spot” in
the “Driving Aids” menu will also illuminate
(yellow).
LSD3769
Starting and driving 5-43
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the
RCTA system will also stop working.
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the
vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the EV
system off and restart the EV system. If the
indicators continue to appear, have the
system checked. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The two radar sensors
O
1
for the BSW and
RCTA systems are located near the rear
bumper. Always keep the area near the ra-
dar sensors clean.
The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-
porary ambient conditions such as splash-
ing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-
structing the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing
the area around the radar sensors.
Do not attach stickers (including transpar-
ent material), install accessories or apply
additional paint near the radar sensors.
Do not strike or damage the area around
the radar sensors. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if
the area around the radar sensors is dam-
aged due to a collision.
Radio frequency statement
(Type A) (if so equipped)
For USA
FCC : OAYSRR3B
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
inter ference, and (2) this device must ac-
cept any interference received, including
inter ference that may cause undesired
operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment.
LSD3768
5-44 Starting and driving
For Canada
Applicable law: Canada 310
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
inter ference, and (2) This device must ac-
cept any interference, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired opera-
tion of the device.
Frequency bands: 24.05–24.25GHz
Output power: less than 20 milliwatts
Radio frequency statement
(Type B) (if so equipped)
For USA
FCC : OAYSRR3B
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
inter ference, and (2) this device must ac-
cept any interference received, including
inter ference that may cause undesired
operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment.
For Canada
Applicable law: Canada 310
This device contains licence-exempt
transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply
with Innovation, Science and Economic
Development Canada’s licence-exempt
RSS(s). Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions:
1. This device may not cause
inter ference.
2. This device must accept any interfer-
ence, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
Radiofrequency radiation exposure in-
formation: This equipment complies
with radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment. This
equipment should be installed and oper-
ated with minimum distance of 20 cm
between the radiator and your body.
Starting and driving 5-45
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use of the I-BSI
system could result in serious injury or
death.
• The I-BSI system is not a replace-
ment for proper driving procedure
and is not designed to prevent con-
tact with vehicles or objec ts. When
changing lanes, always use the side
and rear mirrors and turn and look in
the direction you will move to ensure
it is safe to change lanes. Never rely
solely on the I-BSI system.
• There is a limitation to the detec tion
capability of the radar or the sonar.
Not every moving object or vehicle
will be detected. Using the I-BSI sys-
tem under some road, ground, lane
marker, traffic or weather conditions
could lead to improper system op-
eration. Always rely on your own op-
eration to avoid accidents.
The I-BSI system helps alert the driver of
other vehicles in adjacent lanes when
changing lanes, and helps assist the driver
to return the vehicle to the center of the
traveling lane.
The I-BSI system uses radar sensors
O
1
installed near the rear bumper to detect
other vehicles in an adjacent lane. In addi-
tion to the radar sensors, the I-BSI system
uses a camera
O
2
installed behind the
windshield to monitor the lane markers of
your traveling lane.
The radar sensors can detect vehicles on
either side of your vehicle within the detec-
tion zone shown as illustrated.
The detection zone starts from the outside
mirror of your vehicle and extends approxi-
mately 10ft (3.0m) behind the rear bumper,
and approximately 10ft (3.0 m) sideways.
LSD3770 SSD1030
Detection zone
INTELLIGENT BLIND SPOT
INTERVENTION (I-BSI)
5-46 Starting and driving
1. Side indicator light
2. Blind Spot Warning (BSW) indicator
3. Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)
indicator
4. Dynamic driver assistance switch (mod-
els without ProPILOT Assist)
5. ProPILOT Assist switch (models with
ProPILOT Assist)
I-BSI SYSTEM OPERATION
The I-BSI system operates above approxi-
mately 37 mph (60 km/h).
If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the
detection zone, the side indicator light (1)
illuminates.
If the turn signal is then activated, the sys-
tem chimes (twice) and the side indicator
light flashes. The side indicator light contin-
ues to flash until the detected vehicle
leaves the detection zone. The brightness
of the side indicator light is adjusted auto-
matically depending on the brightness of
the ambient light.
If the I-BSI system is ON and your vehicle
approaches a lane marker while another
vehicle is in the detection zone, the system
chimes (three times) and the side indicator
light flashes. The I-BSI system activates to
help return the vehicle back to the center of
the driving lane. The I-BSI system operates
regardless of turn signal usage.
LSD3671
Starting and driving 5-47
NOTE:
• I-BSI warning and system application
will only be activated if the side indica-
tor light is already illuminated when
your vehicle approaches a lane marker.
If another vehicle comes into the de-
tection zone after your vehicle has
crossed a lane marker, no I-BSI warn-
ing or system application will be acti-
vated. (For additional information, see
“I-BSI driving situations” (P. 5-50).).
• The I-BSI system is typically activated
earlier than the Intelligent Lane Inter-
vention (I-LI) system when your vehicle
is approaching a lane marker.
To turn on the I-BSI system, push the ProPI-
LOT Assist switch on the steering wheel
(models with ProPILOT Assist) or the dy-
namic driver assistance switch (models
without ProPILOT Assist) after starting the
EV system. The I-BSI indicator will illumi-
nate. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch or
the dynamic driver assistance switch
again to turn off the I-BSI system. The I-BSI
indicator will turn off.
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
I-BSI SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the I-BSI system:
LSD3651
5-48 Starting and driving
1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-
plays in the vehicle information display.
Use the
button to select “Driver As-
sistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OK
button.
3. Select “Blind Spot Intervention” and use
the OK button to turn the system on or
off.
4. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch (mod-
els with ProPILOT Assist) or the dynamic
driver assistance switch (models with-
out ProPILOT Assist) to turn the system
on or off.
NOTE:
When Blind Spot Intervention is ON in the
settings menu, turning the ProPILOT As-
sist switch (if so equipped) ON will acti-
vate the Intelligent Blind Spot Interven-
tion (I-BSI) system at the same time. For
additional information, see “Intelligent
Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P. 5-30).
I-BSI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the I-BSI system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in seri-
ous injury or death.
• The I-BSI system cannot detect all
vehicles under all conditions.
• The radar sensors may not be able to
detect and activate I-BSI when cer-
tain objects are present such as:
– Pedestrians, bicycles, or animals.
– Vehicles such as motorcycles, low
height vehicles, or high ground
clearance vehicles.
– Vehicles remaining in the detec-
tion zone when you accelerate
from a stop. For additional infor-
mation, see “BSI driving situa-
tions” (P. 5-50).
– Oncoming vehicles.
– A vehicle merging into an adjacent
lane at a speed approximately the
same as your vehicle.
– A vehicle approaching rapidly
from behind.
– A vehicle which your vehicle over-
takes rapidly.
– A vehicle that passes through the
detection zone quickly.
• The radar sensors’ detection zone is
designed based on a standard lane
width. When driving in a wider lane,
the radar sensors may not detect ve-
hicles in an adjacent lane. When driv-
ing in a narrow lane, the radar sen-
sors may detect vehicles driving two
lanes away.
• The radar sensors are designed to ig-
nore most stationary objects; how-
ever, objects such as guardrails,
walls, foliage and parked vehicles
may occasionally be detected. This is
a normal operation condition.
• The camera may not detect lane
markers in the following situations
and the I-BSI system may not oper-
ate properly.
– On roads where there are multiple
parallel lane markers; lane mark-
ers that are faded or not painted
clearly; yellow painted lane mark-
ers; non-standard lane markers;
lane markers covered with water,
dirt, snow, etc.
Starting and driving 5-49
– On roads where discontinued lane
markers are still detectable.
– On roads where there are sharp
curves.
– On roads where there are sharply
contrasting objects, such as shad-
ows, snow, water, wheel ruts,
seams or lines remaining after
road repairs.
– On roads where the traveling lane
merges or separates.
– When the vehicle’s traveling direc-
tion does not align with the lane
markers.
– When traveling close to the ve-
hicle in front of you, which ob-
structs the lane camera unit de-
tection range.
– When rain, snow or dirt adheres to
the windshield in front of a lane
camera unit.
– When the headlights are not
bright due to dirt on the lens or if
aiming is not adjusted properly.
– When strong light enters a lane
camera unit. (For example: light
directly shines on the front of the
vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
– When a sudden change in bright-
ness occurs. (For example: when
the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel
or under a bridge.)
• Do not use the I-BSI system under the
following conditions because the
system may not function properly.
– During bad weather (for example:
rain, fog, snow, etc.).
– When driving on slippery roads,
such as on ice or snow, etc.
– When driving on winding or un-
even roads.
– When there is a lane closure due to
road repairs.
– When driving in a makeshift or
temporary lane.
– When driving on roads where the
lane width is too narrow.
– When driving with a tire that is not
within normal tire conditions (e.g.,
tire wear, low tire pressure, instal-
lation of spare tire, tire chains,
nonstandard wheels).
– When the vehicle is equipped with
non-original brake parts or sus-
pension parts.
• Excessive noise (e.g., audio system
volume, open vehicle window) will in-
ter fere with the chime sound, and it
may not be heard.
I-BSI DRIVING SITUATIONS
Indicator on
Indicator off
Indicator flashing
5-50 Starting and driving
Another vehicle approaching
from behind
Illustration 1: The side indicator light illumi-
nates if a vehicle enters the detection zone
from behind in an adjacent lane.
Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn
signal then the system chimes a sound
(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
Illustration 3: If the I-BSI system is on and
your vehicle approaches a lane marker
while another vehicle is in the detection
zone, the system chimes (three times) and
the side indicator light flashes. Then the
I-BSI system activates to help return the
vehicle back to the center of the driving
lane.
LSD2299
Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind
LSD2300
Illustration 2 – Approaching from
behind
LSD3775
Illustration 3 – Approaching from
behind
Starting and driving 5-51
NOTE:
• The radar sensors may not detect ve-
hicles which are approaching rapidly
from behind.
• If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the
other vehicle is detected.
Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 4: The side indicator light illumi-
nates if you overtake a vehicle and that
vehicle stays in the detection zone for ap-
proximately 3 seconds.
Illustration 5: If the driver activates the turn
signal while another vehicle is in the detec-
tion zone, then the system chimes (twice)
and the side indicator light flashes.
LSD2302
Illustration 4– Overtaking another
vehicle
LSD2303
Illustration 5– Overtaking another
vehicle
5-52 Starting and driving
Illustration 6: If the I-BSI system is on and
your vehicle approaches a lane marker
while another vehicle is in the detection
zone, the system chimes (three times) and
the side indicator light flashes. The I-BSI
system activates to help return the vehicle
back to the center of the driving lane.
NOTE:
• When overtaking several vehicles in a
row, the vehicles after the first vehicle
may not be detected if they are travel-
ing close together.
• The radar sensors may not detect
slower moving vehicles if they are
passed quickly.
• If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the
other vehicle is detected.
Entering from the side
Illustration 7: The side indicator light illumi-
nates if a vehicle enters the detection zone
from either side.
NOTE:
The radar sensors may not detect a ve-
hicle which is traveling at about the
same speed as your vehicle when it en-
ters the detection zone.
LSD2072
Illustration 6– Overtaking another
vehicle
LSD2305
Illustration 7– Entering from the side
Starting and driving 5-53
Illustration 8: If the driver activates the turn
signal while another vehicle is in the detec-
tion zone, then the side indicator light
flashes and a chime will sound twice.
NOTE:
If the driver activates the turn signal be-
fore a vehicle enters the detection zone,
the side indicator light will flash but no
chime will sound when another vehicle is
detected.
Illustration 9: If the I-BSI system is on and
your vehicle approaches the lane marker
while another vehicle is in the detection
zone, the system chimes (three times) and
the side indicator light flashes. The I-BSI
system activates to help return the vehicle
back to the center of the driving lane.
Illustration 10: The I-BSI system will not op-
erate if your vehicle is on a lane marker
when another vehicle enters the detection
zone. In this case only the BSW system
operates.
NOTE:
• The radar sensors may not detect a ve-
hicle which is traveling at about the
same speed as your vehicle when it en-
ters the detection zone.
LSD2308
Illustration 8– Entering from the side
SSD1094
Illustration 9– Entering from the side
LSD2051
Illustration 10: – Entering from the side
5-54 Starting and driving
• If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the
other vehicle is detected.
• I-BSI will not operate or will stop oper-
ating and only a warning chime will
sound under the following conditions:
– When the brake pedal is depressed.
– When the vehicle is accelerated dur-
ing I-BSI system operation.
– When steering quickly.
– When the ICC, I-FCW or AEB with Pe-
destrian Detection warnings sound.
– When the hazard warning flashers
are operated.
– When driving on a curve at a high
speed.
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
Under the following conditions, a chime will
sound, the following message will appear
in the vehicle information display and the
I-BSI system will be turned off automati-
cally. The I-BSI system will not be available
until the conditions no longer exist.
• “Not available Poor Road Conditions”
• When the VDC system (except TCS func-
tion) or ABS operates.
• “Currently not available”
• When the VDC system is turned off.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
push the ProPILOT Assist switch (models
with ProPILOT Assist) or the dynamic driver
assistance switch (models without ProPI-
LOT Assist) again to turn the I-BSI system
back on.
When radar blockage is detected, the I-BSI
system will be turned off automatically, a
chime will sound and the “Unavailable: Side
Radar Obstruction” warning message will
appear in the vehicle information display.
The I-BSI system is not available until the
conditions no longer exist. For additional
information, see “System maintenance”
(P. 5-56).
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
turn the I-BSI system on again. If the “Un-
available: Side Radar Obstruction” warning
message appears even after the I-BSI sys-
tem is turned on again, stop the vehicle in a
safe location, place the vehicle in the P
(Park) position and turn the EV system off.
Check for and remove objects obscuring
the radar sensors on the rear bumper, and
restart the EV system.
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight
under high temperature conditions (over
approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then the
I-BSI system is turned on, the I-BSI system
may be deactivated automatically. The
“Unavailable: High Cabin Temperature”
warning message will appear in the vehicle
information display.
Action to take:
When the interior temperature is reduced,
push the ProPILOT Assist switch (models
with ProPILOT Assist) or the dynamic driver
assistance switch (models without ProPI-
LOT Assist) again to turn the I-BSI system
back on.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
When the I-BSI system malfunctions, it will
be turned off automatically, a chime will
sound, and the “Not available System Mal-
function” warning message with the BSW
indicator (orange) will appear in the vehicle
information display.
Starting and driving 5-55
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the
vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the EV
system off and restart the EV system. If the
“Not available System Malfunction” warning
message with the BSW indicator (orange)
continues to be displayed, have the I-BSI
system checked. It is recommended you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The two radar sensors
O
1
for the I-BSI sys-
tem are located near the rear bumper. Al-
ways keep the area near the radar sensors
clean.
The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-
porary ambient conditions such as splash-
ing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-
structing the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing
the radar sensors.
Do not attach stickers (including transpar-
ent material), install accessories or apply
additional paint near the radar sensors.
Do not strike or damage the area around
the radar sensors.
It is recommended you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer if the area around the
radar sensors is damaged due to a
collision.
The lane camera unit
O
2
for I-BSI system is
located above the inside mirror. To keep
the proper operation of I-BSI and prevent a
system malfunction, be sure to observe
the following:
• Always keep the windshield clean.
• Do not attach a sticker (including trans-
parent material) or install an accessory
near the camera unit.
• Do not place reflective materials, such as
white paper or a mirror, on the instru-
ment panel. The reflection of sunlight
may adversely a ffect the camera unit’s
capability of detecting the lane markers.
LSD3770
5-56 Starting and driving
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the camera unit. Do not touch the
camera lens or remove the screw located
on the camera unit. It is recommended
that you contact a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer if the camera unit is damaged due
to an accident.
Radio frequency statement
(Type A) (if so equipped)
For USA
FCC : OAYSRR3B
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
inter ference, and (2) this device must ac-
cept any interference received, including
inter ference that may cause undesired
operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment.
For Canada
Applicable law: Canada 310
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
inter ference, and (2) This device must ac-
cept any interference, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired opera-
tion of the device.
Frequency bands: 24.05–24.25GHz
Output power: less than 20 milliwatts
Radio frequency statement
(Type B) (if so equipped)
For USA
FCC : OAYSRR3B
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
inter ference, and (2) this device must ac-
cept any interference received, including
inter ference that may cause undesired
operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment.
For Canada
Applicable law: Canada 310
This device contains licence-exempt
transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply
with Innovation, Science and Economic
Development Canada’s licence-exempt
RSS(s). Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions:
1. This device may not cause
inter ference.
2. This device must accept any interfer-
ence, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
Radiofrequency radiation exposure in-
formation: This equipment complies
with radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment. This
equipment should be installed and oper-
ated with minimum distance of 20 cm
between the radiator and your body.
Starting and driving 5-57
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use of the RCTA
system could result in serious injury or
death.
• The RCTA system is not a replace-
ment for proper driving procedures
and is not designed to prevent con-
tact with vehicles or objec ts. When
backing out of a parking space, al-
ways use the side and rear mirrors
and turn and look in the direction
your vehicle will move. Never rely
solely on the RCTA system.
The RCTA system will assist you when
backing out from a parking space. When
the vehicle is in reverse, the system is de-
signed to detect other vehicles approach-
ing from the right or left of the vehicle. If the
system detects cross traffic, it will alert you.
RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION
1. Side Indicator Light
The RCTA system can help alert the driver
of an approaching vehicle when the driver
is backing out of a parking space.
LSD3418
REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)
5-58 Starting and driving
When the shift position is in R (Reverse) and
the vehicle speed is less than approxi-
mately 5 mph (8 km/h), the RCTA system is
operational.
If the radar detects an approaching vehicle
from either side, the system chimes (once)
and the side indicator light (1) flashes on the
side the vehicle is approaching from.
The RCTA system uses radar sensors
O
1
installed on both sides near the rear bum-
per to detect an approaching vehicle.
The radar sensors
O
1
can detect an ap-
proaching vehicle from up to approxi-
mately 66 ft (20 m) away.
LSD2886 LSD3768
Starting and driving 5-59
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
RCTA SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the RCTA system.
1. Press the
button until “Settings” dis-
plays in the vehicle information display.
Use the
button to select “Driver As-
sistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Parking Aids” and press the OK
button.
3. Select “Cross Traffic” and use the OK but-
ton to turn the system on or off.
NOTE:
When enabling/disabling the system,
the system setting will be retained even
if the EV system is restarted.
LSD3771
5-60 Starting and driving
RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the RCTA system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in seri-
ous injury or death.
• Always check surroundings and turn
to check what is behind you before
backing up. The radar sensors detect
approaching (moving) vehicles. The
radar sensors cannot detect every
object such as:
– Pedestrians, bicycles, motor-
cycles, animals or child-operated
toy vehicles
– A vehicle that is passing at speeds
greater than approximately 19
mph (30 km/h)
– A vehicle that is passing at speeds
lower than approximately 5 mph
(8 km/h)
• The radar sensors may not detect
approaching vehicles in certain
situations:
– Illustration a: When a vehicle
parked next to you obstructs the
beam of the radar sensor.
– Illustration b: When the vehicle is
parked in an angled parking
space.
– Illustration c: When the vehicle is
parked on inclined ground.
– Illustration d: When an approach-
ing vehicle turns into your vehi-
cle’s parking lot aisle.
LSD2887
Starting and driving 5-61
– Illustration e: When the angle
formed by your vehicle and ap-
proaching vehicle is small.
• The following conditions may reduce
the ability of the radar to detect other
vehicles:
– Severe weather
– Road spray
– Ice/frost/dirt/snow build-up on
the vehicle
• Do not attach stickers (including
transparent material), install acces-
sories or apply additional paint near
the radar sensors. These conditions
may reduce the ability of the radar to
detect other vehicles.
• Excessive noise (e.g., audio system
volume, open vehicle window) will in-
ter fere with the chime sound, and it
may not be heard.
NOTE:
In the case of several vehicles approach-
ing in a row (Illustration 1) or in the oppo-
site direction (Illustration 2), a chime may
not be sounded by the RCTA system af-
ter the first vehicle passes the sensors.
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
When radar blockage is detected, the sys-
tem will be deactivated automatically.
The systems are not available until the
conditions no longer exist.
LSD2888
Illustration 1
LSD2889
Illustration 2
5-62 Starting and driving
The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-
porary ambient conditions such as splash-
ing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-
structing the radar sensors.
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the
RCTA system will also stop working.
Action to take
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the system will resume automatically.
Malfunction
When the RCTA system malfunctions, it will
turn off automatically. The “Malfunction:
See Owner’s Manual” warning message will
appear.
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the
RCTA system will also stop working.
Action to take
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the
vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the EV
system off and restart the EV system. If the
system does not resume automatically,
have the system checked. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The two radar sensors
O
1
for the BSW and
RCTA systems are located near the rear
bumper. Always keep the area near the ra-
dar sensors clean.
The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-
porary ambient conditions such as splash-
ing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-
structing the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing
the area around the radar sensors.
LSD3768
Starting and driving 5-63
Do not attach stickers (including transpar-
ent material), install accessories or apply
additional paint near the radar sensors.
Do not strike or damage the area around
the radar sensors. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if
the area around the radar sensors is dam-
aged due to a collision.
Radio frequency statement
(Type A) (if so equipped)
For USA
FCC : OAYSRR3B
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
inter ference, and (2) this device must ac-
cept any interference received, including
inter ference that may cause undesired
operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment.
For Canada
Applicable law: Canada 310
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
inter ference, and (2) This device must ac-
cept any interference, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired opera-
tion of the device.
Frequency bands: 24.05–24.25GHz
Output power: less than 20 milliwatts
Radio frequency statement
(Type B) (if so equipped)
For USA
FCC : OAYSRR3B
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
inter ference, and (2) this device must ac-
cept any interference received, including
inter ference that may cause undesired
operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment.
For Canada
Applicable law: Canada 310
This device contains licence-exempt
transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply
with Innovation, Science and Economic
Development Canada’s licence-exempt
RSS(s). Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions:
1. This device may not cause
inter ference.
2. This device must accept any interfer-
ence, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
Radiofrequency radiation exposure in-
formation: This equipment complies
with radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment. This
equipment should be installed and oper-
ated with minimum distance of 20 cm
between the radiator and your body.
5-64 Starting and driving
1. RES+ switch
2. CANCEL switch
3. SET- switch
4. Cruise control switch
PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE
CONTROL
• If the cruise control system malfunctions,
it cancels automatically. The cruise
indicator in the vehicle information dis-
play then blinks to warn the driver.
• If the cruise
indicator blinks, turn the
cruise control switch off and have the
system checked. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
• The cruise
indicator may blink when
the cruise control switch is turned on
while pushing the RES+, SET- or CANCEL
switch. To properly set the cruise control
system, use the following procedures.
WARNING
Do not use the cruise control when driv-
ing under the following conditions:
• When it is not possible to keep the
vehicle at a set speed
• In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies
in speed
• On winding or hilly roads
• On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,
etc.)
• In very windy areas
Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
control and result in an accident.
CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS
The cruise control allows driving at a speed
between 25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h)
without keeping your foot on the accelera-
tor pedal.
To turn on the cruise control, push the
cruise control switch on. The cruise
indicator in the vehicle information display
will illuminate.
To set the cruising speed, accelerate the
vehicle to the preferred speed, push the
SET- switch and release it. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal. The vehicle will
maintain the set speed.
• To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-
celerator pedal. When you release the
pedal, the vehicle will return to the previ-
ously set speed.
• The vehicle may not maintain the set
speed on winding or hilly roads. If this
happens, drive without using the cruise
control.
To cancel the preset speed, use one of the
following methods:
1. Push the CANCEL switch.
2. Tap the brake pedal.
LSD3168
CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)
Starting and driving 5-65
3. Turn the cruise control switch off. The
cruise
indicator in the vehicle infor-
mation display will turn off.
• If you depress the brake pedal while
pushing the RES+ or SET- switch and re-
set at the cruising speed, the cruise con-
trol will disengage. Turn the cruise control
switch off once and then turn it on again.
• The cruise control will automatically can-
cel if the vehicle slows more than 8 mph
(13 km/h) below the set speed.
• If you move the shift lever to the N (Neu-
tral) position, the cruise control will be
canceled.
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use
one of the following methods:
• Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
vehicle attains the preferred speed, push
and release the SET- switch.
• Push and hold the RES+ switch. When the
vehicle attains the preferred speed, re-
lease the switch.
• Push, then quickly release the RES+
switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will increase by about 1 mph or 1.6
km/h.
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use
one of the following methods:
• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-
hicle attains the preferred speed, push
the SET- switch and release it.
• Push and hold the SET- switch. Release
the switch when the vehicle slows down
to the preferred speed.
• Push, then quickly release, the SET-
switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will decrease by about 1 mph or
1km/h.
To resume the preset speed, push and
release the RES+ switch. The vehicle will
resume the last set cruising speed when
the vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).
5-66 Starting and driving
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use of the ICC sys-
tem could result in serious injury or
death.
• The ICC system is only an aid to assist
the driver and is not a collision warn-
ing or avoidance device. It is the driv-
er’s responsibility to stay alert, drive
safely, and be in control of the vehicle
at all times.
• Always observe posted speed limits
and do not set the speed over them.
• Always drive carefully and atten-
tively when using the ICC system.
Read and understand the Owner’s
Manual thoroughly before using the
ICC system. To avoid serious injury or
death, do not rely on the system to
prevent accidents or to control the
vehicle’s speed in emergency situa-
tions. Do not use the ICC system ex-
cept in appropriate road and traffic
conditions.
LSD3654
INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)
(for vehicles without ProPILOT
Assist) (if so equipped)
Starting and driving 5-67
• In the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode, a warning
chime will not sound to warn you if
you are too close to the vehicle
ahead. Pay special attention to the
distance between your vehicle and
the vehicle ahead of you or a collision
could occur
The ICC system maintains a selected dis-
tance from the vehicle in front of you within
the speed range of 0 to 90 mph (0 to 144
km/h) up to the set speed. The set speed
can be selected by the driver between 20 to
90 mph (32 to 144 km/h).
The vehicle travels at a set speed when the
road ahead is clear.
The ICC system can be set to one of two
cruise control modes:
• Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode: For maintaining a selected dis-
tance between your vehicle and the ve-
hicle in front of you up to the present
speed
• Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-
trol mode: For cruising at a preset speed
Always confirm the setting in the ICC sys-
tem display.
For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode, see “Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode” (P. 5-69).
For the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode, see “Conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode” (P. 5-86).
5-68 Starting and driving
HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISE
CONTROL MODE
Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance control mode: To choose the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
O
1
, quickly push and release the ICC switch
O
A
.
Selecting the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode: To choose the con-
ventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode
O
2
, push and hold the ICC switch
O
A
for
longer than approximately 1.5 seconds. For
additional information, see “Conventional
(fixed speed) cruise control mode” (P. 5-86).
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE
CONTROL MODE
In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode, the ICC system automatically main-
tains a selected distance from the vehicle
traveling in front of you according to that
vehicle’s speed (up to the set speed), or at
the set speed when the road ahead is clear.
The ICC system is intended to enhance the
operation of the vehicle when following a
vehicle traveling in the same lane and
direction.
LSD2891 LSD2850
Starting and driving 5-69
If the radar sensor
O
B
detects a slower
moving vehicle ahead, the system will re-
duce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle
follows the vehicle in front at the selected
distance.
The system automatically controls the
throttle and applies the brakes (up to ap-
proximately 40% of vehicle braking power)
if necessary.
The detection range of the sensor is ap-
proximately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE
CONTROL MODE OPERATION
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode is designed to maintain a selected
distance from the vehicle in front of you
and can reduce the speed to match a
LSD3772
5-70 Starting and driving
slower vehicle ahead. The system will de-
celerate the vehicle as necessary and if the
vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle
decelerates to a standstill. However, the ICC
system can only apply up to 40% of the
vehicle’s total braking power.
This system should only be used when traf-
fic conditions allow vehicle speeds to re-
main fairly constant or when vehicle
speeds change gradually. If a vehicle
moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a
vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates,
the distance between vehicles may be-
come closer because the ICC system can-
not decelerate the vehicle quickly enough.
If this occurs, the ICC system will sound a
warning chime and blink the system dis-
play to notify the driver to take necessary
action.
The system will cancel and a warning
chime will sound if the speed is below ap-
proximately 15 mph (24 km/h) and a vehicle
is not detected ahead. The system will also
disengage when the vehicle goes above
the maximum set speed.
For additional information, see “Approach
warning” (P. 5-77).
The following items are controlled in the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:
• When there are no vehicles traveling
ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode maintains the speed set by
the driver. The set speed range is be-
tween approximately 20 and 90 mph (32
and 144 km/h).
• When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,
the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode adjusts the speed to maintain the
distance, selected by the driver, from the
vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead comes
to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a
standstill within the limitations of the sys-
tem. The system will cancel once it judges
a standstill with a warning chime.
• When the vehicle traveling ahead has
moved out from its lane of travel, the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
accelerates and maintains vehicle speed
up to the set speed.
The ICC system does not control vehicle
speed or warn you when you approach
stationary and slow-moving vehicles. You
must pay attention to vehicle operation to
maintain proper distance from vehicles
ahead when approaching toll gates or traf-
fic congestion.
When driving on the freeway at a set speed
and approaching a slower traveling vehicle
ahead, the ICC system will adjust the speed
to maintain the distance, selected by the
driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle
ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway,
the ICC system will accelerate and main-
tain the speed up to the set speed. Pay
attention to the driving operation to main-
tain control of the vehicle as it accelerates
to the set speed.
The vehicle may not maintain the set
speed on winding or hilly roads. If this oc-
curs, you will have to manually control the
vehicle speed.
LSD2892
Starting and driving 5-71
Normally when controlling the distance to
a vehicle ahead, this system automatically
accelerates or decelerates your vehicle ac-
cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead.
Depress the accelerator to properly accel-
erate your vehicle when acceleration is re-
quired for a lane change. Depress the brake
pedal when deceleration is required to
maintain a safe distance to the vehicle
ahead due to its sudden braking or if a
vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when us-
ing the ICC system.
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE
CONTROL MODE SWITCHES
The system is operated by the ICC switch
and four control switches, all mounted on
the steering wheel.
1. CANCEL switch:
Deactivates the system without erasing
the set speed.
2. RES+ switch:
Resumes set speed or increases speed
incrementally.
3. SET- switch:
Sets desired cruise speed or reduces
speed incrementally.
4. DISTANCE switch:
Changes the vehicle’s following
distance:
• Long
• Middle
• Short
5. ICC switch:
Master switch to activate the system.
LSD2893
5-72 Starting and driving
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode display and
indicators
The display is shown in the vehicle infor-
mation display.
1. Set vehicle speed indicator:
Indicates the set vehicle speed.
For Canadian models, the speed is dis-
played in km/h.
2. This indicator indicators the ICC system
status depending on a color:
• ICC system ON indicator (gray): Indi-
cates that the ICC switch is on.
• ICC system SET indicator (green): In-
dicates that the cruising speed is set.
• ICC system warning (yellow): Indi-
cates that there is a malfunction in the
ICC system.
3. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:
Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in
front of you.
4. Set distance indicator:
Displays the selected distance between
vehicles set with the distance switch.
Operating vehicle-to-vehicle
distance control mode
To turn on the cruise control, quickly push
and release the ICC switch
O
A
. The ICC sys-
tem ON indicator (gray), set distance indi-
cator and set vehicle speed indicator
O
B
come on in a standby state for setting.
LSD2852 LSD2853
Starting and driving 5-73
To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-
hicle to the desired speed, push the SET–
switch
O
C
and release it. The ICC system
set indicator (green), vehicle ahead detec-
tion indicator, set distance indicator and
set vehicle speed indicator
O
B
will come on.
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.
When the SET– switch is pushed under the
following conditions, the system cannot be
set and the ICC indicators will blink for ap-
proximately 2 seconds:
• When traveling below 20 mph (32 km/h)
and a vehicle ahead is not detected
• When the shift lever is not in D (Drive) or B
mode
• When the parking brake is applied
• When the brakes are operated by the
driver
When the SET– switch is pushed under the
following conditions, the system cannot be
set.
A warning chime will sound and a message
will pop up:
• When the VDC system is off (To use the
ICC system, turn on the VDC system. Push
the ICC switch to turn off the ICC system
and reset the ICC switch by pushing the
ICC switch again.)
For additional information about the
VDC system, see “Vehicle Dynamic Con-
trol (VDC) system” (P. 5-159).
• When VDC is operating
• When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICC
system, make sure the wheels are no lon-
ger slipping.)
LSD2854 LSD2894
5-74 Starting and driving
1. System set display with vehicle ahead
2. System set display without vehicle
ahead
The driver sets the desired vehicle speed
based on the road conditions. The ICC sys-
tem maintains the set vehicle speed, simi-
lar to standard cruise control, as long as no
vehicle is detected in the lane ahead. The
ICC system displays the set speed.
Vehicle detected ahead
When a vehicle is detected in the lane
ahead, the ICC system decelerates the ve-
hicle by controlling the throttle and apply-
ing the brakes to match the speed of a
slower vehicle ahead. The system then
controls the vehicle speed based on the
speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the
driver selected distance.
NOTE:
• The stop lights of the vehicle come on
when braking is performed by the ICC
system.
• When the brake operates, a noise may
be heard. This is not a malfunction.
When a vehicle ahead is detected, the ve-
hicle ahead detection indicator comes on.
The ICC system will also display the set
speed and selected distance.
Vehicle ahead not detected
When a vehicle is no longer detected
ahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-
ates your vehicle to resume the previously
set vehicle speed. The ICC system then
maintains the set speed.
When a vehicle is no longer detected, the
vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.
If a vehicle ahead appears during accelera-
tion to the set vehicle speed or any time the
ICC system is in operation, the system con-
trols the distance to that vehicle.
When a vehicle is no longer detected under
approximately 15 mph (24 km/h), the sys-
tem will be canceled.
LSD3169
Starting and driving 5-75
When passing another vehicle, the set
speed indicator
O
B
will flash when the ve-
hicle speed exceeds the set speed. The ve-
hicle detect indicator will turn off when the
area ahead of the vehicle is open. When the
pedal is released, the vehicle will return to
the previously set speed.
Even though your vehicle speed is set in the
ICC system, you can depress the accelera-
tor pedal when it is necessary to accelerate
your vehicle rapidly.
How to change the set vehicle
speed
To cancel the preset speed, use one of the
following methods:
• Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehicle
speed indicator will go out.
• Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle
speed indicator will go out.
• Turn the ICC switch off. The ICC indicators
will go out.
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use
one of the following methods:
• Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push
and release the SET– switch.
• Push and hold the RES+ switch. The set
vehicle speed will increase by approxi-
mately 5 mph (5 km/h).
• Push, then quickly release the RES+
switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will increase by approximately 1
mph (1 km/h).
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use
one of the following methods:
• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-
hicle attains the desired speed, push the
SET– switch and release it.
• Push and hold the SET– switch. The set
vehicle speed will decrease by approxi-
mately 5 mph (5 km/h).
• Push, then quickly release the SET–
switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will decrease by approximately 1
mph (1 km/h).
To resume the preset speed, push and
release the RES+ switch. The vehicle will
resume the last set cruising speed when
the vehicle speed is over 20 mph (32 km/h).
LSD2895
5-76 Starting and driving
How to change the set distance
to the vehicle ahead
The distance to the vehicle ahead can be
selected at any time depending on the traf-
fic conditions.
Each time the DISTANCE switch
O
A
is
pushed, the set distance will change to
long, middle, short and back to long again,
in that sequence.
Distance Approximate
distance at 60
mph (97 km/h)
[ft (m)]
1. Long 200 (60)
2. Middle 150 (45)
3. Short 90 (30)
• The distance to the vehicle ahead will
change according to the vehicle speed.
The higher the vehicle speed, the longer
the distance.
• The distance setting will remain at the
current setting even if the EV system is
restarted.
Approach warning
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle
ahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve-
hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the sys-
tem warns the driver with the chime and
ICC system display. Decelerate by depress-
ing the brake pedal to maintain a safe ve-
hicle distance if:
• The chime sounds.
• The vehicle ahead detection indicator
blinks.
The warning chime may not sound in
some cases when there is a short distance
between vehicles. Some examples are:
• When the vehicles are traveling at the
same speed and the distance between
vehicles is not changing.
• When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster
and the distance between vehicles is
increasing.
• When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.
The warning chime will not sound when:
• The vehicle approaches other vehicles
that are parked or moving slowly.
• The accelerator pedal is depressed, over-
riding the system.
LSD2896 LSD2897
Starting and driving 5-77
NOTE:
The approach warning chime may sound
and the system display may blink when
the ICC sensor detects objects on the
side of the vehicle or on the side of the
road. This may cause the ICC system to
decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The
ICC sensor may detect these objects
when the vehicle is driven on winding
roads, narrow roads, hilly roads, or when
entering or exiting a curve. In these
cases you will have to manually control
the proper distance ahead of your
vehicle.
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be af-
fected by vehicle operation (steering
maneuver or driving position in the lane)
or traffic or vehicle condition (for ex-
ample, if a vehicle is being driven with
some damage).
Acceleration when passing
When the ICC system is engaged above 43
mph and following a slower vehicle (below
ICC set speed), and the turn signal is acti-
vated to the left, the ICC system will auto-
matically start to accelerate the vehicle to
help initiate passing on the left and will
begin to reduce the distance to the vehicle
directly ahead. Only the left side turn signal
operates this feature. As the driver steers
the vehicle and moves into the passing
lane, if no vehicle is detected ahead the ICC
system will continue to accelerate to the
ICC system set speed. If another vehicle is
detected ahead, then the vehicle will accel-
erate up to the following speed of that ve-
hicle. If the vehicle is not steered into the
left lane to pass, the acceleration will stop
after a short time and regain the set follow-
ing distance. Acceleration can be stopped
at any point by depressing the brake pedal
or the CANCEL switch on the steering
wheel.
WARNING
In order to reduce the risk of a collision
that may result in serious injury or
death, please be aware of the following:
• This function is only activated with
the left turn signal and will briefly ac-
celerate the vehicle even if a lane
change is not initiated. This can in-
clude non-passing situations such as
left side exits.
• Ensure that when passing another
vehicle, the adjacent lane is clear be-
fore initiating the pass. Sudden
changes in traffic may occur while
passing.
– Always manually steer or brake as
needed
– Never solely rely on the system
Automatic cancellation
A chime sounds under the following condi-
tions and the control is automatically
canceled:
• When the vehicle ahead is not detected
and your vehicle is traveling below the
speed of 15 mph (24 km/h)
• When the system judges the vehicle is at
a standstill
• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)
position or B mode
• When the parking brake system is applied
• When the VDC system is turned off
• When VDC operates
• When distance measurement becomes
impaired due to adhesion of dirt or ob-
struction to the sensor
• When a wheel slips
• When the radar signal is temporarily
interrupted
5-78 Starting and driving
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE
CONTROL MODE LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the ICC system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in seri-
ous injury or death.
• The ICC system is primarily intended
for use on straight, dry, open roads
with light traffic. It is not advisable to
use the ICC system in city traffic or
congested areas.
• The ICC system will not adapt auto-
matically to road conditions. This
system should be used in evenly
flowing traffic. Do not use the system
on roads with sharp curves, or on icy
roads, in heavy rain or in fog.
• As there is a performance limit to the
distance control function, never rely
solely on the ICC system. This system
does not correct careless, inattentive
or absentminded driving, or over-
come poor visibility in rain, fog, or
other bad weather. Decelerate the
vehicle speed by depressing the
brake pedal, depending on the dis-
tance to the vehicle ahead and the
surrounding circumstances in order
to maintain a safe distance between
vehicles.
• If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,
the vehicle decelerates to a standstill
within the limitations of the system.
The system will cancel once it judges
that the vehicle has come to a stand-
still and sound a warning chime. To
prevent the vehicle from moving, the
driver must depress the brake pedal.
• Always pay attention to the opera-
tion of the vehicle and be ready to
manually control the proper follow-
ing distance. The ICC system may not
be able to maintain the selected dis-
tance between vehicles (following
distance) or selected vehicle speed
under some circumstances.
• The system may not detect the ve-
hicle in front of you in certain road or
weather conditions. To avoid acci-
dents, never use the ICC system un-
der the following conditions:
– On roads where the traffic is heavy
or there are sharp curves
– On slipper y road surfaces such as
on ice or snow, etc.
– During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, etc.)
– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to
the bumper around the distance
sensor
– On steep downhill roads (the ve-
hicle may go beyond the set ve-
hicle speed and frequent braking
may result in overheating the
brakes)
– On repeated uphill and downhill
roads
– When traffic conditions make it
difficult to keep a proper distance
between vehicles because of fre-
quent acceleration or
deceleration
– Inter ference by other radar
sources.
Starting and driving 5-79
• In some road or traffic conditions, a
vehicle or object can unexpectedly
come into the sensor detection zone
and cause automatic braking. Al-
ways stay alert and avoid using the
ICC system where not recommended
in this warning section.
The radar sensor will not detect the follow-
ing objects:
• Stationary and slow-moving vehicles
• Pedestrians or objects in the roadway
• Oncoming vehicles in the same lane
• Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel
lane
The sensor generally detects the signals
returned from the vehicle ahead. Therefore,
if the sensor cannot detect the reflection
from the vehicle ahead, the ICC system
may not maintain the selected distance.
The following are some conditions in which
the sensor cannot properly detect a ve-
hicle ahead and the system may not oper-
ate properly:
• When snow or road spray from traveling
vehicles reduces the sensor’s detection.
• When excessively heavy baggage is
loaded in the rear seat or the cargo area
of your vehicle.
The ICC system is designed to automati-
cally check the sensor’s operation within
the limitations of the system.
When the sensor is covered with dirt or is
obstructed, the system will automatically
be canceled. If the sensor is covered with
ice, a transparent or translucent vinyl bag,
etc., the ICC system may not detect them.
In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicle
distance control mode may not cancel and
may not be able to maintain the selected
following distance from the vehicle ahead.
Be sure to check and clean the sensor
regularly.
The detection zone of the radar sensor is
limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the de-
tection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance detection mode to maintain the se-
lected distance from the vehicle ahead.
A vehicle ahead may move outside of the
detection zone due to its position within
the same lane of travel. Motorcycles may
not be detected in the same lane ahead if
they are traveling offset from the center
line of the lane. A vehicle that is entering the
lane ahead may not be detected until the
vehicle has completely moved into the
lane.
If this occurs, the ICC system may warn
you by blinking the system indicator and
sounding the chime. The driver may
have to manually control the proper dis-
tance away from the vehicle traveling
ahead.
5-80 Starting and driving
LSD2898
Starting and driving 5-81
When driving on some roads, such as wind-
ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads
which are under construction, the ICC sen-
sor may detect vehicles in a different lane,
or may temporarily not detect a vehicle
traveling ahead. This may cause the ICC
system to decelerate or accelerate the
vehicle.
The detection of vehicles may also be af-
fected by vehicle operation (steering ma-
neuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.)
or vehicle condition.
If this occurs, the ICC system may warn
you by blinking the system indicator and
sounding the chime unexpectedly. You
will have to manually control the proper
distance away from the vehicle traveling
ahead.
LSD2899
5-82 Starting and driving
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
The following are conditions in which the
ICC system may be temporarily unavail-
able. In these instances, the ICC system
may cancel and may not be able to main-
tain the selected following distance from
the vehicle ahead.
Condition A
Under the following conditions, the ICC sys-
tem is automatically canceled. A chime will
sound and the system will not be able to be
set:
• When the VDC system is turned off
• When VDC is operating
• When a vehicle ahead is not detected and
your vehicle is traveling below the speed
of 15 mph (24 km/h)
• When the system judges the vehicle is at
a standstill
• When the shift lever is not in D (Drive) or B
mode
• When the parking brake is applied
• When a wheel slips
• When the radar signal is temporarily
interrupted
Action to take
When the conditions listed above are no
longer present, turn the system off using
the ICC switch. Turn the ICC system back on
to use the system.
LSD3656
Starting and driving 5-83
Condition B
• When the radar sensor area of the front
bumper is covered with dirt or is ob-
structed, the ICC system will automati-
cally be canceled.
The chime will sound and the “Forward
Driving Aids temporarily disabled. Front
Sensor blocked. See Owner’s Manual”
warning message will appear in the vehicle
information display.
Action to take
If the warning message appears, stop the
vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever
in the P (Park) position, and turn the EV
system off. When the radar signal is tempo-
rarily interrupted, clean the sensor area of
the front bumper and restart the EV sys-
tem. If the “Forward Driving Aids temporar-
ily disabled. Front Sensor blocked. See
Owner’s Manual” warning message contin-
ues to be displayed, have the system
checked. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
• When driving on roads with limited road
structures or bridges (for example, long
bridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next
to long walls), the system may illuminate
the system warning light (orange) and
display the “Forward Driving Aids tempo-
rarily disabled. Front Sensor blocked. See
Owner’s Manual” message.
Action to take
When the above driving conditions no lon-
ger exist, turn the system back on.
Condition C
When the ICC system is not operating
properly, a chime sounds and the ICC sys-
tem warning light (orange) will come on.
LSD3956
5-84 Starting and driving
Action to take
If the warning light comes on, park the ve-
hicle in a safe place. Turn the EV system off,
restart the EV system, resume driving and
set the ICC system again.
If it is not possible to set the system or
the indicator stays on, it may indicate
that the system is malfunctioning. Al-
though the vehicle is still drivable under
normal conditions, have the vehicle
checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The sensor for the ICC system
O
A
is located
on the front of the vehicle.
To keep the ICC system operating properly,
be sure to observe the following:
• Always keep the sensor area clean.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the sensor.
• Do not attach a sticker (including trans-
parent material) or install an accessory
near the sensor. This could cause failure
or malfunction.
• Do not attach metallic objects near the
sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could
cause failure or malfunction.
• Do not alter, remove, or paint the front
bumper. Before customizing or restoring
the front bumper, it is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Radio frequency statement
For USA
FCC ID OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful inter-
ference, and
2. This device must accept any inter fer-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment.
LSD2858 LSD2859
Starting and driving 5-85
For Canada
Model: ARS4–B
IC: 4135A-ARS4B
FCC ID: OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Industry Canada licence-
exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is sub-
ject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference,
2. This device must accept any inter fer-
ence, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the
device.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR
d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appar-
eils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation
est autorisée aux deux conditions
suivantes:
1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouil-
lage, et
2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter
tout brouillage radio électrique subi,
même si le brouillage est susceptible
d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.
Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure
Information:
This equipment complies with FCC radia-
tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon-
trolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 30 cm
between the radiator and your body.
The transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other an-
tenna or transmitter.
Cet équipement est conforme aux limites
d’exposition aux rayonnements IC établies
pour un environnement non contrôlé. Cet
équipement doit être installé et utilisé avec
un minimum de 30 cm de distance entre la
source de rayonnement et votre corps.
FCC Notice
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment.
CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)
CRUISE CONTROL MODE
This mode allows driving at a speed be-
tween 25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h) with-
out keeping your foot on the accelerator
pedal.
WARNING
• In the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode, a warning
chime does not sound to warn you if
you are too close to the vehicle
ahead, as neither the presence of the
vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to-
vehicle distance is detected.
• Pay special attention to the distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle
ahead of you or a collision could
occur.
• Always confirm the setting in the ICC
system display.
• Do not use the conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode when
driving under the following conditions:
– When it is not possible to keep the
vehicle at a set speed
– In heavy traffic or in traffic that
varies in speed
5-86 Starting and driving
– On winding or hilly roads
– On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,
etc.)
– In very windy areas
• Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
control and result in an accident.
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control switches
1. CANCEL switch:
Deactivates the system without erasing
the set speed.
2. RES+ switch:
Resumes set speed or increases speed
incrementally.
3. SET- switch:
Sets desired cruise speed or reduces
speed incrementally.
4. ICC switch:
Master switch to activate the system.
LSD2900
Starting and driving 5-87
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode display and
indicators
The display is located in the vehicle infor-
mation display.
1. Cruise indicator: This indicator indi-
cates the ICC system status depending
on a color:
• Cruise control ON indicator (gray):
Indicates that the ICC switch is on.
• Cruise control SET indicator (green):
Indicates that the cruising speed is
set.
• Cruise control warning (yellow): Indi-
cates that there is a malfunction in the
ICC system.
2. Set vehicle speed indicator: This indi-
cator indicates the set vehicle speed.
For Canadian models, the speed is dis-
played in km/h.
Operating conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode
To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode, push and hold the ICC
switch
O
A
for longer than about 1.5
seconds.
When pushing ICC switch on, the conven-
tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode
display and indicators
O
B
are displayed in
the vehicle information display. After you
hold the ICC switch for longer than about
1.5 seconds, the ICC system display turns
off. The cruise indicator appears. You can
LSD2901 LSD2902
5-88 Starting and driving
now set your desired cruising speed. Push-
ing the ICC switch again will turn the sys-
tem completely off. When the power switch
is placed in the OFF position, the system is
also automatically turned off.
To use the ICC system again, quickly push
and release the ICC switch (vehicle-to ve-
hicle distance control mode) or push and
hold it (conventional cruise control mode)
again to turn it on.
CAUTION
To avoid accidentally engaging cruise
control, make sure to turn the ICC
switch off when not using the ICC
system.
To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-
hicle to the desired speed, push the SET- ©
switch and release it. (The color of the
cruise indicator changes to green and set
vehicle speed indicator comes on.) Take
your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your
vehicle will maintain the set speed.
• To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-
celerator pedal. When you release the
pedal, the vehicle will return to the previ-
ously set speed.
• The vehicle may not maintain the set
speed when going up or down steep hills.
If this happens, manually maintain ve-
hicle speed.
To cancel the preset speed, use any of the
following methods:
1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle
speed indicator will turn off.
2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speed
indicator will turn off.
3. Turn the ICC switch off. Both the cruise
indicator and vehicle speed indicator will
turn off.
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one
of the following three methods:
1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push
and release the SET- switch.
2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. When
the vehicle attains the desired speed,
release the switch.
3. Push, then quickly release the RES+
switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will increase by about 1 mph
(1.6 km/h).
LSD2903
Starting and driving 5-89
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one
of the following three methods:
1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push
the SET- switch and release it.
2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Release
the switch when the vehicle slows down
to the desired speed.
3. Push, then quickly release the SET-
switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will decrease by about 1 mph (1.6
km/h).
To resume the preset speed, push and re-
lease the RES+ switch. The vehicle will re-
sume the last set cruising speed when the
vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).
System temporarily unavailable
A chime sounds under the following condi-
tions and the control is automatically
canceled:
• When the vehicle slows down more than
8 mph (13 km/h) below the set speed
• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)
or B mode
LSD3657
5-90 Starting and driving
• When the parking brake is applied
• When the VDC operates (including the
traction control system)
• When a wheel slips
When the system is not operating properly,
the chime sounds and the color of the
cruise indicator will change to orange.
Action to take
If the color of the cruise indicator changes
to orange, stop the vehicle in a safe place
and place the shift lever in the P (Park) po-
sition. Turn the EV system off, restart the EV
system, resume driving, and then perform
the setting again.
If it is not possible to set or the indicator
stays on, it may indicate that the system
is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle
is still drivable under normal conditions,
have the vehicle checked. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use of the ProPI-
LOT Assist system could result in seri-
ous injury or death.
• ProPILOT Assist is not a self-driving
system. Within the limits of its capa-
bilities, as described in this manual, it
helps the driver with certain driving
activities.
• The ProPILOT Assist system is not a
replacement for proper driving pro-
cedures and is not designed to cor-
rect careless, inattentive or absent-
minded driving. ProPILOT Assist will
not always steer the vehicle to keep it
in the lane. The ProPILOT Assist sys-
tem is not designed to prevent loss of
control. It is the driver’s responsibility
to stay alert, drive safely, keep the
vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in
control of the vehicle at all times.
• There are limitations to the ProPILOT
Assist system capability. The ProPI-
LOT Assist system does not function
in all driving, traffic, weather, and
road conditions. It is the driver’s re-
sponsibility to stay alert, drive safely,
keep the vehicle in the traveling lane,
and be in control of the vehicle at all
times.
• The ProPILOT Assist system is only an
aid to assist the driver and is not a
collision warning or avoidance
device.
• The ProPILOT Assist system is for
highway use only and is not intended
for city driving. Failure to apply the
brake or steer the vehicle when nec-
essary may result in a serious
accident.
• Always observe posted speed limits
and do not set the speed over them.
• Never take your hands off the steer-
ing wheel when driving. Always keep
your hands on the steering wheel
and drive your vehicle safely.
• Never unfasten your safety belt
when using ProPILOT Assist. Doing so
automatically cancels the ProPILOT
Assist system.
PROPILOT ASSIST (if so equipped)
Starting and driving 5-91
• The ProPILOT Assist system does not
react to stationary and slow-moving
vehicles.
• Always drive carefully and atten-
tively when using the ProPILOT Assist
system. Read and understand the
Owner’s Manual thoroughly before
using the ProPILOT Assist system. To
avoid serious injury or death, do not
rely on the system to prevent acci-
dents or to control the vehicle’s
speed in emergency situations. Do
not use the ProPILOT Assist system
except in appropriate road and traffic
conditions.
The ProPILOT Assist system is intended to
enhance the operation of the vehicle when
following a vehicle traveling in the same
lane and direction.
The ProPILOT Assist system uses a multi-
sensing front camera unit
O
A
installed be-
hind the windshield and a radar sensor lo-
cated on the front of the vehicle
O
B
to
measure the distance to the vehicle ahead
in the same lane and to monitor the lane
markers. If the vehicle detects a slower
moving vehicle ahead, the system will re-
duce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle
follows the vehicle in front at the selected
distance.The system will also help keep the
vehicle centered in the traveling lane when
clear lane markings are detected.
LSD3009
5-92 Starting and driving
PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM
OPERATION
1. Steering-wheel-mounted control (left)
2. Vehicle information display
3. Steering-wheel-mounted control (right)
4. ProPILOT Assist switch
The ProPILOT Assist system has the follow-
ing two functions:
1. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
The ICC system can be set to one of two
cruise control modes:
• Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode: For cruising at a preset
speed
NOTE:
Steering Assist is not available in the
conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-
trol mode.
• Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode: The ICC system maintains a
selected distance from the vehicle in
front of you within the speed range of
0 to 90 mph (0 to 144 km/h) up to the
set speed. The set speed can be se-
lected by the driver between 20 to 90
mph (32 to 144 km/h). When the ve-
hicle ahead slows to a stop, your ve-
hicle gradually decelerates to a stand-
still. When the vehicle is stopped, the
ICC system maintains braking force to
keep your vehicle stopped.
LSD3658
Starting and driving 5-93
NOTE:
When your vehicle is stopped for less
than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead
begins to move, your vehicle will start
moving again automatically.
– When your vehicle is at a standstill for
more than 3 seconds and the vehicle
ahead begins to accelerate, push the
RES+ switch or lightly depress the accel-
erator pedal. The ICC system starts to
follow the vehicle ahead.
– When no vehicle is detected ahead
within the driver selected distance, the
vehicle travels at the speed set by the
driver. The speed must be above 20 mph
(32 km/h) to use this function.
NOTE:
Even if the Automatic Emergency Brak-
ing (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection set-
ting is turned off by the driver using the
“Settings” menu in the vehicle informa-
tion display, AEB with Pedestrian Detec-
tion will be automatically turned on
when ICC is used.
2. Steering Assist
The Steering Assist function controls the
steering system to help keep your ve-
hicle within the traveling lane.
When there is no vehicle ahead, Steering
Assist is not available at speeds under 37
mph (60 km/h).
ProPILOT Assist switches
LSD3170
5-94 Starting and driving
1. DISTANCE switch:
• Long
• Middle
• Short
2. RES+ switch:
Resumes set speed or increases speed
incrementally
3. CANCEL switch:
Deactivates the ProPILOT Assist system
4. ProPILOT Assist switch:
Turns the ProPILOT Assist system on or
off
5. SET- switch:
Sets desired cruise speed or reduces
speed incrementally
6. Steering Assist switch:
Turns the Steering Assist function on or
off
The ProPILOT Assist system
display and indicators
1. Steering Assist indicator
Indicates the status of the Steering As-
sist function by the color of the indicator
• Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer-
ing Assist standby
• Steering Assist indicator (green):
Steering Assist active
• Steering Assist indicator (orange):
Steering Assist malfunction
LSD3659 LSD3171
Starting and driving 5-95
2. ProPILOT Assist ac tivation
Displays once the ProPILOT Assist sys-
tem is activated
3. Vehicle ahead detection indicator
Indicates whether the system detects a
vehicle in front of you
4. ProPILOT Assist status indicator
Indicates the status of the ProPILOT As-
sist system by the color of the indicator
• ProPILOT Assist status indicator
(white): ProPILOT Assist is on but in
standby
• ProPILOT Assist status indicator (blue):
ProPILOT Assist active
5. Lane marker indicator
Indicates whether the system detects
lane markers
• No lane markers displayed: Steering
Assist is turned off
• Lane marker indicator (gray): No lane
markers detected
• Lane marker indicator (green): Lane
markers detected
• Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lane
departure is detected
6. Set distance indicator
Displays the selected distance
7. Steering Assist status
indicator/warning
Displays the status of the Steering Assist
by the color of the indicator/warning
• No Steering Assist status indicator
displayed: Steering Assist is turned off
• Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer-
ing Assist standby
• Steering Assist indicator (green):
Steering Assist active
• Steering Assist indicator (yellow):
Steering Assist malfunction
8. Speed control status
indicator/warning
Displays the status of speed control by
the color and shape of the
indicator/warning
• Speed control status indicator/
warning (gray): ICC standby
• Speed control status indicator/
warning (solid green
): ICC (dis-
tance control mode) is active (vehicle
detected ahead). Your vehicle
matches the speed of the vehicle
ahead.
• Speed control status indicator/
warning (green outline
): ICC
(maintain speed control mode) is ac-
tive (no vehicle detected ahead). Your
vehicle maintains the driver-selected
set speed.
• Speed control status indicator/
warning (orange): Indicates an ICC
malfunction
9. Set vehicle speed indicator
Indicates the set vehicle speed
TURNING THE CONVENTIONAL
(fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROL
MODE ON
NOTE:
ProPILOT Assist provides no approach
warnings, automatic braking, or steering
assist in the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode.
To choose the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode, push and hold the
ProPILOT Assist switch for longer than ap-
proximately 1.5 seconds. For additional in-
formation, see “Conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode” (P. 5-119).
5-96 Starting and driving
OPERATING PROPILOT ASSIST
1. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch
O
A
. This
turns on the ProPILOT Assist system and
displays the status of the ProPILOT As-
sist system on the vehicle information
display
O
B
.
2. Accelerate or decelerate your vehicle to
the desired speed.
3. Push the SET- switch ©. The ProPILOT
Assist system begins to automatically
maintain the set speed. The ProPILOT
Assist activation indicator
O
D
and ProPI-
LOT Assist status indicator
O
E
illuminate
(blue). When a vehicle ahead is traveling
at a speed of 20 mph (32 km/h) or below
and the SET- switch is pushed, the set
speed of your vehicle is 20 mph (32
km/h).
NOTE:
Turning the ProPILOT Assist system on
will turn on the Intelligent Lane Inter ven-
tion (I-LI) and the Intelligent Blind Spot
Intervention (I-BSI) systems at the same
time. For additional information, see “In-
telligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P. 5-30)
and “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention
(I-BSI)” (P. 5-36).
LSD3016 LSD3017
Starting and driving 5-97
When the SET- switch is pushed under the
following conditions, the ProPILOT Assist
system cannot be set and the set vehicle
speed indicator
O
1
blinks for approxi-
mately 2 seconds:
• When traveling below 20 mph (32 km/h)
and the vehicle ahead is not detected
• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)
position or B mode
• When the parking brake is applied
• When the brakes are operated by the
driver
• When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
system is off. For additional information,
see “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-
tem” (P. 5-159).
• When the VDC system (including the trac-
tion control system) is operating
• When a wheel is slipping
• When any door is open
• When the driver’s seat belt is not fastened
How to change the set vehicle
speed
The set vehicle speed can be adjusted.
To change to a faster cruising speed:
• Push and hold the RES+ switch. The set
vehicle speed increases by approxi-
mately 5 mph (5 km/h).
• Push, then quickly release, the RES+
switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed increases by approximately 1 mph
(1 km/h).
LSD3018 LSD3019
5-98 Starting and driving
To change to a slower cruising speed:
• Push and hold the SET- switch. The set
vehicle speed decreases by approxi-
mately 5 mph (5 km/h).
• Push, then quickly release, the SET-
switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed decreases by approximately 1 mph
(1 km/h).
How to momentarily accelerate or
decelerate
• Depress the accelerator pedal when ac-
celeration is required. Release the accel-
erator pedal to resume the previously set
vehicle speed.
• Depress the brake pedal when decelera-
tion is required. Control by the ProPILOT
Assist system is canceled. Push the RES+
switch to resume the previously set ve-
hicle speed.
WARNING
When the accelerator pedal is de-
pressed and you are approaching the
vehicle ahead, the ICC system will nei-
ther control the brake nor warn the
driver with the chime and display. The
driver must manually control the ve-
hicle speed to maintain a safe distance
to the vehicle ahead. Failure to do so
could result in severe personal injury or
death.
NOTE:
When you accelerate by depressing the
accelerator pedal or decelerate by push-
ing the SET- switch and the vehicle trav-
els faster than the speed set by the
driver, the set speed vehicle indicator will
blink.
How to change the set distance
to the vehicle ahead
The distance to the vehicle ahead can be
selected at any time.
Each time the DISTANCE switch
O
A
is
pushed, the set distance will change to
long, middle, short and back to long again
in that sequence.
LSD3020
Starting and driving 5-99
Distance Approximate
distance at 60
mph (97 km/h)
[ft (m)]
1. Long 200 (60)
2. Middle 150 (45)
3. Short 90 (30)
• The distance to the vehicle ahead
changes automatically according to the
vehicle speed. The higher the vehicle
speed, the longer the distance.
• The distance setting will remain at the
current setting even if the EV system is
restarted.
LSD3021
5-100 Starting and driving
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
STEERING ASSIST
1. Steering-wheel mounted control (right)
2. Vehicle information display
3. Steering Assist switch
Use the following methods to enable or
disable the Steering Assist.
Steering Assist switch:
To turn the Steering Assist on or off, push
the Steering Assist switch (3) on the instru-
ment panel.
NOTE:
• When the Steering Assist switch is
used to turn the system on or off, the
system remembers the setting even if
the power switch is cycled. The switch
must be pushed again to change the
setting to on or off.
• The Steering Assist switch changes the
status of the “Steering Assist” selection
made in the “Settings” screen in the
vehicle information display.
Setting in the vehicle information
display:
1. Press the
button on the steering
wheel (1) until “Settings” displays in the
vehicle information display (2) and then
press the OK button (1).
2. Use the
button (1) to select “Driver
Assistance.” Then press the OK button
(1).
LSD3660
Starting and driving 5-101
3. Select “Steering Assist” and press the OK
button (1).
NOTE:
• When the Cruise screen is displayed on
the vehicle information display, press
the OK button on the steering wheel to
call up the “Driver Assistance” setting
display.
• When enabling/disabling the system
through the vehicle information dis-
play or when pressing the Steering As-
sist switch, the system retains the cur-
rent settings even if the EV system is
restarted.
How to cancel the ProPILOT Assist
system
To cancel the ProPILOT Assist system, use
one of the following methods:
• Push the CANCEL switch.
• Tap the brake pedal (except at a
standstill).
• Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn
the system off. The ProPILOT Assist status
indicator will go out.
When the ProPILOT Assist system is can-
celed while the vehicle is stopped, the elec-
tronic parking brake is automatically
activated.
WARNING
To prevent the vehicle from moving or
rolling unexpectedly, which could re-
sult in serious personal injury or prop-
erty damage, before exiting the vehicle
make sure to push the ProPILOT Assist
switch to turn the system off, place the
shift lever in the P (Park) position, and
turn the EV system off.
INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL
(ICC) (for vehicles with ProPILOT
Assist)
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use of the ICC sys-
tem could result in serious injury or
death.
• The ICC system is only an aid to assist
the driver and is not a collision warn-
ing or avoidance device. It is recom-
mended for highway use only and it
is not intended for city driving. It is
the driver’s responsibility to stay
alert, drive safely, and be in control of
the vehicle at all times.
• There are limitations to the ICC sys-
tem capability. The ICC system does
not function in all driving, traffic,
weather, and road conditions. It is the
driver’s responsibility to stay alert,
drive safely, keep the vehicle in the
traveling lane, and be in control of the
vehicle at all times.
• Always observe posted speed limits
and do not set the speed over them.
• The ICC system does not react to sta-
tionary and slow-moving vehicles.
5-102 Starting and driving
• Always drive carefully and atten-
tively when using the ICC system.
Read and understand the Owner’s
Manual thoroughly before using the
ICC system. To avoid serious injury or
death, do not rely on the system to
prevent accidents or to control the
vehicle’s speed in emergency situa-
tions. Do not use the ICC system ex-
cept in appropriate road and traffic
conditions.
ICC system operation
The ICC system is designed to maintain a
selected distance from the vehicle in front
of you and can reduce the speed to match
a slower vehicle ahead. The system decel-
erates the vehicle as necessary and if the
vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle
decelerates to a standstill. However, the ICC
system can only apply up to 40% of the
vehicle’s total braking power. This system
should only be used when traffic condi-
tions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly
constant or when vehicle speeds change
gradually. If a vehicle moves into the travel-
ing lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling
ahead rapidly decelerates, the distance be-
tween vehicles may become closer be-
cause the ICC system cannot decelerate
the vehicle quickly enough. If this occurs,
the ICC system sounds a warning chime
and blinks the system display to notify the
driver to take necessary action.
The ICC system cancels and a warning
chime sounds if the speed is below ap-
proximately 15 mph (24 km/h) and a vehicle
is not detected ahead.
The ICC system operates as follows:
• When there are no vehicles traveling
ahead, the ICC system maintains the
speed set by the driver. The set speed
range is between approximately 20 and
90 mph (32 and 144 km/h).
• When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,
the ICC system adjusts the speed to
maintain the distance, selected by the
driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the ve-
hicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle
decelerates to a standstill. Once your ve-
hicle stops, the ICC system keeps the ve-
hicle stopped.
• When your vehicle is stopped for less
than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead
begins to move, your vehicle will start
moving again automatically.
• When your vehicle is at a standstill for
more than 3 seconds and the vehicle
ahead begins to accelerate, push the
RES+ switch or lightly depress the accel-
erator pedal. The ICC system starts to
follow the vehicle ahead.
• When the vehicle traveling ahead moves
to a different traveling lane, the ICC sys-
tem accelerates and maintains vehicle
speed up to the set speed.
The ICC system does not control vehicle
speed or warn you when you approach
stationary and slow-moving vehicles. You
must pay attention to vehicle operation to
maintain proper distance from vehicles
ahead when approaching toll gates or traf-
fic congestion.
Starting and driving 5-103
When driving on the freeway at a set speed
and approaching a slower traveling vehicle
ahead, the ICC system adjusts the speed to
maintain the distance, selected by the
driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle
ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway,
the ICC system accelerates and maintains
the speed up to the set speed. Pay atten-
tion to the driving operation to maintain
control of the vehicle as it accelerates to
the set speed.
The vehicle may not maintain the set
speed on winding or hilly roads. If this oc-
curs, you will have to manually control the
vehicle speed.
Normally when controlling the distance to
a vehicle ahead, the system automatically
accelerates or decelerates your vehicle ac-
cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead.
Depress the accelerator to properly accel-
erate your vehicle when acceleration is re-
quired for a lane change. Depress the brake
pedal when deceleration is required to
maintain a safe distance to the vehicle
ahead due to sudden braking or if a vehicle
cuts in. Always stay alert when using the
ICC system.
No vehicle detected ahead
The driver sets the desired vehicle speed
based on the road conditions. The ICC sys-
tem maintains the set vehicle speed, simi-
lar to standard cruise control, as long as no
vehicle is detected in the lane ahead. The
ICC system displays the set speed.
LSD2892 LSD3023
System set display with no vehicle
detected ahead
5-104 Starting and driving
Vehicle detected ahead
When a vehicle is detected in the lane
ahead, the ICC system decelerates the ve-
hicle by controlling the throttle and apply-
ing the brakes to match the speed of a
slower vehicle ahead. The ICC system then
controls the vehicle speed based on the
speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the
driver selected distance.
NOTE:
• The stop lights of the vehicle come on
when braking is performed by the ICC
system.
• When the brake is applied by the sys-
tem, a noise may be heard. This is not a
malfunction.
When the ICC system detects a vehicle
ahead, the vehicle ahead detection indica-
tor and the speed control status indicator
(distance control mode) illuminates (solid
green
).
Vehicle ahead stops
When the vehicle ahead decelerates to
stop, your vehicle decelerates to a stand-
still. Once your vehicle stops, the ICC sys-
tem automatically applies the brakes to
keep the vehicle stopped. When your ve-
hicle is at a standstill, the “(RES+) Press to
start” message is displayed on the vehicle
information display.
NOTE:
When your vehicle stops for less than 3
seconds, your vehicle will automatically
follow the vehicle as it accelerates from a
stop.
Vehicle ahead accelerates
When your vehicle is stopped and the ve-
hicle ahead begins to accelerate, push the
RES+ switch or lightly depress the accelera-
tor pedal. The ICC system starts to follow
the vehicle ahead.
Vehicle ahead not detected
When a vehicle is no longer detected
ahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-
ates your vehicle to resume the previously
set vehicle speed. The ICC system then
maintains the set speed.
When a vehicle is no longer detected, the
vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off
and the speed control status indicator
(maintain speed control mode) illuminates
(green outline
).
The ICC system gradually accelerates to
the set speed, but you can depress the
accelerator pedal to quickly accelerate.
When a vehicle is no longer detected and
your vehicle is traveling under approxi-
mately 15 mph (24 km/h), the ICC system
automatically cancels.
LSD3024
System set display with vehicle ahead
Starting and driving 5-105
When passing another vehicle, the set
speed indicator
O
B
flashes when the ve-
hicle speed exceeds the set speed. The ve-
hicle ahead detection indicator turns off
when the area ahead of the vehicle is open.
When the pedal is released, the vehicle re-
turns to the previously set speed. Even
though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC
system, you can depress the accelerator
pedal when it is necessary to accelerate
your vehicle rapidly.
Cut-in detection
If a vehicle moves into your traveling lane
near your vehicle, the ICC system may in-
form the driver by flashing the vehicle
ahead detection indicator.
Approach warning
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle
ahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve-
hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the sys-
tem warns the driver with the chime and
ICC system display. Decelerate by depress-
ing the brake pedal to maintain a safe ve-
hicle distance if:
• The chime sounds.
• The vehicle ahead detection indicator
and set distance indicator blink.
• You judge it necessary to maintain a safe
distance.
The warning chime may not sound in
some cases when there is a short distance
between vehicles. Some examples are:
• When the vehicles are traveling at the
same speed and the distance between
vehicles is not changing.
• When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster
and the distance between vehicles is
increasing.
• When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.
The warning chime will not sound when:
• Your vehicle approaches other vehicles
that are parked or moving slowly.
• The accelerator pedal is depressed, over-
riding the system.
NOTE:
The approach warning chime may sound
and the system display may flash when
the radar sensor detects objects on the
side of the vehicle or on the side of the
road. This may cause the ICC system to
decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The
radar sensor may detect these objects
when the vehicle is driven on winding,
narrow, or hilly roads or when the vehicle
is entering or exiting a curve. In these
cases, you will have to manually control
the proper distance ahead of your
vehicle.
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be af-
fected by vehicle operation (steering
maneuver or driving position in the lane)
or traffic or vehicle conditions (for ex-
ample, if a vehicle is being driven with
some damage).
LSD2895
5-106 Starting and driving
Acceleration when passing
When the ICC system is engaged above 43
mph and following a slower vehicle (below
ICC set speed), and the turn signal is acti-
vated to the left, the ICC system will auto-
matically start to accelerate the vehicle to
help initiate passing on the left and will
begin to reduce the distance to the vehicle
directly ahead. Only the left side turn signal
operates this feature. As the driver steers
the vehicle and moves into the passing
lane, if no vehicle is detected ahead the ICC
system will continue to accelerate to the
ICC system set speed. If another vehicle is
detected ahead, then the vehicle will accel-
erate up to the following speed of that ve-
hicle. If the vehicle is not steered into the
left lane to pass, the acceleration will stop
after a short time and regain the set follow-
ing distance. Acceleration can be stopped
at any point by depressing the brake pedal
or the CANCEL switch on the steering
wheel.
WARNING
In order to reduce the risk of a collision
that may result in serious injury or
death, please be aware of the following:
• This function is only activated with
the left turn signal and will briefly ac-
celerate the vehicle even if a lane
change is not initiated. This can in-
clude non-passing situations such as
left side exits.
• Ensure that when passing another
vehicle, the adjacent lane is clear be-
fore initiating the pass. Sudden
changes in traffic may occur while
passing.
– Always manually steer or brake as
needed
– Never solely rely on the system
ICC system limitations
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the ICC system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in seri-
ous injury or death:
• The ICC system is primarily intended
for use on straight, dry, open roads
with light traffic. It is not advisable to
use the ICC system in city traffic or
congested areas.
• The ICC system will not adapt auto-
matically to road conditions. This
system should be used in evenly
flowing traffic. Do not use the system
on roads with sharp curves or on icy
roads, in heavy rain or in fog.
• As there is a performance limit to the
distance control function, never rely
solely on the ICC system. This system
does not correct careless, inattentive
or absentminded driving or over-
come poor visibility in rain, fog, or
other bad weather. Decelerate the
vehicle speed by depressing the
brake pedal, depending on the dis-
tance to the vehicle ahead and the
surrounding circumstances in order
to maintain a safe distance between
vehicles.
• When the ICC system automatically
brings the car to a stop, your vehicle
can automatically accelerate if the
vehicle is stopped for less than ap-
proximately 3 seconds. Be prepared
to stop your vehicle if necessary.
Starting and driving 5-107
• Always pay attention to the opera-
tion of the vehicle and be ready to
manually control the proper follow-
ing distance. The ICC system may not
be able to maintain the selected dis-
tance between vehicles (following
distance) or selected vehicle speed
under some circumstances.
• The system may not detect the ve-
hicle in front of you in certain road or
weather conditions. To avoid acci-
dents, never use the ICC system un-
der the following conditions:
– On roads with heavy, high-speed
traffic or sharp curves
– On slipper y road surfaces such as
on ice or snow, etc.
– During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, etc.)
– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to
the bumper around the distance
sensor
– On steep downhill roads (the ve-
hicle may go beyond the set ve-
hicle speed and frequent braking
may result in overheating the
brakes)
– On repeated uphill and downhill
roads
– When traffic conditions make it
difficult to keep a proper distance
between vehicles because of fre-
quent acceleration or
deceleration
–
Inter ference by other radar sources
• In some road or traffic conditions, a
vehicle or object can unexpectedly
come into the sensor detection zone
and cause automatic braking. Al-
ways stay alert and avoid using the
ICC system where not recommended
in this warning section.
The ICC system will not detect the following
objects:
• Stationary or slow moving vehicles
• Pedestrians or objects in the roadway
• Oncoming vehicles in the same lane
• Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel
lane
The following are some conditions in which
the radar sensor cannot properly detect a
vehicle ahead and the system may not op-
erate properly:
• When the sensor detection is reduced
(conditions such as rain, snow, fog, dust
storms, sandstorms, and road spray from
other vehicles)
• Driving on a steep downhill slope or roads
with sharp curves
• Driving on a bumpy road surface, such as
an uneven dirt road
• If dirt, ice, snow or other material is cover-
ing the radar sensor area
• A complicated-shaped vehicle such as a
car carrier trailer or flatbed truck/trailer is
near the vehicle ahead
• Interference by other radar sources
• When excessively heavy baggage is
loaded in the rear seat or cargo area of
your vehicle
The ICC system is designed to automati-
cally check the radar sensor’s operation
within the limitations of the system.
The detection zone of the radar sensor is
limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the de-
tection zone for the ICC system to maintain
the selected distance from the vehicle
ahead. A vehicle ahead may move outside
of the detection zone due to its position
within the same lane of travel. Motorcycles
may not be detected in the same lane
ahead if they are traveling offset from the
center line of the lane. A vehicle that is en-
tering the lane ahead may not be detected
until the vehicle has completely moved into
the lane.
5-108 Starting and driving
If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you
by blinking the system indicator and
sounding the chime. The driver may have
to manually control the proper distance
away from the vehicle traveling ahead.
The ICC system (with ProPILOT Assist) uses
a multi-sensing front camera. The follow-
ing are some conditions in which the cam-
era may not properly detect a vehicle and
detection of a vehicle ahead may be
delayed:
• Poor visibility (conditions such as rain,
snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms, and
road spray from other vehicles)
• The camera area of the windshield is
fogged up or covered with dirt, water
drops, ice, snow, etc.
• Strong light (for example, sunlight or high
beams from oncoming vehicles) enters
the front camera
• A sudden change in brightness occurs
(for example, when the vehicle enters or
exits a tunnel or shaded area or lightning
flashes)
LSD2898
Starting and driving 5-109
When driving on some roads, such as wind-
ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads
which are under construction, the radar
sensor may detect vehicles in a different
lane, or may temporarily not detect a ve-
hicle traveling ahead. This may cause the
radar system to decelerate or accelerate
the vehicle.
The detection of vehicles may also be af-
fected by vehicle operation (steering ma-
neuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.)
or vehicle condition.
If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you
by blinking the system indicator and sound-
ing the chime unexpectedly. You will have to
manually control the proper distance away
from the vehicle traveling ahead.
Automatic cancellation
The following are conditions in which the
ICC system may be temporarily unavail-
able. In these instances, the ICC system
may not cancel and may not be able to
maintain the selected following distance
from the vehicle ahead.
Condition A
Under the following conditions, the ICC sys-
tem is automatically canceled. A chime will
sound and the system will not be able to be
set:
• Any door is open.
• The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
• The vehicle ahead is not detected and
your vehicle is traveling below the speed
of 15 mph (24 km/h).
• Your vehicle has been stopped by the ICC
system for approximately 3 minutes or
longer.
• The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) posi-
tion or B mode.
• The electronic parking brake is applied.
• The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-
tem is turned off.
• The Automatic Emergency Braking with
Pedestrian Detection applies harder
braking.
• VDC (including the traction control sys-
tem) operates.
• A wheel slips.
• When distance measurement becomes
impaired due to adhesion of dirt or ob-
struction to the sensor.
LSD2899
5-110 Starting and driving
• When the radar signal is temporarily
interrupted.
Action to take:
When the conditions listed above are no
longer present, turn the system off using
the ProPILOT Assist switch. Turn the ProPI-
LOT Assist system back on to use the
system.
NOTE:
When the ICC system is canceled under
the following conditions at a standstill,
the electronic parking brake is auto-
matically activated:
• Any door is open.
• The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
• Your vehicle has been stopped by the
ICC system for approximately 3 min-
utes or longer.
• The shift lever is not in the D (Drive)
position or B mode.
• The VDC system is turned off.
• When distance measurement be-
comes impaired due to adhesion of dirt
or obstruction to the sensor.
• When the radar signal is temporarily
interrupted.
Condition B
When the radar sensor of the front bumper
is covered with dirt or is obstructed, the ICC
system will automatically be canceled.
The chime will sound and the "Forward
Driving Aids temporarily disabled. Front
Sensor blocked. See Owner’s Manual"
warning message will appear in the vehicle
information display.
Action to take:
If the warning message appears, stop the
vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever
in the P (Park) position, and turn the EV
system off. When the radar signal is tempo-
rarily interrupted, clean the sensor area of
the front bumper and restart the EV sys-
tem. If the "Forward Driving Aids temporar-
ily disabled. Front Sensor blocked. See
Owner’s Manual" warning message con-
tinues to be displayed, have the system
checked. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
Condition C
When driving on roads with limited road
structures or buildings (for example, long
bridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next to
long walls), the system may illuminate the
system warning light and display the "For-
ward Driving Aids temporarily disabled.
Front Sensor blocked. See Owner’s Manual"
message.
Action to take:
When the above driving conditions no lon-
ger exist, turn the system back on.
ICC system malfunction
If the ICC system malfunctions, it will be
turned off automatically, a chime will
sound, and the speed control status warn-
ing (orange) will illuminate.
Action to take:
If the warning light comes on, stop the ve-
hicle in a safe place. Turn the EV system off,
restart the EV system and set the ICC sys-
tem again. If it is not possible to set the ICC
system or the indicator stays on, it may be
a malfunction. Although the normal driving
can be continued, the ICC system should
be inspected. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
Starting and driving 5-111
ICC sensor maintenance
The radar sensor is located on the front of
the vehicle.
To keep the ICC system operating properly,
be sure to observe the following:
• Always keep the sensor area clean.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the sensor.
• Do not attach a sticker (including trans-
parent material) or install an accessory
near the sensor. This could cause failure
or malfunction.
• Do not attach metallic objects near the
sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could
cause failure or malfunction.
• Do not alter, remove, or paint the front
bumper.
Before customizing or restoring the front
bumper, it is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
The camera sensor is located above the
inside mirror.
To keep the proper operation of the sys-
tems and prevent a system malfunction,
be sure to observe the following:
• Always keep the windshield clean.
• Do not attach a sticker (including trans-
parent material) or install an accessory
near the camera unit.
• Do not place reflective materials, such as
white paper or a mirror, on the instru-
ment panel. The reflection of sunlight
may adversely a ffect the camera unit’s
capability of detecting the lane markers.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the camera unit. Do not touch the
camera lens or remove the screw located
on the camera unit.
If the camera unit is damaged due to an
accident, it is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
STEERING ASSIST
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use of the Steer-
ing Assist could result in serious injury
or death.
• The Steering Assist is not a replace-
ment for proper driving procedures
and is not designed to correct care-
less, inattentive or absent-minded
driving. The Steering Assist will not
always steer the vehicle to keep it in
the lane. It is not designed to prevent
loss of control. It is the driver’s re-
sponsibility to stay alert, drive safely,
keep the vehicle in the traveling lane,
and be in control of the vehicle at all
times.
• As there is a performance limit to the
Steering Assist’s capability, never
rely solely on the system. The Steer-
ing Assist does not function in all
driving, traffic, weather, and road
conditions. Always drive safely, pay
attention to the operation of the ve-
hicle, and manually control your ve-
hicle appropriately.
• The Steering Assist is intended for
use on well-developed freeways or
highways with gentle (moderate)
curves. To avoid risk of an accident,
do not use this system on local or
non-highway roads.
5-112 Starting and driving
• The Steering Assist only steers the
vehicle to maintain its position in the
center of a lane. The vehicle will not
steer to avoid objects in the road in
front of the vehicle or to avoid a ve-
hicle moving into your lane.
• It is the driver’s responsibility to stay
alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in
the traveling lane, and be in control of
the vehicle at all times. Never take
your hands off the steering wheel
when driving. Always keep your
hands on the steering wheel and
drive your vehicle safely.
• Always drive carefully and atten-
tively when using the Steering Assist.
Read and understand the Owner’s
Manual thoroughly before using the
Steering Assist. To avoid serious in-
jury or death, do not rely on the sys-
tem to prevent accidents or to con-
trol the vehicle’s speed in emergency
situations. Do not use the Steering
Assist except in appropriate road and
traffic conditions.
Steering Assist operation
The Steering Assist controls the steering
system to help keep your vehicle near the
center of the lane when driving. The Steer-
ing Assist is combined with the Intelligent
Cruise Control (ICC) system. For additional
information, see “Intelligent Cruise Control
(ICC) (with ProPILOT Assist)” (P. 5-102).
The Steering Assist can be activated when
the following conditions are met:
• The ICC system is activated.
• Lane markers on both sides are clearly
detected.
• A vehicle ahead is detected (when the
vehicle is driven at speeds under 37 mph
[60 km/h]).
• The driver grips the steering wheel.
• The vehicle is driven at the center of the
lane.
• The turn signals are not operated.
• The windshield wiper is not operated in
the high (HI) speed operation (the steer-
ing assist function is disabled after the
wiper operates for approximately 10
seconds).
Steering Assist display and
indicators
1. Steering Assist indicator
Indicates the status of the Steering As-
sist by the color of the indicator
• Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer-
ing Assist standby
• Steering Assist indicator (green):
Steering Assist active
• Steering Assist indicator (yellow):
Steering Assist malfunction
LSD3172
Starting and driving 5-113
2.
Steering Assist status indicator/warning
Displays the status of the Steering Assist
by the color of the indicator/warning
• Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer-
ing Assist standby
• Steering Assist indicator (green):
Steering Assist active
• Steering Assist indicator (yellow):
Steering Assist malfunction
3. Lane marker indicator
Indicates whether the system detects
the lane marker
• Lane marker indicator (gray): Lane
markers not detected
• Lane marker indicator (green): Lane
markers detected
• Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lane
departure is detected
When the Steering Assist is in operation,
the Steering Assist status indicator (1), the
Steering Assist indicator (2), and the lane
marker indicator (3) on the vehicle informa-
tion display turn green. A chime sounds
when the Steering Assist initially activates.
When the Steering Assist deactivates, the
Steering Assist status indicator (1), the
Steering Assist indicator (2), and the lane
marker indicator (3) on the vehicle informa-
tion display turn gray and a chime sounds
twice.
Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)
When a curve or strong cross wind exceeds
the capabilities of the Steering Assist and
your vehicle approaches either the left or
the right side of the traveling lane, a warn-
ing chime sounds and the I-LI indicator
light (orange) on the instrument panel
flashes to alert the driver. Then, the I-LI sys-
tem automatically applies the brakes for a
short period of time to help assist the
driver to return the vehicle to the center of
the traveling lane. This action is in addition
to any Steering Assist actions.
5-114 Starting and driving
Hands on detection
When the Steering Assist is activated, it
monitors the driver’s steering wheel
operation.
If the steering wheel is not operated or the
driver takes his/her hands off the steering
wheel for a period of time, the warning
O
1
appears in the vehicle information display.
If the driver does not operate the steering
wheel after the warning has been dis-
played, an audible alert sounds and the
warning flashes in the vehicle information
display, followed by a quick brake applica-
tion to request the driver to take control of
the vehicle again.
If the driver still does not respond, the Pro-
PILOT Assist turns on the hazard flasher
and slows the vehicle to a complete stop.
The driver can cancel the deceleration at
any time by steering, braking, accelerating,
or operating the ProPILOT Assist switch.
WARNING
Steering Assist is not a system for
hands-free driving. Always keep your
hands on the steering wheel and drive
your vehicle safely. Failure to do so
could cause a collision resulting in seri-
ous personal injury or death.
LSD3661
Starting and driving 5-115
NOTE:
If the driver lightly touches (instead of
firmly grips) the steering wheel, the
steering torque sensor may not detect
the driver’s hand(s) on the wheel and a
sequence of warnings may occur. When
the driver holds and operates the steer-
ing wheel again, the warnings turn off.
Steering Assist limitations
WARNING
• In the following situations, the cam-
era may not detect lane markers cor-
rectly or may detect lane markers in-
correctly and the Steering Assist may
not operate properly:
– When driving on roads where
there are multiple parallel lane
markers, lane markers that are
faded or not painted clearly, non-
standard lane markers, or lane
markers covered with water, dirt,
snow, etc.
– When driving on roads with dis-
continued lane markers
– When driving on roads with a wid-
ening or narrowing lane width
– When driving on roads where
there are multiple lanes or unclear
lane markers due to road
construction
– When driving on roads where
there are sharply contrasting ob-
jects, such as shadows, snow, wa-
ter, wheel ruts, seams, or lines re-
maining after road repairs (the
Steering Assist could detect these
items as lane markers)
– When driving on roads where the
traveling lane merges or
separates
• Do not use the Steering Assist under
the following conditions because the
system may not properly detect lane
markers. Doing so could cause a loss
of vehicle control and result in an
accident.
– During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, dust, etc.)
– When rain, snow, sand, etc., is
thrown up by the wheels of other
vehicles
– When dirt, oil, ice, snow, water, or
another object adheres to the
camera unit
– When the lens of the camera unit
is foggy
– When strong light (for example,
sunlight or high beams from on-
coming vehicles) shines on the
camera
– When the headlights are not
bright due to dirt on the lens or
the headlights are off in tunnels or
in darkness
– When a sudden change in bright-
ness occurs (for example, when
the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel
or is under a bridge)
– When driving on roads where the
traveling lane merges or sepa-
rates or where there are tempo-
rary lane markers because of road
construction
– When there is a lane closure due to
road repairs
– When driving on a bumpy road
sur face, such as an uneven dirt
road
– When driving on sharp curves or
winding roads
– When driving on repeated uphill
and downhill roads
5-116 Starting and driving
• Do not use the Steering Assist under
the following conditions because the
system will not operate properly:
– When driving with a tire that is not
within normal tire conditions (for
example, tire wear, abnormal tire
pressure, installation of a spare
tire, tire chains, nonstandard
wheels)
– When the vehicle is equipped with
non-original brake or suspension
parts
– When an object such as a sticker
or cargo obstructs the camera
– When excessively heavy baggage
is loaded in the rear seat or lug-
gage area of your vehicle
– When the vehicle load capacity is
exceeded
• Excessive noise will interfere with the
warning chime sound, and the beep
may not be heard.
• For the ProPILOT Assist system to op-
erate properly, the windshield in
front of the camera must be clean.
Replace worn wiper blades. The cor-
rect size wiper blades must be used
to help make sure the windshield is
kept clean. Only use Genuine NISSAN
wiper blades, or equivalent wiper
blades, that are specifically designed
for use on your vehicle model and
model year. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for the correct parts for your
vehicle.
Steering Assist temporary
standby
Automatic standby due to driving
operation:
When the driver activates the turn signal,
the Steering Assist is temporarily placed in
a standby mode. (The Steering Assist re-
starts automatically when the operating
conditions are met again.)
Automatic standby:
In the following cases, a warning message
is displayed along with the chime, and the
Steering Assist is placed in a temporary
standby mode. (The Steering Assist re-
starts automatically when the operating
conditions are met again.)
• When lane markers on both sides are no
longer detected
• When a vehicle ahead is no longer de-
tected under approximately 37 mph (60
km/h)
Steering Assist cancel
Under the following conditions, the Steer-
ing Assist cancels, and the Steering Assist
status indicator and the Steering Assist in-
dicator turn off, and the “Not Available Bad
Weather” warning message will appear:
• When unusual lane markers appear in
the traveling lane or when the lane
marker cannot be correctly detected for
some time due to certain conditions (for
example, a snow rut, the reflection of light
on a rainy day, the presence of several
unclear lane markers)
• When the windshield wiper operates in
the high (HI) speed operation (the Steer-
ing Assist is disabled when the wiper op-
erates for more than approximately 10
seconds)
Starting and driving 5-117
Action to take:
Turn the ICC system off using the CANCEL
switch. When the conditions listed above
are no longer present, turn the ICC system
on again.
Steering Assist malfunction
When the system malfunctions, it turns off
automatically. The Steering Assist status
warning illuminates (orange). A chime may
sound depending on the situation.
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the
vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the EV
system off, restart the EV system, resume
driving, and set the Intelligent Cruise Con-
trol system again. If the warning (orange)
continues to illuminate, the Steering Assist
is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is
still drivable under normal conditions, have
the system checked. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
Steering Assist maintenance
The camera sensor is located above the
inside mirror.
To keep the proper operation of the system
and prevent a system malfunction, be sure
to observe the following:
• Always keep the windshield clean.
• Do not attach a sticker (including trans-
parent material) or install an accessory
near the camera unit.
• Do not place reflective materials, such as
white paper or a mirror, on the instru-
ment panel. The reflection of sunlight
may adversely a ffect the camera unit’s
capability of detecting the lane markers.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the camera unit. Do not touch the
camera lens or remove the screw located
on the camera unit.
If the camera unit is damaged due to an
accident, it is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Radio frequency statement
For USA
FCC ID OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful inter-
ference, and
2. This device must accept any inter fer-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment.
For Canada
Model: ARS4–B
IC: 4135A-ARS4B
FCC ID: OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Industry Canada licence-
exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is sub-
ject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful inter-
ference, and
2. This device must accept any inter fer-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
5-118 Starting and driving
Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR
d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appar-
eils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation
est autorisee aux deux conditions
suivantes:
1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouil-
lage, et
2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter
tout brouillage radioelectrique subi,
meme si le brouillage est susceptible
d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.
Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure
Information:
This equipment complies with FCC radia-
tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon-
trolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 30 cm
between the radiator and your body.
The transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other an-
tenna or transmitter.
Cet equipement est conforme aux limites
d’exposition aux rayonnements IC etablies
pour un environnement non controle. Cet
equipement doit etre installe et utilise avec
un minimum de 30 cm de distance entre la
source de rayonnement et votre corps.
FCC Notice
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment.
CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)
CRUISE CONTROL MODE
NOTE:
ProPILOT Assist provides no approach
warnings, automatic braking, or steering
assist in the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode.
This mode allows driving at a speed be-
tween 25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h) with-
out keeping your foot on the accelerator
pedal.
WARNING
• In the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode, a warning
chime does not sound to warn you if
you are too close to the vehicle
ahead, as neither the presence of the
vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to-
vehicle distance is detected.
• Pay special attention to the distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle
ahead of you or a collision could
occur.
• Always confirm the setting in the ICC
system display.
• Do not use the conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode when
driving under the following
conditions:
– When it is not possible to keep the
vehicle at a set speed
– In heavy traffic or in traffic that
varies in speed
– On winding or hilly roads
– On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,
etc.)
– In very windy areas
• Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
control and result in an accident.
Starting and driving 5-119
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control switches
1. DISTANCE switch:
• Long
• Middle
• Short
2. RES+ switch:
Resumes set speed or increases speed
incrementally
3. CANCEL switch:
Deactivates the system without erasing
the set speed
4. ProPILOT Assist switch:
Master switch to activate the system
5. SET- switch:
Sets desired cruise speed or reduces
speed incrementally
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode display and
indicators
The display is located in the vehicle infor-
mation display:
1. Cruise indicator:
This indicator indicates the condition of
the ICC system depending on a color.
• Cruise control ON indicator (gray): Indi-
cates that the ProPILOT Assist switch
is on
• Cruise control SET indicator (green):In-
dicates that the cruising speed is set
LSD3170 LSD2901
5-120 Starting and driving
• Cruise control warning (yellow): Indi-
cates that there is a malfunction in the
ICC system
2. Set vehicle speed indicator:
This indicator indicates the set vehicle
speed. For Canadian models, the speed
is displayed in km/h.
Operating conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode
To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode, push and hold the
ProPILOT Assist switch
O
A
for longer than
about 1.5 seconds.
When pushing the ProPILOT Assist switch
on, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode display and indicators
O
B
are
displayed in the vehicle information dis-
play. After you hold ProPILOT Assist switch
on for longer than about 1.5 seconds, the
ICC system display turns off. The cruise in-
dicator appears. You can now set your de-
sired cruising speed. Pushing the ProPILOT
Assist switch again will turn the system
completely off. When the power switch is
placed in the OFF position, the system is
also automatically turned off.
To use the ICC system again, quickly push
and release the ProPILOT Assist switch
(vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
or push and hold it (conventional cruise
control mode) again to turn it on.
CAUTION
To avoid accidentally engaging cruise
control, make sure to turn the ProPILOT
Assist switch off when not using the ICC
system.
LSD3029
Starting and driving 5-121
To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-
hicle to the desired speed, push the SET- ©
switch and release it. (The color of the
cruise indicator changes to green and set
vehicle speed indicator comes on.) Take
your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your
vehicle will maintain the set speed.
• To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-
celerator pedal. When you release the
pedal, the vehicle will return to the previ-
ously set speed.
• The vehicle may not maintain the set
speed when going up or down steep hills.
If this happens, manually maintain ve-
hicle speed.
To cancel the preset speed, use any of the
following methods:
1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle
speed indicator will turn off.
2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speed
indicator will turn off.
3. Turn the ProPILOT Assist switch off. Both
the cruise indicator and vehicle speed
indicator will turn off.
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one
of the following three methods:
1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push
and release the SET- switch.
2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. When
the vehicle attains the desired speed,
release the switch.
3. Push, then quickly release the RES+
switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will increase by about 1 mph (1.6
km/h).
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one
of the following three methods:
1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push
the SET- switch and release it.
2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Release
the switch when the vehicle slows down
to the desired speed.
3. Push, then quickly release the SET-
switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will decrease by about 1 mph (1.6
km/h).
To resume the preset speed, push and re-
lease the RES+ switch. The vehicle will re-
sume the last set cruising speed when the
vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).
LSD3030
5-122 Starting and driving
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use of the AEB
with Pedestrian Detection system
could result in serious injury or death.
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system is a supplemental aid to the
driver. It is not a replacement for the
driver’s attention to traffic condi-
tions or responsibility to drive safely.
It cannot prevent accidents due to
carelessness or dangerous driving
techniques.
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system does not function in all driv-
ing, traffic, weather and road
conditions.
The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
can assist the driver when there is a risk of
a forward collision with the vehicle ahead in
the traveling lane or with a pedestrian
ahead in the traveling lane.
The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
uses a radar sensor located on the front of
the vehicle
O
B
to measure the distance to
the vehicle ahead in the same lane. For
pedestrians, the AEB with Pedestrian De-
tection system uses a camera installed be-
hind the windshield
O
A
in addition to the
radar sensor.
LSD2861
AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING
(AEB) WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION
Starting and driving 5-123
AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN
DETECTION SYSTEM OPERATION
1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator
2. AEB with Pedestrian Detection emer-
gency warning indicator
3. AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
warning light
The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
operates at speeds above approximately 3
mph (5 km/h). For the pedestrian detection
function, the AEB with Pedestrian Detec-
tion system operates at speeds between 6
– 37 mph (10 – 60 km/h).
If a risk of a for ward collision with a vehicle
is detected, the AEB with Pedestrian Detec-
tion system will first provide a warning to
the driver by flashing the vehicle ahead de-
tection indicator and providing an audible
alert. In addition, the AEB with Pedestrian
Detection system applies partial braking. If
the driver applies the brakes quickly and
forcefully, but the AEB with Pedestrian De-
tection system detects that there is still the
possibility of a forward collision, the system
will automatically increase the braking
force.
If the risk of a collision becomes imminent
and the driver does not take action, the AEB
with Pedestrian Detection system issues
the second warning to the driver by flash-
ing the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
emergency warning indicator (red), provid-
ing an audible warning, and then automati-
cally applies harder braking.
LSD4076
5-124 Starting and driving
If a risk of a forward impact with a pedes-
trian is detected, the AEB with Pedestrian
Detection system will provide a warning to
the driver by flashing the AEB with Pedes-
trian Detection emergency warning indica-
tor (red), provides an audible alert and the
system will apply partial braking. If the
driver applies the brakes quickly and force-
fully but the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system detects that there is still the possi-
bility of a forward impact with a pedestrian,
the system will automatically increase the
braking force. If the risk of collision be-
comes imminent and the driver does not
take action, the AEB with Pedestrian Detec-
tion system automatically applies harder
braking.
NOTE:
The vehicle’s brake lights come on when
any braking is performed by the AEB
with Pedestrian Detection system.
Depending on vehicle speed and distance
to the vehicle or pedestrian ahead, as well
as driving and roadway conditions, the sys-
tem may help the driver avoid a forward
collision or may help mitigate the conse-
quences if a collision should be unavoid-
able. If the driver is handling the steering
wheel, accelerating or braking, the AEB with
Pedestrian Detection system will function
later or will not function.
The automatic braking will cease under the
following conditions:
• When the steering wheel is turned to
avoid a collision.
• When the accelerator pedal is depressed.
• When there is no longer a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected ahead.
If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-
tem has stopped the vehicle, the vehicle
will remain at a standstill for approximately
2 seconds before the brakes are released.
Starting and driving 5-125
TURNING THE AEB WITH
PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM
ON/OFF
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system:
1. Press the
button until “Settings” dis-
plays in the vehicle information display.
Use the
button to select “Driver As-
sistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Emergency Brake” and press the
OK button.
3. Select “Front” and use the OK button to
turn the system on or off.
When the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system is turned off, the AEB with Pedes-
trian Detection system warning light
illuminates.
NOTE:
The AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-
tem will be automatically turned on
when the EV system is restarted.
LSD3663
5-126 Starting and driving
AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN
DETECTION SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the AEB with Pedestrian Detec tion
system. Failure to operate the vehicle in
accordance with these system limita-
tions could result in serious injury or
death.
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system cannot detect all vehicles or
pedestrians under all conditions.
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system does not detect the following
objects:
– Small pedestrians (including
small children), animals and
cyclists.
– Pedestrians in wheelchairs or us-
ing mobile transport such as
scooters, child-operated toys, or
skateboards.
– Pedestrians who are seated or
otherwise not in a full upright
standing or walking position.
– Oncoming vehicles
– Crossing vehicles
– Obstacles on the roadside
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system has some performance
limitations.
– If a stationar y vehicle is in the ve-
hicle’s path, the AEB with Pedes-
trian Detection system will not
function when the vehicle is
driven at speeds over approxi-
mately 50 mph (80 km/h).
– For pedestrian detection, the AEB
with Pedestrian Detection system
will not function when the vehicle
is driven at speeds over approxi-
mately 37 mph (60 km/h) or below
approximately 6 mph (10 km/h).
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system will not function for pedestri-
ans in darkness or in tunnels, even if
there is street lighting in the area.
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system may not function if the ve-
hicle ahead is narrow (for example, a
motorcycle).
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system may not function if speed dif-
ference between the two vehicles is
too small.
• The radar sensor AEB with Pedes-
trian Detection system may not
function properly or detect a vehicle
ahead in the following conditions:
– Poor visibility (conditions such as
rain, snow, fog, dust storms, sand-
storms, and road spray from other
vehicles)
– Driving on a steep downhill slope
or roads with sharp curves.
– Driving on a bumpy road surface,
such as an uneven dirt road.
– If dirt, ice, snow or other material
is covering the radar sensor area.
– Inter ference by other radar
sources.
– The camera area of windshield is
fogged up, or covered with dirt,
water drops, ice, snow, etc.
– Strong light (for example, sunlight
or high beams from oncoming ve-
hicles) enters the front camera.
Strong light causes the area
around the pedestrian to be cast
in a shadow, making it difficult to
see.
Starting and driving 5-127
– A sudden change in brightness
occurs (for example, when the ve-
hicle enters or exits a tunnel or a
shaded area or lightning flashes).
– The poor contrast of a person to
the background, such as having
clothing color or pattern which is
similar to the background.
– The pedestrian’s profile is partially
obscured or unidentifiable due to
the pedestrian transporting lug-
gage, wearing bulky or very loose
fitting clothing or accessories.
• The system performance may de-
grade in the following conditions:
– The vehicle is driven on a slippery
road.
– The vehicle is driven on a slope.
– Excessively heavy baggage is
loaded in the rear seat or the
cargo area of your vehicle.
• The system is designed to automati-
cally check the sensor’s (radar and
camera) functionality, within cer tain
limitations. The system may not de-
tect blockage of sensor areas cov-
ered by ice, snow or stickers, for ex-
ample. In these cases, the system
may not be able to warn the driver
properly. Be sure that you check,
clean and clear sensor areas
regularly.
• In some road and traffic conditions,
the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system may unexpectedly apply par-
tial braking. When acceleration is
necessary, depress the accelerator
pedal to override the system.
• Excessive noise will interfere with the
warning chime sound, and the chime
may not be heard.
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system may react to a person on a
bicycle, detecting as a pedestrian.
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system may operate under the fol-
lowing conditions, detecting the
possibility of a forward collision:
– A vehicle or a person is on the
roadside at the beginning of a
curve.
– A pedestrian approaches the driv-
ing lane in front of the vehicle.
5-128 Starting and driving
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
Condition A
In the following conditions, the AEB with
Pedestrian Detection system warning light
blinks and the system will be turned off
automatically:
• The radar sensor picks up interference
from another radar source.
• The camera area of windshield is misted
or frozen.
• Strong light is shining from the front.
• The cabin temperature is over approxi-
mately 104°F (40°C) in direct sunlight.
• The camera area of windshield glass is
continuously covered with dirt, etc.
Action to take
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
will resume automatically.
NOTE:
When the inside of the windshield on
camera area is misted or frozen, it will
take a period of time to remove it after
the A/C turns on. If dirt appears on this
area, it is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
LSD4077
Starting and driving 5-129
Condition B
In the following conditions, the AEB with
Pedestrian Detection system warning light
will illuminate and the "Forward Driving
Aids temporarily disabled. Front Sensor
blocked. See Owner’s Manual" warning
message will appear in the vehicle infor-
mation display:
• The sensor area of the front of the vehicle
is covered with dirt or is obstructed.
Action to take
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop
the vehicle in a safe place, and turn the EV
system off. Clean the radar cover on the
front of the vehicle with a soft cloth, and
restart the EV system. If the warning light
continues to illuminate, have the AEB with
Pedestrian Detection system checked. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer for this service.
When driving on roads with limited road
structures or buildings (for example, long
bridges, deser ts, snow fields, driving next to
long walls).
Action to take
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
will resume automatically.
NOTE:
If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-
tem stops working, the I-FCW system will
also stop working.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-
tem malfunctions, it will be turned off auto-
matically, a chime will sound, the AEB with
Pedestrian Detection system warning light
(orange) will illuminate and the warning
message “Malfunction: See Owner’s
Manual” will appear in the vehicle informa-
tion display.
Action to take
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop
the vehicle in a safe location, turn the EV
system off and restart the EV system. If the
warning light continues to illuminate, have
the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
checked. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The radar sensor is located on the front of
the vehicle
O
B
. The camera is located on
the upper side of the windshield
O
A
).
To keep the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system operating properly, be sure to ob-
serve the following:
• Always keep sensor areas of the front
bumper and windshield clean.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the sensors (e.g., bumper,
windshield).
LSD2861
5-130 Starting and driving
• Do not cover or attach stickers, or install
any accessory near the sensors. This
could block sensor signals, and/or cause
failure or malfunction.
• Do not attach metallic objects near the
radar sensor (brush guard, etc.). This
could cause failure or malfunction.
• Do not place reflective materials, such as
white paper or a mirror, on the instru-
ment panel. The reflection of sunlight
may adversely a ffect the camera unit’s
detection capability.
• Do not alter, remove or paint the front
bumper. Before customizing or restoring
the front bumper, it is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Radio frequency statement
For USA
FCC ID OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful in-
ter ference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment.
For Canada
Model: ARS4–B
IC: 4135A-ARS4B
FCC ID: OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-
tion is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause interfer-
ence, and
2. This device must accept any interfer-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation
of the device.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux
CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables aux
appareils radio exempts de licence.
L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux
conditions suivantes:
1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de
brouillage, et
2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter
tout brouillage radioélec trique subi,
même si le brouillage est susceptible
d’en compromettre le
fonctionnement.
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC and IC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 30
cm between the radiator and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
Cet équipement est conforme aux lim-
ites d’exposition aux rayonnements IC
établies pour un environnement non
contrôlé.
Cet équipement doit être installé et
utilisé avec un minimum de 30 cm de
distance entre la source de rayonnement
et votre corps.
Starting and driving 5-131
FCC Notice
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment.
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use of the RAB
system could result in serious injury or
death.
• The RAB system is a supplemental
aid to the driver. It is not a replace-
ment for proper driving procedures.
Always use the side and rear mirrors
and turn and look in the direction you
will move before and while backing
up. Never rely solely on the RAB sys-
tem. It is the driver’s responsibility to
stay alert, drive safely, and be in con-
trol of the vehicle at all times.
• There is a limitation to the RAB sys-
tem capability. The RAB system is not
effective in all situations.
• Inclement weather or ultrasonic
sources such as an automatic car
wash, a truck’s compressed-air
brakes or a pneumatic drill may af-
fect the function of the system; this
may include reduced performance or
a false activation.
The RAB system can assist the driver when
the vehicle is backing up and approaching
objects directly behind the vehicle.
The RAB system detects obstacles behind
the vehicle using the parking sensors
O
1
located on the rear bumper.
NOTE:
You can temporarily cancel the sonar
function in the vehicle, but the RAB sys-
tem will continue to operate. For addi-
tional information, see “Rear Sonar Sys-
tem (RSS) (P. 5-163).
LSD3672
REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING (RAB)
5-132 Starting and driving
RAB SYSTEM OPERATION
䊊
1
RAB system warning light and RAB sys-
tem warning indicator
䊊
2
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left
side)
䊊
3
Center display
When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)
position and the vehicle speed is less than
approximately 9 mph (15 km/h), the RAB
system operates.
If a risk of a collision with an obstacle is
detected when your vehicle is backing up,
the RAB system warning indicator will flash
in the vehicle information display, a red
frame will appear in the center display (for
vehicles with the Intelligent Around View
Monitor system), and the system will chime
three times. The system will then auto-
matically apply the brakes. After the auto-
matic brake application, the driver must
depress the brake pedal to maintain brake
pressure.
NOTE:
• The brake lights of the vehicle come on
when braking is performed by the RAB
system.
• When the brakes operate, a noise may
be heard. This is not a malfunction.
LSD3673
Starting and driving 5-133
TURNING THE RAB SYSTEM
ON/OFF
Perform the following steps to turn the RAB
system on or off.
1. Press the
button until “Settings” dis-
plays in the vehicle information display
and then press the OK button. Use the
button to select “Driver Assistance.”
Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Emergency Brake” and press the
OK button.
3. Select “Rear” and use the OK button to
turn the system on or off.
When the RAB system is turned off, the RAB
system warning light illuminates.
NOTE:
The RAB system will be automatically
turned on when the EV system is re-
started.
LSD3663
5-134 Starting and driving
RAB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the RAB system. Failure to follow the
warnings and instructions for proper
use of the RAB system could result in
serious injury or death.
• When the vehicle approaches an ob-
stacle while the accelerator or brake
pedal is depressed, the function may
not operate or the start of operation
may be delayed. The RAB system
may not operate or may not perform
sufficiently due to vehicle conditions,
driving conditions, the traffic envi-
ronment, the weather, road surface
conditions, etc. Do not wait for the
system to operate. Operate the brake
pedal by yourself as soon as
necessary.
• If it is necessary to override RAB op-
eration, strongly press the accelera-
tor pedal.
• Always check your surroundings and
turn to check what is behind you be-
fore and while backing up. The RAB
system detects stationary objects
behind the vehicle. The RAB system
does not detect the following ob-
jects:
– Moving objects
– Low objects
– Narrow objects
– Wedge-shaped objects
– Objects close to the bumper (less
than approximately 1 ft [30 cm])
– Objects that suddenly appear
– Thin objects such as rope, wire,
chain, etc.
• The RAB system may not operate for
the following obstacles:
– Obstacles located high off the
ground
– Obstacles in a position offset from
your vehicle
– Obstacles, such as spongy materi-
als or snow, that have soft outer
sur faces and can easily absorb a
sound wave
• The RAB system may not operate in
the following conditions:
– There is rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc.,
attached to the sonar sensors.
– A loud sound is heard in the area
around the vehicle.
– The surface of the obstacle is di-
agonal to the rear of the vehicle.
• The RAB system may unintentionally
operate in the following conditions:
– There is overgrown grass in the
area around the vehicle.
– There is a struc ture (e.g., a wall, toll
gate equipment, a narrow tunnel,
a parking lot gate) near the side of
the vehicle.
– There are bumps, protrusions, or
manhole covers on the road
sur face.
– The vehicle drives through a
draped flag or a curtain.
– There is an accumulation of snow
or ice behind the vehicle.
– An ultrasonic wave source, such as
another vehicle’s sonar, is near
the vehicle.
Starting and driving 5-135
• Once the automatic brake control
operates, it does not operate again if
the vehicle approaches the same
obstacle.
• The automatic brake control can only
operate for a shor t period of time.
Therefore, the driver must depress
the brake pedal.
• In the following situations, the RAB
system may not operate properly or
may not function sufficiently:
– The vehicle is driven in bad
weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
– The vehicle is driven on a steep
hill.
– The vehicle’s posture is changed
(e.g., when driving over a bump).
– The vehicle is driven on a slippery
road.
– The vehicle is turned sharply by
turning the steering wheel fully.
– Snow chains are used.
– Wheels or tires other than NISSAN
recommended are used.
– The brakes are cold at low ambi-
ent temperatures or immediately
after driving has started.
– The braking force becomes poor
due to wet brakes after driving
through a puddle or washing the
vehicle.
• Turn the RAB system off in the follow-
ing conditions to prevent the occur-
rence of an unexpected accident re-
sulting from sudden system
operation:
– The vehicle is towed.
– The vehicle is carried on a flatbed
truck.
– The vehicle is on the chassis
dynamometer.
– The vehicle drives on an uneven
road surface.
– Suspension parts other than
those designated as Genuine
NISSAN parts are used. (If the ve-
hicle height or the vehicle body in-
clination is changed, the system
may not detect an obstacle
correctly.)
• Excessive noise (e.g., audio system
volume, an open vehicle window) will
inter fere with the chime sound, and it
may not be heard.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the RAB system malfunctions, it will be
turned off automatically, the RAB system
warning light will illuminate, and the “Mal-
function: See Owner’s Manual” warning
message will appear in the vehicle infor-
mation display.
Action to take
If the warning light illuminates, park the ve-
hicle in a safe location, turn the EV system
off, and restart the EV system. If the warn-
ing light continues to illuminate, have the
RAB system checked. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
NOTE:
If the RAB system cannot be operated
temporarily, the RAB system warning
light blinks.
5-136 Starting and driving
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Observe the following items to ensure
proper operation of the system:
• Always keep the parking sensors
O
1
clean.
• If the parking sensors are dirty, wipe them
off with a soft cloth while being careful to
not damage them.
• Do not subject the area around the park-
ing sensors
O
1
to strong impact. Also, do
not remove or disassemble the parking
sensors. If the parking sensors and pe-
ripheral areas are deformed in an acci-
dent, etc., have the sensors checked. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
• Do not install any stickers (including
transparent stickers) or accessories on
the parking sensors
O
1
and their sur-
rounding areas. This may cause a mal-
function or improper operation.
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use of the I-FCW
system could result in serious injury or
death.
• The I-FCW system can help warn the
driver before a collision occurs but
will not avoid a collision. It is the driv-
er’s responsibility to stay alert, drive
safely and be in control of the vehicle
at all times.
The I-FCW system can help alert the driver
when there is a sudden braking of a second
vehicle traveling in front of the vehicle
ahead in the same lane.
LSD3672
INTELLIGENT FORWARD COLLISION
WARNING (I-FCW)
Starting and driving 5-137
The I-FCW system uses a radar sensor
O
A
located on the front of the vehicle to mea-
sure distance to the vehicle ahead in the
same lane.
I-FCW SYSTEM OPERATION
1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator
2. AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
warning light
LSD2859
LSD4078
5-138 Starting and driving
The I-FCW system operates at speeds
above approximately 3 mph (5 km/h).
If there is a potential risk of a forward colli-
sion, the I-FCW system will warn the driver
by blinking the vehicle ahead detection in-
dicator, and sounding an audible alert.
LSD3472
Starting and driving 5-139
TURNING THE I-FCW SYSTEM
ON/OFF
Perform the following steps to turn the
I-FCW system on or off:
1. Press the
button until “Settings” dis-
plays in the vehicle information display.
Use the
button to select “Driver As-
sistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Emergency Brake” and press the
OK button.
3. Select “Front” and use the OK button to
turn the system on or off.
When the I-FCW system is turned off, the
AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
warning light illuminates.
NOTE:
• The I-FCW system will be automatically
turned on when the EV system is
restarted.
• The I-FCW system is integrated into the
AEB with Pedestrian Detection system.
There is not a separate selection in the
vehicle information display for the
I-FCW system. When the AEB with Pe-
destrian Detection is turned off, the
I-FCW system is also turned off.
LSD3663
5-140 Starting and driving
I-FCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
LSD3473
Starting and driving 5-141
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the I-FCW system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in seri-
ous injury or death.
• The I-FCW system cannot detect all
vehicles under all conditions.
• The radar sensor does not detect the
following objects:
– Pedestrians, animals or obstacles
in the roadway.
– Oncoming vehicles.
– Crossing vehicles.
• (Illustration A) The I-FCW system
does not function when a vehicle
ahead is a narrow vehicle, such as a
motorcycle.
• The radar sensor may not detect a
vehicle ahead in the following
conditions:
– Snow or heavy rain.
– Dirt, ice, snow or other material
covering the radar sensor.
– Inter ference by other radar
sources.
– Snow or road spray from traveling
vehicles.
– Driving in a tunnel.
– (Illustration B) When the vehicle
ahead is being towed.
– (Illustration C) When the distance
to the vehicle ahead is too close,
the beam of the radar sensor is
obstructed.
– (Illustration D) When driving on a
steep downhill slope or roads with
sharp curves.
LSD3474
5-142 Starting and driving
• The system is designed to automati-
cally check the sensor’s functionality,
within certain limitations. The sys-
tem may not detect some forms of
obstruction of the sensor area such
as ice, snow, stickers, etc. In these
cases, the system may not be able to
warn the driver properly. Be sure that
you check, clean and clear the sensor
area regularly.
• Excessive noise will interfere with the
warning chime sound, and the chime
may not be heard.
Starting and driving 5-143
LSD3475
5-144 Starting and driving
LSD3476
Starting and driving 5-145
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
Condition A
When the radar sensor picks up interfer-
ence from another radar source, making it
impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the
I-FCW system is automatically turned off.
The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
warning light (orange) will illuminate.
Action to take
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the I-FCW system will resume
automatically.
Condition B
In the following condition, the AEB with Pe-
destrian Detection system warning light
(orange) will illuminate and the "Forward
Driving Aids temporarily disabled. Front
Sensor blocked. See Owner’s Manual"
warning message will appear in the vehicle
information display.
• The sensor area on the front of the ve-
hicle is covered with dirt or is obstructed.
Action to take
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop
the vehicle in a safe place and turn the EV
system off. Clean the radar cover on the on
the front of the vehicle with a soft cloth, and
restart the EV system. If the warning light
continues to illuminate, have the I-FCW sys-
tem checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
LSD4077
5-146 Starting and driving
• When driving on roads with limited road
structures or buildings (for example, long
bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next
to long walls).
Action to take
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
will resume automatically.
NOTE:
If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-
tem stops working, the I-FCW system will
also stop working.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the I-FCW system malfunctions, it will be
turned off automatically, a chime will
sound, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system warning light (orange) will illumi-
nate and the warning message “Malfunc-
tion: See Owner’s Manual” will appear in the
vehicle information display.
Action to take:
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop
the vehicle in a safe location, turn the EV
system off and restart the EV system. If the
warning light continues to illuminate, have
the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
checked. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The sensor
O
A
is located on the front of the
vehicle.
To keep the system operating properly, be
sure to observe the following:
• Always keep the sensor area of the front
bumper clean.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the sensor.
• Do not cover or attach stickers or similar
objects on the front bumper near the
sensor area. This could cause failure or
malfunction.
LSD2859
Starting and driving 5-147
• Do not attach metallic objects near the
sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could
cause failure or malfunction.
• Do not alter, remove or paint the front
bumper. Before customizing or restoring
the front bumper, it is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Radio frequency statement
For USA
FCC ID OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful in-
ter ference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment.
For Canada
Model: ARS4–B
IC: 4135A-ARS4B
FCC ID: OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-
tion is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful in-
ter ference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux
CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables aux
appareils radio exempts de licence.
L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux
conditions suivantes:
1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de
brouillage, et
2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit ac-
cepter tout brouillage radioélectrique
subi, même si le brouillage est suscep-
tible d’en compromettre le
fonctionnement.
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC and IC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 30
cm between the radiator and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
Cet équipement est conforme aux lim-
ites d’exposition aux rayonnements IC
établies pour un environnement non
contrôlé.
Cet équipement doit être installé et
utilisé avec un minimum de 30 cm de
distance entre la source de rayonnement
et votre corps.
FCC Notice
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment.
5-148 Starting and driving
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and in-
structions for proper use of the I-DA
system could result in serious injury or
death.
• The I–DA system is only a warning to
inform the driver of a potential lack
of driver attention or drowsiness. It
will not steer the vehicle or prevent
loss of control.
• The I–DA system does not detect and
provide an alert of the driver’s lack of
attention or fatigue in every
situation.
• It’s the driver’s responsibility to:
– stay alert,
– drive safely,
– keep the vehicle in the traveling
lane,
– be in control of the vehicle at all
times,
– avoid driving when tired,
– avoid distractions (texting, etc.).
The I–DA system helps alert the driver if the
system detects a lack of attention or driv-
ing fatigue.
The system monitors driving style and
steering behavior over a period of time,
and it detects changes from the normal
pattern. If the system detects that driver
attention is decreasing over a period of
time, the system uses audible and visual
warnings to suggest that the driver take a
break.
I-DA SYSTEM OPERATION
If the system detects driver fatigue or that
driver attention is decreasing, the mes-
sage “Take a break?” appears in the vehicle
information display and a chime sounds
when the vehicle is driven at speeds above
37 mph (60 km/h).
The system continuously monitors driver
attention and can provide multiple warn-
ings per trip.
The system resets and starts reassessing
driving style and steering behavior when
the power switch is cycled from the ON to
the OFF position and back to the ON
position.
LSD3957
INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS
(I-DA) (if so equipped)
Starting and driving 5-149
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
I-DA SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the I–DA system.
1. Press the
button until “Settings” dis-
plays in the vehicle information display.
Use the
button to select “Driver As-
sistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Driver Attention Alert” and use
the OK button to turn the system on or
off.
NOTE:
The setting will be retained even if the EV
system is restarted.
I-DA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the I–DA system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in seri-
ous injury or death.
• The I-DA system may not operate
properly and may not provide an
alert in the following conditions:
– Poor road conditions such as an
uneven road surface or pot holes.
– Strong side wind.
LSD3668
5-150 Starting and driving
– If you have adopted a sporty driv-
ing style with higher cornering
speeds or higher rates of
acceleration.
– Frequent lane changes or
changes to vehicle speed.
• The I–DA system will not provide an
alert in the following conditions:
– Vehicle speeds lower than 37 mph
(60 km/h).
– Short lapses of attention.
– Instantaneous distractions such
as dropping an object.
System malfunction
If the Intelligent Driver Aler tness system
malfunctions, the system warning mes-
sage will appear in the vehicle information
display and the function will be stopped
automatically.
Action to take
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the
vehicle in P (Park) position, turn the EV sys-
tem off and restart the EV system. If the
system warning message continues to ap-
pear, have the system checked. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
LSD3958
Starting and driving 5-151
The ECO mode helps reduce power con-
sumption by reducing acceleration when
compared to the same accelerator pedal
position in the D (Drive) position. Use the
ECO mode for maximum driving range and
for city driving.
To turn on the ECO mode, push the ECO
switch. The ECO mode indicator appears
on the vehicle information display.
To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO
switch again. The ECO mode indicator will
turn off.
• The selection of the ECO mode (ON or
OFF) is retained even when the EV system
is restarted.
• When the ECO mode is turned off, driving
performance is changed. Before turning
off the ECO mode, ensure it is safe to do
so, release the accelerator pedal and op-
erate the ECO switch.
• Turn off the ECO mode when acceleration
is required, such as when:
– driving with a heavy load of passengers
or cargo in the vehicle.
– driving on a steep uphill slope.
• When the cruise control is operated, the
vehicle makes it a priority to maintain a
constant speed. The driving range will not
be extended even if the ECO mode indi-
cator appears.
NOTE:
Selecting this drive mode will not neces-
sarily improve power economy as many
driving factors influence its
effectiveness.
The vehicle range varies depending upon
the following factors:
• Speed
• Vehicle load
• Electrical load from vehicle accessories
• Traffic and road conditions
NISSAN recommends the following driv-
ing habits to help maximize vehicle
range:
Before driving:
• Follow the recommended periodic
maintenance.
• Keep tires inflated to the correct pressure.
• Keep wheels in correct alignment.
• Pre-heat or pre-cool the interior cabin
while the vehicle is charging.
• Remove unnecessary cargo from the
vehicle.
While driving:
• Drive in ECO mode.
– The ECO mode helps reduce power
consumption by reducing acceleration
when compared to the same accelera-
tor pedal position in the D (Drive) posi-
tion (normal mode).
LSD3669
ECO MODE INCREASING POWER ECONOMY
5-152 Starting and driving
• Drive at a constant speed. Maintain cruis-
ing speeds with a constant accelerator
position or by using cruise control when
appropriate.
• Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Gently
press and release the accelerator pedal
for acceleration and deceleration.
• Drive at moderate speeds on the
highway.
• Avoid frequent stopping and braking.
Maintain a safe distance behind other
vehicles.
• Turn off the air conditioner/heater when
it is not necessary.
• Select a moderate temperature setting
for heating or cooling to help reduce
power consumption.
• Use the air conditioner/heater and close
windows to reduce drag when cruising at
a highway speed.
• Release the accelerator pedal to slow
down and do not apply the brakes when
traffic and road conditions allow.
– This vehicle is equipped with a regen-
erative brake system. The primary pur-
pose of the regenerative brake system
is to provide some power to recharge
the Li-ion battery and extend driving
range. A secondary benefit is “engine
braking” that operates based on Li-ion
battery conditions. In the D (Drive) posi-
tion, when the accelerator pedal is re-
leased, the regenerative brake system
provides some deceleration and some
power to the Li-ion battery.
The ECO Drive Report appears for approxi-
mately 30 seconds after placing the power
switch in the OFF position, driving the ve-
hicle for more than 0.3 miles (500 m), and
pressing the
button on the steering
wheel.
ECO DRIVE REPORT
Starting and driving 5-153
1. Previous 5 times (History)
Displays the average energy economy
for the previous 5 times
2. Current energy economy
Displays the most recent average en-
ergy economy
3. Best energy economy
Displays the best energy economy of
the past history
4. Regenerated energy (mileage)
Displays the amount of regenerated en-
ergy stored in the Li-ion battery in one
trip in terms of distance
If the vehicle has been driven mostly on
downhill roads, more energy is regener-
ated. This may cause the regenerated en-
ergy (mileage) (4) to show a longer distance
than the vehicle was driven or the current
energy economy (2) to show “99.9
miles/kWh.”
When the
button is pressed while the
ECO Drive Report is shown, the display
switches to the timer display. Either display
will continue to show for another 30 sec-
onds after the button is pressed. If the
doors are locked after placing the power
switch in the OFF position, the display turns
off before the preset time.
In the “Settings” menu, you can program
the ECO Drive Report to not appear when
the power switch is placed in the OFF posi-
tion. For additional information, see “Ve-
hicle information display” (P. 2-26).
WARNING
• Do not stop or park the vehicle over
flammable materials such as dry
grass, waste paper or rags. They may
ignite and cause a fire.
• Never leave the vehicle in the READY
to drive mode while the vehicle is
unattended.
• Safe parking procedures require that
both the parking brake be applied
and the vehicle placed in the park po-
sition. Failure to do so could cause
the vehicle to move unexpectedly or
roll away and result in an accident.
• Do not leave children unattended in-
side the vehicle. They could unknow-
ingly activate switches or controls or
make the vehicle move. Unattended
children could become involved in
serious accidents.
LSD3173
PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS
5-154 Starting and driving
• To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the
vehicle and/or its systems, do not
leave children, people who require
the assistance of others or pets unat-
tended in your vehicle. Additionally,
the temperature inside a closed ve-
hicle on a warm day can quickly be-
come high enough to cause a signifi-
cant risk of injury or death to people
and pets.
1. Firmly apply the parking brake.
2. Push the P (Park) position switch on the
shift lever.
3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling
into the street when parked on a slope, it
is a good practice to turn the wheels as
illustrated.
• HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB
O
1
:
Turn the wheels into the curb and
move the vehicle forward until the
curb side wheel gently touches the
curb.
• HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB
O
2
:
Turn the wheels away from the curb
and move the vehicle back until the
curb side wheel gently touches the
curb.
• HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO
CURB
O
3
:
Turn the wheels toward the side of the
road so the vehicle will move away
from the center of the road if it moves.
4. Place the power switch in the OFF
position.
SSD0488
Starting and driving 5-155
WARNING
• If the READY to drive indicator light is
off while driving, the power assist for
the steering will not work. Steering
will be harder to operate.
• When the power steering warning
light illuminates while the READY to
drive indicator light is on, the power
assist for the steering will cease op-
eration. You will still have control of
the vehicle but the steering will be
harder to operate.
The power steering system is designed to
provide power assistance while driving to
operate the steering wheel with less effort.
When the steering wheel is operated re-
peatedly or continuously while parking or
driving at a very low speed, the power as-
sist for the steering wheel will be reduced.
This is to prevent overheating of the power
steering system and help protect it from
getting damaged. When the power assis-
tance is reduced, steering wheel operation
will become harder. When the temperature
of the power steering system goes down,
the power assistance level will return to
normal. Avoid repeating such steering
wheel operations that could cause the
power steering system to overheat.
You may hear a noise when the steering
wheel is operated quickly. However, this is
not a malfunction.
If the power steering warning light
illuminates while the READY to drive indica-
tor light is on, it may indicate the power
steering system is not functioning properly
and may need servicing. Have the power
steering system checked. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service. For additional
information, see “Power steering warning
light” (P. 2-23).
The power assist for steering stops operat-
ing when both the power steering warning
light and READY to drive indicator light are
illuminated. You will still have control of the
vehicle. However, greater steering effort is
needed, especially in sharp turns and at
low speeds.
BRAKE PRECAUTIONS
This vehicle is equipped with two braking
systems:
1. Hydraulic brake system
2. Regenerative brake system
Hydraulic brake system
The hydraulic brake system is similar to the
brakes used on conventional vehicles.
The brake system has two separate hy-
draulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions,
you will still have braking at two wheels.
Regenerative brake system
The primary purpose of the regenerative
brake system is to provide some power to
help recharge the Li-ion battery and ex-
tend driving range. A secondary benefit is
“engine braking” that operates based on
battery conditions.
In the D (Drive) range, when the accelerator
is released, the regenerative brake system
provides some deceleration and gener-
ates power for the Li-ion battery. Power is
also generated when the brake pedal is
applied.
POWER STEERING SYSTEM BRAKE SYSTEM
5-156 Starting and driving
When you put the shift lever in the B mode
and take your foot off the accelerator
pedal, more regenerative brake is applied
than in the D (Drive) position. However, dur-
ing high-speed driving you may feel that
regenerative brake provides less decelera-
tion than the engine braking in an ordinar y
vehicle. This is normal.
Less deceleration is provided by the regen-
erative brake system when the Li-ion bat-
tery is fully charged. Regenerative brake is
automatically reduced when the Li-ion
battery is fully charged to prevent the Li-ion
battery from becoming overcharged. Re-
generative brake is also automatically re-
duced when the battery temperature is
high/low (indicated by the red/blue zones
on the battery temperature gauge) to pre-
vent Li-ion battery damage.
The brake pedal should be used to slow or
stop the vehicle depending on traffic or
road conditions. The vehicle brakes are not
affected by regenerative brake system
operation.
NOTE:
• When applying the regenerative
brakes, you may hear a sound coming
from the regenerative brake system.
This is a normal operating characteris-
tic of an EV.
• If the power switch position is in a po-
sition other than ON or READY to drive,
you can stop the vehicle by depressing
the brake pedal. However, greater foot
pressure on the brake pedal will be re-
quired to stop the vehicle, and the
stopping distance will be longer.
• When depressing the brake pedal, the
brake pedal feel will not be smooth or
may change when the cooperative re-
generative brake system ac tivates.
However, the electronically controlled
brake system is operating normally
and this does not indicate a
malfunction.
Using the brakes
Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal
while driving. This will cause overheating of
the brakes, wearing out of the brake pads
and shoes faster, and will reduce driving
range.
To help reduce brake wear, and to prevent
the brakes from overheating, reduce speed
and select B mode before going down a
slope or long grade. Overheated brakes
may reduce braking performance and
could result in loss of vehicle control.
WARNING
• While driving on a slippery surface,
be careful when braking or accelerat-
ing. Abrupt braking or accelerating
could cause the wheels to skid, which
could result in an accident.
• If the brake pedal is depressed with
the EV system OFF, you may feel an
increased brake pedal effort and a
decreased pedal stroke. If the BRAKE
warning light does not illuminate
and the brake pedal feels like it has
returned to its normal state after the
EV system is started, this indicates
that there is no malfunction and the
vehicle can be operated normally.
Starting and driving 5-157
Wet brakes
When the vehicle is washed or driven
through water, the brakes may get wet. As
a result, the braking distance will be longer
and the vehicle may pull to one side during
braking.
To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe
speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal
to heat up the brakes. Do this until the
brakes return to normal. Avoid driving the
vehicle at high speeds until the brakes
have dried.
Parking brake break-in
Break in the parking brake shoes whenever
the stopping effect of the parking brake is
weakened or whenever the parking brake
shoes and/or rotors are replaced, in order
to assure the best braking performance.
This procedure is described in the Genuine
NISSAN Service Manual, and it can be per-
formed by a certified repair facility. It is rec-
ommended that you visit a NISSAN certi-
fied LEAF dealer.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
WARNING
• The ABS is a sophisticated device, but
it cannot prevent accidents resulting
from careless or dangerous driving
techniques. It can help maintain ve-
hicle control during braking on slip-
pery surfaces. Remember that stop-
ping distances on slippery surfaces
will be longer than on normal sur-
faces even with ABS. Stopping dis-
tances may also be longer on rough,
gravel or snow covered roads, or if
you are using tire chains. Always
maintain a safe distance from the ve-
hicle in front of you. Ultimately, the
driver is responsible for safety.
• Tire type and condition may also af-
fect braking effectiveness.
– When replacing tires, install the
specified size of tires on all four
wheels.
– For additional information, see
“Wheels and tires” (P. 8-25).
The ABS controls the brakes so the wheels
do not lock during hard braking or when
braking on slippery surfaces. The system
detects the rotation speed at each wheel
and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre-
vent each wheel from locking and sliding.
By preventing each wheel from locking, the
system helps the driver maintain steering
control and helps to minimize swerving
and spinning on slipper y surfaces.
Using the system
Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.
Depress the brake pedal with firm steady
pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The
Anti-lock Braking System will operate to
prevent the wheels from locking up. Steer
the vehicle to avoid obstacles.
WARNING
Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so
may result in increased stopping
distances.
5-158 Starting and driving
Self-test feature
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) in-
cludes electronic sensors, electric pumps,
hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The
computer has a built-in diagnostic feature
that tests the system each time you place
the power switch in the READY to drive po-
sition and move the vehicle at a low speed
in forward or reverse. When the self-test
occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise
and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal.
This is normal and does not indicate a mal-
function. If the computer senses a mal-
function, it switches the ABS off and illumi-
nates the ABS warning light on the
instrument panel. The brake system then
operates normally, but without anti-lock
assistance.
If the ABS warning light illuminates during
the self-test or while driving, have the ve-
hicle checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
Normal operation
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) oper-
ates at speeds above 3 to 6 mph (5 to 10
km/h). The speed varies according to road
conditions.
When the ABS senses that one or more
wheels are close to locking up, the actuator
rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pres-
sure. This action is similar to pumping the
brakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsa-
tion in the brake pedal and hear a noise
from under the hood or feel a vibration
from the actuator when it is operating. This
is normal and indicates that the ABS is op-
erating properly. However, the pulsation
may indicate that road conditions are haz-
ardous and extra care is required while
driving.
BRAKE ASSIST
When the force applied to the brake pedal
exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is
activated generating greater braking force
than a conventional brake booster even
with light pedal force.
WARNING
The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist
braking operation and is not a collision
warning or avoidance device. It is the
drivers responsibility to stay alert, drive
safely and be in control of the vehicle at
all times.
The VDC system uses various sensors to
monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion.
Under certain driving conditions, the VDC
system helps to perform the following
functions.
• Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel
slip on one slipping drive wheel so power
is transferred to a drive wheel on the
same axle that is not slipping.
• Controls brake pressure and traction
motor output to reduce drive wheel slip
based on vehicle speed (traction control
function).
• Controls brake pressure at individual
wheels and traction motor output to help
the driver maintain control of the vehicle
in the following conditions:
– Understeer (vehicle tends to not follow
the steered path despite increased
steering input).
– Oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to
certain road or driving conditions).
The VDC system can help the driver main-
tain control of the vehicle, but it cannot
prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving
situations.
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)
SYSTEM
Starting and driving 5-159
When the VDC system operates, the
indicator light in the instrument panel
flashes. When the indicator light flashes,
note the following items:
• The road may be slippery or the system
may determine some action is required
to help keep the vehicle on the steered
path.
• You may feel a pulsation in the brake
pedal and hear a noise or vibration from
under the hood. This is normal and indi-
cates that the VDC system is working
properly.
• Adjust your speed and driving according
to the road conditions.
For additional information, see “Slip indica-
tor light” (P. 2-23) and “Vehicle Dynamic Con-
trol (VDC) OFF indicator light” (P. 2-24).
If a malfunction occurs in the system, the
indicator light illuminates in the ve-
hicle information display. The VDC system
automatically turns off when this indicator
light is lit.
The vehicle information display is used to
turn off the VDC system. The VDC OFF indi-
cator light
, along with the AEB with
Pedestrian Detection and RAB warning
lights illuminate to indicate that the VDC,
AEB with Pedestrian Detection, and RAB
systems are off. When the vehicle informa-
tion display is used to turn off the system,
the VDC system still operates to prevent
one drive wheel from slipping by transfer-
ring power to a non-slipping wheel. The
indicator light flashes if this occurs. All
other VDC functions are off and the
indicator light will not flash. The VDC sys-
tem is automatically reset to on when the
power switch is placed in the OFF position
then back to the ON position. For additional
information, see “Vehicle information dis-
play” (P. 2-26).
The computer has a built-in diagnostic fea-
ture that tests the system each time you
start the EV and move the vehicle forward
or in reverse at a slow speed. When the
self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk”
noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and is not an indica-
tion of a malfunction.
WARNING
• The VDC system is designed to help
the driver maintain stability but does
not prevent accidents due to abrupt
steering operation at high speeds or
by careless or dangerous driving
techniques. Reduce vehicle speed
and be especially careful when driv-
ing and cornering on slippery sur-
faces and always drive carefully.
• Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-
sion. If suspension parts such as
shock absorbers, struts, springs, sta-
bilizer bars, bushings and wheels are
not NISSAN recommended for your
vehicle or are extremely deteriorated
the VDC system may not operate
properly. This could adversely affect
vehicle handling performance, and
the
indicator light may flash or
the
indicator light may
illuminate.
• If brake related parts such as brake
pads, rotors and calipers are not
NISSAN recommended or are ex-
tremely deteriorated, the VDC sys-
tem may not operate properly and
the
indicator light may
illuminate.
5-160 Starting and driving
• If traction motor control related
parts are not NISSAN recommended
or are extremely deteriorated, the
indicator light may illuminate.
• When driving on extremely inclined
sur faces such as higher banked cor-
ners, the VDC system may not oper-
ate properly and the
indicator
light may illuminate. Do not drive on
these types of roads.
• When driving on an unstable surface
such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or
ramp, the
indicator light may
illuminate. This is not a malfunction.
Restart the EV system after driving
onto a stable surface.
• If wheels or tires other than the
NISSAN recommended ones are
used, the VDC system may not oper-
ate properly and the
indicator
light may illuminate.
• The VDC system is not a substitute
for winter tires or tire chains on a
snow covered road.
The chassis control is an electric control
module that includes the following
functions:
• Intelligent Trace Control
• Intelligent Ride Control
CHASSIS CONTROL
Starting and driving 5-161
INTELLIGENT TRACE CONTROL
This system senses driving based on the
driver’s steering and acceleration/braking
patterns, and controls brake pressure at
individual wheels to aid tracing at corners
and help smooth vehicle response.
The Intelligent Trace Control can be set to
on (enabled) or off (disabled) through the
vehicle information display “Settings” page.
For additional information, see “Vehicle in-
formation display” (P. 2-26).
When the VDC system is turned off in the
vehicle information display, the Intelligent
Trace Control is also turned off.
When the Intelligent Trace Control is oper-
ated and the “Chassis Control” mode is se-
lected in the vehicle information display,
the Intelligent Trace Control graphics are
shown in the vehicle information display.
For additional information, see “Vehicle in-
formation display” (P. 2-26).
If the “Chassis Control System Error: See
Owner’s Manual” warning message ap-
pears in the vehicle information display, it
may indicate that the Intelligent Trace Con-
trol is not functioning properly. Have the
system checked as soon as possible. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer for this service.
WARNING
The Intelligent Trace Control may not
be effective depending on the driving
condition. Always drive carefully and
attentively.
When the Intelligent Trace Control is oper-
ating, you may feel a pulsation in the brake
pedal, hear a noise and sense slight decel-
eration. This is normal and indicates that
the Intelligent Trace Control is operating
properly.
Even if the Intelligent Trace Control is
turned off, some functions will remain on to
assist the driver (for example, avoidance
scenes).
INTELLIGENT RIDE CONTROL
This system senses upper body motion
(based on wheel speed information) and
controls motor torque. This will enhance
ride comfort in effort to restrain uncom-
fortable upper body movement when
passing over undulated road surfaces. This
system comes into effect above 25 mph
(40 km/h).
When the VDC system is turned off in the
vehicle information display, the Intelligent
Ride Control is also turned off.
LSD3008
5-162 Starting and driving
WARNING
The Intelligent Ride Control may not be
effective depending on the driving con-
dition. Always drive carefully and
attentively.
When the Intelligent Ride Control is operat-
ing, you may hear a noise and sense slight
deceleration. This is normal and indicates
that the Intelligent Ride Control is operat-
ing properly.
If the “Chassis Control System Error: See
Owner’s Manual” warning message ap-
pears in the vehicle information display, it
may indicate that the Intelligent Ride Con-
trol is not functioning properly. Have the
system checked as soon as possible. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer for this service.
The sonar (parking sensor) system sounds
a tone to inform the driver of obstacles
near the bumper.
When the “DISPLAY” key is ON, the sonar
view will automatically appear in the meter.
WARNING
• The RSS is a convenience but it is not
a substitute for proper parking.
• The driver is always responsible for
safety during parking and other ma-
neuvers. Always look around and
check that it is safe to do so before
parking.
• Read and understand the limitations
of the RSS as contained in this sec-
tion. The colors of the sonar indicator
and the distance guide lines in the
rear view indicate different distances
to the object.
• Inclement weather or ultrasonic
sources such as an automatic car
wash, a truck's compressed-air
brakes or a pneumatic drill may af-
fect the function of the system; this
may include reduced performance or
a false activation.
• The RSS is designed as an aid to the
driver in detecting large stationary
objects to help avoid damaging the
vehicle.
• The RSS is not designed to prevent
contact with small or moving ob-
jects. Always move slowly. The sys-
tem will not detect small objects be-
low the bumper, and may not detect
objects close to the bumper or on the
ground.
• The RSS may not detect the following
objects: fluffy objects such as snow,
cloth, cotton, glass, wool, etc., and
thin objects such as rope, wire and
chain, etc., or wedge-shaped objects.
LSD3247
REAR SONAR SYSTEM (RSS) (if so
equipped)
Starting and driving 5-163
If your vehicle sustains damage to the rear
bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or
bent, the sensing zone may be altered
causing inaccurate measurement of ob-
stacles or false alarms.
CAUTION
• Excessive noise (such as audio sys-
tem volume or an open vehicle win-
dow) will interfere with the tone and
it may not be heard.
• Keep the sonar sensors (located on
the bumper fascia) free from snow,
ice and large accumulations of dirt.
Do not clean the sensors with sharp
objects. If the sensors are covered,
the accuracy of the sonar function
will be diminished.
SYSTEM OPERATION
The system informs with a visual and au-
dible alert of rear obstacles when the shift
lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
Sonar Operation Table
RR Sensor
Range Sound Display
Px†
Roo
Nx†
Dx†
o – Display/Beep when detect
† – Display on camera view
x – No Display and Beep
The system is deactivated at speeds above
6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lower
speeds.
While the vehicle is moving the audible alert
will stop after 3 seconds when an obstacle
is detected by only the corner sensor and
distance does not change. The audible
alert will also stop when the obstacle
moves away from the vehicle. At any time
the left side button of the steering wheel (
buttons) is available to cancel the au-
dible alert.
When the object is detected, the indicator
(green) appears and blinks and the tone
sounds intermittently. When the vehicle
moves closer to the object, the color of the
indicator turns yellow and the rate of the
blinking increases. When the vehicle is very
close to the object, the indicator stops
blinking and turns red, and the tone
sounds continuously.
5-164 Starting and driving
When the corner of the vehicle moves
closer to an object, the corner sonar indi-
cator
O
A
appears. When the center of the
vehicle moves close to an object, the cen-
ter sonar indicator
O
B
appears
The system indicators
O
A
will appear when
the vehicle moves closer to an object.
LSD3773 LSD2137
Starting and driving 5-165
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
REAR SONAR SYSTEM
The system is automatically activated
when the power switch is placed in the ON
position and the shift lever is in the R (Re-
verse) position.
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the sonar system:
1. Press the
button until “Settings” ap-
pears in the vehicle information display
and then press OK. Use the
button
to select “Driver Assistance.” Then press
the OK button.
2. Select “Parking Aids” and press the OK
button.
3. Select “SONAR system” and press the OK
button to turn the system on or off.
• Select “Display” and press the OK but-
ton to turn the system on or off.
• Select “Volume” to change the sonar
system volume to “High,” Med.” or
“Low.”
• Select “Range” to change the sonar
system distance to “Far,” “Med.” or
“Near.”
NOTE:
The system will automatically be turned
on when the EV system is restarted.
LSD3959
5-166 Starting and driving
SONAR LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the sonar system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in seri-
ous injury or death.
• Read and understand the limitations
of the sonar system as contained in
this section. Inclement weather may
affect the function of the sonar sys-
tem; this may include reduced per-
formance or a false activation.
• The system is deactivated at speeds
above 6 mph (10 km/h). It is reacti-
vated at lower speeds.
• Inclement weather or ultrasonic
sources such as an automatic car
wash, a truck’s compressed-air
brakes or a pneumatic drill may af-
fect the function of the system; this
may include reduced performance or
a false activation.
• The system is not designed to pre-
vent contact with small or moving
objects. Always move slowly. The
system will not detect small objects
below the bumper or on the ground.
• The system may not detect the fol-
lowing objects: fluffy objects such as
snow, cloth, cotton, glass-wool, etc.;
thin objects such as rope, wire and
chain, etc.; or wedge-shaped objects.
• The system may not detect objects
at speeds above 3 mph (5 km/h) and
may not detect certain angular or
moving objects.
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
When sonar blockage is detected, the sys-
tem will be deactivated automatically.
The system is not available until the condi-
tions no longer exist.
The sonar sensors may be blocked by tem-
porary ambient conditions such as splash-
ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condi-
tion may also be caused by objects such as
ice, frost or dirt obstructing the sonar
sensors.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the system will resume automatically.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The sonar sensors
O
1
are located on the
rear bumper. Always keep the area near
the sonar sensors clean.
The sonar sensors may be blocked by tem-
porary ambient conditions such as splash-
ing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-
structing the sonar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing
the area around the sonar sensors.
LSD2843
Starting and driving 5-167
Do not attach stickers (including transpar-
ent material), install accessories or apply
additional paint near the sonar sensors.
Do not strike or damage the area around
the sonar sensors. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area around
the sonar sensors is damaged due to a
collision.
WARNING
• Never rely solely on the hill start as-
sist system to prevent the vehicle
from moving backward on a hill. Al-
ways drive carefully and attentively.
Depress the brake pedal when the
vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Be
especially careful when stopped on a
hill on frozen or muddy roads. Failure
to prevent the vehicle from rolling
backwards may result in a loss of
control of the vehicle and possible
serious injury or death.
• The hill start assist system is not de-
signed to hold the vehicle at a stand-
still on a hill. Depress the brake pedal
when the vehicle is stopped on a
steep hill. Failure to do so may cause
the vehicle to roll backwards and
may result in a collision or serious
personal injury.
• The hill start assist may not prevent
the vehicle from rolling backwards
on a hill under all load or road condi-
tions. Always be prepared to depress
the brake pedal to prevent the ve-
hicle from rolling backwards. Failure
to do so may result in a collision or
serious personal injury.
The hill start assist system automatically
keeps the brakes applied to help prevent
the vehicle from rolling backwards in the
time it takes the driver to release the brake
pedal and apply the accelerator when the
vehicle is stopped on a hill.
Hill start assist will operate automatically
under the following conditions:
• The shift lever is placed in the D (Drive), B
mode, or R (Reverse) position.
• The vehicle is stopped completely on a
hill by applying the brake.
The maximum holding time is 2 seconds.
After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll
back and hill start assist will stop operating
completely.
Hill start assist will not operate when the
shift lever is placed in the N (Neutral) or P
(Park) position or on a flat and level road.
HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM
5-168 Starting and driving
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the Li-ion bat-
tery : Do not store the vehicle in tem-
peratures below -13°F (-25°C) for over
seven days. If the outside temperature
is -13°F (-25°C) or less, the Li-ion battery
may freeze and it cannot be charged or
provide power to run the vehicle. Move
the vehicle to a warm location.
NOTE:
• Connect the charger to the vehicle and
place the power switch in the OFF po-
sition when parking the vehicle if tem-
peratures may go below -4°F (-20°C).
For models with 40 kWh battery
model, this provides external power to
the Li-ion battery warmer (if so
equipped) when it operates and does
not discharge the Li-ion battery. Ve-
hicle driving range is reduced if the Li-
ion battery warmer (if so equipped) op-
erates (Li-ion battery temperature
approximately -4°F (-20°C) or colder)
while driving the vehicle. You may need
to charge the Li-ion battery sooner
than in warmer temperatures.
• The Li-ion battery requires more time
to charge when the Li-ion battery
warmer (if so equipped) operates.
• The predicted charging time displayed
on the meter and navigation system (if
so equipped) increases when the Li-ion
battery warmer (if so equipped)
operates.
• Vehicle range may be substantially re-
duced in extremely cold conditions (for
example under -4°F (-20°C)).
• Using the climate control system to
heat the cabin when outside tempera-
ture is below 32°F (0°C) uses more elec-
tricity and affects vehicle range more
than when using the heater when the
temperature is above 32°F (0°C).
• Climate control performance is re-
duced when using the Climate Ctrl.
Timer or Remote Climate Control while
the Li-ion battery warmer (if so
equipped) operates (for models with
40 kWh battery model). Set only the
charging timer [End Time] when charg-
ing in cold weather. The vehicle auto-
matically determines when to start
charging to fully charge the Li-ion bat-
tery, even if the Li-ion battery warmer
operates. Charging ends before the set
end time if the Li-ion battery is fully
charged.
FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK
To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply
deicer through the key hole. If the lock be-
comes frozen, heat the key before inserting
it into the key hole or use the remote key-
less entry key fob.
ANTIFREEZE
In the winter when it is possible that the
outside temperature will drop below 32°F
(0°C), check the antifreeze to ensure proper
winter protection. For additional informa-
tion, see “Cooling system” (P. 8-5).
12-VOLT BATTERY
If the 12-volt battery is not fully charged
during extremely cold weather conditions,
the 12-volt battery fluid may freeze and
damage the 12-volt battery. To maintain
maximum efficiency, the 12-volt battery
should be checked regularly. For additional
information, see “12-volt battery” (P. 8-9).
DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER
If the vehicle is to be left outside without
antifreeze, drain the cooling system. Refill
before operating the vehicle. For additional
information, see “Cooling system” (P. 8-5).
COLD WEATHER DRIVING
Starting and driving 5-169
TIRE EQUIPMENT
SUMMER tires have a tread designed to
provide superior performance on dry
pavement. However, the performance of
these tires will be substantially reduced in
snowy and icy conditions. If you operate
your vehicle on snowy or icy roads, NISSAN
recommends the use of MUD & SNOW or
ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer for the tire type, size,
speed rating and availability information.
For additional traction on icy roads, stud-
ded tires may be used. However, some U.S.
states and Canadian provinces prohibit
their use. Check local, state and provincial
laws before installing studded tires.
Skid and traction capabilities of studded
snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may
be poorer than that of non-studded
snow tires.
Tire chains may be used. For additional in-
formation, see “Tire chains” (P. 8-33).
SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT
It is recommended that the following items
be carried in the vehicle during winter:
• A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re-
move ice and snow from the windows
and wiper blades.
• A shovel to dig the vehicle out of
snow-drifts.
• Extra windshield-washer fluid to refill the
reservoir tank.
DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE
WARNING
• Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),
very cold snow or ice can be slick and
very hard to drive on. The vehicle will
have much less traction or “grip” un-
der these conditions. Try to avoid
driving on wet ice until the road is
salted or sanded.
• Whatever the conditions, drive with
caution. Accelerate and slow down
with care. If accelerating too fast, the
drive wheels will lose even more
traction.
•
Allow more stopping distance under
these conditions. Braking should be
started sooner than on dry pavement.
• Allow greater following distances on
slippery roads.
• Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).
These may appear on an otherwise
clear road in shaded areas. If a patch
of ice is seen ahead, brake before
reaching it. Try not to brake while on
the ice, and avoid any sudden steer-
ing maneuvers.
• Do not use cruise control on slippery
roads.
FREEING A FROZEN CHARGE PORT
LID
When the charge port is frozen, melt the ice
using a hair dr yer.
PARKING BRAKE
CAUTION
• When parking in an area where the
outside temperature is below 32°F
(0°C), the parking brake, if applied,
may freeze in place and may be diffi-
cult to release.
• For safe parking, it is recommended
that you place the shift lever in the P
(Park) position and securely block
the wheels.
5-170 Starting and driving
6 In case of emergency
Hazard warning flasher switch ..................6-2
Roadside assistance program...................6-2
Emergency EV (Electric Vehicle) shut off .........6-3
Flat tire ..........................................6-3
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) .......................................6-3
Repairing flat tire .............................6-4
Jump starting ..................................6-10
If the Li-ion batter y becomes completely
discharged .....................................6-12
Push starting ...................................6-13
Towing your vehicle ............................6-13
Towing recommended by NISSAN ...........6-14
Vehicle recovery
(freeing a stuck vehicle) .....................6-15
Push the switch on to warn other drivers
when you must stop or park under emer-
gency conditions. All turn signal lights will
flash.
WARNING
• If stopping for an emergency, be sure
to move the vehicle well off the road.
• Do not use the hazard warning flash-
ers while moving on the highway un-
less unusual circumstances force
you to drive so slowly that your ve-
hicle might become a hazard to other
traffic.
• Turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning flasher lights are on.
The flasher can be actuated with the
power switch in any position.
Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use
of the hazard warning flasher switch
while driving.
In the event of a roadside emergency,
Roadside Assistance Service is available to
you. For additional information, please refer
to your Warranty Information Booklet (U.S.)
or Warranty & Roadside Assistance Infor-
mation Booklet (Canada) for details.
SIC2574
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
6-2 In case of emergency
To shut off the EV system in an emergency
situation while driving, perform the follow-
ing procedure.
• Rapidly push the power switch three con-
secutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or
• Push and hold the power switch for more
than 2 seconds.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM (TPMS)
This vehicle is equipped with TPMS. It moni-
tors tire pressure of all tires. When the low
tire pressure warning light is lit, and the “Tire
Pressure Low — Add Air” warning appears
on the vehicle information display, one or
more of your tires is significantly under-
inflated. If the vehicle is being driven with
low tire pressure, the TPMS will activate and
warn you of it by the low tire pressure warn-
ing light. This system will activate only
when the vehicle is driven at speeds above
16 mph (25 km/h). For additional informa-
tion, see “Warning lights, indicator lights
and audible reminders” (P. 2-14) and “Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-4).
WARNING
• Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those
who use a pacemaker should contact
the electric medical equipment
manufacturer for the possible influ-
ences before use.
• If the low tire pressure warning light
illuminates while driving, avoid sud-
den steering maneuvers or abrupt
braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull
off the road to a safe location and
stop the vehicle as soon as possible.
Driving with underinflated tires may
permanently damage the tires and
increase the likelihood of tire failure.
Serious vehicle damage could occur
and may lead to an accident and
could result in serious personal in-
jury. Check the tire pressure for all
four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to
the recommended COLD tire pres-
sure shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label to turn the low tire
pressure warning light OFF. If the
light still illuminates while driving af-
ter adjusting the tire pressure, a tire
may be flat or the TPMS may be mal-
functioning. If you have a flat tire, re-
pair it as soon as possible. If no tire is
flat and all tires are properly inflated,
have the vehicle checked. It is recom-
mended that you visit a certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
EMERGENCY EV (Electric Vehicle)
SHUT OFF
FLAT TIRE
In case of emergency 6-3
• When using a wheel without the
TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS
will not function and the low tire
pressure warning light will flash for
approximately 1 minute. The light will
remain on after 1 minute. Have your
tires replaced and/or TPMS system
reset as soon as possible. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer for these services.
• Replacing tires with those not origi-
nally specified by NISSAN could af-
fect the proper operation of the
TPMS.
• The Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire
Repair Sealant or equivalent can be
used for temporarily repairing a tire.
Do not inject any other tire liquid or
aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as
this may cause a malfunction of tire
pressure sensors.
• NISSAN recommends using only
Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire
Sealant provided with your vehicle.
Other tire sealants may damage the
valve stem seal which can cause the
tire to lose air pressure. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer as soon as possible
after using tire repair sealant (for
models equipped with the emer-
gency tire puncture repair kit).
REPAIRING FLAT TIRE
WARNING
• After using Genuine NISSAN Emer-
gency Tire Sealant to repair a minor
tire puncture, do not drive the vehicle
at speeds faster than 50 mph (80
km/h).
• Immediately after using the Genuine
NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant to
repair a minor tire puncture, it is rec-
ommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer. The Genuine
NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant can-
not permanently seal a punctured
tire. Continuing operation of the ve-
hicle without a permanent tire repair
can lead to a crash.
• If you used the Genuine NISSAN
Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a
minor tire puncture, it is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer to replace the
TPMS sensor in addition to repairing
or replacing the tire.
• NISSAN recommends using only
Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire
Sealant provided with your vehicle.
Other tire sealants may damage the
valve stem seal which can cause the
tire to lose air pressure.
This vehicle does not have a spare tire. The
emergency tire puncture repair kit (Genu-
ine NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant) is sup-
plied with the vehicle instead of a spare tire.
It can be used to temporarily repair minor
tire punctures.
If possible, have the vehicle towed to a fa-
cility that can repair or replace the flat tire.
Using the emergency tire puncture repair
kit may cause a malfunction of the tire
pressure sensor and cause the low tire
pressure warning light to illuminate.
6-4 In case of emergency
CAUTION
• To avoid the emergency tire puncture
kit being damaged during storage or
use:
– Only use the emergency tire punc-
ture repair kit on your vehicle. Do
not use it on other vehicles.
– Only use the kit to inflate the tires
of your vehicle and to check the
vehicle’s tire pressure.
– Only plug the compressor into a
12-volt DC car power point.
– Keep the kit free of water and dirt.
– Do not disassemble or modify the
kit.
– Do not drop the kit or allow hard
impacts to the kit.
• Do not use the emergency tire punc-
ture repair kit under the following
conditions. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer or professional road
assistance.
– when the sealant has passed its
expiration date (shown on the la-
bel attached to the bottle)
– when the cut or the puncture is
approximately 0.25 in (6 mm) or
longer
– when the tire sidewall is damaged
– when the vehicle has been driven
with extremely low tire pressure
– when the tire has come off the in-
side or the outside of the wheel
– when the tire wheel is damaged
– when two or more tires are flat
If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions
below.
Stopping the vehicle
1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and
away from traffic.
2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
3. Park on a level surface and apply the
parking brake.
4. Push the P (Park) position switch on the
shift lever to the P (Park) position.
5. Turn off the EV system.
6. Raise the hood to warn other traffic and
to signal professional road assistance
personnel that you need assistance.
7. Have all passengers get out of the ve-
hicle and stand in a safe place, away
from traffic and clear of the vehicle.
WARNING
• Make sure the parking brake is se-
curely applied and the vehicle is
placed into the P (Park) position.
• Never repair tires when the vehicle is
on a slope, ice or slippery areas. This
is hazardous.
• Never repair tires if oncoming traffic
is close to your vehicle. Wait for pro-
fessional road assistance.
In case of emergency 6-5
Getting emergency tire puncture
repair kit
Take out the emergency tire puncture re-
pair kit located in the cargo area. The repair
kit consists of the following items:
O
1
Tire sealant bottle
O
2
Air compressor*
O
3
Speed restriction sticker
* The compressor shape may differ de-
pending on the models.
Before using emergency tire
puncture repair kit
• If any foreign object (for example, a screw
or nail) is embedded in the tire, do not
remove it.
• Check the expiration date of the sealant
(shown on the label attached to the
bottle). Never use a sealant whose expira-
tion date has passed.
Repairing tire
WARNING
Observe the following precautions
when using the tire repair compound.
• Swallowing the compound is dan-
gerous. Immediately drink as much
water as possible and seek prompt
medical assistance.
• Rinse well with lots of water if the
compound comes into contact with
skin or eyes. If irritation persists, seek
prompt medical attention.
• Keep the repair compound out of the
reach of children.
• The emergency repair compound
may cause a malfunction of the tire
pressure sensors and cause the low
tire pressure warning light to illumi-
nate. Have the tire pressure sensor
replaced as soon as possible.
LCE2426
6-6 In case of emergency
1. Take out the speed restriction sticker
from the air compressor, then put it in a
location where the driver can see it while
driving.
CAUTION
Do not put the speed restriction label on
the steering wheel pad, the speedom-
eter or the warning light locations.
2. Take the hose
O
1
and the power plug
O
2
out of the air compressor. Remove the
cap of the bottle holder from the air
compressor.
3. Remove the cap from the tire sealant
bottle. Leave the bottle seal intact.
Screw the bottle clockwise into the
bottle holder to pierce the seal of the
bottle.
4. Remove the cap from the tire valve on
the flat tire.
LCE2387
SCE0868
SCE0869
In case of emergency 6-7
5. Remove the protective cap
O
A
of the
hose and screw the hose securely onto
the tire valve. Make sure that the pres-
sure release valve
O
B
is securely tight-
ened. Make sure that the air compressor
switch is in the OFF (O) position, and
then insert the power plug into the
power outlet in the vehicle.
6. Push the power switch to the ACC posi-
tion. Then turn the compressor switch
to the ON (−) position and inflate the tire
up to the pressure that is specified on
the Tire and Loading Information label
affixed to the driver’s side center pillar if
possible, or to the minimum of 26 psi
(180 kPa). Turn the air compressor off
briefly in order to check the tire pressure
with the pressure gauge.
If the tire is inflated to higher than the
specified pressure, lower the tire pres-
sure by releasing air with the pressure
release valve.
NOTE:
The compressor tire pressure gauge
may show a pressure reading of 87 psi
(600 kPa) for about 30 seconds while in-
flating the tire. The pressure gauge is in-
dicating the pressure inside the sealant
can. When the sealant has been injected
into the tire the pressure gauge will drop
and indicate actual tire pressure.
WARNING
To avoid serious personal injury while
using the emergency tire puncture re-
pair kit:
• Securely tighten the compressor
hose to the tire valve. Failure to do so
can cause the sealant to spray into
the air and get into your eyes or on
the skin.
• Do not stand directly beside the
damaged tire while it is being in-
flated because of the risk of the rup-
ture. If there are any cracks or bumps,
turn the compressor off
immediately.
SCE0870 SCE0871
6-8 In case of emergency
If the tire pressure does not increase to 26
psi (180 kPa) within 10 minutes, the tire
may be seriously damaged and the tire
cannot be repaired with this tire repair
kit. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
7. When the tire pressure is at the specified
amount, turn the air compressor off. If
the tire cannot be inflated to the speci-
fied amount, the air compressor can be
turned off at the minimum of 26 psi (180
kPa). Remove the power plug from the
power outlet and quickly remove the
hose from the tire valve. Attach the pro-
tective cap and valve cap. Properly stow
the emergency tire puncture repair kit in
the cargo area.
CAUTION
To avoid serious personal injury when
stowing the emergency tire puncture
repair kit:
• Keep the sealant bottle screwed into
the compressor. Failure to do so can
cause the sealant to spray into the air
and get into your eyes or on the skin.
8. Immediately drive the vehicle for 10 min-
utes or 2 miles (3 km) at a speed below
50 mph (80 km/h).
9. After driving, make sure that the air
compressor switch is in the OFF posi-
tion, then screw the hose securely onto
the tire valve. Check the tire pressure
with the pressure gauge. Temporary re-
pair is completed if the tire pressure
does not drop.
Make sure the pressure is adjusted to
the pressure that is specified on the Tire
and Loading Information label before
driving.
10. If the tire pressure drops, repeat the
steps from 5 to 9. If the pressure drops
again or under 19 psi (130 kPa), the tire
cannot be repaired with this tire re-
pair kit. If the tire cannot be repaired,
the driver should not drive on it any
further. The car should be towed to the
nearest dealership.
The sealant bottle and hose cannot be
reused to repair another punctured tire.
It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to pur-
chase replacements.
After repairing tire
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for tire repair/
replacement as soon as possible.
WARNING
• After using Genuine NISSAN Emer-
gency Tire Sealant to repair a minor
tire puncture, do not drive the vehicle
at speeds faster than 50 mph (80
km/h).
• Immediately after using Genuine
NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant to
repair a minor tire puncture, it is rec-
ommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer. The Genuine
NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant can-
not permanently seal a punctured
tire. Continuing operation of the ve-
hicle without a permanent tire repair
can lead to a crash.
• Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol
tire sealant into the tires, as this may
cause a malfunction of the tire pres-
sure sensors.
In case of emergency 6-9
• If you used the Genuine NISSAN
Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a
minor tire puncture, it is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer to replace the
TPMS sensor in addition to repairing
or replacing the tire.
• NISSAN recommends using only
Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire
Sealant provided with your vehicle.
Other tire sealants may damage the
valve stem seal which can cause the
tire to lose air pressure.
To start your EV system with a booster bat-
tery, the instructions and precautions be-
low must be followed.
Jump starting provides power to the 12-
volt system to allow the electrical systems
to operate. The electrical systems must be
operating to allow the Li-ion battery to be
charged. Jump starting does not charge
the Li-ion battery. The Li-ion battery must
be charged before the vehicle can be
driven.
WARNING
• If done incorrectly, jump starting can
lead to a 12-volt battery explosion,
resulting in severe injury or death. It
could also damage your vehicle.
• Explosive hydrogen gas is always
present in the vicinity of the 12-volt
battery. Keep all sparks and flames
away from the 12-volt battery.
• Do not allow battery fluid to come
into contact with eyes, skin, clothing
or painted surfaces. Bat tery fluid is a
corrosive sulfuric acid solution that
can cause severe burns. If the fluid
comes into contact with anything,
immediately flush the contacted
area with water.
• Keep the 12-volt battery out of the
reach of children.
• The booster battery must be rated at
12 volt. Use of an improperly rated
battery can damage your vehicle.
• Whenever working on or near a 12-
volt battery, always wear suitable
eye protectors (for example, goggles
or industrial safety spectacles) and
remove rings, metal bands, or any
other jewelry. Do not lean over the
12-volt battery when jump starting.
• Do not attempt to jump start a frozen
battery. It could explode and cause
serious injury.
• Your vehicle has an automatic cool-
ing fan. It could come on at any time.
Keep hands and other objects away
from it.
• Always follow the instructions below.
Failure to do so could result in dam-
age to the DC/DC converter and
cause personal injury.
• Do not attempt to perform a jump
start on the 12-volt battery at the
same time that the Li-ion battery is
being charged. Doing so may dam-
age the vehicle or charging equip-
ment and could cause an injury.
JUMP STARTING
6-10 In case of emergency
CAUTION
LEAF cannot be used as a booster ve-
hicle because it cannot supply enough
power to start a gasoline engine. How-
ever, a gasoline engine vehicle can be
used to jump start LEAF's 12-volt
battery.
1. If the booster battery is in another ve-
hicle
O
B
, position the two vehicles (
O
A
)
and
O
B
) to bring their 12-volt batteries
into close proximity to each other.
Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.
2. Apply the parking brake.
If the 12-volt battery is discharged, the
power switch cannot be moved from
the OFF position. Connec t the jumper
cables to the booster vehicle
O
B
be-
fore pushing the power switch.
3. Push the P (Park) position switch to
place the vehicle in the P (Park) position.
4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical sys-
tems (headlights, heater, air conditioner,
etc.).
5. Place the power switch in the OFF
position.
6. Ensure vent caps are level and tight.
7. Connect jumper cables in the sequence
as illustrated (
O
1
→
O
2
→
O
3
→
O
4
).
LCE2388
In case of emergency 6-11
CAUTION
• Always connect positive (+) to posi-
tive (+) and negative (−) to body
ground (for example, as illustrated),
not to the 12-volt battery.
• Make sure the jumper cables do not
touch moving parts in the motor
compartment and that the cable
clamps do not contact any other
metal.
8. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
O
B
.
9. While the booster vehicle
O
B
engine is
running, place the EV system in the
READY to drive position.
CAUTION
If the system does not start right away,
push the power switch to the OFF posi-
tion and wait 10 seconds before trying
again.
10. After starting your EV system, carefully
disconnect the negative cable and
then the positive cable (
O
4
→
O
3
→
O
2
→
O
1
) and keep in the READY to drive
position over 20 minutes to charge the
12-volt battery.
11. If necessary, connect the vehicle to a
charging station or EVSE (Electric Ve-
hicle Supply Equipment) to charge the
Li-ion battery. Be sure to read the
“Charging” section and follow the proce-
dures and guidelines described. The ve-
hicle cannot be driven until the Li-ion
battery is charged.
12. After jump starting your vehicle it is rec-
ommended you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer to have the 12V battery
tested.
NOTE:
If it is not possible to turn the system ON
by following this procedure, it is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer immediately.
If the power limitation indicator light
illuminates, the traction motor output is
limited resulting in reduced vehicle speed.
Stop the vehicle in a safe location before
the Li-ion battery becomes completely dis-
charged and no power is available to drive
the vehicle. Contact Roadside assistance;
refer to a NISSAN Warranty Information
Booklet.
If possible, place the power switch in the
OFF position while waiting for assistance to
prevent discharging the 12-volt battery.
NOTE:
If the Li-ion battery becomes completely
discharged:
• The vehicle is automatically placed in
the ON position and it will not be pos-
sible to switch to the READY to drive
position.
• The vehicle is automatically switched
to the N (Neutral) position and it will not
be possible to drive the vehicle.
IF THE LI-ION BATTERY BECOMES
COMPLETELY DISCHARGED
6-12 In case of emergency
WARNING
If the vehicle is in the N (Neutral) posi-
tion and the Li-ion battery and the 12-
volt battery become completely dis-
charged, the vehicle cannot be placed
in the P (Park) position. If this occurs,
place suitable blocks at both the front
and back of a wheel to prevent the ve-
hicle from moving. Failure to block a
wheel may allow the vehicle to move
unexpectedly which may result in seri-
ous personal injury or death.
To place the vehicle in the READY to drive
position so the vehicle can be driven,
charge the Li-ion battery until the driving
range on the instrument panel changes
from “---” to a numeric distance.
NOTE:
• Some vibration may occur when the
vehicle is stopped in case the Li-ion
battery becomes completely dis-
charged. This is not the malfunction of
the system.
• If the Li-ion battery is completely dis-
charged, it is required to charge until
the low battery charge warning light
turns off (white) from on (yellow).
Do not attempt to start the system by
pushing the vehicle.
CAUTION
An EV cannot be push-started or tow-
started. Attempting to do so may cause
traction motor damage.
When towing your vehicle, all State (Provin-
cial in Canada) and local regulations for
towing must be followed.
Incorrect towing equipment could dam-
age your vehicle. Towing instructions are
available from a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer. Local service operators are familiar
with the applicable laws and procedures
for towing. To assure proper towing and to
prevent accidental damage to your vehicle,
NISSAN recommends that you have a ser-
vice operator tow your vehicle. It is advis-
able to have the service operator carefully
read the following precautions.
WARNING
• Never ride in a vehicle that is being
towed.
• Never get under your vehicle after it
has been lifted by a tow truck.
PUSH STARTING TOWING YOUR VEHICLE
In case of emergency 6-13
CAUTION
• When towing, make sure that the ax-
les, steering system and power train
are in working condition. Use dollies
or flatbed if any of the listed systems
are not working.
• Always attach safety chains before
towing.
For additional information about towing
your vehicle behind a Recreational Vehicle
(RV), see “Flat towing” (P. 10-14).
TOWING RECOMMENDED BY
NISSAN
NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be
towed with the driving (front) wheels off the
ground or that the vehicle be placed on a
flatbed truck as illustrated.
CAUTION
• Never tow with the front wheels on
the ground or four wheels on the
ground (forward or backward), as
this may cause serious and expen-
sive damage to the motor.
LCE2389
6-14 In case of emergency
• When towing this vehicle with the
rear wheels on the ground (if you do
not use towing dollies): Always re-
lease the parking brake.
NOTE:
If the battery is completely drained the
transmission will not manually shift to
other positions.
NOTE:
If your vehicle cannot be moved because
the vehicle cannot be shifted to the N
(Neutral) position, please refer to the
LEAF Roadside Assistance Guide which is
located at www.NISSANUSA.com. If your
vehicle cannot be moved because the
parking brake cannot be released, see
“Parking brake” (P. 5-18).
VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a
stuck vehicle)
WARNING
To avoid vehicle damage, serious per-
sonal injury or death when recovering a
stuck vehicle:
• Contact a professional towing ser-
vice to recover the vehicle if you have
any questions regarding the recov-
ery procedure.
• Tow chains or cables must be at-
tached only to main structural mem-
bers of the vehicle.
• Do not use the vehicle tie-downs to
tow or free a stuck vehicle.
• Only use devices specifically de-
signed for vehicle recovery and fol-
low the manufacturer’s instructions.
• Always pull the recovery device
straight out from the front of the ve-
hicle. Never pull at an angle.
• Route recovery devices so they do
not touch any part of the vehicle ex-
cept the attachment point.
If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,
etc., use a tow strap or other device de-
signed specifically for vehicle recovery. Al-
ways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-
tions for the recovery device.
Rocking a stuck vehicle
If the vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,
try to free it by following the procedure below.
1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control
( VDC) system.
2. Make sure the area in front and behind
the vehicle is clear of obstructions.
3. Turn the steering wheel left and right to
clear an area around the front tires.
4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and
backward.
• Shift back and forth between the R
(Reverse) and D (Drive) positions.
• Apply the accelerator as little as pos-
sible to maintain the rocking motion.
• Release the accelerator pedal before
shifting between R (Reverse) and D
(Drive).
• Do not spin the tires above 35 mph (55
km/h).
5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few
tries, contact a professional towing ser-
vice to remove the vehicle.
In case of emergency 6-15
MEMO
6-16 In case of emergency
7 Appearance and care
Cleaning exterior ................................7-2
Washing .....................................7-2
Waxing .......................................7-3
Removing spots ..............................7-3
Underbody ...................................7-3
Glass .........................................7-3
Wheels .......................................7-3
Aluminum alloy wheels (if so equipped) .......7-4
Chromeparts................................7-4
Tire dressing .................................7-4
Cleaning interior ................................7-4
Air fresheners ................................7-5
Floor mats (if so equipped) ...................7-5
Seatbelts ....................................7-6
Corrosion protection ............................ 7-7
Most common factors contributing to
vehicle corrosion ............................. 7-7
Environmental factors influence the
rate of corrosion ............................. 7-7
Protect your vehicle from corrosion .......... 7-7
In order to maintain the appearance of
your vehicle, it is important to take proper
care of it.
To protect the paint surfaces, wash your
vehicle as soon as you can:
• After a rainfall to prevent possible dam-
age from acid rain.
• After driving on coastal roads.
• When contaminants such as soot, bird
droppings, tree sap, metal particles or
bugs get on the paint surface.
• When dust or mud builds up on the
surface.
Whenever possible, store or park your ve-
hicle inside a garage or in a covered area.
When it is necessary to park outside, park in
a shady area or protect the vehicle with a
body cover.
Be careful not to scratch the paint sur-
face when putting on or removing the
body cover.
WASHING
Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge
and plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thor-
oughly using a mild soap, a special vehicle
soap or general purpose dishwashing liq-
uid mixed with clean, lukewarm (never hot)
water.
CAUTION
• Do not concentrate water spray di-
rectly on the sonar sensors (if so
equipped) on the bumper as this will
result in damage to the sensors. Do
not use pressure washers capable of
spraying water over 1,200 psi (8,274
kPa) to wash your vehicle. Use of
high-pressure washers over 1,200 psi
(8,274 kPa) can result in damage to or
removal of paint or graphics. Avoid
using a high-pressure washer closer
than 12 inches (30 cm) to the vehicle.
Always use a wide-angle nozzle only,
keep the nozzle moving and do not
concentrate the water spray on any
one area.
• Do not use car washes that use acid
in the detergent. Some car washes,
especially brushless ones, use some
acid for cleaning. The acid may react
with some plastic vehicle compo-
nents, causing them to crack. This
could affect their appearance, and
also could cause them not to func-
tion properly. Always check with your
car wash to confirm that acid is not
used.
• Do not wash the vehicle with strong
household soap, strong chemical de-
tergents, gasoline or solvents.
• Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-
light or while the vehicle body is hot,
as the surface may become
water-spotted.
• Avoid using tight-napped or rough
cloths, such as washing mit ts. Care
must be taken when removing
caked-on dirt or other foreign sub-
stances so the paint surface is not
scratched or damaged.
Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of
clean water.
CLEANING EXTERIOR
7-2 Appearance and care
Inside flanges, seams and folds on the
doors, hatches and hood are particularly
vulnerable to the effects of road salt. There-
fore, these areas must be regularly
cleaned. Make sure that the drain holes in
the lower edge of the door are open. Spray
water under the body and in the wheel
wells to loosen the dirt and wash away
road salt.
Avoid leaving water spots on the paint sur-
face by using a damp chamois to dry the
vehicle.
WAXING
Regular waxing protects the paint surface
and helps retain new vehicle appearance.
Polishing is recommended to remove
built-up wax residue and to avoid a weath-
ered appearance before reapplying wax.
A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer can assist
you in choosing the proper product.
• Wax your vehicle only after a thorough
washing. Follow the instructions supplied
with the wax.
• Do not use a wax containing any abra-
sives, cutting compounds or cleaners
that may damage the vehicle finish.
Machine compound or aggressive polish-
ing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish
may dull the finish or leave swirl marks.
REMOVING SPOTS
Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,
insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible
from the paint surface to avoid lasting
damage or staining. Special cleaning prod-
ucts are available at a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer or any automotive accessory
stores.
UNDERBODY
In areas where road salt is used in winter,
the underbody must be cleaned regularly.
This will prevent dirt and salt from building
up and causing the acceleration of corro-
sion on the underbody and suspension.
Before the winter period and again in the
spring, the underseal must be checked
and, if necessar y, re-treated.
GLASS
Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and
dust film from the glass surfaces. It is nor-
mal for glass to become coated with a film
after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun.
Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily
remove this film.
CAUTION
When cleaning the inside of the win-
dows, do not use sharp-edged tools,
abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based
disinfectant cleaners. They could dam-
age the electrical conductors, radio an-
tenna elements or rear window de-
froster elements.
WHEELS
Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle
to maintain their appearance.
• Clean the inner side of the wheels when
the wheel is changed or the underside of
the vehicle is washed.
• Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or
corrosion. Such damage may cause loss
of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.
• NISSAN recommends that the road
wheels be waxed to protect against road
salt in areas where it is used during
winter.
CAUTION
Do not use abrasive cleaners when
washing the wheels.
Appearance and care 7-3
ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS (if so
equipped)
Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in
a mild soap solution, especially during win-
ter months in areas where road salt is used.
Salt could discolor the wheels if not
removed.
CAUTION
Follow the directions below to avoid
staining or discoloring the wheels:
• Do not use a cleaner that uses strong
acid or alkali contents to clean the
wheels.
• Do not apply wheel cleaners to the
wheels when they are hot. The wheel
temperature should be the same as
ambient temperature.
• Rinse the wheel to completely re-
move the cleaner within 15 minutes
after the cleaner is applied.
CHROME PARTS
Clean chrome parts regularly with a non-
abrasive chrome polish to maintain the
finish.
TIRE DRESSING
NISSAN does not recommend the use of
tire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a
coating to the tires to help reduce discolor-
ation of the rubber. If a tire dressing is ap-
plied to the tires, it may react with the coat-
ing and form a compound. This compound
may come off the tire while driving and
stain the vehicle paint.
If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the
following precautions:
• Use a water-based tire dressing. The
coating on the tire dissolves more easily
with an oil-based tire dressing.
• Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help
prevent it from entering the tire tread/
grooves (where it would be difficult to
remove).
• Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry
towel. Make sure the tire dressing is com-
pletely removed from the tire
tread/grooves.
• Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-
mended by the tire dressing
manufacturer.
Occasionally remove loose dust from the
interior trim, plastic parts and seats using a
vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe
the vinyl and leather surfaces (if so
equipped) with a clean, soft cloth damp-
ened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean
with a dry soft cloth.
Regular care and cleaning is required in
order to maintain the appearance of the
leather (if so equipped).
Before using any fabric protector, read the
manufacturer’s recommendations. Some
fabric protectors contain chemicals that
may stain or bleach the seat material.
Use a cloth dampened only with water to
clean the meter and gauge lens.
WARNING
Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot
steam cleaners) on the seat. This can
damage the seat or occupant classifi-
cation sensor (weight sensor). This can
also affect the operation of the air bag
system and result in serious personal
injury.
CLEANING INTERIOR
7-4 Appearance and care
CAUTION
• Never use benzine, thinner, or any
similar material.
• Small dirt particles can be abrasive
and damaging to the leather sur-
faces (if so equipped) and should be
removed promptly. Do not use saddle
soap, car waxes, polishes, oils, clean-
ing fluids, solvents, detergents or
ammonia-based cleaners as they
may damage the leather’s natural
finish.
• Never use fabric protectors unless
recommended by the manufacturer.
• Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on
meter or gauge lens covers. It may
damage the lens cover.
AIR FRESHENERS
Most air fresheners use a solvent that
could affect the vehicle interior. If you use
an air freshener, take the following
precautions:
• Hanging-type air fresheners can cause
permanent discoloration when they con-
tact vehicle interior surfaces. Place the air
freshener in a location that allows it to
hang free and not contact an interior
surface.
• Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on
the vents. These products can cause im-
mediate damage and discoloration
when spilled on interior surfaces.
Carefully read and follow the manufactur-
er’s instructions before using air
fresheners.
FLOOR MATS (if so equipped)
WARNING
To avoid potential pedal interference
that may result in a collision, injury or
death:
• NEVER place a floor mat on top of
another floor mat in the driver front
position or install them upside down
or backwards.
• Use only Genuine NISSAN floor mats,
or equivalent floor mats, that are
specifically designed for use in your
vehicle model and model year.
LPD2378
Appearance and care 7-5
• Properly position the mats in the
floorwell using the floor mat posi-
tioning hook. For additional informa-
tion, see "Floor mat installation"
(P. 7-6).
• Make sure the floor mat does not in-
ter fere with pedal operation.
• Periodically check the floor mats to
make sure they are properly
installed.
• After cleaning the vehicle interior,
check the floor mats to make sure
they are properly installed.
The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats can
extend the life of your vehicle carpet and
make it easier to clean the interior. Mats
should be maintained with regular clean-
ing and replaced if they become exces-
sively worn.
Floor mat installation
Your vehicle is equipped with floor mat po-
sitioning hook(s). The number and shape of
the floor mat positioning hooks for each
seating position varies depending on the
vehicle.
When installing Genuine NISSAN floor mats,
follow the installation instructions provided
with the mat and the following:
1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell so
that the floor mat grommet holes are
aligned with the hook(s).
2. Secure the grommet holes into the
hook(s) and ensure that the floor mat is
properly positioned.
3. Make sure the floor mat does not inter-
fere with pedal operation. With the
power switch in the OFF position, the
selector lever in the P (Park) position fully
apply and release all pedals. The floor
mat must not interfere with pedal op-
eration or prevent the pedal from re-
turning to its normal position.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for details about in-
stalling the floor mats in your vehicle.
The illustration shows the location of floor
mat positioning hooks.
SEAT BELTS
The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping
them with a sponge dampened in a mild
soap solution. Allow the belts to dry com-
pletely in the shade before using them.
For additional information, see “Seat belts”
(P. 1-11).
LVA0002X
Positioning hooks
7-6 Appearance and care
WARNING
Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in
the retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, or
chemical solvents to clean the seat
belts, since these materials may se-
verely weaken the seat belt webbing.
MOST COMMON FACTORS
CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE
CORROSION
• The accumulation of moisture-retaining
dirt and debris in body panel sections,
cavities, and other areas.
• Damage to paint and other protective
coatings caused by gravel and stone
chips or minor traffic accidents.
ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS
INFLUENCE THE RATE OF
CORROSION
Moisture
Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on
the vehicle body underside can accelerate
corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not dry
completely inside the vehicle, and should
be removed for drying to avoid floor panel
corrosion.
Relative humidity
Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of
high relative humidity, especially those ar-
eas where the temperatures stay above
freezing, where atmospheric pollution ex-
ists, or where road salt is used.
Temperature
A temperature increase will accelerate the
rate of corrosion to those parts which are
not well ventilated.
Air pollution
Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in
the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt
use will accelerate the corrosion process.
Road salt will also accelerate the disinte-
gration of paint surfaces.
PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM
CORROSION
• Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep
the vehicle clean.
• Always check for minor damage to the
paint and repair it as soon as possible.
• Keep drain holes at the bottom of the
doors open to avoid water accumulation.
• Check the underbody for accumulation
of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with
water as soon as possible.
CORROSION PROTECTION
Appearance and care 7-7
CAUTION
• NEVER remove dirt, sand or other de-
bris from the passenger compart-
ment by washing it out with a hose.
Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.
• Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with electronic com-
ponents inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
Chemicals used for road surface deicing
are extremely corrosive. They accelerate
corrosion and deterioration of underbody
components such as the brake lines, brake
cables, floor pan and fenders.
In winter, the underbody must be
cleaned periodically.
For additional protection against rust and
corrosion, which may be required in some
areas, it is recommended that you consult
a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
7-8 Appearance and care
8 Do-it yourself
Maintenance precautions .......................8-2
Motor compartment check locations ...........8-4
Cooling system .................................8-5
Checking coolant level .......................8-6
Changing coolant ............................8-6
Reduction gear fluid .............................8-7
Brake fluid .......................................8-7
Windshield-washer fluid .........................8-8
12-volt battery ...................................8-9
Jump starting ................................8-11
Windshield wiper blades ........................8-12
Cleaning ....................................8-12
Replacing ...................................8-12
Rear window wiper blade ...................8-14
Brakes .........................................8-14
Brake pad wear warning ....................8-14
Fuses ..........................................8-15
Motor compartment ........................8-15
Passenger compartment ...................8-18
Nissan Intelligent Key® battery replacement ....8-19
Lights ..........................................8-21
Headlights ..................................8-22
Fog lights (if so equipped) ...................8-22
Ex terior and interior lights ...................8-23
Wheels and tires ...............................8-25
Tire pressure ................................8-25
Tire labeling .................................8-30
Types of tires ................................8-32
Tire chains ..................................8-33
Changing wheels and tires ..................8-34
Emergency tire puncture repair kit ..........8-37
When performing any inspection or main-
tenance work on your vehicle, always take
care to prevent serious accidental injury to
yourself or damage to the vehicle. The fol-
lowing are general precautions that should
be closely observed.
WARNING
• The EV system uses high voltage up
to approximately DC 400 volt. The
system can be hot during and after
starting and when the vehicle is shut
off. Be careful of both the high volt-
age and the high temperature. Obey
the labels that are attached to the
vehicle.
• Never disassemble, remove or re-
place high-voltage parts and cables
as well as their connectors. High-
voltage cables are colored orange.
• Disassembling, removing or replac-
ing those parts or cables can cause
severe burns or electric shock that
may result in serious injury or death.
The vehicle high-voltage system has
no user serviceable parts. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer for any necessary
maintenance.
• Park the vehicle on a level surface,
apply the parking brake securely and
chock the wheels to prevent the ve-
hicle from moving. Push the P (Park)
position switch on the shift lever or
place the vehicle into the N (Neutral)
position.
• If you must work with the EV (Electric
Vehicle) system is turned on, keep
hands, clothing, hair and tools away
from moving fans and any other
moving parts.
• Make sure that the power switch is in
the OFF or LOCK position when per-
forming any part replacement or
repairs.
• It is advisable to secure or remove
any loose clothing and remove any
jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.
before working on your vehicle.
• Always wear eye protection when-
ever you work on your vehicle.
• Never get under the vehicle while it is
supported only by a jack. If it is nec-
essary to work under the vehicle,
support it with safety stands.
• Keep smoking materials, flames and
sparks away from the 12-volt battery.
CAUTION
• Do not work under the hood while
the motor compartment is hot. Push
the power switch in the OFF position
and wait until it cools down.
• Avoid direct contact with used cool-
ant. Improperly disposed coolant
and/or other vehicle fluids can dam-
age the environment. Always con-
form to local regulations for the dis-
posal of vehicle fluids.
• Never connect or disconnect the bat-
tery or any transistorized compo-
nent while the power switch is in the
ON position.
• Your vehicle is equipped with an au-
tomatic cooling fan. It may come on
at any time without warning, even if
the power switch is not in the ACC, ON
or READY to drive position. To avoid
injury, always disconnect the nega-
tive 12-volt battery cable before
working near the fan.
• Before performing any electrical
maintenance work on the vehicle
such as the battery, fuses or bulb re-
placement, confirm the following:
– The charge connector is removed
from the vehicle.
MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
8-2 Do-it yourself
– The Climate Ctrl. Timer is not ac-
tive or operating. For additional
information, see “Climate Ctrl.
Timer” (P. 4-35).
– The 12-volt battery is not being
charged by the Li-ion battery and
that all charging status indicator
lights are off. For additional infor-
mation, see “Charging the 12-volt
battery” (P. EV-5) and “Charging
status indicator lights” (P. CH-49).
• The power switch is in the OFF posi-
tion. Place the power switch in the ON
position and then in the OFF position
to prevent the 12-volt battery auto-
matically being charged by the Li-ion
battery. For additional information,
see “Charging the 12-volt battery”
(P. EV-5).
NOTE:
If the battery is completely drained the
transmission will not manually shift to
other positions.
The “Do-it-yourself” section gives instruc-
tions regarding only those items that are
relatively easy for an owner to perform.
A Genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also
available. For additional information, see
“Owner’s manual/service manual order in-
formation” (P. 10-21).
You should be aware that incomplete or
improper servicing may result in operating
difficulties and could affect your warranty
coverage. If in doubt about any servicing,
it is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Do-it yourself 8-3
1. Fuse/Fusible link holder
2. Brake fluid reservoir
3. 12-volt battery
4. Fuse holder
5. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir
6. Fuse/Fusible link holder
7. Coolant reservoir cap
LDI3464
MOTOR COMPARTMENT CHECK
LOCATIONS
8-4 Do-it yourself
The cooling system is filled at the factory
with a pre-diluted mixture of 50% Genuine
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)
and 50% water to provide year-round anti-
freeze and coolant protection. The anti-
freeze solution contains rust and corrosion
inhibitors. Additional cooling system addi-
tives are not necessary.
WARNING
• Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap when the motor compartment is
hot. Wait until the motor compart-
ment cools down.
• The coolant reservoir is equipped
with a pressure type coolant reser-
voir cap. To prevent damage to the
motor compartment, use only a
Genuine NISSAN coolant reservoir
cap.
CAUTION
• Never use any additives in the cool-
ant such as radiator sealer in the
cooling system. This may cause
damage to electrical equipment
such as the motor and inverter.
• When adding or replacing coolant, be
sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN
Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)
or equivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long
Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-
diluted to provide antifreeze protec-
tion to −34°F (−37°C) . If additional
freeze protection is needed due to
the weather conditions where you
operate your vehicle, add Genuine
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant
(blue) concentrate following the di-
rections on the container. If an
equivalent coolant other than Genu-
ine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/
Coolant (blue) is used, follow the
coolant manufacturer's instructions
to maintain minimum antifreeze
protection to −34°F (−37°C). The use
of other types of coolant solutions
other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life
Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equiva-
lent may damage the cooling
system.
• The life expectancy of the factory-fill
coolant is 125,000 miles (200,000
km) or 15 years.Mixing any other type
of coolant other than Genuine
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant
(blue)(or equivalent coolant), includ-
ing Genuine NISSAN Long Life
Antifreeze/Coolant (green), or the
use of non-distilled water may re-
duce the life expectancy of the
factory-filled coolant. For additional
information, refer to the “Mainte-
nance and schedules” section of this
manual.
COOLING SYSTEM
Do-it yourself 8-5
CHECKING COOLANT LEVEL
Check the coolant level in the reservoir
when the high-voltage parts are cold. If
the coolant level is below the MIN level
O
B
,
open the reservoir cap and add coolant up
to the MAX level
O
A
. If the reservoir is empty,
check the coolant level in the coolant res-
ervoir when the high-voltage parts are
cold. If there is insufficient coolant in the
coolant reservoir, fill the coolant reservoir
with coolant up to the reservoir cap open-
ing and also add it to the reservoir up to the
MAX level
O
A
.
Tighten the cap securely after adding
coolant.
For additional information on the location
of the coolant reservoir, see “Motor com-
partment check locations” (P. 8-4).
If the cooling system frequently requires
coolant, it is recommended that you visit
a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
CHANGING COOLANT
It is recommended that major cooling sys-
tem repairs should be performed by a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The service
procedures can be found in the appropri-
ate NISSAN Service Manual.
Improper servicing can result in reduced
heater performance.
WARNING
• To avoid the danger of being scalded,
never change the coolant when the
motor compartment is hot.
• Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap when the motor compartment is
hot. Serious burns could be caused
by high-pressure fluid escaping from
the radiator.
• Avoid direct skin contac t with used
coolant. If skin contact is made, wash
thoroughly with soap or hand
cleaner as soon as possible.
• Keep coolant out of reach of children
and pets.
Coolant must be disposed of properly.
Check your local regulations.
LDI3145
8-6 Do-it yourself
When checking or replacement is required,
it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
CAUTION
• Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF.
Do not mix with other fluids.
• Using reduction gear fluid other than
Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will
cause deterioration in driveability
and reduction gear durability, and
may damage the reduction gear,
which is not covered by the NISSAN
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
For additional brake fluid information, see
“Recommended fluids/lubricants and ca-
pacities” (P. 10-2).
WARNING
• Use only new fluid from a sealed con-
tainer. Old, inferior or contaminated
fluid may damage the brake system.
The use of improper fluids can dam-
age the brake system, and affect the
vehicle’s stopping ability.
• Clean the filler cap before removing.
• Brake fluid is poisonous and should
be stored carefully in marked con-
tainers out of the reach of children.
CAUTION
Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur-
faces.This will damage the paint. If fluid
is spilled, immediately wash the sur-
face with water.
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the
fluid is below the MIN line
O
B
or the brake
warning light illuminates, add Genuine
NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or
equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line
O
A
.
If fluid must be added frequently, the sys-
tem should be checked. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
LDI3143
REDUCTION GEAR FLUID BRAKE FLUID
Do-it yourself 8-7
Fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir
periodically. Add windshield-washer fluid
when the “Low Washer Fluid” message ap-
pears on the vehicle information display.
For additional information, see “Vehicle in-
formation display warnings and indicators”
(P. 2-34).
To fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir,
lift the cap
O
1
and pour the windshield-
washer fluid into the reservoir opening.
Add a windshield-washer solvent to the
reservoir for better cleaning. In the winter
season, add a windshield-washer anti-
freeze. Follow the manufacturer’s instruc-
tions for the mixture ratio.
Refill the reservoir more frequently when
driving conditions require an increased
amount of windshield-washer fluid.
Recommended fluid:
Genuine NISSAN Windshield-Washer Con-
centrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent
CAUTION
• Do not substitute antifreeze coolant
for windshield-washer solution. This
may result in damage to the paint.
• Do not fill the windshield-washer
reservoir with windshield-washer
fluid concentrates at full strength.
Some methyl alcohol based
windshield-washer fluid concen-
trates may permanently stain the
grille if spilled while filling the
windshield-washer reservoir.
• Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid
concentrates with water to the
manufacturer’s recommended levels
before pouring the fluid into the
windshield-washer reservoir. Do not
use the windshield-washer reservoir
to mix the windshield-washer fluid
concentrate and water.
LDI3463
WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID
8-8 Do-it yourself
Caution symbols for battery WARNING
O
1
No smoking, No exposed flames, No
Sparks
Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is
explosive. Explosive gases can cause blindness or injury.
O
2
Shield eyes
Handle the battery cautiously. Always wear eye protection glasses to protect against explosion or
battery acid.
O
3
Keep away from children Never allow children to handle the battery. Keep the battery out of the reach of children.
O
4
Battery acid
Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces. After touching a
battery or battery cap, immediately wash your hands thoroughly. If the battery fluid gets into your
eyes, or onto your skin or clothing, flush with water immediately for at least 15 minutes and seek
medical attention. Battery fluid is acid. If the battery fluid gets into your eyes or onto your skin, it
could cause loss of your eyesight or burns.
O
5
Note operating instructions Before handling the battery, read this instruction carefully to ensure correct and safe handling.
O
6
Explosive gas
Hydrogen gas generated by battery fluid is explosive. Explosive gases can cause blindness or
injury.
12-VOLT BATTERY
Do-it yourself 8-9
• Keep the 12-volt battery surface clean
and dry. Clean the 12-volt battery with a
solution of baking soda and water.
• Make certain the terminal connections
are clean and securely tightened.
NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations
that can lead to potential battery dis-
charge and potential no-start conditions
such as:
1. Installation or extended use of elec-
tronic accessories that consume bat-
tery power when the EV system is not
running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD
players, etc.)
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or
only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to
be charged to maintain battery health
WARNING
• Do not expose the 12-volt battery to
flames or electrical sparks. Hydrogen
gas generated by the 12-volt battery
is explosive. Do not allow 12-volt bat-
tery fluid to contact your skin, eyes,
fabrics or painted surfaces. After
touching a 12-volt battery or 12-volt
battery cap, do not touch or rub your
eyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. If
the acid contacts your eyes, skin or
clothing, immediately flush with wa-
ter for at least 15 minutes and seek
medical attention.
• Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid
in the 12-volt battery is low. Low 12-
volt battery fluid can cause a higher
load on the 12-volt battery which can
generate heat, reduce battery life,
and in some cases lead to an
explosion.
• When working on or near a 12-volt
battery, always wear suitable eye
protection and remove all jewelry.
• 12-volt battery posts, terminals and
related accessories contain lead and
lead compounds. Wash hands after
handling.
• Keep the 12-volt battery out of the
reach of children.
8-10 Do-it yourself
1. Remove the vent caps with a screw-
driver as shown. Use a cloth to protect
the battery case.
2. Check the fluid level in each cell. If it is
necessary to add fluid, add only distilled
water to bring the level up to the bottom
of the filler opening. Do not overfill. Re-
install the vent caps.
Vehicles operated in high temperatures or
under severe conditions require frequent
checks of the 12-volt battery fluid level.
JUMP STARTING
Jump starting provides power to the 12-
volt system to allow the electrical systems
to operate. The electrical systems must be
operating to allow the Li-ion battery to be
charged. Jump starting does not charge
the Li-ion battery. The Li-ion battery must
be charged before the vehicle can be
driven.
For additional information, see “Jump
starting” (P. 6-10). If the power switch does
not switch to the READY to drive position by
jump starting, the 12-volt battery may have
to be replaced. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
WDI0224
LDI3181
Do-it yourself 8-11
CLEANING
If your windshield is not clear after using
the windshield washer or if a wiper blade
chatters when running, wax or other mate-
rial may be on the blade or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with a
washer solution or a mild detergent. Your
windshield is clean if beads do not form
when rinsing with clear water.
Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth
soaked in a washer solution or a mild de-
tergent. Then rinse the blade with clear wa-
ter. If your windshield is still not clear after
cleaning the blades and using the wiper,
replace the blades.
CAUTION
Worn windshield wiper blades can
damage the windshield and impair
driver vision.
REPLACING
Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.
Pulling up the wiper arm
The wiper arm should be in the up position
when replacing the wiper.
Pull up the wiper arm manually or using the
wiper rise-up function (if so equipped).
Wiper rise-up function (if so equipped)
To pull up the wiper arm, pull the lever
O
1
within 1 minute after the power switch is
turned off. The wiper operation stops in
mid-operation and wiper arm can be
pulled up.
To lower the wiper arm, place the wiper
arm in the down position and then push
the lever
O
2
up once after the power switch
is turned on.
CAUTION
Do not operate the windshield wiper
while arm is pulled up. The wiper arm or
hood may be damaged.
LDI2415
WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES
8-12 Do-it yourself
Replacing
1. Push the release tab
O
A
, and move the
wiper blade down the wiper arm
O
B
while pushing the release tab to remove.
2. Insert the new wiper blade onto the
wiper arm until a click sounds.
3. Rotate the wiper blade so that the
dimple is in the groove.
CAUTION
• After wiper blade replacement, re-
turn the wiper arm to its original po-
sition; otherwise it may be damaged
when the hood is opened.
• Make sure the wiper blades contact
the glass; otherwise the arm may be
damaged from wind pressure.
Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle
O
C
.
This may cause improper windshield
washer operation. If the nozzle is clogged,
remove any objects with a needle or small
pin
O
D
. Be careful not to damage the
nozzle.
LDI2602
LDI3535
Do-it yourself 8-13
REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer if checking or replace-
ment is required.
If the brakes do not operate properly, have
the brakes checked. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
WARNING
Do not adjust the height of the brake
pedal. Doing so could alter the effec-
tiveness of the brakes, which could re-
sult in a serious accident and personal
injury. If adjustment is required, it is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING
The disc brake pads have audible wear
warnings. When a brake pad requires re-
placement, it will make a high–pitched
scraping sound when the vehicle is in mo-
tion. This scraping sound will first occur
only when the brake pedal is depressed.
After more wear of the brake pad, the
sound will always be heard even if the
brake pedal is not depressed. Have the
brakes checked as soon as possible if the
wear warning sound is heard.
Under some driving or climate conditions,
occasional brake squeak, squeal or other
noise may be heard. Occasional brake
noise during light to moderate stops is nor-
mal and does not affect the function or
performance of the brake system.
Proper brake inspection intervals should
be followed. For additional information, re-
fer to the “Maintenance and schedules”
section of this manual.
BRAKES
8-14 Do-it yourself
MOTOR COMPARTMENT
WARNING
• Never touch, disassemble, remove or
replace the high-voltage parts and
cables, as well as their connectors.
High-voltage cables are colored or-
ange. Touching, disassembling, re-
moving or replacing those parts and
cables can cause severe burns or
electric shock that may result in seri-
ous injury or death.
• Never use a fuse of a higher or lower
amperage rating than that specified
on the fuse box cover. This could
damage the electrical system or
electronic control units or cause a
fire.
If any electrical equipment does not oper-
ate, check for an open fuse.
1. Confirm that the power switch and the
headlight switch are turned off.
2. Open the hood.
3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder
cover by pushing the tab and lifting the
cover from the right side, and then the
left side.
4. Locate the fuse that needs to be
replaced.
5. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller
located in the passenger compartment
fuse box.
LDI3475
FUSES
Do-it yourself 8-15
6. If the fuse is open
O
A
, replace it with a
new fuse
O
B
.
7. If a new fuse also opens, have the electri-
cal system checked, and if necessary, re-
paired. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
LDI3328 LDI3331
8-16 Do-it yourself
Fusible links
If any electrical equipment does not oper-
ate and the fuses are in good condition,
check the fusible links in the holders
O
1
,
O
2
and
O
3
. If any of these fusible links are
melted, replace only with Genuine NISSAN
parts.
For checking and replacing the fusible links
in the holders
O
1
,
O
2
and
O
3
, it is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
LDI3476
Do-it yourself 8-17
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
WARNING
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower
amperage rating than that specified on
the fuse box cover. This could damage
the electrical system or electronic con-
trol units or cause a fire.
If any electrical equipment does not oper-
ate, check for an open fuse.
1. Make sure that the power switch and the
headlight switch are turned off.
2. Insert a screwdriver wrapped with the
cloth
O
C
into the slit
O
1
.
Use a cloth
O
C
to protect the fuse box
cover.
3. Then pull to remove the fuse box cover
O
2
.
4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller
O
3
.
5. If the fuse is open
O
A
, replace it with a
new fuse
O
B
.
6. If a new fuse also opens, have the elec-
trical system checked, and if necessary
repaired. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
LVM0007X LDI3328
8-18 Do-it yourself
Extended storage switch
If any electrical equipment does not oper-
ate, remove the extended storage switch
and check for an open fuse.
NOTE:
The extended storage switch is used for
long term vehicle storage. Even if the ex-
tended storage switch is broken it is not
necessary to replace it. Replace only the
open fuse in the switch with a new one.
How to replace the extended storage
switch:
1. To remove the extended storage switch,
be sure the power switch is in the OFF
position.
2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the
OFF position.
3. Remove the fuse box cover.
4. Pinch the locking tabs
O
1
and
O
2
found
on each side of the storage switch.
5. Pull the storage switch straight out from
the fuse box
O
3
.
CAUTION
• Be careful not to allow children to
swallow the battery and removed
parts.
• An improperly disposed battery can
harm the environment. Always con-
firm local regulations for battery
disposal.
• When changing batteries, do not let
dust or oil get on the components.
• There is danger of explosion if the
lithium battery is incorrectly re-
placed. Replace only with the same
or equivalent type.
LDI3205
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® BATTERY
REPLACEMENT
Do-it yourself 8-19
Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as
follows:
1. Remove the mechanical key from the
Intelligent Key.
2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of
the corner and twist it to separate the
upper part from the lower part. Use a
cloth to protect the casing.
3. Replace the battery with a new one.
Recommended battery:
CR2025 or equivalent
• Do not touch the internal circuit and
electric terminals as doing so could
cause a malfunction.
• Hold the battery by the edges. Holding
the battery across the contact points
will seriously deplete the storage
capacity.
• Make sure that the 丣 side faces the
bottom of the case.
4. Align the tips of the upper and lower
parts
O
1
, and then push them together
O
2
until it is securely closed.
5. Operate the buttons to check that it is
functioning properly.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
SDI2451
SDI2452
8-20 Do-it yourself
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interfer-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s author-
ity to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
inter ference, and (2) this device must ac-
cept any interference, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired opera-
tion of the device.
1. Headlight assembly
2. Map light
3. Room light
4. High-mounted stop light
5. Rear combination light
LDI3149
LIGHTS
Do-it yourself 8-21
6. Door mirror turn signal light (if so
equipped)
7. Cargo light
8. License plate light
9. Fog light (if so equipped)
Fog may temporarily form inside the lens
of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car
wash. A temperature difference between
the inside and the outside of the lens
causes the fog. This is not a malfunction. If
large drops of water collect inside the lens,
it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
HEADLIGHTS
If headlight bulb replacement is required, it
is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
Replacing the LED headlight bulb
(if so equipped)
If LED headlight bulb replacement is neces-
sary, it is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
Replacing the halogen headlight
bulb (if so equipped)
The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type
that uses a headlight (halogen) bulb. If bulb
replacement is required, it is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer.
CAUTION
• Do not leave the bulb out of the head-
light reflector for a long period of
time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc. en-
tering the headlight body may affect
bulb performance
• High-pressure halogen gas is sealed
inside the halogen bulb. The bulb
may break if the glass envelope is
scratched or the bulb is dropped.
• Only touch the base when handling
the bulb. Never touch the glass enve-
lope. Touching the glass envelope
could significantly affect bulb life
and/or headlight performance.
• Aiming is not necessary after replac-
ing the bulb. When aiming adjust-
ment is necessary, it is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
• Fog may temporarily form inside the
lens of the exterior lights in the rain
or in a car wash. A temperature dif-
ference between the inside and the
outside of the lens causes the fog. If
large drops of water collect inside
the lens, it is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Use the same number and wattage as
originally installed as shown in the chart.
FOG LIGHTS (if so equipped)
For additional information on fog light bulb
replacement, refer to the instruction out-
lined in this section
Replacing the fog light bulb
If fog light bulb replacement is required, it is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer for this service.
8-22 Do-it yourself
EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS
Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.
Headlight assembly (Type A)
(if so equipped)*
High* 60 HB3
Low* 55 H11
Park/Turn signal* 28/8 7444NA
Side marker* — —
Headlight assembly (Type B) (if so
equipped)*
High* — —
Low* — —
Day time running (if so equipped)* — —
Park/Turn signal* 28/8 7444NA
Side marker* — —
Front fog light (if so equipped)* 35 H8
Charge port lid light* — —
Rear combination light
Turn signal 21 WY21W
Stop/Tail* — —
Back-up 16 W16W
Side marker* — —
License plate light* 5 W5W
Map light* — —
Door mirror turn signal light (if so
equipped)*
——
High-mounted stop light* — —
Vanity mirror light* 1.8 —
Glove box light* 1.4 —
Room light* 8 —
Cargo light 5 W5W
* It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for replacement.
NOTE:
Always check with the Parts Department
at a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for the
latest information about parts.
Do-it yourself 8-23
Replacement procedures
All other lights are either type A, B, C, D or E.
When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens
and/or cover.
: REMOVE
: INSTALL
SDI2306 LDI3144
Cargo light
8-24 Do-it yourself
1. Remove the rear combination attach-
ment bolts
O
1
.
2. Pull the rear combination assembly as
shown in the illustration
O
2
.
3. Turn the bulb sockets and then remove
the bulbs
O
3
.
If you have a flat tire, see (P. 6-3).
TIRE PRESSURE
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)
WARNING
Radio waves could adversely af-
fect electric medical equipment.
Those who use a pacemaker
should contact the electric medi-
cal equipment manufacturer for
the possible influences before
use.
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).
It monitors tire pressure of all tires.
When the low tire pressure warning
light is lit, and the “Tire Pressure Low -
Add Air ” warning appears on the ve-
hicle information display, one or
more of your tires is significantly
under-inflated.
LDI3243
Rear combination light
WHEELS AND TIRES
Do-it yourself 8-25
The TPMS will activate only when the
vehicle is driven at speeds above 16
mph (25 km/h). Also, this system
may not detect a sudden drop in tire
pressure (for example a flat tire while
driving).
For additional information, see “Low
tire pressure warning light” (P. 2-20),
“Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)” (P. 5-4) and “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 6-3).
Tire inflation pressure
Check the pressure of the tires often
and always prior to long distance
trips. The recommended tire pres-
sure specifications are shown on the
F.M.V.S.S/C.M.V.S.S certification label
or Tire and Loading Information la-
bel under the “Cold Tire Pressure”
heading. The Tire and Loading Infor-
mation label is affixed to the driver
side center pillar. Tire pressures
should be checked regularly
because:
• Most tires naturally lose air over
time.
• Tires can lose air suddenly when
driven over potholes or other ob-
jects or if the vehicle strikes a curb
while parking.
The tire pressures should be
checked when the tires are cold. The
tires are considered COLD after the
vehicle has been parked for 3 or
more hours, or driven less than 1 mile
(1.6 km) at moderate speeds.
The TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert
also provides visual and audible sig-
nals outside the vehicle for inflating
the tires to the recommended COLD
tire pressure. For additional informa-
tion, see “TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire
Alert” (P. 5-7).
Incorrect tire pressure, including
under inflation, may adversely af-
fect tire life and vehicle handling.
WARNING
• Improperly inflated tires can
fail suddenly and cause an
accident.
8-26
Do-it yourself
• The GrossVehicle Weight rating
(GVWR) is located on the
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S certifica-
tion label. The vehicle weight
capacity is indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
Do not load your vehicle be-
yond this capacity. Overload-
ing your vehicle may result in
reduced tire life, unsafe operat-
ing conditions due to prema-
ture tire failure, or unfavorable
handling characteristics and
could also lead to a serious ac-
cident. Loading beyond the
specified capacity may also re-
sult in failure of other vehicle
components.
• Before taking a long trip, or
whenever you heavily load
your vehicle, use a tire pressure
gauge to ensure that the tire
pressures are at the specified
level.
• For additional information re-
garding tires, refer to “Impor-
tant Tire Safety Information”
(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-
tion” (Canada) in the Warranty
Information Booklet.
Do-it yourself 8-27
Tire and Loading Information
label
O
1
Seating capacity: The maximum
number of occupants that can be
seated in the vehicle.
O
2
Original size: The size of the tires
originally installed on the vehicle at
the factor y.
O
3
Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires
to this pressure when the tires are
cold. Tires are considered COLD af-
ter the vehicle has been parked for 3
or more hours, or driven less than 1
mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds.
The recommended cold tire inflation
is set by the manufacturer to pro-
vide the best balance of tire wear,
vehicle handling, driveability, tire
noise, etc., up to the vehicle’s GVWR.
O
4
Tire size — see “Tire labeling”
(P. 8-30).
O
5
Spare tire size or compact spare
tire size (if so equipped)
O
6
Vehicle load limit: For additional
information, see “Vehicle loading in-
formation” (P. 10-11).
LDI2644
8-28 Do-it yourself
Checking tire pressure
1. Remove the valve stem cap from
the tire.
2. Press the pressure gauge se-
curely onto the valve stem. Do not
press too hard or force the valve
stem sideways, otherwise air will
escape. If the hissing sound of air
escaping from the tire is heard
while checking the pressure, re-
position the gauge to eliminate
this leakage.
3. Remove the gauge.
4. Read the tire pressure on the
gauge stem and compare it to
the specification shown on the
Tire and Loading Information
label.
5. Add air to the tire as necessary. If
too much air is added, press the
core of the valve stem briefly with
the tip of the gauge stem to re-
lease pressure. Recheck the pres-
sure and add or release air as
necessary.
6. Install the valve stem cap.
7. Check the pressure of all of the
tires.
SIZE COLD TIRE
INFLATION
PRESSURE
Front
Original
Tire
P205/
55R16 89H
P215/50R17
90V
250 kPa,
36 PSI
Rear
Original
Tire
P205/
55R16 89H
P215/50R17
90V
250 kPa,
36 PSI
SDI1949
Do-it yourself 8-29
TIRE LABELING
Federal law requires tire manufac-
turers to place standardized infor-
mation on the sidewall of all tires.
This information identifies and de-
scribes the fundamental character-
istics of the tire and also provides the
tire identification number (TIN) for
safety standard certification. The TIN
can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
O
1
Tire size (example: P215/60R16
94H)
1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is de-
signed for passenger vehicles.
(Not all tires have this information.)
2. Three-digit number (215): This
number gives the width in milli-
meters of the tire from sidewall
edge to sidewall edge.
3. Two-digit number (60): This num-
ber, known as the aspect ratio,
gives the tire’s ratio of height to
width.
4. R: The “R” stands for radial.
5. Two-digit number (16): This num-
ber is the wheel or rim diameter in
inches.
6. Two- or three-digit number (94):
This number is the tire’s load in-
dex. It is a measurement of how
much weight each tire can sup-
port. You may not find this infor-
mation on all tires because it is
not required by law.
7. H: Tire speed rating. You should
not drive the vehicle faster than
the tire speed rating.
SDI1575
Example
SDI1606
Example
8-30 Do-it yourself
O
2
TIN (Tire Identification Number)
for a new tire (example: DOT XX XX
XXX XXXX)
1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Depart-
ment of Transportation”. The sym-
bol can be placed above, below or
to the left or right of the Tire Iden-
tification Number.
2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s
identification mark
3. Two-digit code: Tire size
4. Three-digit code: Tire type code
(Optional)
5. Four numbers represent the
week and year the tire was built.
For example, the numbers 3103
means the 31st week of 2003. If
these numbers are missing, then
look on the other sidewall of the
tire.
O
3
Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of
rubber-coated fabric in the tire.
Tire manufacturers also must indi-
cate the materials in the tire, which
include steel, nylon, polyester, and
others.
O
4
Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire.Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure.
O
5
Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maxi-
mum load in kilograms and pounds
that can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle, al-
ways use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
LDI2786
Example
Do-it yourself 8-31
O
6
Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”
Indicates whether the tire requires
an inner tube (“tube type”) or not
(“tubeless”).
O
7
The word “radial”
The word “radial” is shown, if the tire
has radial structure.
O
8
Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or brand name is
shown.
Other tire-related terminology:
In addition to the many terms that
are defined throughout this section,
Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) the
sidewall that contains a whitewall,
bears white lettering or bears
manufacturer, brand and/or model
name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same molding on
the other sidewall of the tire, or (2)
the outward facing sidewall of an
asymmetrical tire that has a particu-
lar side that must always face out-
ward when mounted on a vehicle.
TYPES OF TIRES
WARNING
• When changing or replacing tires, be
sure all four tires are of the same type
(Example: Summer, All Season or
Snow) and construction. A NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer may be able to
help you with information about tire
type, size, speed rating and
availability.
• Always use tires of the same type,
size, brand, construction and tread
pattern on all four wheels. Failure to
do so may result in a circumference
difference between tires on the front
and rear axles which can cause the
VDC system to malfunction resulting
in personal injury or death, excessive
tie wear and may damage the trans-
mission and differential gears.
• Replacement tires may have a lower
speed rating than the factory
equipped tires, and may not match
the potential maximum vehicle
speed. Never exceed the maximum
speed rating of the tire.
• Replacing tires with those not origi-
nally specified by NISSAN could af-
fect the proper operation of the
TPMS.
• For additional information regarding
tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety
Information” (US) or “Tire Safety In-
formation” (Canada) in the Warranty
Information Booklet.
All season tires
NISSAN specifies all season tires on some
models to provide good performance all
year, including snowy and icy road condi-
tions. All Season tires are identified by ALL
SEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on
the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better
snow traction than All Season tires and
may be more appropriate in some areas.
Summer tires
NISSAN specifies summer tires on some
models to provide superior performance
on dry roads. Summer tire performance is
substantially reduced in snow and ice.
Summer tires do not have the tire traction
rating M&S on the tire sidewall.
8-32 Do-it yourself
If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy
or icy conditions, NISSAN recommends the
use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all
four wheels.
Snow tires
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to
select tires equivalent in size and load rat-
ing to the original equipment tires. If you do
not, it can adversely affect the safety and
handling of your vehicle.
Generally, snow tires will have lower speed
ratings than factory equipped tires and
may not match the potential maximum
vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum
speed rating of the tire.
If you install snow tires, they must be the
same size, brand, construction and tread
pattern on all four wheels.
For additional traction on icy roads, stud-
ded tires may be used. However, some U.S.
states and Canadian provinces prohibit
their use. Check local, state and provincial
laws before installing studded tires. Skid
and traction capabilities of studded snow
tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer
than that of non-studded snow tires.
TIRE CHAINS
Use of tire chains may be prohibited ac-
cording to location. Check the local laws
before installing tire chains. When installing
tire chains, make sure they are the proper
size for the tires on your vehicle and are
installed according to the chain manufac-
turer’s suggestions.
Use only SAE Class S chains. Class “S”
chains are used on vehicles with restricted
tire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles that can
use Class “S” chains are designed to meet
the SAE standard minimum clearances be-
tween the tire and the closest vehicle sus-
pension or body component required to
accommodate the use of a winter traction
device (tire chains or cables). The minimum
clearances are determined using the fac-
tory equipped tire size. Other types may
damage your vehicle.
Use chain tensioners when recommended
by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a
tight fit. Loose end links of the tire chain
must be secured or removed to prevent
the possibility of whipping action damage
to the fenders or underbody. If possible,
avoid fully loading your vehicle when using
tire chains. In addition, drive at a reduced
speed. Otherwise, your vehicle may be
damaged and/or vehicle handling and
performance may be adversely affected.
Tire chains must be installed only on the
front wheels and not on the rear wheels.
Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving
with tire chains in such conditions can
cause damage to the various mechanisms
of the vehicle due to some overstress.
Do-it yourself 8-33
CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES
Tire rotation
NISSAN recommends rotating the
tires every 7,500 miles (12,000 km).
As soon as possible, tighten the
wheel nuts to the specified torque
using a torque wrench.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
83 ft-lb (113 N·m)
The wheel nuts must be kept tight-
ened to the specification at all
times. It is recommended that
wheel nuts be tightened to the
specification at each tire rotation
interval.
WARNING
• After rotating the tires, check
and adjust the tire pressure.
• Retighten the wheel nuts when
the vehicle has been driven for
600 miles (1,000 km) (also in
cases of a flat tire, etc.).
• For additional information re-
garding tires, refer to “Impor-
tant Tire Safety Information”
(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-
tion” (Canada) in the Warranty
Information Booklet.
Tire wear and damage
䊊
1
Wear indicator
䊊
2
Wear indicator location mark
SDI1662 SDI1663
8-34 Do-it yourself
WARNING
• Tires should be periodically in-
spected for wear, cracking,
bulging or objects caught in
the tread. If excessive wear,
cracks, bulging or deep cuts
are found, the tire(s) should be
replaced.
• The original tires have built-in
tread wear indicators. When
wear indicators are visible, the
tire(s) should be replaced.
• Tires degrade with age and
use. Have tires, over 6 years old
checked by a qualified techni-
cian, because some tire dam-
age may not be obvious. Re-
place the tires as necessary to
prevent tire failure and pos-
sible personal injury.
• For additional information re-
garding tires, refer to “Impor-
tant Tire Safety Information”
(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-
tion” (Canada) in the Warranty
Information Booklet.
Replacing wheels and tires
When replacing a tire, use the same size,
tread design, speed rating and load carry-
ing capacity as originally equipped. For ad-
ditional information, see “Specifications”
(P. 10-4) for recommended types and sizes
of tires and wheels.
WARNING
• The use of tires other than those rec-
ommended or the mixed use of tires
of different brands, construction
(bias, bias-belted or radial), or tread
patterns can adversely affect the
ride, braking, handling, Vehicle Dy-
namic Control (VDC) system, ground
clearance, body-to-tire clearance,
tire chain clearance, speedometer
calibration, headlight aim and bum-
per height. Some of these effects
may lead to accidents and could re-
sult in serious personal injury.
• If your vehicle was originally
equipped with four tires that were
the same size and you are only re-
placing two of the four tires, install
the new tires on the rear axle. Placing
new tires on the front axle may cause
loss of vehicle control in some driving
conditions and cause an accident
and personal injury.
Do-it yourself 8-35
• If the wheels are changed for any
reason, always replace with wheels
which have the same off-set dimen-
sion. Wheels of a different off-set
could cause premature tire wear, de-
grade vehicle handling characteris-
tics, affect the VDC system and/or in-
ter ference with the brake discs. Such
inter ference can lead to decreased
braking efficiency and/or early brake
pad/shoe wear. For additional infor-
mation on wheel-off set dimensions,
see “Wheels and tires” (P. 10-5).
• When replacing a wheel without the
TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS
will not function when a wheel is re-
placed, the TPMS will not function
and the low tire pressure warning
light will flash for approximately 1
minute. The light will remain on after
1 minute. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
• Replacing tires with those not origi-
nally specified by NISSAN could af-
fect the proper operation of the
TPMS.
• The TPMS sensor may be damaged if
it is not handled correctly. Be careful
when handling the TPMS sensor.
• When replacing the TPMS sensor, the
ID registration may be required. It is
recommended that you visit a
NISSAN cer tified LEAF dealer for ID
registration.
• Do not use a valve stem cap that is
not specified by NISSAN. The valve
stem cap may become stuck.
• Be sure that the valve stem caps are
correctly fitted. Otherwise the valve
may be clogged up with dirt and
cause a malfunction or loss of
pressure.
• Do not install a damaged or de-
formed wheel or tire even if it has
been repaired. Such wheels or tires
could have structural damage and
could fail without warning.
• The use of retread tire is not
recommended.
• For additional information regarding
tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety
Information” (US) or “Tire Safety In-
formation” (Canada) in the Warranty
Information Booklet.
Wheel balance
Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle
handling and tire life. Even with regular use,
wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,
they should be balanced as required.
Wheel balance service should be per-
formed with the wheels off the vehicle.
Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle
could lead to mechanical damage.
For additional information regarding tires,
refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”
(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in
the Warranty Information Booklet.
Care of wheels
For additional information on care of
wheels, see “Cleaning exterior” (P. 7-2).
8-36 Do-it yourself
EMERGENCY TIRE PUNCTURE
REPAIR KIT
The emergency tire puncture repair kit
(Emergency Tire Sealant) is supplied with
the vehicle instead of a spare tire. It can be
used to temporarily repair minor tire
punctures.
If possible, have the vehicle towed to a fa-
cility that can repair or replace the flat tire.
Using the emergency tire puncture repair
kit may cause a malfunction of the tire
pressure sensor and cause the low tire
pressure warning light to illuminate.
For additional information, see “Flat tire”
(P. 6-3).
Do-it yourself 8-37
MEMO
8-38 Do-it yourself
9 Maintenance and schedules
Maintenance requirements .....................9-2
General maintenance ........................9-2
Scheduled maintenance .....................9-2
Where to go for service .......................9-2
General maintenance ...........................9-2
Explanation of general maintenance
items ........................................9-2
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 9-5
Explanation of scheduled maintenance
items ........................................9-5
Chassis and Body Maintenance: ..............9-6
Maintenance schedules .........................9-6
Additional Maintenance Items for
severe operating conditions ..................9-6
EV Maintenance schedules
(EM57 electric motor) .........................9-7
Some day-to-day and regular mainte-
nance is essential to maintain your vehicle
good mechanical condition, and its Electric
Vehicle (EV) system performance.
It is the owner's responsibility to make sure
that the scheduled maintenance, and gen-
eral maintenance, is performed.
As the vehicle owner, you are the only one
who can ensure that your vehicle receives
proper maintenance. You are a vital link in
the maintenance chain.
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
General maintenance includes those items
which should be checked during normal
day-to-day operation. They are essential
for proper vehicle operation. It is your re-
sponsibility to perform these procedures
regularly as prescribed.
Performing general maintenance checks
requires minimal mechanical skill and only
a few general automotive tools.
These checks or inspections can be done
by yourself, a qualified technician or, if you
prefer, a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
The maintenance items listed in this sec-
tion are required to be serviced at regular
intervals. However under severe driving
conditions, additional or more frequent
maintenance will be required.
WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE
If maintenance service is required or your
vehicle appears to malfunction, have the
systems checked and serviced. It is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
NISSAN technicians are well-trained spe-
cialists and are kept up-to-date with the
latest service information through techni-
cal bulletins, service tips, and training pro-
grams. They are fully qualified to work on
NISSAN vehicles before work begins.
If your vehicle is involved in a collision, it is
recommended that you ask your NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer where the nearest
NISSAN Certified Collision Center is located,
or go to http://collision.nissanusa.com.
You can be confident that a NISSAN certi-
fied LEAF dealer's service department per-
forms the best job to meet the mainte-
nance requirements on your vehicle.
During the normal day-to-day operation of
the vehicle, general maintenance should
be performed regularly as prescribed in
this section. If you detect any unusual
sounds, vibrations or smells, be sure to
check for the cause or have a NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer check it promptly. In ad-
dition, it is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if you think
that repairs are required.
When performing any checks or mainte-
nance work, closely observe the “Mainte-
nance precautions” (P. 8-2).
EXPLANATION OF GENERAL
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
WARNING
Failure to follow the procedures listed
within this section may result in per-
sonal injury.
Additional information on the following
items with“*”isfound in the “Do-it-
yourself” section of this manual.
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE
9-2 Maintenance and schedules
Outside the vehicle
The maintenance items listed here should
be performed from time to time, unless
otherwise specified.
Doors and motor hood:
Check that the
doors and motor hood operate properly.
Also ensure that all latches lock securely. Lu-
bricate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and
links if necessary. Make sure that the sec-
ondary latch keeps the motor hood from
opening when the primary latch is released.
When driving in areas using road salt or
other corrosive materials, check lubrica-
tion frequently.
Check that the gas stays or struts properly
and securely hold the hood, trunk, or rear
hatch fully open. If the hood, trunk, or rear
hatch is not held open, have the gas stays
or struts replaced.
Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular
basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop
lights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and other
lights are all operating properly and in-
stalled securely. Also check headlight aim.
Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When check-
ing the tires, make sure no wheel nuts are
missing, and check for any loose wheel
nuts. Tighten if necessary.
Tire rotation*: Rotate tires at the specified
interval shown in the maintenance
schedule.
Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge
often and always prior to long distance
trips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in all
tires, to the pressure specified. Check care-
fully for damage, cuts or excessive wear.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
transmitter components: Replace the
TPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve core
and cap when the tires are replaced due to
wear or age.
Wheel alignment and balance: If the ve-
hicle pulls to either side while driving on a
straight and level road, or if you detect un-
even or abnormal tire wear, there may be a
need for wheel alignment.
If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at
normal highway speeds, wheel balancing
may be needed.
For additional information regarding tires,
refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”
(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in
the Warranty Information Booklet.
Windshield: Clean the windshield on a
regular basis. Check the windshield at least
every six months for cracks or other dam-
age. Have a damaged windshield repaired
by a qualified repair facility. It is recom-
mended that you have a damaged wind-
shield repaired by a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer, or a NISSAN Certified Collision Cen-
ter. To locate a collision center in your area,
refer to http://collision.nissanusa.com.
Windshield wiper blades*: Check for
cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.
Inside the vehicle
The maintenance items listed here should
be checked on a regular basis, such as
when performing scheduled maintenance,
cleaning the vehicle, etc.
Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for
smooth operation and make sure the
pedal does not catch or require uneven
effort. Keep the floor mat away from the
pedal.
Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth
operation. If the brake pedal suddenly goes
down further than normal, the pedal feels
spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer
to stop, it is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer immediately.
Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.
Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull
the vehicle to one side when applied.
Maintenance and schedules 9-3
Electric shift P (Park) position mecha-
nism: On a steep hill check that the vehicle
is held securely while the vehicle is in the P
(Park) position without applying any
brakes.
Parking brake: Check the parking brake
operation regularly. The vehicle should be
securely held on a steep hill with only the
parking brake applied. If the parking brake
cannot keep a vehicle position, it is recom-
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
Seats: Check seat position controls such
as seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc., to
ensure they operate smoothly and all
latches lock securely in every position.
Check that the head restraints/headrests
move up and down smoothly and the locks
(if so equipped) hold securely in all latched
positions.
Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat
belt system (for example, buckles, anchors,
adjusters and retractors) operate properly
and smoothly, and are installed securely.
Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying,
wear or damage.
Steering wheel: Check for changes in the
steering conditions, such as excessive free
play, hard steering or strange noises.
Warning lights and chimes: Make sure all
warning lights and chimes are operating
properly.
Windshield defroster: Check that the air
emits from the defroster outlets properly
and in sufficient quantity when operating
the heater or air conditioner.
Windshield wiper and washer*: Check
that the wipers and washer operate prop-
erly and that the wipers do not streak.
Under the hood and vehicle
The maintenance items listed here should
be checked periodically.
12–volt battery (except for maintenance
free batteries)*: Check the fluid level in
each cell. The fluid should be at the bottom
of the filler opening. Vehicles operated in
high temperatures or under severe condi-
tions require frequent checks of the 12–volt
battery fluid level.
NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations
that can lead to potential battery dis-
charge and potential no-start conditions
such as:
1. Installation or extended use of elec-
tronic accessories that consume bat-
tery power when the EV system is not
running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD
players, etc.)
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or
only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to
be charged to maintain battery health
Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brake
fluid levels are between the MAX and MIN
lines on the reservoir.
Coolant level*: Check the coolant level
when the high voltage parts are cold. Make
sure that the coolant level is between the
MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.
Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for
water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle
has been parked for a while. Water dripping
from the air conditioner after use is normal.
If you should notice any leaks, check for
cause and have it corrected immediately.
9-4 Maintenance and schedules
Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the
radiator and clean off any dirt, insects,
leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.
Make sure the hoses have no cracks, defor-
mation, rot or loose connections.
Underbody: The underbody is frequently
exposed to corrosive substances such as
those used on icy roads or to control dust. It
is very important to remove these sub-
stances, otherwise rust will form on the
floor pan and frame. At the end of winter,
the underbody should be thoroughly
flushed with plain water, being careful to
clean those areas where mud and dirt may
accumulate. For additional information,
see “Cleaning exterior” (P. 7-2).
Windshield-washer fluid*: Check that
there is an adequate amount of fluid in the
reservoir.
The following descriptions are provided to
give you a better understanding of the
scheduled maintenance items that should
be regularly checked or replaced. The
maintenance schedule indicates at which
mileage/time intervals each item requires
service.
In addition to scheduled maintenance,
your vehicle requires that some items be
checked during normal day-to-day opera-
tion. For additional information, see “Gen-
eral maintenance” (P. 9-2).
Items marked with “*” are recommended
by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation.
You are not required to perform mainte-
nance on these items in order to maintain
the warranties which come with your
NISSAN. Other maintenance items and in-
tervals are required.
When applicable, additional information
can be found in the “Do-it-yourself” section
of this manual.
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
EV System Charging Port*: Check the
charging port for any signs of contamina-
tion, dust, sand etc.
Charging Port Sealing Cap*: Use only
compressed air with proper eye protection
to clean any contamination from the seal-
ing cap.
EV Battery Usage Report: To maximize
the life of your Li-ion battery, have the EV
Battery Usage Report generated and re-
viewed with you. Review of the EV Battery
Usage Report is required as a condition of
EV battery warranty. Refer to your 2021
LEAF warranty information booklet for de-
tails. Both the 12 month and 24 month in-
spections will be performed by your
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer at no cost to
the vehicle owner.
Coolant: Replace coolant at the interval
specified below. When adding or replacing
coolant, be sure to use only Genuine
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (Blue)
or equivalent with the proper mixture. (Re-
fer to the Owner’s Manual to determine the
proper mixture for your area.) The recom-
mended service interval of the factory fill
coolant is 125,000 miles (200,000 km) or 15
years, whichever comes first. Subsequent
replacement of Genuine NISSAN Long Life
Antifreeze/Coolant (Blue) should occur ev-
ery 75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 5 years
whichever comes first.
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Maintenance and schedules 9-5
NOTE:
Mixing any other type of coolant or the
use of nondistilled water will reduce the
recommended service interval of the
coolant.
CHASSIS AND BODY
MAINTENANCE:
Brake lines and cables: Visually inspect for
proper installation. Check for chafing,
cracks, deterioration, and signs of leaking.
Replace any deteriorated or damaged
parts immediately.
Brake pads and rotors: Check for wear,
deterioration and fluid leaks. Replace any
deteriorated or damaged parts
immediately.
In-cabin microfilter: Replace at specified
intervals. When driving for prolonged peri-
ods in dusty conditions, replace the filter
more frequently.
Steering gear and linkage, axle and sus-
pension parts, drive shaft boots: Check
for damage, looseness, and leakage of oil
or grease. Under severe driving conditions,
inspect more frequently.
Tire rotation: Rotate tires at the specified
interval shown in the maintenance sched-
ule. When rotating tires, check for damage
and uneven wear. Replace if necessary.
Reduction Gear Oil: Visually inspect for
signs of leakage at specified intervals.
To help ensure smooth, safe and economi-
cal driving, NISSAN provides two mainte-
nance schedules that may be used, de-
pending upon the conditions in which you
usually drive. These schedules contain
both distance and time intervals, up to
120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 months. For
most people, the odometer reading will in-
dicate when service is needed. However, if
you drive very little, your vehicle should be
serviced at the regular time intervals
shown in the schedule.
After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96
months, continue maintenance at the
same mileage/time intervals.
ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS
FOR SEVERE OPERATING
CONDITIONS
Additional maintenance items for severe
operating conditions should be per-
formed on vehicles that are driven under
especially demanding conditions. Addi-
tional maintenance items should be per-
formed if you primarily operate your vehicle
under the following conditions:
• Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles
(8 km).
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES
9-6 Maintenance and schedules
• Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles
(16 km) with outside temperatures re-
maining below freezing.
• Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go
“rush hour” traffic.
• Extensive idling and/or low speed driving
for long distances, such as police, taxi or
door-to-door delivery use.
• Driving in dusty conditions.
• Driving on rough, muddy or salt spread
roads.
• Using a car-top carrier.
If your vehicle is mainly operated under the
severe conditions, follow the severe main-
tenance intervals shown in the mainte-
nance schedule.
Maintenance and schedules 9-7
EV MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES
(EM57 electric motor)
The following shows the maintenance
schedule.
Choose the maintenance schedule
needed based on your vehicle driving
conditions.
After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96
months, continue maintenance at the
same mileage/time interval.
7,500 miles/(12,000 km)/6 months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance:
Inspections:
• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
• Battery terminals and cables, battery test
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
• Suspension components (shocks, sub-
frame, tie rods)
Essential:
• Tire rotation
Severe maintenance:
Inspections:
• Axle & suspension parts
• Brake pads & rotors
• Drive shaft boots
• Front suspension ball joints
• Steering gear and linkage
• Steering linkage ball joints
15,000 miles/(24,000 km)/
12 months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance:
Inspections:
• Brake lines & cables
• Brake pads & rotors
• Charging port
• Drive shaft boots
• EV Battery Usage Report (1) (2)
• Reduction gear oil
• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
• Battery terminals and cables, battery test
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
• Suspension components (shocks, sub-
frame, tie rods)
Essential:
• Replace in-cabin microfilter
• Tire rotation
9-8 Maintenance and schedules
Severe maintenance:
Inspections:
• Axle & suspension parts
• Front suspension ball joints
• Steering gear and linkage
• Steering linkage ball joints
Essential:
• Replace brake fluid
(1) Review of the EV Battery Usage Report is
required as a condition of EV battery war-
ranty. Refer to your 2020 LEAF warranty in-
formation booklet for details. Both the 12
month and 24 month inspections will be
performed by your NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer at no cost to the vehicle owner.
(2) Performed based on the number of ser-
vice months only.
22,500 miles/(36,000 km)/
18 months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance:
Inspections:
• Inspect Intelligent Key battery (1)
• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
• Battery terminals and cables, battery test
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
• Suspension components (shocks, sub-
frame, tie rods)
Essential:
• Tire rotation
Severe maintenance:
Inspections:
• Axle & suspension parts
• Brake pads & rotors
• Drive shaft boots
• Front suspension ball joints
• Steering gear and linkage
• Steering linkage ball joints
(1) Performed based on the number of ser-
vice months only.
30,000 miles/(48,000 km)/
24 months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance:
Inspections:
• Axle & suspension parts
• Brake lines & cables
• Brake pads & rotors
• Charging port
• Charging port sealing cap
• Drive shaft boots
• EV Battery Usage Report (1) (2)
• Front suspension ball joints
• Reduction gear oil
• Steering gear and linkage
• Steering linkage ball joints
• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
• Battery terminals and cables, battery test
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
• Suspension components (shocks, sub-
frame, tie rods)
Maintenance and schedules 9-9
Essential:
• Replace brake fluid
• Replace in-cabin microfilter
• Tire rotation
Severe maintenance:
Not applicable. Proceed to next interval.
(1) Review of the EV Battery Usage Report is
required as a condition of EV battery war-
ranty. Refer to your 2020 LEAF warranty in-
formation booklet for details. Both the 12
month and 24 month inspections will be
performed by your NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer at no cost to the vehicle owner.
(2) Performed based on the number of ser-
vice months only.
37,500 miles/(60,000 km)/
30 months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance:
Inspections:
• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
• Battery terminals and cables, battery test
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
• Suspension components (shocks, sub-
frame, tie rods)
Essential:
• Tire rotation
Severe maintenance:
Inspections:
• Axle & suspension parts
• Brake pads & rotors
• Drive shaft boots
• Front suspension ball joints
• Steering gear and linkage
• Steering linkage ball joints
45,000 miles/(72,000 km)/
36 months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance:
Inspections:
• Brake lines & cables
• Brake pads & rotors
• Charging port
• Drive shaft boots
• EV Battery Usage Report (1) (2)
• Reduction gear oil
• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
• Battery terminals and cables, battery test
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
• Suspension components (shocks, sub-
frame, tie rods)
Essential:
• Replace intelligent key battery (2)
• Replace in-cabin microfilter
• Tire rotation
9-10 Maintenance and schedules
Severe maintenance:
Inspections:
• Axle & suspension parts
• Front suspension ball joints
• Steering gear and linkage
• Steering linkage ball joints
Essential:
• Replace brake fluid
(1) Review of the EV Battery Usage Report is
required as a condition of EV battery war-
ranty. Refer to your 2020 LEAF warranty in-
formation booklet for details. Both the 12
month and 24 month inspections will be
performed by your NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer at no cost to the vehicle owner.
(2) Performed based on the number of ser-
vice months only.
52,500 miles/(84,000 km)/
42 months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance:
Inspections:
• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
• Battery terminals and cables, battery test
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
• Suspension components (shocks, sub-
frame, tie rods)
Essential:
• Tire rotation
Severe maintenance:
Inspections:
• Axle & suspension parts
• Brake pads & rotors
• Drive shaft boots
• Front suspension ball joints
• Steering gear and linkage
• Steering linkage ball joints
60,000 miles/(96,000 km)/
48 months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance:
Inspections:
• Axle & suspension parts
• Brake lines & cables
• Brake pads & rotors
• Charging port
• Charging port sealing cap
• Drive shaft boots
• EV Battery Usage Report (1) (2)
• Front suspension ball joints
• Reduction gear oil
• Steering gear and linkage
• Steering linkage ball joints
• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
• Battery terminals and cables, battery test
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
• Suspension components (shocks, sub-
frame, tie rods)
Maintenance and schedules 9-11
Essential:
• Replace brake fluid
• Replace in-cabin microfilter
• Tire rotation
Severe maintenance:
Not applicable. Proceed to next interval.
(1) Review of the EV Battery Usage Report is
required as a condition of EV battery war-
ranty. Refer to your 2020 LEAF warranty in-
formation booklet for details. Both the 12
month and 24 month inspections will be
performed by your NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer at no cost to the vehicle owner.
(2) Performed based on the number of ser-
vice months only.
67,500 miles/(108,000 km)/
54 months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance:
Inspections:
• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
• Battery terminals and cables, battery test
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
• Suspension components (shocks, sub-
frame, tie rods)
Essential:
• Replace intelligent key battery (1)
• Tire rotation
Severe maintenance:
Inspections:
• Axle & suspension parts
• Brake pads & rotors
• Drive shaft boots
• Front suspension ball joints
• Steering gear and linkage
• Steering linkage ball joints
(1) Performed based on the number of ser-
vice months only.
75,000 miles/(120,000 km)/
60 months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance:
Inspections:
• Brake lines & cables
• Brake pads & rotors
• Charging port
• Drive shaft boots
• EV Battery Usage Report (1) (2)
• Reduction gear oil
• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
• Battery terminals and cables, battery test
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
• Suspension components (shocks, sub-
frame, tie rods)
Essential:
• Replace in-cabin microfilter
• Tire rotation
9-12 Maintenance and schedules
Severe maintenance:
Inspections:
• Axle & suspension parts
• Front suspension ball joints
• Steering gear and linkage
• Steering linkage ball joints
Essential:
• Replace brake fluid
(1) Review of the EV Battery Usage Report is
required as a condition of EV battery war-
ranty. Refer to your 2020 LEAF warranty in-
formation booklet for details. Both the 12
month and 24 month inspections will be
performed by your NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer at no cost to the vehicle owner.
(2) Performed based on the number of ser-
vice months only.
82,500 miles/(132,000 km)/
66 months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance:
Inspections:
• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
• Battery terminals and cables, battery test
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
• Suspension components (shocks, sub-
frame, tie rods)
Essential:
• Tire rotation
Severe maintenance:
Inspections:
• Axle & suspension parts
• Brake pads & rotors
• Drive shaft boots
• Front suspension ball joints
• Steering gear and linkage
• Steering linkage ball joints
90,000 miles/(144,000 km)/
72 months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance:
Inspections:
• Axle & suspension parts
• Brake lines & cables
• Brake pads & rotors
• Charging port
• Charging port sealing cap
• Drive shaft boots
• EV Battery Usage Report (1) (2)
• Front suspension ball joints
• Reduction gear oil
• Steering gear and linkage
• Steering linkage ball joints
• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
• Battery terminals and cables, battery test
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
• Suspension components (shocks, sub-
frame, tie rods)
Maintenance and schedules 9-13
Essential:
• Replace intelligent key battery (2)
• Replace brake fluid
• Replace in-cabin microfilter
• Tire rotation
Severe maintenance:
Not applicable. Proceed to next interval.
(1) Review of the EV Battery Usage Report is
required as a condition of EV battery war-
ranty. Refer to your 2020 LEAF warranty in-
formation booklet for details. Both the 12
month and 24 month inspections will be
performed by your NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer at no cost to the vehicle owner.
(2) Performed based on the number of ser-
vice months only.
97,500 miles/(156,000 km)/
78 months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance:
Inspections:
• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
• Battery terminals and cables, battery test
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
• Suspension components (shocks, sub-
frame, tie rods)
Essential:
• Tire rotation
Severe maintenance:
Inspections:
• Axle & suspension parts
• Brake pads & rotors
• Drive shaft boots
• Front suspension ball joints
• Steering gear and linkage
• Steering linkage ball joints
105,000 miles/(168,000 km)/
84 months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance:
Inspections:
• Brake lines & cables
• Brake pads & rotors
• Charging port
• Drive shaft boots
• EV Battery Usage Report (1) (2)
• Reduction gear oil
• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
• Battery terminals and cables, battery test
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
• Suspension components (shocks, sub-
frame, tie rods)
Essential:
• Replace in-cabin microfilter
• Tire rotation
9-14 Maintenance and schedules
Severe maintenance:
Inspections:
• Axle & suspension parts
• Front suspension ball joints
• Steering gear and linkage
• Steering linkage ball joints
Essential:
• Replace brake fluid
(1) Review of the EV Battery Usage Report is
required as a condition of EV battery war-
ranty. Refer to your 2020 LEAF warranty in-
formation booklet for details. Both the 12
month and 24 month inspections will be
performed by your NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer at no cost to the vehicle owner.
(2) Performed based on the number of ser-
vice months only.
112,500 miles/(180,000 km)/
90 months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance:
Inspections:
• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
• Battery terminals and cables, battery test
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
• Suspension components (shocks, sub-
frame, tie rods)
Essential:
• Replace intelligent key battery (1)
• Tire rotation
Severe maintenance:
Inspections:
• Axle & suspension parts
• Brake pads & rotors
• Drive shaft boots
• Front suspension ball joints
• Steering gear and linkage
• Steering linkage ball joints
(1) Performed based on the number of ser-
vice months only.
120,000 miles/(192,000 km)/
96 months
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or
months, whichever comes first.
Standard maintenance:
Inspections:
• Axle & suspension parts
• Brake lines & cables
• Brake pads & rotors
• Charging port
• Charging port sealing cap
• Drive shaft boots
• EV Battery Usage Report (1) (2)
• Front suspension ball joints
• Reduction gear oil
• Steering gear and linkage
• Steering linkage ball joints
• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/
hood lift supports
• Battery terminals and cables, battery test
• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth
• Suspension components (shocks, sub-
frame, tie rods)
Maintenance and schedules 9-15
Essential:
• Replace brake fluid
• Replace in-cabin microfilter
• Tire rotation
Severe maintenance:
Not applicable.
(1) Review of the EV Battery Usage Report is
required as a condition of EV battery war-
ranty. Refer to your 2020 LEAF warranty in-
formation booklet for details. Both the 12
month and 24 month inspections will be
performed by your NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer at no cost to the vehicle owner.
(2) Performed based on the number of ser-
vice months only.
9-16 Maintenance and schedules
10 Technical and consumer information
Recommended fluids/lubricants and
capacities ......................................10-2
Air conditioning system refrigerant and
lubricant recommendations ................10-2
Specifications ..................................10-4
Charging system ............................10-4
Motor .......................................10-4
Wheels and tires ............................10-5
Dimensions and weights ....................10-5
When traveling or registering in another
country ........................................10-6
Vehicle identification ...........................10-7
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
plate ........................................10-7
Vehicle identification number
(chassis number) ............................10-7
Traction motor serial number ...............10-8
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S Certification label .........10-8
Emission control information label ..........10-8
Tire and Loading Information label ..........10-9
Air conditioner specification label ...........10-9
Installing front license plate ...................10-10
Vehicle loading information ....................10-11
Terms .......................................10-11
Vehicle load capacity .......................10-12
Loading tips ................................ 10-13
Measurement of weights ...................10-14
Towing a trailer ................................10-14
Flat towing ....................................10-14
Uniform tire quality grading ...................10-15
Treadwear .................................10-15
Traction AA, A, B and C ......................10-15
Temperature A, B and C ....................10-15
Reporting safety defects ......................10-16
Telematics overview (models with Navigation
System) ....................................... 10-17
Telematic Control Unit Gen2K .................10-19
Event Data Recorders (EDR) ...................10-20
Additional Data Recording (on vehicles
equipped with optional ProPILOT
Assist) ......................................10-20
Owner's Manual/Service Manual order
inf
ormation ................................... 10-21
Charging information .........................10-22
Cold tire pressures ............................10-24
The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the procedure
described in the “Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.
Fluid type
Capacity (approximate)
Recommended Fluids/Lubricants
Metric
Measure
US
Measure
Imperial
Measure
Cooling system
coolant
With reservoir 5.3 L 5-5/8 qt 4-5/8 qt
• Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or
equivalent
Reservoir 0.5 L 1/2 qt 1/2 qt
Reduction gear fluid 1.4 L 1-1/2 qt 1-1/4 qt
• Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF
• Using reduction gear fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF
will cause deterioration in driveability and reduction gear durability,
and may damage the reduction gear, which is not covered by the
NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Brake fluid
Refill to the proper level according to the in-
structions in the “Do-it-yourself” section.
• Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid* or equivalent DOT 3
*: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer.
Multi-purpose grease — — — • NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)
Air conditioning system refrigerant — — —
• HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)
• For additional information, see “Air conditioner specification label”
(P. 10-2).
Air conditioning system lubricants — — —
• With heater pump use NISSAN A/C System Oil ND-OIL11 or
equivalent.
• Without heater pump use NISSAN A/C System Oil AE10 or
equivalent.
Windshield washer fluid (US) 2.5 L 5/8 gal 1/2 gal
• Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Anti-
freeze fluid or equivalent
Windshield washer fluid (Canada) 4.5 L 1–1/4 gal 1 gal
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/
LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
10-2 Technical and consumer information
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT
RECOMMENDATIONS
The air conditioning system in your
NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the
refrigerant, HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf), and
the compressor oil, ND-OIL11 (with heater
pump), AE10 (without heater pump) or
the equivalent.
CAUTION
The use of any other refrigerant or oil
will cause severe damage to the air
conditioning system and will require
the replacement of all air conditioner
system components.
The refrigerant, HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf), in
your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the
earth’s ozone layer. Although this refriger-
ant does not affect the earth’s atmo-
sphere, certain governmental regulations
require the recovery and recycling of any
refrigerant during automotive air condi-
tioning system service. Air conditioner sys-
tem should only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians to ensure proper and
safe operation (SAE J2845). A NISSAN certi-
fied LEAF dealer has the trained techni-
cians and equipment needed to recover
and recycle your air conditioning system
refrigerant. Only new and SAE J2842 certi-
fied evaporator or inner condenser (if so
equipped) shall be used as replacement
parts.
A damaged or leaking air conditioning
evaporator or inner condenser (if so
equipped) shall never be repaired or re-
placed with one removed from a used or
salvaged vehicle. To replace a damaged or
leaking evaporator or inner condenser (if
so equipped) it is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer when
servicing your air conditioning system.
Technical and consumer information 10-3
CHARGING SYSTEM
Rated input voltage AC120V, 240V (single phase)
Rated input frequency 60Hz
Maximum rated current 30A
Charging modes/Types of connection
Mode 2/ Case B (EVSE)
Mode 3/ Case B/C (charging device, public charging station)
Mode 4/ Case C (Quick charge, V2X charge/discharge- if so equipped)
Required installation (over current protection)
The methods of protection against over current and over voltage shall be in
accordance with national codes. Suitable over current protection devices for
the wiring of houses or buildings shall be installed.
IP Degree IP44: When the Genuine NISSAN EVSE is connected to the charging port
Operating temperature Same as vehicle operating temperature
Storage temperature Same as vehicle storage temperature
Applicable standards
SAE J1772: 2010
EN61851-1: 2011
EN61851-21: 2002
IEC61851-1: 2010
IEC61851-21: 2001
EN61000-6-1: 2007
EN61000-6-3: 2007
Adapters
Do not use an extension cable or electrical adaptor except for Genuine NISSAN
Adapter.
SPECIFICATIONS
10-4 Technical and consumer information
MOTOR
Model EM57
WHEELS AND TIRES
Road wheel
Type Size Offset in
(mm)
Steel 16 × 6 1/2JJ 1.57 (40)
Aluminum 16 × 6 1/2J 1.57 (40)
Aluminum 17 × 6 1/2J 1.77 (45)
Tire
Tire Size
All season P205/55R16 89H
All season P215/50R17 90V
Technical and consumer information 10-5
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
Overall length in (mm) 176.4 (4,480)
Overall length W/Lic Plate in (mm) 176.8 (4,490)
Overall width in (mm) 70.5 (1,790)
Overall width W/OS Mirrors in (mm) 79.9 (2,029)
Overall height (Roof, 40 kWh Battery Model) 16 inch wheels in (mm) 60.6 (1,540)
17 inch wheels in (mm) 60.8 (1,545)
Overall height (Roof, 62 kWh Battery Model) 16 inch wheels in (mm) 61.0 (1,550)
17 inch wheels in (mm) 61.2 (1,555)
Overall height (Antenna, 40 kWh Battery Model) 16 inch wheels in (mm) 61.5 (1,561)
17 inch wheels in (mm) 61.7 (1,567)
Overall height (Antenna, 62 kWh Battery Model) 16 inch wheels in (mm) 61.6 (1,565)
17 inch wheels in (mm) 62.0 (1,575)
Front track 16 inch wheels in (mm) 60.6 (1,540)
17 inch wheels in (mm) 60.2 (1,530)
Rear track 16 inch wheels in (mm) 61.2 (1,555)
17 inch wheels in (mm) 60.8 (1,545)
Wheelbase in (mm) 106.3 (2,700)
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) lbs. (kg)
Refer to the F.M.V.S.S. or C.M.V.S.S. certifi-
cation label on the driver’s side center
pillar.
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) Front lbs. (kg)
Rear lbs. (kg)
10-6 Technical and consumer information
When planning to travel in another coun-
try, you should first find out if the charging
equipment is compatible with that coun-
try's electrical system.
When transferring the registration of
your vehicle to another country, state,
province or district, it may be necessary
to modify the vehicle to meet local laws
and regulations.
The laws and regulations for motor vehicle
safety standards vary according to the
country, state, province or district; there-
fore, vehicle specifications may differ.
When any vehicle is to be taken into an-
other country, state, province or district
and registered, its modifications, trans-
portation, and registration are the re-
sponsibility of the user. NISSAN is not re-
sponsible for any inconvenience that
may result.
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
(VIN) PLATE
The vehicle identification number plate is
attached as shown. This number is the
identification for your vehicle and is used in
the vehicle registration.
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
(chassis number)
The vehicle identification number is lo-
cated as shown.
Remove the cover to access the number.
LVT0001X LTI2416
WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING
IN ANOTHER COUNTRY
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
Technical and consumer information 10-7
TRACTION MOTOR SERIAL
NUMBER
The serial number of the traction motor is
stamped on the traction motor as shown.
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S CERTIFICATION
LABEL
The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certi-
fication label is affixed as shown. This label
contains valuable vehicle information, such
as: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR),
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), month
and year of manufacture, Vehicle Identifi-
cation Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.
EMISSION CONTROL
INFORMATION LABEL
The emission control information label is
attached to the underside of the hood as
shown in the illustration.
LTI2419 LVT0003X LTI2321
10-8 Technical and consumer information
TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION
LABEL
The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire
and Loading Information label affixed to
the driver's side center pillar as shown.
AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION
LABEL
The air conditioner specification label is af-
fixed to the underside of the hood as
shown.
LVT0006X LTI2325
Technical and consumer information 10-9
Symbol Name Reference Graphic
Caution ISO 7000 0434
Air Conditioning System
(MAC)
ISO 2575 D01
MAC System Lubricant Type
(PAG–POE)
Requires Registered Technician to
Service MAC System
Flammable Refrigerant
Air Conditioner Specification Label Symbols
To mount the front license plate, attach the
license plate bracket
O
1
to the bumper fas-
cia at the location marks (small dimples)
using the two provided screws.
LTI2326
INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE
10-10 Technical and consumer information
WARNING
•
It is extremely dangerous to
ride in the cargo area inside the
vehicle. In a collision, people
riding in these areas are more
likely to be seriously injured or
killed.
• Do not allow people to ride in
any area of your vehicle that is
not equipped with seats and
seat belts.
• Be sure everyone in your ve-
hicle is in a seat and using a
seat belt properly.
TERMS
It is important to familiarize yourself
with the following terms before
loading your vehicle:
• Curb Weight (actual weight of your
vehicle) - vehicle weight including:
standard and optional equipment,
fluids and emergency tools. This
weight does not include passen-
gers and cargo.
• GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb
weight plus the combined weight
of passengers and cargo.
• GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-
ing) - maximum total combined
weight of the unloaded vehicle,
passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer
tongue load and any other op-
tional equipment.
• GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -
maximum weight (load) limit
specified for the front or rear axle.
• This information is located on the
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.
• GCWR (Gross Combined Weight
Rating) - The maximum total
weight rating of the vehicle, pas-
sengers, cargo, and trailer.
• Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,
Total load capacity - maximum to-
tal weight limit specified of the load
(passengers and cargo) for the ve-
hicle. This is the maximum com-
bined weight of occupants and
cargo that can be loaded into the
vehicle. If the vehicle is used to tow
a trailer, the trailer tongue weight
must be included as part of the
cargo load. This information is lo-
cated on the Tire and Loading In-
formation label.
• Cargo capacity - permissible
weight of cargo, the subtracted
weight of occupants from the load
limit.
VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION
Technical and consumer information 10-11
VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY
Do not exceed the load limit of your
vehicle shown as “The combined
weight of occupants and cargo” on
the Tire and Loading Information la-
bel. Do not exceed the number of
occupants shown as “Seating Ca-
pacity” on the Tire and Loading Infor-
mation label.
To get “the combined weight of oc-
cupants and cargo”, add the weight
of all occupants, then add the total
luggage weight. Examples are
shown in the following illustration.
Steps for determining correct
load limit
1. Locate the statement “The com-
bined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg
or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s
placard.
2. Determine the combined weight
of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
LTI2366
10-12 Technical and consumer information
3. Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For ex-
ample, if the XXX amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be five 150
lbs. passengers in your vehicle,
the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is 650
lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
or (640 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)
5. Determine the combined weight
of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight
may not safely exceed the avail-
able cargo and luggage load ca-
pacity calculated in Step 4.
Before driving a loaded vehicle, con-
firm that you do not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
or the Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR) for your vehicle. For addi-
tional information, see “Measure-
ment of weights” (P. 10-14).
Also check tires for proper inflation
pressures. For additional informa-
tion, see “Tire and Loading Informa-
tion label” (P. 10-9).
LOADING TIPS
• The GVW must not exceed the
GVWR or GAWR.
• Do not load the front and rear axle
to the GAWR. Doing so will exceed
the GVWR.
WARNING
• Properly secure all cargo with
ropes or straps to help prevent
it from sliding or shifting. Do
not place cargo higher than the
seatbacks. In a sudden stop or
collision, unsecured cargo
could cause personal injury.
• Do not load your vehicle any
heavier than the GVWR or the
maximum front and rear
GAWRs. If you do, parts of your
vehicle can break, tire damage
could occur, or it can change
the way your vehicle handles.
This could result in loss of con-
trol and cause personal injury.
• Overloading not only can
shor ten the life of your vehicle
and the tire, but can cause un-
safe vehicle handling and lon-
ger braking distances. This
may cause a premature tire
failure, which could result in a
serious accident and personal
injury. Failures caused by over-
loading are not covered by the
vehicle’s warranty.
Technical and consumer information 10-13
MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS
Secure loose items to prevent
weight shifts that could affect the
balance of your vehicle. When the ve-
hicle is loaded, drive to a scale and
weigh the front and the rear wheels
separately to determine axle loads.
Individual axle loads should not ex-
ceed either of the Gross Axle Weight
Ratings (GAWR). The total of the axle
loads should not exceed the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). These
ratings are given on the vehicle cer-
tification label. If weight ratings are
exceeded, move or remove items to
bring all weights below the ratings.
Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle. Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on
the ground is sometimes called flat towing.
This method is typically used when towing
a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle,
such as a motor home.
CAUTION
• Failure to follow these guidelines can
result in severe reduction gear
damage.
• DO NOT tow this vehicle with all four
wheels on the ground (flat towing).
• For emergency towing procedures
see “Towing your vehicle” (P. 6-13).
NOTE:
If the Li-ion battery becomes completely
discharged:
• The vehicle is automatically placed in
the ON position and it will not be pos-
sible to switch to the READY to drive
position.
• The vehicle is automatically switched
to the N (Neutral) position and it will not
be possible to drive the vehicle.
For additional information, see “If the Li-
ion battery becomes completely dis-
charged” (P. 6-12).
TOWING A TRAILER FLAT TOWING
10-14 Technical and consumer information
DOT (Department Of Transportation) Qual-
ity Grades: All passenger car tires must
conform to federal safety requirements in
addition to these grades.
Quality grades can be found where appli-
cable on the tire sidewall between tread
shoulder and maximum section width. For
example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature
A
TREADWEAR
The treadwear grade is a comparative rat-
ing based on the wear rate of the tire when
tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For ex-
ample, a tire graded 150 would wear one
and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends
upon actual conditions of their use how-
ever, and may depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
TRACTION AA, A, B AND C
The traction grades, from highest to low-
est, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades repre-
sent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pave-
ment as measured under controlled
conditions on specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire
is based on straight-ahead braking
traction tests, and does not include ac-
celeration, cornering, hydroplaning, or
peak traction characteristics.
TEMPERATURE A, B AND C
The temperature grades A (the highest), B,
and C, representing the tire’s resistance to
the generation of heat and its ability to dis-
sipate heat when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high temperature
can cause the material of the tire to degen-
erate and reduce tire life, and excessive
temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.
The grade C corresponds to a level of per-
formance which all passenger car tires
must meet under the Federal Motor Ve-
hicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of performance
on the laboratory test wheel than the mini-
mum required by law.
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly
inflated and not overloaded. Excessive
speed, under-inflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in combi-
nation, can cause heat build-up and
possible tire failure.
UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING
Technical and consumer information 10-15
For USA
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the Na-
tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin-
istration (NHTSA) in addition to noti-
fying NISSAN.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints,
it may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a
group of vehicles, it may order a re-
call and remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved in
individual problems between you,
your dealer, or NISSAN.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at
1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov; or
write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400
Seventh Street, SW., Washington, D.C.
20590. You can also obtain other in-
formation about motor vehicle safety
from http://www.safercar.gov.
You may notify NISSAN by contact-
ing our Consumer Affairs Depart-
ment, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1.
For Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform Transport Canada
in addition to notifying NISSAN.
If Transport Canada receives com-
plaints, it may open an investigation,
and if it finds that a safety defect
exists in a group of vehicles, it may
request that NISSAN conduct a recall
campaign. However, Transport
Canada cannot become involved in
individual problems between you,
your dealer, or NISSAN.
You may contact Transport Canada's
Defect Investigations and Recalls Divi-
sion toll free at 1-800-333-0510. You
may also report safety defects online
at: http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/
motorvehiclesafety/menu.htm (Eng-
lish speakers) or http://www.tc.gc.ca/
fra/securiteautomobile/menu.htm
(French speakers)
Or contact Transport Canada by
mail at:
Transport Canada Motor Vehicle
Safety Investigations Laborator y
80 Noel Street Gatineau, QC J8Z0A1
Additional information concerning
motor vehicle safety may be ob-
tained from Transport Canada's
Road Safety Information Centre at
1-800-333-0371 or online at
www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English
speakers) or www.tc.gc.ca/
securiteroutiere (French speakers).
To notify NISSAN of any safety con-
cerns please contact our Consumer
Information Centre toll free at
1-800-387-0122.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
10-16 Technical and consumer information
In addition to Event Data Recorders (EDRs)
mentioned in this Owner's Manual, this ve-
hicle is equipped with electronic modules
that monitor, control and record data con-
cerning various vehicle systems, including
the motor, batteries, braking and electrical
systems. Other electronic modules record
information concerning driving conditions,
including idling, braking, acceleration, trip
and other related data, information about
your use of the car and its features such as
air conditioner or headlight usage, diag-
nostic trouble codes, vehicle charging, ve-
hicle speed, direction and/or location.
Some of this data is stored by the vehicle
for use during vehicle servicing. Other data
concerning your vehicle's operation and
performance is wirelessly transmitted by
cellular connection through the vehicle on-
board telematics system upon vehicle
start-up or at other intervals to NISSAN.
This data may be used by NISSAN for vari-
ous purposes, including: to provide you
with NissanConnect® EV & Services or
NissanConnect® EV with Services powered
by SiriusXM® (For additional information, re-
fer to “NissanConnect® Manual”); trouble-
shooting; evaluation of your vehicle's qual-
ity, functionality and performance; analysis
and research by NISSAN designed to,
among other things, optimize perfor-
mance of future electric vehicles including
improvements in future battery life; to offer
you new or additional products or services;
and as otherwise may be required by law.
Such data may be shared with NISSAN's
parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors
or assignees; authorized NISSAN certified
LEAF dealers; NISSAN's marketing part-
ners; your fleet company, if your vehicle is a
fleet vehicle; your rental company, if your
vehicle is a rental vehicle; and third party
service providers such as cellular, informa-
tion systems and data management
providers.
State and provincial laws allow access and
use of data recorded by vehicle devices
with the consent of the vehicle owner or
pursuant to subscription agreement. While
you are not required to allow such access
and use, if you do not so agree NISSAN may
be unable under applicable law to activate
the vehicle telematics system in your ve-
hicle, and certain features of your vehicle
which are dependent on vehicle telematics
will not operate as intended or designed.
These may include features such as auto-
matic charging station map updates, re-
mote battery state of charge check, charg-
ing complete notice, remote plug in
reminder, remote charging on, remote cli-
mate control on, drive route planning, driv-
ing tips to improve range, driving history,
billing simulation, ECO ranking, ECO forest,
maintenance reminders, etc. Other fea-
tures that may be developed and offered
by NISSAN in the future may also not func-
tion without telematics data transmission.
NissanConnect® EV with Services powered
by SiriusXM® are provided by NISSAN pur-
suant to a subscription services agree-
ment covering your vehicle. This agree-
ment is necessary for all owners. This
agreement, and an explanation of its terms
and conditions, can be found at the NISSAN
Owner’s Portal webpage. Further, the op-
erator of the vehicle must also touch [OK]
on the Navi screen to indicate assent each
time he or she starts the car. If you decide
at any time that you do not want your ve-
hicle to transmit data to NISSAN, you can
deactivate the telematics account associ-
ated with this vehicle by canceling the sub-
scription services agreement by visiting
the NISSAN Owner ’s Portal Webpage or
calling NISSAN at 1-877-NOGASEV (1-877-
664-2738). The service can be reactivated
later upon request if you choose. Simply
visit the same website or call the number
above. Alternatively, you can turn off the
transmission of certain categories of data
through the use of settings found in the
navigation system under Menu,
TELEMATICS OVERVIEW (models
with Navigation System)
Technical and consumer information 10-17
NissanConnect® EV with Services powered
by SiriusXM®, Vehicle Information Sharing
with NISSAN. Note, turning off “Vehicle Infor-
mation Sharing with NISSAN” will only dis-
able the automatic sharing of information
at vehicle start-up. Certain categories of
data may still be transmitted if vehicle tele-
matics features are accessed either in the
vehicle or remotely.
Your agreement to the transmission and
use of data by NISSAN can be provided in
various ways. The vehicle is equipped with
a “pop up” screen on the vehicle navigation
system that will ask for your consent to this
data transfer. A version of the following
message will appear: “Pursuant to sub-
scription agreement, your vehicle wire-
lessly transmits recorded vehicle data to
NISSAN for various purposes, including
NissanConnect® EV with Services powered
by SiriusXM®, product evaluation, research
and development. By touching OK, you
consent to the transmission and use of
your vehicle data. See Owner's Manual or
NISSAN Owner's portal webpage for terms
and details.” If you touch [OK], your vehicle
will transmit data as designed in connec-
tion with the vehicle telematics system. If
you touch [Decline] your vehicle will not
transmit data. However, the telematics fea-
tures referenced above, and perhaps oth-
ers, will not be available to you. The vehicle’s
static navigation system will remain opera-
tional, and you will be able to access your
radio and climate controls.
Telematics features are dependent on cel-
lular data transmission. Some areas may
have limited or no cellular connectivity, re-
sulting in a loss or interruption of data
transmission and, as a result, certain fea-
tures may be temporarily unavailable. Even
if areas with good signal reception, cellular
connectivity can be adversely affected by
things such as tall buildings, apartments,
tunnels, underground parking, mountain-
ous areas, etc. Even if the signal strength
bar of the in-vehicle data communication
module indicates good reception, connec-
tivity may be disrupted. This does not indi-
cate a malfunction. Operate the system
again after a few minutes to restore con-
nectivity. NissanConnect® EV with Services
powered by SiriusXM® features are offered
as a convenience to the vehicle owner.
NISSAN is not responsible for, and owner
assumes all risk of, interruptions in service
or errors based on incomplete or inaccu-
rate data. NissanConnect® EV with Services
powered by SiriusXM® communications
may be received at a verified e-mail ad-
dress or by SMS/text messaging-enabled
mobile phone. Standard text rates and/or
data usage may apply depending on your
carrier.
If your vehicle’s telematics account is ac-
tive, and you are not the original owner,
please contact NISSAN at the website or
phone number above as soon as possible
to update the telematics enrollment infor-
mation. Upon sale of the vehicle, please
contact NISSAN at the website or phone
number above so that NISSAN’s records
may be updated. NissanConnect® EV with
Services powered by SiriusXM® subscrip-
tion services will automatically terminate
at the end of the initial free term if you do
not wish to renew your subscription agree-
ment at the prices then in effect.
10-18 Technical and consumer information
A. INTRODUCTION
This product Telematic Control Unit Gen2K
incorporates the following software:
1. the software developed by, or developed
for, Ficosa International, S.A. (“Ficosa”),
2. the software owned by third party and
licensed to Ficosa,
3. the software licensed under the GNU
GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE, Version 2
(“GPL”),
4. the software licensed under the GNU LI-
BRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE, Ver-
sion 2.0 or the GNU LESSER GENERAL
PUBLIC LICENSE, Version 2.1 (collectively
“LGPL”), the Mozilla Public license v2
(“MPL”), the GPL-2.0 license with-
OpenSSL-exception (“GPLOpenSSL”) and
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE, Version
3 with GCC exception (together with the
GPL software, jointly “Copyleft Soft-
ware”), and/or
5. open sourced software licensed under
terms and conditions other than Copy-
left Software.
For the software classified as (3) or (4)
above, a copy of the license text is included
with the source code in the URL indicated
below, and please also refer to the terms
and conditions of Copyleft Software li-
censes at the websites listed below:
GPL: and
LGPL: and
MPL:
GPL-2.0-with-OpenSSL-exception:
GPLv3 GCC Exception:
The software classified as (3) and (4) above
are copyrighted by multiple people.
Please refer to the websites below regard-
ing the copyright notices of those people.
https://www.ficosa.com/software/
opensource/
The software licensed under the licenses
indicated in (3) and (4) above (“Copyleft
Software”) is distributed in the hope that it
will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY,
without even the implied warranty of MER-
CHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICU-
LAR PURPOSE.
For at least three (3) years from delivery of a
device embedding the above product, Fi-
cosa will give to any third party who con-
tacts us at the Contact Information pro-
vided below, for a charge no more than our
cost of physically performing source code
distribution, a complete machine-readable
copy of the source code corresponding to
the Copyleft Software indicated above.
When requesting this source code, please
specify Product: Telematic Control Unit
Gen2K and version Cx.9.
Furthermore, source code and licenses
corresponding to the Copyleft Software
listed above is freely available to you and
any member of the public at the website
listed below:
https://www.ficosa.com/software/
opensource/
Contact Information
For enquiries about open source software
at FICOSA, please contact Ficosa’s Compli-
ance Officer by email: FOSS@ficosa.com
Please note that we are unable to answer
any queries regarding source code details,
etc.
In addition, it is necessary for end users to
provide their own internet connection.
TELEMATIC CONTROL UNIT GEN2K
Technical and consumer information 10-19
The end user is responsible for any con-
nection or line charges incurred through
browsing websites or downloading.
B. LICENSING ANC COPYRIGHT NOTICE
INFORMATION
The software classified as (5) above con-
tains various open sourced software
(“OSS”) listed in the below website. Please
see the website indicted next for the terms
and conditions of the licenses (OSS Li-
censes) and other information regarding
the OSS contained this Product:
https://www.ficosa.com/software/
opensource/
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data
Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an
EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data
that will assist in understanding how a ve-
hicle’s systems performed. The EDR is de-
signed to record data related to vehicle dy-
namics and safety systems for a short
period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to re-
cord such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were
operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger
safety belts were buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depress-
ing the accelerator and/or brake pedal;
and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
• Sounds are not recorded.
These data can help provide a better un-
derstanding of the circumstances in which
crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-
trivial crash situation occurs; no data are
recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g.,
name, gender, age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties, such as
law enforcement, could combine the EDR
data with the type of personally identifying
data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special
equipment is required, and access to the
vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to
the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN cer-
tified LEAF dealer, other parties, such as law
enforcement, that have the special equip-
ment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data
will only be accessed with the consent of
the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise
required or permitted by law.
ADDITIONAL DATA RECORDING (on
vehicles equipped with optional
ProPILOT Assist)
If your vehicle is equipped with the optional
ProPILOT Assist, it will also be equipped
with supplemental data recording function
intended to assist in understanding how
ProPILOT Assist performs in certain non-
trivial crash or near-crash scenarios. Spe-
cifically, supplemental recording is de-
signed to capture the following:
• Driver operational status of the accelera-
tor, brakes, steering, etc.
EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)
10-20 Technical and consumer information
• Detection status of a vehicle ahead and
lane markers
• Vehicle information including distance to
vehicle ahead and lateral position
• Information on the operation of the Pro-
PILOT Assist and other crash avoidance
features
• ProPILOT Assist malfunction diagnosis
information
• External images from the multi-sensing
front camera (Available only when the
SRS air bag or IEB system is activated)
The ProPILOT Assist does not record con-
versations, sounds or images of the inside
of the vehicle.
To read this supplemental data, special
equipment is required and access to the
vehicle or the recording unit is needed. This
supplemental data will only be accessed
with the consent of the vehicle owner or
lessee or as otherwise required or permit-
ted by law. If downloaded, NISSAN and third
parties entrusted by
NISSAN may use the data recorded for the
purpose of improving NISSAN’s vehicle
safety performance.
NISSAN and third parties entrusted by
NISSAN will not disclose/provide the re-
corded data to a third party except:
– With the consent of the vehicle owner or
with the consent of the lessee
– In response to an official request from
law enforcement, court order, govern-
mental agency, or other legally enforce-
able request.
– For research purposes after the data is
modified such that it is no longer tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner
(anonymized)
- With the consent of the vehicle owner or
with the consent of the lessee
- In response to an official request from law
enforcement, court order, governmental
agency, or other legally enforceable
request.
- For research purposes after the data is
modified such that it is no longer tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner
(anonymized)
Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this
model year and prior can be purchased. A
Genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best
source of service and repair information for
your vehicle. This manual is the same one
used by the factory trained technicians
working at a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals can also
be purchased.
For USA:
For current pricing and availability of Genu-
ine NISSAN Service Manuals, contact:
www.nissan-techinfo.com
For current pricing and availability of Genu-
ine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals, contact:
1-800-247-5321
For Canada:
To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSAN
Service Manual or Owner’s Manual for this
model year and prior, please contact a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. For the phone
number and location of a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer in your area, call the NISSAN
Information Center at 1-800-387-0122 and
a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist
you.
OWNER'S MANUAL/SERVICE
MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION
Technical and consumer information 10-21
LTI2429
CHARGING INFORMATION
10-22 Technical and consumer information
*1:V2X (Vehicle to Everything); The EV supplies electric power to a home or building, etc. e.g. Vehicle to Home (V2H), Vehicle to Building (V2B),
Vehicle to Grid (V2G), Vehicle to Load (V2L), Vehicle to Vehicle (V2V).
LTI2438
Technical and consumer information 10-23
11 Index
1
12-volt battery
.................8-9
A
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)
.....5-158
Additional data recording (on vehicles
equipped with optional ProPILOT
Assist)
.....................10-20
Advanced air bag system
..........1-53
Air bag system
Advanced air bag system
........1-53
Front-seat mounted side-impact
supplemental air bag system
.....1-62
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact
supplemental air bag system
.....1-62
Air bag warning labels
............1-66
Air bag warning light
.........1-66, 2-18
Air bag warning light,
supplemental
.............1-66, 2-18
Air conditioner
Air conditioner specification label
. . .10-9
Air conditioning system refrigerant and
lubricant recommendations
......10-3
Alarm
Howtostopalarm
(refer to, vehicle security system)
. . .2-43
Alcohol, drugs and driving
..........5-9
Android Auto™
.................4-2
Antenna
....................4-40
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
.....5-158
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
light
.......................2-19
Antifreeze
...................5-169
Appearance care
Ex terior appearance care
.........7-2
Interior appearance care
.........7-4
Apple CarPlay®
.................4-2
At home after driving
...........EV-21
Audible reminders
..............2-25
Autolight switch
...............2-48
Autolight system
...............2-48
Automatic anti-glare inside mirror
. . . .3-24
Automatic climate control
(models with Navigation System)
.....4-32
Automatic climate control
(models without Navigation System)
. .4-29
Automatic door locks
.............3-6
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with
Pedestrian Detection
............5-123
Avoiding collision and rollover
........5-7
B
Battery
.....................8-19
12-volt battery
...............8-9
Battery saver system
..........2-52
Li-ion batter y
.............EV-2, 2-7
Li-ion battery available charge
gauge
.....................2-9
Li-ion battery temperature gauge
. . .2-7
Battery replacement
Key fob
...................8-19
Before driving your vehicle
(models with navigation system)
. . . .EV-14
Before starting system
...........5-13
Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)
.......5-46
Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
..........5-36
Booster seats
.................1-41
Brake
...............5-18,5-19,8-14
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
. . . .5-158
Brake fluid
..................8-7
Brake system
...............5-156
BRAKE system warning light
(yellow)
...................2-19
BRAKE warning light (red)
........2-16
Parking brake operation
.........5-19
Brake fluid
....................8-7
Brake precautions
.............5-156
Brake system
................5-156
BRAKE system warning light (yellow)
. . .2-19
BRAKE warning light (red)
..........2-16
Brightness control
Instrument panel
.............2-53
Bulb replacement
...........8-21,8-22
C
Capacities and recommended
fuel/lubricants
.................10-2
Car phone or CB radio
............4-41
Care of wheels
..................7-3
Ceiling light
...................2-69
Center console
................2-62
Charge port lid
.................3-20
Charge port lid switch
............2-57
Charging
Charge port lid
...............3-20
Charging related indicator light
. . .CH-49
Normal charge
..............CH-9
Precautions on charging
........CH-2
Quick charge
..........CH-35, CH-38
Specifications
................10-4
Trickle charge
...............CH-11
Charging information
............10-22
Charging methods
.............CH-43
Charging related indicator light
.....CH-49
Charging related remote function
. . .CH-48
Charging status indicator light
.....CH-49
Charging the Li-ion battery
........EV-12
Charging troubleshooting guide
. . . .CH-56
Checking
Checking bulbs
...............2-15
Checking coolant level
...........8-6
Child restraint with top tether strap
. . . .1-27
Child restraints
.................1-22
Booster seats
................1-41
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren) System
..............1-24
Precautions on child restraints
.....1-22
Top tether strap
...............1-27
Child safety
...................1-19
Child safety rear door lock
..........3-6
Chimes, audible reminders
.........2-25
Circuit breaker, fusible link
..........8-17
Cleaning exterior and interior
......7-2,7-4
Climate
Climate control system refrigerant and
lubricant recommendations
......4-40
Climate control
Climate control ser vice
..........4-40
Climate control system
Air conditioner
...............4-26
Climate control operation
........4-26
Heater
....................4-26
Climate Ctrl. Timer
..............4-35
Clock
.......................2-12
Cold tire pressures
..............10-24
Cold weather driving
............5-169
Console
Center console
...............2-62
Coolant
Capacities and recommended
fuel/lubricants
...............10-2
Changing coolant
..............8-6
Checking coolant level
...........8-6
Cooling system
.................8-5
Corrosion protection
..............7-7
Cruise control
.................5-65
Cup holders
..................2-63
D
Defroster switch
Rear window and outside mirror defroster
switch
....................2-47
Dimensions and weights
..........10-6
Dimmer switch for instrument panel
. . .2-53
Display
Information display
............2-26
Door locks
....................3-4
Driving
Cold weather driving
...........5-169
Driving vehicle
...............5-14
Precautions when starting and
driving
.....................5-4
Driving range
..................2-8
Driving the vehicle
..............EV-18
Driving vehicle
.................5-14
Dynamic driver assistance switch
.....2-58
E
E-call (SOS) Button
..............2-57
e-Pedal
......................2-13
e-Pedal system
................5-21
ECO
ECO switch
.................2-55
Eco Drive Report
...............5-153
ECO mode
...............2-13,5-152
ECO switch
...................2-55
Efficient use of your vehicle
........EV-22
Electric shift control system
........5-14
Electronic parking brake
...........5-19
11-2
Emergency charge
.............CH-11
Emergency EV (Electric Vehicle)
shut off
...................5-12,6-3
Emergency shutoff system
........EV-10
Emission control information label
. . . .10-8
EV Characteristics
..............EV-11
EV system
...................EV-2
EV unique information
...........EV-24
Event Data recorders
............10-20
EVSE
(Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment)
. . .CH-11
Explanation of maintenance items
.....9-2
Explanation of scheduled maintenance
items
.......................9-5
Ex tended storage switch
..........8-19
F
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label
. . .10-8
Flashers (See hazard warning flasher
switch)
......................6-2
Flat tire
......................6-3
Flat towing
...................10-14
Floor mat cleaning
...............7-5
Fluid
Brake fluid
...................8-7
Capacities and recommended
fuel/lubricants
...............10-2
Coolant
....................8-5
Reduction gear fluid
............8-7
Windshield-washer fluid
..........8-8
Fog light switch
................2-54
Fog lights
Bulb replacement
.............8-22
Front and rear sonar system
.......5-163
Front passenger air bag status
light
....................1-56, 1-58
Front-seat mounted side-impact
supplemental air bag system
........1-62
Fuses
.......................8-15
Fusible links
...................8-17
G
Garage door opener, HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver
.........2-69, 2-70, 2-72, 2-73
Gauge
Driving range
.................2-8
Li-ion battery available charge
gauge
.....................2-9
Li-ion battery temperature gauge
. . . .2-7
Odometer
...................2-5
Power meter
.................2-7
Speedometer
................2-5
General maintenance
.............9-2
Glove box
....................2-62
H
Hazard warning flasher switch
........6-2
Head restraints
Headrests
...................1-7
Headlights
...................8-22
Bulb replacement
.............8-22
Headlight switch
..............2-48
Heated seat switches
............2-55
Heated seats
..................2-55
Heated steering wheel
............2-56
Heated steering wheel switch
.......2-56
Heater
......................4-26
High voltage precautions
..........EV-8
Hill start
....................5-168
Hill start assist
................5-168
Home charge
.................CH-9
HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver
.........2-69, 2-70, 2-72, 2-73
Hood
.......................3-18
Horn
.......................2-54
How to normal charge
...........CH-9
How to quick charge
.......CH-35, CH-38
How to trickle charge
............CH-11
I
If the Li-ion batter y becomes completely
discharged
...................6-12
Immediate charge
.........CH-48, 2-58
Immediate charge switch
.....CH-48, 2-58
Immobilizer system
..............5-13
Indicator lights
.................2-24
Indicator lights and audible reminders
(See warning/indicator lights and audible
reminders)
...................2-14
Indicators for maintenance
.........2-36
Indicators for operation
...........2-34
Infants
......................1-20
Inside automatic anti-glare mirror
. . . .3-24
Instrument brightness control
.......2-53
11-3
Instrument panel dimmer switch
.....2-53
Intelligent Around View Monitor (I-AVM)
. .4-11
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
(for vehicles without ProPILOT Assist)
. . .5-67
Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)
.....5-149
Intelligent Forward Collision Warning
(I-FCW )
.....................5-137
Intelligent Key battery
............8-19
Intelligent Key system
Key operating range
............3-8
Key operation
................3-9
Mechanical key
................3-3
Remote keyless entry operation
. . . .3-12
Troubleshooting guide
..........3-16
Warning signals
...............3-16
Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)
.....5-30
Intelligent Ride Control
...........5-161
Intelligent Trace Control
...........5-161
Interior light replacement
..........8-23
Interior lights
..................2-68
ISOFIX child restraints
.............1-24
J
Jump starting
.................6-10
K
Key
.........................3-2
Key fob battery replacement
........8-19
Keyless entry
With Intelligent Key system
(See Intelligent Key system)
.......3-12
Keys
NISSAN Intelligent Key®
........3-2,3-7
L
Labels
Air bag warning labels
..........1-66
Air conditioner specification label
. . .10-9
Emission control information label
. . .10-8
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label
. .10-8
Motor serial number
...........10-8
Tire and Loading Information
label
..................8-28,10-9
Vehicle identification number (VIN)
plate
......................10-7
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
.......5-25
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren) System
...............1-24
Li-ion batter y
...............EV-2, 2-7
Li-ion battery available charge gauge
. . .2-9
Li-ion battery status check
........CH-48
Li-ion battery temperature gauge
......2-7
Li-ion battery warmer
............EV-5
License plate, Installing front license
plate
......................10-10
Light
Air bag warning light
........1-66, 2-18
Bulb replacement
..........8-21,8-22
Ceiling light
.................2-69
Fog light bulb replacement
.......8-22
Fog light switch
..............2-54
Headlight switch
..............2-48
Headlights
..................8-22
Headlights bulb replacement
......8-22
Indicator lights
...............2-24
Interior lights
................2-68
Low tire pressure warning light
.....2-20
Map lights
..................2-68
Warning lights
............2-15,2-18
Warning/indicator lights and audible
reminders
..................2-14
Lights, Exterior and interior light
replacement
..................8-23
Loading information (Refer to vehicle loading
information)
..................10-11
Lock
Automatic door lock
............3-6
Child safety rear door lock
.........3-6
Door locks
..................3-4
Power door locks
...........3-5, 3-6
Low tire pressure warning light
......2-20
Low tire pressure warning system
(Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS))
......................5-4
M
Maintenance
12-volt battery
................8-9
General maintenance
...........9-2
Indicators for maintenance
.......2-36
Inside the vehicle
..............9-3
Maintenance precautions
.........8-2
Outside the vehicle
.............9-3
Seat belt maintenance
..........1-19
Under the hood and vehicle
.......9-4
11-4
Maintenance requirements
..........9-2
Maintenance schedules
............9-6
Map lights
...................2-68
Meters and gauges
Instrument brightness control
.....2-53
Mirror
Automatic anti-glare inside mirror
. . .3-24
Outside mirrors
..............3-25
Rearview
...................3-24
Vanity mirror
................3-24
Mirrors
......................3-24
Motor
......................10-5
Before starting system
..........5-13
Starting the traction motor
.......5-14
Motor compartment
..............8-4
Motor serial number
.............10-8
Moving Object Detection (MOD)
......4-20
N
NISSAN Intelligent Key®
..........3-2,3-7
NISSAN Intelligent Key® system
.......5-10
NissanConnectOwner's Manual
.......4-2
Normal charge
................CH-9
Home charge
...............CH-9
Occasional charge
............CH-9
Public charge
...............CH-9
O
Occasional charge
..............CH-9
Odometer
....................2-5
Off-road recovery
................5-8
Oil
Capacities and recommended
fuel/lubricants
...............10-2
Opening rear hatch
..............3-12
Outside air temperature
...........2-12
Outside mirrors
................3-25
Owner's manual/service manual order
information
..................10-21
P
Parking
..................5-18,5-19
Parking brake operation
.........5-19
Parking/parking on hills
.........5-154
Parking brake
.................5-18
Parking brake break-in
...........5-158
Power
Power door locks
...........3-5, 3-6
Power outlet
................2-60
Power steering system
.........5-156
Power windows
..............2-65
Power economy
...............5-152
Power meter
...................2-7
Power outlet
..................2-60
Power steering
................5-156
Power switch
...............5-9, 5-11
Precautions
Brake precautions
............5-156
Charging
..................CH-2
Cruise control
...............5-65
High voltage precautions
........EV-8
Maintenance precautions
.........8-2
Precautions on booster seats
......1-22
Precautions on child restraints
.....1-22
Precautions on seat belt usage
.....1-11
Precautions on supplemental restraint
system
....................1-45
Precautions when starting and
driving
.....................5-4
Road accident precautions
.......EV-9
ProPILOT Assist
................5-91
Public charge
.................CH-9
Push starting
..................6-13
Q
Quick charge
............CH-35, CH-38
R
Radio
Car phone or CB radio
..........4-41
Radio frequency remote control
Warning signals
...............3-16
Rapid air pressure loss
............5-8
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)
.......5-132
Rear center seat belt
.............1-18
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
.......5-58
Rear Door Alert
................2-59
Rear hatch
...................3-19
Rear seats
....................1-6
Rear window and outside mirror defroster
switch
......................2-47
Rear window wiper and washer
switches
....................2-46
Rearview mirror
................3-24
11-5
RearView Monitor
................4-3
Recorders
Event Data
.................10-20
Reduction gear fluid
..............8-7
Registering a vehicle in another
country
......................10-7
Remote charge
...............CH-48
Remote climate control
...........4-38
Repairing flat tire
................6-4
Repairing tire
..................6-6
Reporting safety defects (US only)
. . . .10-16
Road accident precautions
.........EV-9
Roadside assistance program
........6-2
Rollover
......................5-7
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact
supplemental air bag system
........1-62
S
Safety
Child safety rear door lock
.........3-6
Child seat belts
...............1-19
Reporting safety defects (US only)
. . .10-16
Scene guide
At home after driving
..........EV-21
Before driving your vehicle
(models with navigation system)
. . .EV-14
Charging the Li-ion battery
......EV-12
Driving the vehicle
............EV-18
Parking the vehicle
...........EV-20
Starting your vehicle
...........EV-17
Seat belt
Child safety
.................1-19
Infants
....................1-20
Injured person
................1-15
Larger children
...............1-20
Precautions on seat belt usage
.....1-11
Pregnant women
..............1-15
Rear center seat belt
............1-18
Seat belt cleaning
..............7-6
Seat belt extenders
............1-18
Seat belt maintenance
..........1-19
Seat belt warning light
..........2-18
Seat belts
...................1-11
Seat belts with pretensioners
......1-65
Shoulder belt height adjustment
. . . .1-18
Small children
................1-20
Three-point type
..............1-15
Seat belt warning light
............1-14
Seats
........................1-2
Heated seats
................2-55
Security system
................2-42
Security system (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
System), EV system start
.......2-43, 5-13
Servicing climate control
..........4-40
Shifting
Electric shift control system
.......5-14
Shoulder belt height adjustment
......1-18
Shoulder belt height adjustment, For front
seats
.......................1-18
Speedometer
..................2-5
Stability control
................5-159
Standard maintenance
............9-8
Starting
Before starting system
..........5-13
Jump starting
................6-10
Precautions when starting and
driving
.....................5-4
Push starting
................6-13
Starting the traction motor
.......5-14
Status light, Front passenger
air bag
..................1-56, 1-58
Steering
Heated steering wheel
..........2-56
Power steering system
.........5-156
Steering assist switch (models with
ProPILOT assist)
................2-59
Steering wheel
.................3-22
Stopping the vehicle
..............6-5
Storage
.....................2-61
Stowing golf bags
...............2-65
Sun visors
....................3-23
Sunglasses holder
..............2-62
Supplemental air bag warning labels
. . .1-66
Supplemental air bag warning
light
....................1-66, 2-18
Supplemental restraint system
Precautions on supplemental restraint
system
....................1-45
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
. . .1-45
Switch
Autolight switch
..............2-48
ECO switch
.................2-55
Fog light switch
..............2-54
Hazard warning flasher switch
......6-2
Headlight switch
..............2-48
Immediate charge switch
. . .CH-48, 2-58
Instrument brightness control
.....2-53
Power door lock switch
........3-5, 3-6
11-6
Rear window and outside mirror defroster
switch
....................2-47
Rear window wiper and washer
switches
...................2-46
Turn signal switch
.............2-53
Wiper and washer switch
........2-45
T
Telematic Control Unit Gen2K
.......10-19
Telematics overview
.............10-17
Temperature
Li-ion battery temperature gauge
. . . .2-7
Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),
traction motor start
..........2-43, 5-13
Tire
Flat tire
....................6-3
Low tire pressure warning system
. . .5-4
Tire and Loading Information label
. .8-28,
10-9
Tire chains
.................8-33
Tire dressing
.................7-4
Tire pressure
................8-29
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)
..................5-4, 6-3
Tire rotation
.................8-34
Types of tires
................8-32
Uniform tire quality grading
.......10-15
Wheel/tire size
...............10-5
Wheels and tires
..............8-25
Tire pressure
Low tire pressure warning light
.....2-20
Tonneau cover
.................2-64
Top
Tether strap child restraints
.......1-27
Top tether strap child restraint
.......1-27
Towing
Flat towing
.................10-14
Tow truck towing
..............6-13
Trailer towing
...............10-14
Towing a trailer
................10-14
TPMS, Tire Pressure Monitoring System
. .5-4
Traction motor
Traction motor serial number
......10-8
Transceiver
HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver
.......2-69, 2-70, 2-72, 2-73
Trickle charge
................CH-11
Turn signal switch
...............2-53
Type of charge and how to charge the
Li-ion battery
.................CH-5
U
Underbody cleaning
..............7-3
Uniform tire quality grading
........10-15
Unplugged status
.............CH-48
USB/iPod® Charging Ports
.........4-40
V
Vanity mirror
..................3-24
Vehicle
Dimensions and weights
.........10-6
Loading information
...........10-11
Security system
..............2-42
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
system
.....................5-159
Vehicle identification number (VIN)
plate
.......................10-7
Vehicle immobilizer system
.........5-13
Vehicle information display
.........2-26
Vehicle security system
(NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),
traction motor start
..............5-13
Vents
.......................4-25
Visors
......................3-23
W
Warning
Air bag warning light
........1-66, 2-18
Hazard warning flasher switch
......6-2
Indicators for operation
.........2-34
Low tire pressure warning light
.....2-20
Seat belt warning light
...........1-14
Supplemental air bag warning
light
...................1-66, 2-18
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)
..................5-4, 6-3
Warning lights
............2-15,2-18
Warning/indicator lights and audible
reminders
..................2-14
Warning light
Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning
light
......................2-19
BRAKE warning light (red)
.........2-16
BRAKE warning light (yellow)
.......2-19
Seat belt warning light
..........2-18
11-7
Warning lights
.................2-14
Warning/indicator lights and audible
reminders
....................2-14
Audible reminders
.............2-14
Indicator lights
...............2-14
Warning lights
................2-14
Washer switch
Rear window wiper and washer
switches
...................2-46
Wiper and washer switch
........2-45
Washing
......................7-2
Waxing
......................7-3
Weights (See dimensions and weights)
. .10-6
Wheel/tire size
.................10-5
Wheels and tires
................8-25
Care of wheels
................7-3
Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels
.....7-4
When traveling or registering in another
country
......................10-7
Window(s)
Cleaning
....................7-3
Windows
Power windows
..............2-65
Windshield wiper blades
........8-12,8-13
Windshield-washer fluid
............8-8
Wiper
Pulling up the wiper arm
.........8-12
Rear window wiper and washer
switches
...................2-46
Rear window wiper blade
........8-14
Wiper and washer switch
........2-45
Wiper blades
.............8-12,8-13
Wiper and washer switch
..........2-45
11-8
MEMO
MEMO
2021 LEAF
®
2021 NISSAN LEAF® ZE1-D
ZE1-D
Printing : September 2020
Publication No.:
Printed in the U.S.A.
OM21EA 0ZE1U0
‘20
For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.
OWNER’S MANUAL
and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
